(Bibliographies of the World at War No. IX) Supplement No. 1 > THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE CONDUCT OF THE WAR (April - December 1942) Selected and Annotated Bibliography on the Operations of the Armed Forces in the War Washington* D. G. 1943 PREFACE These "Bibliographies of the World at War" are periodical cumula- tions of a weekly annotated index of material relating to the war in its various aspects# This material comes into the Library of Congress and into some of the Departmental and specialized libraries in Washing- ton. It represents a selection from several thousand periodicals, books and pamphlets. In making the selection, emphasis is placed on the eco- nomic and social aspects of the war effort, since the current index is prepared as a joint project of the National War Agencies and the Library of Congress. Increasing emphasis is placed on the impact of the war upon political conditions and institutions. Stress has always been laid upon postwar problems. Highly technical engineering, military, and medical articles and books are not covered. The cumulations as a whole have been brought together under ten subject divisions, noted below. The basic cumulation covered the first year of the project, from April 1, 1941, to March 31, 1942. The first series of supplements, presented herewith, covers the nine months from the first of April 1942, to the end of the year* The titles of the sepa- rate cumulations indicate roughly the coverage of each of the bibliogra- phies, I. Political Developments and the War II. Agriculture in a War Economy III. Natural Resources and Raw Materials IV. Industry in Wartime V. Labor in Wartime VI. Economics of War VII, Civilian Defense VIII, Social and Cultural problems in Wartime IX. Conduct of the War X. postwar Planning and Reconstruction (Bibliographies of the World at War Ho. IX) Supplement No. 1 THE LIBRARY OF CONGRESS LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE CONDUCT OF THE Y.rXR (April - Doccrabcr 1942) Selected and Annotated Bibliography- on Postwar Plans and Problems Washington, D. C. 1943 LIBRARY OF C CHORESS Legislative Reference Service CONDUCT OF THE WAR Supplement No. 1 CONTENTS Page BIBLIOGRAPHIC NOTE . 5 PART ONE; REFERENCE MATERIALS I.. .Atlases, Chronologies, .Dictionaries, and Yearbooks ...... 6 II. Biographies, Biographical Sketches, and Portrait Collections . 11 III. personal Narratives . . 15 • • PRRT TITO; OPERATIONS OF THE WAR IV. Defenses, Fortifications, and Bases , .V. „ Procurement 25 VI. Ordnance and Munitions .......... 27 VII. Subsistence and Supplies .... ....... 33 VIII. BOIrmuRi-c,ations . . 39 IX. Transportation ........... .... 42 A. General 42 Bt Air . 43 C* Land 46 D. Water, including Convoys 51 -X. Merchant Marine, Shipping, Maritime Commission ........ 57 XI. Military Science; Strategy and Tactics ............. 62 ♦ . A. General ..... 62 B. Army ......................... 73 1, Generdl . 73 . - 2. Commandos and Rangers ............... 76 3. Guerrilla Warfare . 78 4. Tank Warfare ... ........ C. -Navy, including Coast Guard and Marine Corps ..... 84 1. General ■ . ...... 84 2. Submarine Warfare 39 D. Air ............... ♦ 93 1. General ....... „ 93 2. Bombers and-Bombing•. *. . , . . . . * . . • 104 XII. Spies and Sabotage Ill XIII. Animals in the War ...................... 112 Page XIV, Scientific Aspects of the-War', 114 A. Chemical Warfare 114 B. Meteorology , , • ..**..•»•«• 116 C* Mcp-reading'and Navigation 117 D. Photography and Blueprints .. . . . . ... * ... 119 E. Camouflage .... lei F. ‘Miscellaneous. * • * 123 XV, Medical Aspects of the War . ..... 124 A, Military Hygiene, Health Measures, and Sanitation . • 124 B'* Medical Treatment, and Medical Supplies ...... 128 C. Psychiatry and Neuro-surgery ............ 186 D. Rehabilitation 140 ’ XVI. Casualties . , . . . 141 A. Prisons, Prisoners, Hostages, and Repatriation . • '* 141 B. Mortalities 145 ' " 'PART THREE:- ARMED FORCES: ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING XVII, Public Relations; Censorship, and the 'press .... 147 XVIll. Wartime Legislation and Martial Law 147 XIX, Recruitment and Induction of Personnel . . . 151 A. Mobilization .................... 151 B'» Selective Service 153 C- Training ...... 162 1% United States . , 162 2, Other Countries , , , . » 172 XX, Organization of the -Armed -Forces 177 A. General ........... 177 B. Army . . 177 1. United States 177 2. Other Countries * ... * i * . * 181 ■' ■' C* ‘Navy 186 1. United States.* .»,../••• 186 2. Other- Countries • . • * • • » « • • 189 ’ D* Air Services ,. , .. .. . 192 ' • 1.-United States ..... ..... 192 T ' • • 2. • Other Countries . , 195 E. Women's. Services A, .... . . . . 198 1. United States . ' v ; , , 198 * * 2. Other Countries. , , 201 XXT, * Pay, "Allowances, Pensions., .and Relief 205 'XXII. * Welfare 207 A. Religion 207 *• ‘ " ' -B. Morale and Recreation 209 C. Red Cross, 1T.S.C., and Other Organizations 213 PART FOUR: THEATRES OF WAR: CAMPAIGNS AND BATTLES Page XXIII,. World Battiefronts: General ................. 218 XXIV, Western Europe end the Atlantic 222 XXV. Russia and the Eastern European Front • 229 XXVI, Africa, the Near East, and the Mediterranean ....... . . 239 XXVII. India and the Malay Peninsula 249 XXVIII. japan and the Sino-Japanese War .......... 253 XXIX. Pacific ... ..................... , . • 257 A. General 257 B. North Pacific . ............. 259 C. South and Southwest Pacific ....... ...... 261 XXX. Panama, Caribbean, and Southeast Pacific 266 BIBLIOGRAPHIC '.NOTE . • * This, is sue- of Bibliographic s? of the World at War, No* IX, Conduct of . tho.Wc.-r> supplements the earlier bibliography on the same topic* and covers . the. period April-Doccmber, 1942, The greatly increased amount of material , over that, listed in the previous issue is reflected in the expanded Table . of Contents. . . ........ , , . The comments.relative to the-most important sources of information on , the, conduct, of the war as given in .the bibliographic note of the first issue .need not be.repeated here, .Certain important omissions should, however, be noted. The scope of this bibliography prohibits the listing of a large mass of documentary material such as Congressional hearings, War and Navy depart- mental circulars, directives, technical manuals and handbooks, and other departmental publications. Omitted also arc the official and unofficial text-books issued by private and public agencies for use in training camps and pre-induction training courses. While an approach has been made toward covering the scientific aspects of the war (see sections XIV and XV), highly technical items have not been included. Material closely related to th§" wtuo.1 conduct of the war will be found in other numbers of the series as follows: political Developments and the War (No. i) : Background, origins, and outbreak of the war Censorship; propaganda; espionage and sabotage; Occupied countries - administration Industry in Wartime (No, IV) • Contracts; production; training hire raft; munitions; shipbuilding Economics of War (No. VI) ; Transportation Economic warfare - blockade Exploitation of occupied countries Social and Cultural Problems (No, VIIl): Education, especially aeronautics, and Victory Corps Japanese evacuation Public health Morale and propaganda CONDUCT OF THE WAR PART'ONE: REFERENCE MATERIALS I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, AND' YEARBOOKS- 1 Aeronautical Terms. Revised and Enlarged Edition, May 1, 1936. Aeronautical Council, Selection Published by thei [Japanese] Imperial Aeronautical Association. 484p. (Cover Title: Head- quarterfc Army Air Forces, Dictionary of Aeronautical Terms — English, Japanese, French, German '— Reproduced under Super- vision of Director of Intelligence Service, Washington, 1942.) This dictionary originally issued by the Japanese Aeronatuical Association is here reproduced by the U. S. War Dept, under the Supervision of the Intelligence Service. 2 America at War: The First Year, by Hanson W. Baldwin. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (Council on Foreign Relations Inc. New York), Jan. 1943, v.21,no.2:197-210. Reviews United States strategy during 1942 and secs the summer and fall of that year as marking the turning point of the war, although victory is considered to bo still a long way off. 3 American Aviation Directory; Aviation officials and Companies, United States, Canada and Latin America. Volume 3, number 2, Fall-Winter 1942. Wayne W. Parrish, Editor... Harrisburg, Pa., Telegraph Press, 1942. 344p. 4 The Army (September 1939-Dc-cember 1940), by F. Yeats-Brown. London, Hutchinson, 1941. 312p. Illustrated history of the first year of 'the war. Describes the Polish campaign, Russo-Finnish war, battle of Norway, and of France, the English home front, the African campaigns, etc. 5 An Atlas - History of the Second Groat War, by J. F. Horrabin, v. *2, Jan. to July 1940. London, Thomas Nelson, 1940. 115p., maps. . ...v. 3, July 1940 to Feb. 1941...115p. ...v. 4, Jan. 1941 to July 1941...112p/ ...v.r5, July 1941 to Jean. 1942... 104p. 6 BULLETIN OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS (Royal Institute of International Affairs, London), Fortnightly. Contains in bach issue a chronology of the war and discus- sions of military operations under the heading "Outline of Military *’Operations . " I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, AND YEARBOOKS (cent.) 7 Captain Bryan’s Pacific Atlas, by E. H. Bryan, Jr. Honolulu, Tongg Publishing Company, 1942. 36p., maps. Contains 75 detailed maps of Pacific areas and of the world; also complete index of 5000 place names. 8 The Current of War, by Liddell Hart. London, Hutchinson, [n.d.j, 415p. A running commentary on the progress and prospects of each stage of war. 9 ...Dictionary of Aeronautical Terms-: English, French, Japanese, German. Reproduced Under Supervision of Director of Intelligence , Service. U. S. Office of Chief of Air Corps. Washington, D. C., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 484p. 10 A Dictionary, of Military Terms, English-Japanese, Japanese- English, by Major H. T. Crcswell, Major J. Iliraoka and Major . R. Namba. American ed. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, [1942]. 1226p* 11 English-German, German-English Military Dictionary, by L. von Carstenn. London, George G. Harrap,* 1941• 58p. Devotes special attention to the technical'terms employed by the Navy and Air Force. Military sporting terms and soldiers’ slang are also included.’ 12 A Graphic History of the War, September 1, 1939 to May 10, 1942. Prepared for Use With the War Department Orientation Course. Washington, U. 3. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 72p. Consists entirely of maps and charts with explanatory cap- tions and amplifying paragraphs. ■ . I • . 13 Das Grosse Wc11 ge s c he hen; Herausgegeben von Herbert von Moos. Militarischer Mitarbeitcr Franz Carl Endros. Bern, Vorlag Hallwag, 2 v.: v. 1, 359p., publication date 1940; v. 2, 368p., publication date 1942; illus., maps (partly colored), chrono- logical and alphabetical index. (Great World Events.—) This chronicle covers the situation leading up to the present World War and purports to give an unpartisan account.of political and military-events from the beginning of the War down to Nov. 15, 1941. 14 Hutchinson's "Quarterly Record of the' War," edited by Philip P. Graves. London, Hutchinson. This illustrated chronology of the' Wa'r is- issued in bound form with the subtitles "The First Quarter," "The Second Quarter," etc.> It contains information appearing in the weekly and fortnightly scr.ios entitled "Hutchinson's Pictorial History of the War." I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, AND YEARBOOKS (oont.) 15 Important Economic and Military Events with Index. Second Quarter of 1942, by Edmund Nash and Margaret D. Meade. ; Washington, TJ. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics,Division of Historical Studies of 'Tartime Problems, September 1942. 24p. (Mimeo.) (Hist. Study no. 55). Includes only the events' whieh are considered significant from a general military or economic standpoint. 16 THE INTER-ALLIED’ REVIEW. A MONTHLY SUMMARY 0* DOCUMENTS CM THE ALLIED STRUGGLE FOR FREEDOM (The United Nations Information Office, New York City). Bogan publication January■, 1941. Contains official state- ments of the governments of the United Nations, speeches of their leaders, and editorial comment',,as well as latest news available on matters concerning the financial, politi- cal and military aspects of the war. 17 A Japanese Handbook for Sailors, Soldiers, Marines, by Herbert C. Leo. Richmond, Va., Herbert C. Lee, 1942. 48p. Contains facts about Japan and an Hnglish-Japancsc vocabu- lary pertinent to the war. 18 Jordanoff's Illustrated Aviation Dictionary, by Assen Jordanoff. New York, Harper, 1942. 415p., illus. Contains over 2,000 aviation trrms, each defined in parallel words and p ic tur e s . 19 Le Monde en Mouvement, Redige par Marcol-W. Sues d’apres l’Ouvragc "Das Grosso We 11 g e s c he he n " de H. v. Moos et F. C. Endres, Fascicule I. Berne, Editions Hallwag, [n.d.]. 355p., illus., maps, (partly colored) chronological and alpha- betical indices. (The World in Movement.--) A chronicle of wo rid events beginning with 1938, the last year of the negotiations, and carrying through to Deo. 31, 1940. This is the French edition of the first volume of "Das Grosso Wcltgcschehcn," a two-volume chronicle in the German language. 20 New International Atlas of the World, edited by Frederick Branon Lloyd, Edwin Smith and others. Chicago, Geographical Publishing Company, 1942. 224p. 21 Newsmap for the Armed Forces; Prepared and Distributed by Army Orientation Course, Special Service Division, Army Service Forces, TJ. S. 'War Dept., Washington, D. C. A weekly newsmap printed in colors and containing textual and illustrative material as well, designed to keep the armed forces informed on the most recent developments on the world battlefrents. The first issue, volume 1, no. 1, appeared the third week of April, 1942. I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICEIONARIES, AND YEARBOOKS (cont.) 9 22 The Oxford WAr Atlas, the First Two Years, by Jasper H. Stem- bridge. London, Oxford University Press, II. Milford, 1941. 23 Pearl Harbor to Now, by Richard L. Harknoss. MACLEAN’S MAGAZINE (Toronto, Ont.), Nov. 1, 1342:9,44-47. Balance shoot of the first eleven months of America at war. 24 Pictorial Review of 'TorId Y/ar Two. 'Chicago., Geographical Publishing Co., 1942. 92p., illus., maps. 25 Review of NorId Affairs: Vol. Ill, 1940-1941. London, Kenneth do Courev, 1942. 461p. Accumulation, of month-by-month analyses -and comments upon world political and military issues. Last of 12 chapters dated December 2nd, 1941. 26 Simplified Definitions and Nomenclature for Aeronautics, 1942, illustrated edition, by Lt. Leslie Thorpe. San Francisco, Aviation Press, 1942, illus. (Unnumbered pages in loose-leaf binder) . A modern aeronautical dictionary containing about 1500 definitions and explanations of words, parts, uses, etc. 27 This Expanding Mar, by Liddell Hart. London, Faber and Faber, [1941?] 278p,’ The basic part of the book consists of the author’s news- paper articles written contemporaneously with events. To this has been added a commentary on events which became known subsequently. 28 United States-British Glossary of Aeronautical Nomenclature. [Foto-Lith., 1942] 68p. Arranged in three columns giying the American tern, the British equivalent, and the definition. 29 Victory Uar Encyclopedia. Pittsburgh, Frank C. Ilarner, 1942. 124p. A tabloid history of the world since the rise of Hitler. 30 The War; First Year, by Edgar MeInnis. Introduction by Ray- mond Gram Swing. London, Oxford University Press, 1940. 312p., Chronological table, maps, texts of unpublished docu- ments . Coordinate's .the. material on the war from June, 1939, to the Battle of London. j, ) ■' ■ ' " (Same)_Second Year ... 1941. 318 p. (Same) Third Year ... 1942. 347 p. I* ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, AND YEARBOOKS (cont.) 31 Tho War in Haps: An of the Now York Times, Text by Francis Brown, maps by Emil Her 1 in* Now York, Oxford University Press, 1942. 159p. Presents a running; story of tho World War by means of maps, statistical charts of manpower and production, and explanatory and interpretative- texts. 32 War in Our Time...by Harry B. Henderson, and Herman G. Morris. Garden City, Doublcday, Doran, 1942. 4160.”,’ illus. Records in pictures and text the world-wide events of the period, 1931-1942. 33 War Pictures by British artists* London, Oxford University Press, 1942. (4 vols., 64p. each). No. 1 - 'War at Sea, 64p. No. 2 - Blitz, 64p. No. 3 - R.A*. ?., 64p. No. 4 - ijnny, 64p. Contains reproductions in black and white of British war paintings. 34 War Volume of Compton’s pictured Encyclopedia. Chicago, F. E. Compton, 1942. 134p., illus. and special maps. Alphabetical reference book of ’World War II. Discusses persons, places and events; armies, navies, air forces, and economic resources; weapons, tactics and strategy. 35 What War Year II Will Bring, by Edson Blair. BARRON’S (New York), Dee. 7, 1942, v.22,no.49:3-4. Suns up tho accomplishments of tho first year of war and predicts general trends for the second. 36 Who’s Who in Aviation, a Directory of Living Men and Women Who Have Contributed to the Growth of Aviation in the United States, 1942-43. Compiled by the Writers*s Program of the Work Projects Administration in the State of Illinois Under Sponsorship of the Division of Reports, Department of Finance, State of Illinois. Chicago and New York, Ziff-Davis Publishing Company [1942]. 486p. 37 World War in Maps, edited by George Goodall. London, George Philip, 1942. 32p. A collection of war maps with explanations and interpreta- tions . . 38 World War Ij. World War II. INTERNATIONAL STATISTICAL BUREAU FOREIGN LETTER (New York), Dec. 8, 1942, Special Supplement: 3. Presents in the form of a table, the similarities and differences of World Wars I and II under the following headings: war aims, strategy, theaters of operation, and political factors. II. BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES ATTD PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS 39 'All Out With Halsey, ' by Robert Trumbull. 107 YORK TIMES MAGAZitTE (New York), Dec. 6, 1942:14,35. An appraisal of the character of Admiral William Traderick Halsey, Jr. as an explanation of the now spirit in the Pacific float of the United States Navy.. 40 Allies in Arms. The Battle for Freedom, edited by Owen Rutter, Biographies by Donald Come. London", Lincolns - prager, 1941. 157p., illus. Gives short biographies of the leaders of the Empire and Allied Forces, and displays in pictures some' phases of the work that is being performed under their commands. 41 Drexel Biddle: Gentleman Tough, by J. P. McEvoy. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), May 1942, v.54*536-542. Describes steps in the life of "Tony" Biddle up to his present position as chief trainer of the marines in knife and bayonet fighting at Quantico, Virginia. 42 The "Blitz-Grinder," by C. L. Sulzberger. NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), Oct. 4, 1942:5,37. Tells, of the achievements of Marshal Semyon Timoshenko of the Soviet Army. , 43 Canada's Toughest, by Charles Rawlings. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Nov. 7, 1942, v.215,no.19:15,92. Portrays General Andrew George Latta (Andy) McNaughton, his military career in World War I, and his work as scientist and soldier in the current war. 44 Chatles de Gaulle, by Philippe Barres. London, Hutchinson, 1941. 172p. Account of the Free French forces and of General de Gaulle’s life. .45 Chiang Kai-Shok, by Tsui Chi. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Sept. 4, 1942, v.19,no.18:291. Analyzes the character of Chiang JCai-Shek. 46 Chief of the Commandos, by Raymond Daniell. NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (Hew York), May 3, 1942:15,19. Describes the life and work of Lord Louis Mountbatten. 47 ...Churchill, [por Carlos Fcrrao]. Lisboa,' Parceria A. M. Pereira, 1940. 62p. (Coleccao "Os Homens da Guerra," II). Considers Churchill's record as soldier, journalist, writer, orator and statesman in the service of Great Britain., II. BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS (cont.) 58 Land of th'o Seven Seas, by Lincoln Barnett. LIFE (New York), Hay 18, '1942, v.12?81-91, illus. Sk yoh of the- character, career and present position of Ad- miral Emory Scott Land. 59 MacArthur the Magnificent, by Robert Gonsidinc. Philadelphia, David McKay, 1942. 126p. The story of General MacArthur’s life, together with an account of the defense of the iBataah peninsula. 60 The Makers of Victory and Defeat, by Max Werner. REDB00K (New York), Jan. 1943, v.80,no.3:60-62. Discusses the loading Russian and German military leaders, their backgrounds and relative merits. Among the military figures dealt with are: Shabochnikoff, Zhukhov, Keitel, von Socb, von Bock, von Haider and Jodi. 61 The Man Who Saved Britain, by Keith Ayling. AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL (New York), Nov. 1942, v.19,no.2:14-15,60-62. Gives facts concerning the life and work of Reginald J. Mitchell, creator of the Spitfire. 62 Meet General Weaver. AIR TECH (New York), Oct. 1942, v.l, no.1:5,58. A biography of Walter R. Weaver, Commanding General of the Technical Training Command of the Army Air Forces. 63 Men Behind the War, by Johannes Steel, pseud. New York, Sheridan House, 1942. xviii, 447p. Intimate personal facts about the loaders of the world war. 64 Men of the R. A- F., by Sir William Rothenstcin and Lord David Cecil. ’ London, Oxford University Press, 1942. 134p., illus. Contains 40 portraits with some account of life in the R. A. F. by Sir William Rothenstcin: an article entitled "A Layman’s Glimpse,” by Lord David Cecil; a foreword by Air Chief Mar- shall, Sir Charles Portal; and a poem by John Masefield. 65 Mikhailovitch; Balkan Mystery Man, by Louis ndamic. SATURDAY ' EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Dec. 19, 1942, v.215,no.25:20-21,84. Describes the personality’ and military powers of General Drazha, Mikhailovitch, pro-Axis, by the Russians, end a great patriot by Britain and America. 66 The Nations at War, prepared by the Social Studios Unit. War Services Section, U. S. Work Projects Administration, Minnesota, [n.p.], [n.d.]. 60p. (Processed.) (Bibliog.) Includes a list of the leaders of each of the warring nations, and other important information', such as the capital, ruler, location, language, population, area, typo of government, armed forces, and the current history of each. II. BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS (cent.) 48 Eddie Riokenbaokor -- the Happy Hero Returns, by Thomas F. Collison. SKYWAYS (New York), Jan. 1943, v.2,no.1:10-11, 56-57,64. A survey of Rickenbaclcor’s life and character. 49 Erwin Rommel; From Factory Hand to Army Commander. LIFE (London), May 1942, v.5,no.2:67-69. Sketch of the Nazi Commander now in command of the /exis forces in Northeast Africa. 50 General Eisenhower und seine Armee. DIE WELTWOCHE (Zurich), July 3, 1942, v.10,no.451:3. (General Eisenhower and his Army.--) Discusses the appoint- ment of General Eisenhower as successor of General Pershing of World War I in the European theatre of war. 51 General Ike Keeps a Date, by Bernard Aikman. MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), Jan. 1943, v.26,no.1:20-25. A biographical study of Lieutenant General Dwight David Eisenhower, including a report on his military experience. 52 Generals Rommel and Von Bock, by William Bavles. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Aug. 1942, v. 55i 183-190*. Sketches, contrasting the plebeian Nazi, Rommel, son of a Bavarian laborer, and the Prussian Junker, Von Bock. 53 Drawing the R. A. F., by Eric Kennington. London, Oxford University Press, 1942. 143p. Contains portraits and life stories of many R. A. F. men. 54 The Foe We Face, by Pierre J. Huss. Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday Doran, 1942. 300p. Pen portraits of the men who rule Germany, most of whom the author has met and interviewed. 55 Goring, Germany's Host Dangerous Man, by Kurt Singer. Lon- don, Hutchinson, 1939. 283p. Description of the career of Hermann Goring. 56 Hurry-Up Joe, by Jim Marshall. COLLIER'S (New York), June 27, 1942, v.109:18-19,53. Sketch of the career of General Joseph Warren Stilwell and of his activities in the Far East. 57 Je Les Ai Tous Connus, [by] Leon Guerdan. New York, 1941. 248p. (l Knew Them All.--) Sketches of the political and military leaders of Franco who participated in the downfall of France, and of the leaders of Free France. Hi BIOGRAPHIES* BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS (cont.) 67 The Navy's "Cominch,” by Charles Hurd. TOT YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New.York), April.5, 1942:15,39. Biographical sketch of Admiral King, Chief of Naval Operations and Commander in Chief of the United States fleet. 68 No. 1 WAAC, by Nona Baldwin. NEW YORK TRIES HAGAZINE (New York), May 24, 1942:15. Sketch of 'irs. Oveta Hobby, Director of the. Women Ts Amy Auxiliary Corps. 69 None More Courageous. American War Heroes of Today, by Stewart H. Holbrook. Nov; York, Macmillan, 1942. x, 245p. Tells the story of American heroes in the present war. 70 Pacific Commander, by Ralph A. Jordan. CUR NAVY (Brooklyn), .uug. 1, 1942, v.37,no. 5*4-6 . Incidents from the life of admiral Chester W. Nimitz, in command of the pacific fleet. 71 Quezon of the Philippines, by Sergio Osmena. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (Council on Foreign Relations, Inc., New York), Jan. 1943, v.21 ,no.2: 289-296• Recounts the preparations for war made by the President of the Philippines, his actions during the attack by Japan, his escape to the United States; and touches on the role of the Philippines 1 in the postwar period. 72 The Self Betrayed: Glory and Doom of the German Generals, by Curt Riess. New York, G. F. Putnam’s, 1942. xvi, 402p. A study of the military hierarchy in Germany and of its error of judgment in raising Hitler to power. 73 Somervell of the S. 0. S., by Walter Karig. LIBERTY (Now York), Nov. 28, 1942, v.l9,no.48:34-35. , Short biographic sketch of Lieutenant General Brehon 3. Somer- vell and description of his present office and duties as head of the Services of Supplies. 74 Stalin, by Emil Ludwig. New York, Putnam, 1942* 248p. Analyzes Stalin’s background of revolution, imprisonment, and exile, his personality and adherence to communism. 75 Timoshenko, Marshall of the Red Army, A Study by "Walter Mehr ing. New York, Albert Unger* 1942. 191p., illus. The history, not of an individual, but of a type. An attempt to study the Piussian soldier from a socio-psychological view- point . ,11. BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS (cont.) 76 To tho Amoric&p People, by Liudmila Pavlichcnko. SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), Oct'* '1942, v.ll,no.6:8-10,33-34. The Russian girl who killed 309 Gormans discusses the second ■ t front. Includes a brief autobiographical accounts 77 Two Generations .of MacAr'thurs. FOREIGN SERVICE (Kansas Gity), / June 1942, v.29;8-9,31-32. Sketches the life of General Arthur '.'MacArthur', rand of his son General Douglas MacArthur, Commander-in-Chief of the United Nations1 forces in the Southwest Pacific*. t ' 78 Uncle Joe, Alias General Sze, by Harrison’ forman. NEW YORK .TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), Oct. 4, 1942:8,9,34.. A sketch of General Joseph Stillwell. 79 Wavcll, by R. J. Collins. LONDON CALLING (London), Sept. ■3, 1942, no.156:14-15. • Character sketch of General Wavcll and his qualities of leader- ship. 80 ...Weygand, by Francisco Velloso. Lisboa, Parceria A. M. Pereira, 1940. 62p., illus. (Coceccao ”0s Homcns da Guerra,” V) A sketch .of General Weygand. ■ 81 . Woman Soldier Number One, by Emily Newell Blair.. LIBERTY (New York), Aug. 1, 1942, v, 19,flo .31:40r42. Biographical'sketch of Ovcta Culp Hobby, 'Commander of the American WAAC. III. PERSONAL NARRATIVES 82 And Hell Followed..kA European Ally. Interprets the War for : , Ordinary People like Herself, by Odette Kcun. London, Constable, 296p. Tells the story of the fall of Poland, Holland, Luxemburg, Bclg-ium and France, and lays tho blame unsparingly on loaders .who temper'ized and .appeased. 83 And the Floods Came, by Arnold Lunn. . ■ London, Eyre and • ;• Spot-tlswoodey 1942. 237p. . Wartime reminiscences which range..from Europe during September . .. ’ 1939 to April 1940, to Ireland, America, and present-day England, ' 84 Hessie Myers. London, George G. Harrap, 1941. 2 56p. . , Tho experiences of the author, an ambulance driver during the; Battle of Franco, who was captured by the Nazis. III. PERSONAL NARRATIVES (cont.) 85 The Courage and the Glory, by John J. Floherty. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippinoott, 1942# 188p., illus. Accounts of heroic action and endurance of American aviators, soldiers, sailors and cameramen in the present war. 86 Don't Think It Hasn't Been Fun, by Quentin Reynolds. London, Cassell, [1942]. 282p. The adventure story of the author, associate editor of Collier *s Weekly, during a recent twenty-day trip to England by boat. 87 Eagles in Exile, by Pat Beauchamp Washington’. London, Maxwell, Love, 1942, 128p., illus. The author, a member of the First Nursing Yeomanry, was with the Polish Army in France until" the collapse in June, 1940 when she escaped to England, She tells of the everyday life of the Polish soldiers. 88 18 Men and a Boat, by Lt. Comdr. John Morrill, U. 3. N. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Dec. 19, 1942. v.215, • no.25:9-10,37. Tells the story of courage and ingenuity which enabled the eighteen men on the mine sweeper "Quail” to carry on for thirty-one days in Jap infested seas. 89 Escape from Holland, by Liesje Von Somercn. London, Herbert Jenkins, 1942. 121p. A personal account of a family's escape to England during the Nazi invasion. 90 Escape from Hong Kong, by C. S.'Ross. . MACLEAN'S (Toronto), July 1, 15, 1942, v.55,nos.14,15:16-17,23-25. Story of Hong Kong's surrender and the experience of a member of the British Ministry of Information. 91 Escape from Java, by Isa Doorman. WOMAN'S HOME COMPANION (New York), Jan. 1943,. v. 70,no. 1:13,46 . presents the personal experience of the wife of Roar Admiral Doorman of the Royal Netherlands Navy. 92 Battle of Giants. Eye-Witnesses ' Stories from the Russian Front. London, Herbert Barber, 1941. 61p. 93 Flight to Arras, by Antoine de Saint Exupery. New York, Reynal and Hitchcock, 1942. 255p. The author describes an event of the last days of France — a reconnaissance flight which he carried out over burning Arras. III. PERSONAL NARRATIVES (cont.) 94 Flight to Ffoedom, 'by Barbara Padowiqz. New York, Due 11, Sloan and Pearce 1942. 257p. Presents the experiences of a mother .and child in their flight • from Poland to Russia and Hungary at the beginning of the war, thence to the United States. t . r < 95 The Flying Guns j Cockpit Record‘of a ITdval Pilot from Pearl Harbor through Midway, by Lieut. Clarence 3._Dickinson... New York, Charlos Scribner rs,- 1942. 19Gp. . . Reveals the thoughts and feelings of wartime pilots in moments of combat. 96 The Flying Tigers, The Story of1 the American Volunteer Group, , by Russell Whelan. Now York, The Viking Press, 1942. . ’ Personal narrative of a member of the American volunteer group of the Chinese air force. 97 Free lien Are Fighting. The Story of World War II, by Oliver Gramling.[and others]. New York, Fhrrar and Rinehart, xvi, 488p, T " “ Eye-witness stories of World War II as repbrted by'Associated Press Correspondents from the various theatres of war. 98 "Freely to Pass,11 by Edward W. Beattie, Jr. New York, Thomas Y. Crowell, 1942. 372p. ■ Anecdotes told by a veteran war correspondent of his experiences on practically all the fronts of'thc prOscnt war in Europe. 99 A French Soldier Speaks, by Jacques, pseud. Translated by Helen Waddell. London, Constable,~T942. 138p. An'affirmation of faith in tho ultimate destiny of France. ♦ » ’ • 'T r. € •* ' 100 Fugitive- in France, by Gerald’Riley• As-Narrated to Francis J. Rourke. 'London, Hutchinson, [n.d.] 83p. A story of imprisonment in a German raider and later in ,a 'prison camp■from which the author escaped. 101 The Greatest'People in'the World and Other Stories, by Flying Officer "X", psoud. London, Jonathan Cape, 1942. 79p. Stories of the R. n. F., told by a member of the force. 102 Here Come the Marinos J ' The Story of the Devil Dogs', from Tripoli to Wake Island, by Mexander Griffin. New York City., Howe 11, .Sokin, Publishers-, 1942. 219p. 103 I ‘Escaped from Hong Kong, by Jan Henrick Marsman• New York, Reyna’l and Hitchcock, 1942. 249p. , port., frontis. Describes experiences as a prisoner of the Japanese. Throws light on Japanese policies and mcjthods. 'ill. PERSONAL NARRATIVES (c-ont.) 104 I Rode the Convoy to Russia, by Sam Hakam. NEW -HASSES (New York), Rug. 25, 1942, v.44,no.8;11-13. Gives personal observations of activities of an airplane convoy enrouto to Russia. 105 I Saw It Happen, edited by Lewis Gannett. How York, Pocket Books, 1942. 431ps ' Eyewitness accounts of the war. 106 I Saw England, by Ben Robertson. London, Harrolds Publishers, {941. 190 p. Personal observations on the British people during the Battle of Britain, by pr.I*s correspondent. 107 "I Visit Some Armoured Cars,” by Andre Villers. MESSAGE: BELGIAN REVIEW (London), May 1942, no.7*16-18. Recounts stories told by men of the armored car unit of the Belgian forces in a camp somewhere in Great Britain. 108 I Was in‘Hongkong, by Robert T. Henry. WORLD OUTLOOK (Now York), Nov. 1942, v.Ill,no.3:10-12. Tells of experience as a Methodist Missionary -in Hongkong when the city was taken by the Japanese. 109 The Last Enemy, by Richard Hillary. London, Macmillan, 1942. 221p. Narrative of war service in the R. A. F., which also tells how the pilot is affected mentally and spiritually by his adventures. 110 Mediterranean Odyssey, by Josephine Amy Baker. New York, Liveright, 1942. 300o. Story of the evacuation of British subjects from the Riviera, after the fall of Franco. 111 The Mermaid and the Messerschmitt, by Rulka Langer. New York, Roy Slavonic Publications, 1942* 372p. The story of the bombing of Warsaw, "City of the Mermaid," as told by a Polish mother who lived through the bombardment with her two young children. 112 Nine Men on a Four-Man Raft, by John Horsey. LIFE (New York), Nov. 2, 1942, v.13,no.18:54-57. Reports personal experience of seven survivors, who spent a week'at sea after a Flying Fortress came down. 113 Tho Odyssey of a Free Norwegian, by Hclge Holt. PARADE’S WEEKLY (Detroit), July 19, 1942s2-7, illus. Account of a Norwegian’s escape from his homeland to Little Norway, Canada, a training center for the Royal’Norwegian Air Force. 114 Off the Record,' by Charles Graves. London, Hutchinson, [n.d.]. 223o. The war diary of a -British newspaperman from Nov. 1940 to Aug. 1941* Describes England under impact of war, the B. E. F. in France, the R. A.*F., and the Royal Navy. . 115 On Disait on France, [by] Paul piladcau. Montreal, Los Editions Varietcs, 1941. 238p. » (They Say in France.—) Recounts the experience of a French Canadian whose business carried him to France, on the eye of the German invasion. Concludes with the belief that "Franco will not die." 11,6 Out of Greece. ATHENE (Chicago), June 1942, v.3:10-13. A personal account, by a British officer of tho fight of the B. E. F, in Greece■and.of his escape. 117 Poland at Arms, by Anna Maclaren. Foreword by General Sikorski. London, John Murray, 1942. 116p., illus. Collection of stories told to the -author by Polish sailors ,and airmen, of their experiences in Poland, France, and Norway, .and in ‘the Battles of Britain and the Atlantic. 118 The Prisoners of Chalon, by Jay Allen. ( .HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), Sept. 1942, v.185,no.1106:404-408. Account of personal- < experiences as a prisoner of the Nazis. 119 The Raft, by Robert Trumbull. New York, Holt, 1942. vii, 205p., plates. Tells the experiences of three navy fliers who spent 34 days on a rubber raft after the sinking of their land plane . * * ; 120 Rubber Doughnuts. COLLIER’S (New York), Oct. '24, 1942, v.110, no.17:84-85. ■ j Describes the mmiipulatidn of .a rubber life boat and narrates vthe experiences of three lieutenants in such .a boat after the ’ / 4 Battle of Midway. , 121 Russians Don’t Surrender, by Alexander Poliakov.’ -New York, E. P. Dutton, 1942.' 191p. The war correspondent of Red Star recounts his experiences during the first month of the Russo-German war. .III. PERSONAL NARRATIVES (cont.) III. PERS ONAL NARRATIVES (cont•) 122 Rage in Singapore* The Cauldron ofiAsia Boils Over...by David George Kin. Now York, Wisdom House, -1942. 315p, Describes the flight of an American scholar and his wife from Penang down .the Malay peninsula. 123 The Saga of San Demetrio, by. F. Tennyson Jesse. London, H. M.. Stationery Off., 1942. 64p., illus. Story of an oil tanker, its supposed destruction and final salvaging and return to port*. 124 ”So Few.” The Immortal Record of the-Raya 1 Air Force, by David Master* London, Eyre and Spottiswoodo, 1942. 340p., illus. Recounts the many deeds of the members of the Royal Air Force. 125 A Soldier Dares to Think, by John Baker White. London, Vacher, [n.d. ]. 92p. A territorial officer writes of his experiences day by day and attempts to envisage the future. 126 Submarine From Corregidorj Pt. I. Manila Goes Under; Pt. II. The Escape, by Elizabeth E. Sayre. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), Aug.-Sept., 1942, v.170,nos.2-3j22-28;40-46. Account of an escape from the Philippines as recorded in the diary of the wife of the High Commissioner to the Philippines. 127 Tanker Men Don’t Get Medals, by Robert Sullivan. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), July 4, 1942, v.215;20-21,79. Reports personal experiences of the men who man the tankers. 128 Ton Fighter Boys, edited by Wing-Commander ivthol Forbes and Squadron-Leader Hubert alien. London, Collins, 1942. 176p., illus. Personal tales of ten fighter pilots who helped repulse the German Air Attack on England. 129 A Thousand Shall Fall, by xians Habe. London, G. G. Harrap, 1942, 280p. Describes the experiences of a German refugee in the French army until the collapse of B’rance, and his escape from France. 130 Via U. S. Sub to Japan--and Back; by a Navy Submarine Skipper, by Stanton Delaplane. LIBERTY (New York), Dec. 12, 1942, v.19,no.50:6-7,55-56• Gives an account of experiences and adventures of a United States submarine skipper on a trip to Japan and back. 131 War in the Strand; a Notebook of the First Two and a Half Years in London, by Sector Bolitho. London, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1942. 18 5p• III.PERSONAL NARRATIVES (cent.) ' 132 ThQ-'Way of-a Pilot* A Personal Record.. .with an Introduction and. Postscript by Lovat Dickson, by Barry Sutton. London, Macmillan, 1942. xlx, 117p. Account of the life and training of a fighter pilot, written by a member of the Royal Air Force who later was Bhot down in the Battle of Britain. 133 We Have Been There, Authoritative Reports by Qualified Observers Who Have Returned From the War Zones, as Presented. Over the GBC National Network. Toronto, CBO Publications Branch. [1941]. 144-p. 134 Wo Rendezvous at Ten, by "Blake," pseud. London, Victor Gollancz, 1942. 160p., illus. Stories of the R. A. F. in training and in action. 135 When Singapore Foil, by Edwin F. Loo. WORLD OUTLOOK (Nash- ville, Tonn.), June 1942, v.2:13-15. Eye witness account of tho fall of Singapore and the escape of the missionaries.. By .the Methodist Bishop of Singapore. 136 Why I Ain a Czechoslavak Soldier- (Tr. from the Czech by Josef Konecny.) Chicago, Czechoslovak National Council of America [n .d. ]. 8p. A letter received in America from a Czechoslovak soldier sor.ving with the Czechoslovak Army in Great Britain, signed • . MJ.. D." 137 Wings Over Olympus, A Story of the Royal Air Force in Libya arid Greece, by T. Ii. .Wisdom. London, Allen and Unwin, 1942. 229p. First-hand account of the air war in the Middle East. 138 Wrzesion w Polsco, 1939, [by] Lucjan fcagniewski. London, M. I. Kolin, 1942. 144p. , • (September- in Poland, 1939.--) The diary of a Polish officer who fought through September and October, 1939, and eventually escaped to England. 139 Yankee Fighter. The Story of an American in the Free French Foreign Legion, by John F. Hasey. Boston, Little, Brown* ,1943. 291p., illus. • - J i The author,served as an ambulance driver in Finland, and later with, the Free French in Africa and Syria. PART TWO; OPERATIONS OF THE WAR IV. DEFENSES, FORTIFICATIONS AND BASES 140 Africa Speaks , by'Axel Heyst. NINETEENTH -CENTURYsAND AFTER (London), Oot. 1942, v.132,no.768,175-177. Now German hopes of African empire and the significance of the continent as an allied base are here discussed. 141 Angleterre, Quo Vpux-tu a Madagascar, Terre Francaise? by Andre Chaumet. (no place of. publication, no publisher, no date given). 31p. (England, What Do You Want With Madagascar, French Territory?—) An arraignment of England together with the United States, who, the author claims, are using the Japanese entry into the war as a pretext for seizing French territory. 142 The Azores - Outpost for Defense, by Joseph Wechsberg. TRAVEL (New York), May 1942, v.-79j14-17,40. Tells of life in the Azores, of changes brought by the war, and of the strategic location of the islands. 143 The Bases of Air Power, by Tom Ashley. SOUTHERN FLIGHT (Dallas, Texas), Sept. 1942, v.18,no.3:28-30. Analyzes the essentials on which America’s air power depends 1 and claims that bases are of equal importance to men and materiel. 144 Building Airports on New England's Bogs. ENGINEERING NEWS- RECORD (New York), July 30, 1942, v.129,no.5:49-51, illus. Describes the construction of airports on New England bog lands. 145 Coming Battle for Continents, by Albert A. Brandt. COMMON- WEAL (New York), Sept. v.36,no.20:464-467. Sketches Germany's possible plans for the next few months, in which the use of planes and strategic bases points to antici- pated control of Africa and South America, *146 The Engineer and Defense Construction, by Brehon B. -Somervell. CIVIL ENGINEERING (New York), Jan. 1942, v.12:2-6. Discussion of the progress made in arming the United States and the engineer's responsibility in that program. 147 ‘ The Galapagos; Pacific Guardians of the Panama Canal, by Richard W.’Mindte. UNITED STATES" NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), May 1942, v.68;351-654. Discusses the practical possibilities of establishing a naval base on the Galapagos Islands to protect the Panama Canal. IV. .DEFENSES, TOUT IFICATIONS AND-BASES (oont.) 148 . G-2 Section, Iceland Bdse Commandi Armed Guardians; One Year in Iceland* Reykjavik, Iceland, Felagsprentsmidjan, Nov. 1942, 96p. , illus., 'map. . ■ Describes, the-nature of .the American occupation' of- Iceland and . tells what it has accomplished during the year. 149 Greenland, by Vilhjalmur Stefansson. Garden City, N. Y. Doubleday Doran., 1942. 338p., front., illuo., plates. Description and. appraisal of the strategic importance of Gree- land. t *1 . ’ l 150 Iceland, Past and Present, by Bjorn Thordarson. London, II. Milford, 1941. 46p. : Short history of Iceland—the nature of its government and con- stitution, its geographical position and economic resources, and its strategic importance as an air base and meteorotogical station. . ’ # ) • ■ . =, ] 151 El Imperialisino Americano, [by] G. Raineri Eisoia. REVISTA DE AERONAUTICA (Madrid), Nov. 1941, v.2,no.12:855-860. (American Imperialism.—) Survey of American defense measures, stating that-the continuous acquisition of bases is an American imperialistic scheme. 152 India’s Place in the Sun, by Girja 3. Bajpai. TALKS (Nov/ York), April 1942, v.7jl-3. ''Discusses India as‘an ideal base from which to reinforce the . armies -of the United Nations. India’s hopesfor freedom depend on victory by the.United Nations. 153 Islands and Straits, by John Andrews. AUSTRAL ASIATIC BULLETIN (Melbourne), *Feb.-March 1942* v.5*9-11. An interpretation*of .Japanese'strategy in the Pacific war among the islands and straits. 154 Jap Pacific Bases. LIFE (New York), Dec. 14, 1942, v.13, no.24*71-78, illus. Describes Japanese mandated Pacific islands which constitute its supply bases in the region. 155 Japan’s Manchurian Base, by John R. Stewart. FAR EASTERN SURVEY (New York), Aug. 24, 1942, v.11,no.17*180-186. •' • Surveys Japan’s position in Manchuria, as it is possibly from ■'} U there that any attack on Russia will come. 156 Madagascar. FOREIGN NOTES' (Chicago), May 9, 1942, v.19*3-4. Discussion of the occupation of Madagascar by the British, with possible effects resulting therefrom. IV. DEFENSES, FORTIFICATIONS AND BASES (cont.) 157 La Martinique, [by] Philippe Barres. POUR LA VICTOIRE (New York), May 23, 1942, v.1*1-2, (Martinique.--) Discusses the recent negotiations between the United States government and Admiral Robert at Martinique, and supports the policy of the Administration towards this strategic island. 158 Materials and Methods for Military Airport Construction. Aurora, 111.; Barker-Greene, 1942. lllp., illus. 159 The Mediterranean Base. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London), Oct, 1942, v.132,no.788:145-150. A discussion of the strategic importance of Uorth Africa, relative to the opening of a second European front. 160 The Naval History of Martinique, by James K. Eyre, Jr. An- napolis, U# S. Naval Institute, 1942. [10p.] (Reprinted from the Unites States Naval Institute Proceedings, v.68,no.8, Aug. 1942). Stresses the strategic importance of Martinique to the American continent. 161 A Northwest Air Base Rises from Isolated Wheat Field. PACIFIC BUILDER AND ENGINEER (Seattle), April 1942, v.48*42-46. Tells the story of the change from wheat field to cantonment in 85 days. ; • , * 162 Outposts of Defense, by William M. Haas... Chicago, The University of Chicago Press, 1942. 81p., maps. (Special Public Policy Pamphlet). A study of the outlying territories of the United States; how wo acquired them; and their strategic and economic significance. 163 Overseas America, by Charles F* Reid, New York, Foreign Policy Association, 1942. 96p. Gives historical background and economic and strategic im- portance of the territorial outposts of the United States. 164 Overseas Base Sectioris, by William G. Atwood. MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), June 1942, v.34j261-265. Discussion of the military engineering bases of the A. E. F. in France and England during World War I, with examples from Base Section no. 1 centered around Nantes# Recommendations for conducting similar operations in the present war# 165 Rusia Como Base do Opcraciones Aereas Contra Alcmania, [by] John A. Ward. REVISTA AEREA LATINO AMERICANA (New York), Oct. 1942, v.2,no.1}8-11,28,46. (Russia as a Base of Aerial Operations Against Germany.--) ‘A survey of relative aircraft potential and distribution among the warring nations and an examination of the possibility of air power concentration in Russia by way of Alaska and Siberia. IV. DEFENSES, FORTIFICATIONS AND. BASES (cont.) 166 Soil Toots for Military"" Construction-, by Capt'. Edwin F. Clements. ’ ' MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington) , Doc. 1'94£, v. 34,ho. 206: 604-608. Discus's os-methods for classifying and testing soils, principles : : of design j ' and elements of compaction that arc suitable for application on construction projects under combat zone conditions. 167 -TO the Far East, by-Lt. General Henry H. Arnold. • OTJR ARMY (New York), Dec. 1942*, v.!4yno .12:'2'8,54-55'. ’ Description of American Paoific bases from California to Australia. 168 What Madas gas bar Means to the Allies, by Egorr Kaskeline. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), May 23, 1942j 5. - "Stresses'• the strategic importance to the; Allies of the British landing on Madagascar* - : 169 Work of the Civil Engineering Corps of the Navy, by J• J. Manning. CIVIL ENGINEERING (New York), Feb. 1942, v.12:73-76. Outlines the work of the Civil Engineers Gorips of the United States Navy. Says the expanding program includes development -of outlying bases* ' *■ Vi*7 PROCUREMENT ' 170 Army-Navy Aeronautical Standardization, by D. G. Linglc and G. A. Seitz. *SAE JOURNAL (New York), Nov. 1942*32-33,66^80. The development of standardization and the organization, func- tions, and operation of specification boards in the army and navy. 171 Basic War Strategy Now Worked Out; How Plans Will Affect Industry. MODERN INDUSTRY (New York), Sept. 15, 1942, v.4,no.3*48,50,53. Critical analysis of war's effect on industry and recent changes in the controls'exercised by the War Production Board, and the Army and the Navy over production. 172 ■-Britain Delivers the Good?, by W. M. P. Northcross. ARMY ORDNANCE -(Washington), * Sept. -Oct. .1942, v.23 ,no.134:287-289. • ■ • ■ Explains the methods used by 'British Quartermaster General - ' and the Royal Ordnance Corps in supplying the British forces. 173 Contracting Procedure1'in the" Motor Transport Sorvie. , by Ralph G. Boyd. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), May-June 1942, .V.21:30,117. v : ■■ ■ tDiscusses task and problems • of the Contract Section of the Quartermaster Corps in arr«nging-,contraots--for the manufacture •- arid delivery of motor vehicles, parts, tools, equipment, and supplies. V. PROCUREMENT (cont.) 174 For Permanent Victory: Tha Case For an American Arsenal of Peace, by Melvin M. Johnson and Charles T. Haven. New York, William Morrow, 1942. 246p., illus. Several chapters discuss the problems of American armaments and arms procurement. 175 How to Expedite Army and Navy Approvals of Redesigns* PRODUCT ENGINEERING (New York), Dec. 1942, v.13,no.12:684-688. Tells how engineers can help the various branches of the Army and Navy save time and effort in reviewing and approving sug- gestions for design changes that involve critical materials. 176 How War Supplies Are Purchased and Produced, by Maxwell Cohen. CANADIAN BUSINESS (Montreal), Oct. 1942, v.15,no.10:44-46. Shows how England, the United States and Canada differ in their system of procuring equipment and supplies for the fighting services, Analyzes Canada’s methods and their distinctive features. 177 Is Renegotiation of War Contracts a Practical Solution of the Excessive Profits Problem? by Maurice Karker. THE ROTARIAN (Chicago), Jan. 1942, v.57,no.1:18-20. Discusses the'various details connected with renegotiation of war contracts. 178 Merchandising Methods, by B. J. Brown. QUARTER!LISTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1042, v.22,no.3j63,115,116. Discusses the merchandising functions of the United States Army, with reference to their scope, quality and workmanship standards, controls, records, and files. 179 The Procurement Division. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dee. 1942, v.22,no.3:44. Discusses the functions of the Procurement Division of the Office of tha Quartermaster General of the United States War Department. Includes chart of organization. 180 Production for Victory. NEW YORK CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT (Nev\rYork), July 1942, v. 12,no. 10* 554-572. Addresses delivered at a special meeting ot The New York State Society Certified Public Accountants, on June 15, 1942. Subjects were? Tax Amortization Procedure, Ordnance Production, Army Works with Industry, Navy Procurement, and The Accountant's Role in War Production. V. . PROCUREMENT (cont.) 181 Quality Control and the War, by Leslie Simon. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (New York),' Sept. 1942 ,-Vi61-,nd.9| 4.49-452. Reports experience of the United States Army in applying quality-control to'wartime1 production of munitions. ‘ ' { ; , 182 ...Renegotiation of Government Contracts.' Now York, National Industrial Conference Board, 1912. 12p. 183 Subcontracting Can Speed War‘Production, by Ladnor-V. Ross. ELECTRICAL WEST (San Francisco), May 1942, v.88:33-35. i , * 184 Wartime Purchasing Procedures. Issued by Research Institute of <1 America, War Economics Division. New York, Research Institute “ . of America, 1942. VI* ORDNANCE .AND MUNITIONS '' 185 Air Arms of World War II. AIR NEWS (Chicago), May 1942, v.2:14-18. Diagrams and descriptions of the .30 and .50 caliber machine guns, and the 20 and 37 mm. cannon, which arc the basic, types of armament for almost all combat planes. ' 186 Aircraft Maintenance Problems in North Africa, by Robert Toland. SAE JOURNAL (New York), Nov. 1942:46-48. Describes the hardships of desert combat, maintenance, and existence. 187 America Vs Secret Weapons , bv William Bradford Huie» AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), July 1942, v.55i36-43. Presents numerous instances of how American ingenuity has •improved the machines and methods of modern warfare. 188 Die amorikanische Aufrustung:' -Umfang, Organisation, wirtschaft- ■liohe Auswirkungen, [by] W. F. Walter. JAHRBUCHER FUR NATIONAL- 0K0N0MIE UND 3TATISKIK (Jena), Nov. 1941, v.154:582-605. (American Rearmament; Its Extent, Organization and Economic Repercussions.—) Discusses appropriations and expenditure for rearmament in the United States from 1930 to 1942; the organization of the defense.program from the creation of <. the War Resources Board in August 1939 to the establishment of' OP R and OPA; and the repercussions of the defense program on raw material production, laborj and the capital market. V'. PROCUREMENT • (oont.) 189 Automatic Arms, Their History, Development and Use, by Melvin M. Johnsonj Jr. and Charles T. Haven... Now York, William Morrow, 1942. 3(35p., illus. Treats of the history and development of automatic pistols, rifles and machine guns. Tells how they work; how to keep them firing; and how they may be employed in combat. Chapter V (Miscellaneous Considerations) contains charts giving brief descriptions of the best-known automatic weapons. 190 The Bullet’s Flight from Powder to Target. The Internal and External Ballistics of Small Arms, by F. W. Mann. Huntington, West Virginia, Standard Printing and Publishing Company, 1942. ix. 384p., illus. A new edition of a well-known work on ballistics. 191 British Lion at Bay, by Garrett Underhill and J. J. Reon. AMERICAN RIFLEMAN (Washington), May 1942, v790:10-14,23, illus. Critical discussion of British guns and other military equip- ment. 192 The Dilemma of Now Weapons, by C. J. Mackenzie. CANADIAN BUSINESS (Montreal), June 1942, v.15,no.6*54-56. Discusses the problem of whether it is better to have an ade- quate supply of obsolete weapons.or an inadequate supply of superior weapons. Analyzes other wartime scientific problems. 193- Engines of War, the Mechanized Army in Action, Produced in Col- laboration with the 'War Office, with a Foreword by FieId-Marshall Sir John Dill...2nd cd., Rev. with 75 photographs in Photogravure. London, A. and C.’ Black, 1942. 86p. Takes up the various branches of the British service and describes the equipment and engines of each branch. Devotes a chapter to technical training in the army. 194 Field Maintenance of Tanks, by Major-General Jacob L. Devcrs. MODERN ENGINEER (Melbourne, Australia), Aug. 20, 1942, v.16,no.8* 304-309. Discusses the system and methods of, servicing the armored force which consists of eight different arms and services: infantry, artillery, cavalry, engineers and ordnance, signal, medical and quartermaster units. 195 Fighter Armament, Pts. I and II. FLIGHT AND AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), Nov. 12, 1942, v.42,no.1768;518-522; Nov. 19, 1942, v.42,no.1769:553-557. Reviews the various types of guns and their installation in the .allied and Axis air planes. V. .PROCUREMENT (cont.) 196* Fire’arms - and Their TJsd, -by W. lA Castles, and V. P. Kimball. Brooklyn, Chemical Publishing Co., 1942. ""xTi.y 23,lp. Designed to train men in shooting and to... familiarize them with different types of firearms. 197 Foolproof .Gaging System, by J. B. Nealey. IRON AGE (New York), . - • Sept. 3, 1942, v. 150 ,no . 10145-50. Explains the .new gage developed by the TJ. 3, Army'. Ordnance * Corps, which-registers all surfaces simultaneously'and is ex- pected to supersede all other gages used by American industry. • ' j . 198 40 MM. Anti-Aircraft Gun Carriage, by Dr. John L. Miller. , ' IRON .AGE (New York), Dec. 3, 1942, v.150,no.23: 51-59. ' .Discusses changes in the design and in the methods of production of the 40 mm. gun carriage in order to facilitate production. Discusses the use of .a welded construction rather than a riveted one. 199 Grounded But Fully Animated airplane for Checking and Demonstrating Instruments • . INSTRUMENTS (Pittsburgh), 1942, v. 15s 210-211. Tells about the grounded monoplane which is used by the American School of Aircraft Instruction, Glendale, California to provide students with a means of gaining experience in.instrument in- stallation, trouble shooting, testing and servicing.* 200 Guns -- and Canada/ by A. G. Campbell. 'CANADIAN GEOGRPAHICAL JOURNAL (Montreal), -May 1942, v.24:209-239. Describes the various types of guns made in -Canada. 201 High Explosive, by J. B. Nealoy. . AMERIGAN.RIFLEMAN (Washington), Nov. 1942, v..90,no. 11:12-15. * - , Operation and effectiveness of 37 mm. self-destructive anti- aircraft shell. 202 Industrial and Military Explosives, by R. W. Cairns. EXPLOSIVES ENGINEER (Wilmington), June 1942, v.20s159-165. General view of the important types of explosives and of their properties, * 203 Jeep-Son of a Mule. ' NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), •April'19, 1942:20-21. illustrations with explanations which show the varied work performed by the \.rmy Jeeps. 204 Jeeps. .AMERICAL AUTOMOBILE (New.York), Aug. 1942, v.19,no.8: 26-27,32. /-j'- . , - Describes Jeeps, their present uses, and future possibilities. • V. PROCUREMENT (cont.) 205 Key to Arms Production, by J. B. Ncaley. ARiTY ORDNANCE , (Washington), July-Aug, 1942, v,23;59-64. Discusses problems, functions and accomplishments of the thirteen U. S. Ordnance procurement districts 206 Machine Warfare, an Enquiry into the Influences of Mechanics on the Art of War, by Major-General J. F. C. Fuller...with 14 diagrams. London, Hutchinson, [1941?] 184p. 207 The Maintenance and Repair of Technical Equipment, by M. J. H. Bruce. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Aug. 1942, v.44,no.2:237-244. Considers the problem of repair and maintenance of machines and military equipment used by the Army. An analysis by the Director of Mechanical Maintenance, British War Office, 1940- 1942. 208 A Manual for- Explosives Laboratories, by G. D. Clift...[and] Dr. B, T. Fodoroff... Philadelphia, Pa., Lefax, [1942]. 1 vol. loose-leaf, ,illus., tables, diagrs. 209 The Master Weapon, by <1. F. C. Fuller. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washing- ton ), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.25,no.134*268-271. Discusses the part played by the airplane in setting the pace in modern mechanized warfare. '210 • The Master Weapon and Its Influence on Tactics, by J. F. C. Fuller. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Aug. 1942, v.44,no.2i229-236. Reviews the development of fighting equipment through the ages and considers machines now used as to type and function, 211 New Guns for America, by A. G. Gillespie. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.23,no.135:475-480, illus. Description of new weapons being manufactured at Watervlict Arsenal. 212 Noctovisor. - MECI1ANIX ILLUSTRATED (New York), June 1942, v. 28 j 50,61,154. Describes the new television eye which sees in.the dark, and is used to spot ships and airplanes at night. 213* Ordnance in My Time, by Charles M. Wesson. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (New York), June 1942, v.64:435-437. Surveys development of American ordnance since 1900 and describes some now ordnance weapons. 214 Ordnance on Bataan, by H, R» Kutz. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), Nov.-Deo. 1942, v.23,no.135:481« Describes the accomplishments of the ordnance men in Bataan in maintaining an efficient repair service during the seige. V. PROCUREMENT (cont.) 215 Plated Aluminum in the-War Program, by Raymond F. Yates. METAL FINISHING (Now York), June 1942,’ v;.40: 295-296. Describes the plating of aluminum with mtals not previously used, and of the Army's uses for aluminum thus plated. 216 Problems of the Ordnance Maker, by C. A. Liddlo. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), . J-uly-Aug. 1942, v.23*94-96. Mentions points to bo observed by United States ordnance makers as follows* development of full precision capabilities erf plants* care in studies of time requirements for individual operations-'and ,loading;’ and need for studies in the speed of tools and devices-. 217 Red Army Weapons, by Garrett Underhill. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Aug. 1942, v.51,no.2*8-19. 218 Redesign Speeds Gun. Production, by John L. Miller. MACHINE DESIGN (Cleveland), Doc, 1942, v.14,no.12*83-88, illus. Tells of the redesigning of the 40 mm. antiaircraft gun to speed production and to increase the efficiency of the weapon. 219 The Revolution' in Artillery,, by Henry. W. .Miller. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), July-Aug, 1942, v»23*88-91. Reviews the history of ordnance in warfare, particularly the revolution in artillery since World War I, and the present discarding of heavy artillery for more mobile artillery. Bnphasizcs the .-need for. continual research in war equipment in the United 'States. 220 The Royal Navy Is Always Learning* NEPTUNE (London), Jan. 1942: 20-23.' • • ' , • . Illustrations showing the floating schools for British navy depots and repair shops, 221 Seagoing Son of a Tractor, by Roger Kafka. SEA POWER (New* York), Oct. -1942,. v. 2, no .10 * 22-24. A description of the amphibian military tractor. 222 Seventy Years of•Torpedo Work, by Frank C. Bowen. THE SEA* FARER (London), April, May, June. 1942, no.34:37-39. Historical sketch of the development of the torpedo. 223 Shells and Shooting,, by Willy Ley. Nov/ York, Modern Ygo, 1942. 223p., illus. ... Traces the development of modern arms and explains the functions of various types of modern weapons. V. PROCUREMENT (cont.) 224 Signal Corps Maintenance, by Lewis Winner. RADIO NEWS (Chicago), Aug. 1942, v.28,no.2: 7-9, illus. Tells how the Maintenance Division of the United States Signal Corps is organizing to maintain the quarter of a million radio sets and other Signal Corps equipment to be in the possession of the ijrmy by June 30, 1942. 225 The Soldier and his M 1 Rifle, by Howard L. Bagley. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington). Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.23,no.134:303-305. Explains the best method for the care and maintenance of the . Garand semi - automatic rifle in the field. 226 Some Fresh Worries for the Axis. LEATHERNECK' (Washington), Aug. 1942, v.25,no.8:7-9, illus. Describes new airplanes, mobile cannons, anti-aircraft guns, and tanks of the United States Army. 227 The Sources of GermanyTs Might, by Leonard Engel. HARPERS (New York), July 1942, v.184:199-207. A detailed analysis and description of Germany's superiority in armaments, her technological advancement, and her use of chemical synthetics• 228 The Springfield Rifle, by Harrison P. Martin. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Menasha), Oct. 1942, v.68,no.476: 1393-1396. A comparison of the Springfield and other service type rifles. 229 Squad Armament, by Melvin ii. Johnson, Jr. iJIMY ORDNANCE (Washington), July-Aug. 194-2, v.23:97-100. Compares the weapons used by the infantry squads of the .American, British, French, German, Austrian and Japanese armies . 230 The Sticky Grenade in Action. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan. 1943, v.52,no.1:41,42. Recounts a recent action of a British rifle section as an example of the value of the sticky grenade. 231 Super-Machine Guns, by J. B. Nealey. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Wash- ington), May-Juno 1942, v.51:63-65, illus. Discusses effectiveness of the latest mechanized weapons; the "swamp buggy," and the light fast-firing guns. 232 Today’s Air Guns, by Frank Tinsley. AIR TRAILS (New York), July 1942, v.18j20-21. Illustrations showing typos of guns used by the United Nations. V, PROCUREMENT (cont.) 233 Use of Small Arms Against Planes, Tanks. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v. 51: 20-21. Tells of Russian riflemen's success in shooting down enemy planes. Translation of•an‘article from "Izvestia.” • 234 The War • Situation, by Oliver Lyttelton. HUTCHINSON’S PICTORIAL , HISTORY OF THE WAR (London), no.3, series 17:53-68, illus. Discusses continued use the British of weapons proved in- ferior to those of the enemy, and steps being taken to remedy the situation. Justifies the lack of dive bombers, in Libya. • 235 r Wel-ded -Caissons-for Ndval Dry Docks, by Capt. C. A. Troxcl and 'A. Amerikian. STEEL (Cleveland), Dec. 14, 1942, v.lll, no.24:100-102,123-237. Describes the welding process and its importance to the main- tenance and operation of the fleet. -VII. SUBSISTENCE AND SUPPLIES 236 Army Administrative and Supply Manual,..by Colonel John V. Rowan and Major Robert W. Rove ley, Washington, Quartermaster Association, 1942. 296p. ’ A guide for supnly and general administrative procedure. 237 Army Food and Messing. Harrisburg, pa., Military Service Publishing, 1942. 418p. A complete manual of moss management for all whose duties pertain to this", work. 238 The Army Gets New Buttons. MODERN PLASTICS (NcW York), Dec. 1942, v.20,no.4:43-45,130,illus. Describes processing, testing and advantages of plastic buttons in'the manufacture of'army uniforms. 239 Army Use of Edible*Fats and Oils, by Jesse H. White. OIL AND SOAP (Chicago), June 194-2, v. 19:103-106. ' Explains the dietetic reasons for nrmy rations of the principal • fat carrying foods. 240 Basic Statistics on Clothing and Equipage. Issued by the IT. S. Office of-the Quartermaster General. Part I - Data on Equipping and Maintaining a Soldier One Year. Revised Sept. 15, 1942... Washington, U. 3. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 48p. [issued by the U.S. Office of the Quartermaster General, Storage and Distri- bution Division]. 241 The Bcyctte Mobile Platform, by Lieut. Robert.C. Doyle. QUARTER- MASTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3:39,40,127-129. Describes the mobile platform devised by Cblonel H. W. Boyette as a simplified method for unloading vehicles, making all straight track available for unloading operations. VII, SUBSISTENCE AND SUPPLIES (oont.) 242 Cheating Davy Jones, LAMP (New York), Juno 1942, v.25, no.1:16-17, illus. -Describes and demonstrates the Morner life saving suit. 243 Clothes Make the Airman* by Donald 0. Herty. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32,no.1:51,108-112. Deals with the problems of insuring adequate warmth to pilots at high altitudes 244 Clothing Our Army. RAY ON ORGANON (New York), June 194-2, v.13:85-88, tables. Discusses statistics regarding the life expectancy of clothing supolied t» the Army, and the total raw wool requirements. 245 The District Shop—Functions. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), May-June 1942, v.21:40,110-111. States functions of the four large base shops of the Quarter- master Corps, and the plans for setting up district shops.. 246 Electric iFccounting Machines in the Quartermaster Supply Program, by Major Charles C. Workman, Jr. QUART El'In STEM REVIEW (Washing- ton), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3:67,112-114. Discusses the use of electric accounting machines for main- taining centralized control of stocks in the form of individual stock records in Quartermaster depots and centralized stock records in the Office of The Quartermaster General, 247 Food’s Part in Defense, by Paul Logan. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington) , May-June 19a-2, v.21: 61-63,90-91, Recounts the functions of various divisions of the Quartermaster Corps. Snphasizos the importance of food supplies in the winning of the war. 248 Fuels and Lubricants Procured by the Quartermaster General for U, S. ixrmy Motorized Ground Forces, by George A. Round. SAE JOURNAL (Now York), July 1942, v,50:267-275,' Discusses the selection of fuels and lubricants for the United States Army motorized equipment. Seven appendices contain specifications. 249 Garment Parachute, by Rowland Carter. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32,no.1:56. Describes a new typo built-in parachute. 250 Identification of Uniforms, Rank,,Insignia. LEATHERNECK (Washington), July 1942, v,25:5-19. Describes the uniforms and insignia of various ranks of privates and officers in the armies and navies of Russia, Great Britain, France, and Turkey. Photographs and diagrams. VII,. •SUBSISTENCE ;AHD,SUPPLIES (cont.) 251 Improving Army Hos-scs , ,by Earle D. .Brawn. QUARTER!.LASTHR REVIEW * ' (Washington), 'Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.22,no*2s501104-106. Lists and considers complaints against Army food, and makes suggestions for improvement. 252 Just Add a Little Water ,■ by Frank ;J.. Taylor . COLLIER'S (New Yprk), July 13, 194-2, v. 110: 24,50. - Describes the U. 3. Army’s and Navy’s' system of dehydrating food for the use of the armed forces, and also the experience with dehydrating of some plants supplying the forces. 253 The Kansas City Plan, by Colonel Joseph W. G. Stephens. QUARTER- MASTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dec.’1942, v.22,no.3:54,140,141. Discusses the utilization of existing storage space in public warehouses, with special reference •* to the'agreement between the Office of the Quartermaster General, .and the Kansas City Ware- house Association. ■ . > •254 Keeping Shoes in Shape is Big Job for Army. BOOT .AID SHOE RECORDER (Philadelphia), Dec. 19, 1942,' v. 122,no .17:14-15. Shows how the Quartermaster Corps mends' thousands of shoes a day and also maintains a shoe repair training shop in order that the shoos of the Army’s marching men may be in' good condition. 255 Lighting and Cooking Loads ip-Army Barrack's, by Harold 7. Potts. ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER (Chicago), Dec, 1942, v.20,no.12:60-62, tables, graphs. Tells of the study.made to determine lighting and cooking loads for Army , • , " A-- 256 Materials Handling in.Quartermaster Depots, by Major Edwin G. Boggs. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov*-Doc. 1942, v.22,no.3j 32,33,140. Reports on new materials,-handling methods and new-mate rials - handling equipment of .the Depot- Operations Branch', Storage •• • ‘and Distribution Division, Office of* the Quartermaster General, United States Army# 257 Meet Uncle Sam—Laundry Owner, by Noel Grady. STARCHBOOK LAUNDRY JOURNAL (New York), Oct/ 15, 1942, v.49,no.10:46-53, illus. Describes laundry.facilities of the Army and Navy including * ‘ • the mobile units, — complete washing and drying plants which go where the army goes. 258 Mess Management and Training., [issued by the U. S. War Department.] Washington, U. ’S* Govt. Print. ,0ff,., 1942. 48p. (Technical Manual no. 10-205.) VII. SUBSISTENCE AND SUPPLIES (cont.) ?59 Military and Naval .Recognition Book; a Handbook on the Organization, Insignia of Rank of the World * s Armed Forces; Etiquette and Customs of the American Services, by J. V7. Bunkley...3d ed. New York, Van Nostrand, 1942. 347p. 260 Naval-Stores' Trade Today — War’s Demands Enlarge Opportunities; Blockades, Invasions, Alter Movement, by Geraldine Lytzen. FOREIGN , COMMERCE WEEKLY (U. S. Bureau of Foreign.and Domestic Commerce, Washington), Jan. 2, 1943, v.x,no.lj6-9. 261 The New Combat Helmet, by Ren4 R. Studler. ARIfY ORDNANCE (Washington), May-June 1§42, v.221931-934. Explains the development of the present helmet; considers it the finest helmet that science and engineering can produce., 262 New Life Raft Undergoes Successful Tests, by Frank 0. Bowen. NAUTICAL GAZETTE (New York), June 1942, v.132:32-33. Describes latest type of life raft, equipped with lockers for food, shaped in such a way as to keep the shipwrecked men’s feet out of water, and capable of being rowed at a fair speed. 263 Notable New Tug Is Delivered to Army. SOUTHERN MARINE REVIEW (New Orleans), March 1942, v.17:8-12. Describes the newest Quartermaster corps vessel, the largest and most powerful tug yet built. Illustrations are included. 264 Nutritional Aspects of Feeding in the United States Navy, by Ernest W. Brown. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Sept. 12, 1942, v.120,no.2:96-99. Surveys the nutritive value, cost, and composition of the United States Navy ration. Recommends that dietary surveys be conducted and that trained nutritionists be assigned to the larger division of the forces afloat* 265 Our Bakers; Somewhere in England, by Major General John C. H. Lee. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Noy.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3:29,30, 133,134. Tells about the personnel and work of the platoon of the United States Army bakers working in England. 266 Overboard, Locked Hat and Epaulets, by Commander Isaiah Olch. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.), Nov. 1942, v.58,no.477:1607-1610. Discusses the influence of world-wide war activity on the nature of navy uniforms and proposes ado.ption of more practicable and cheaper outfits for officers and men. . 267 The Packaging of Field R tion K. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washing- ton), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3:61,116-118. Tells of one manufacturer’s efforts to convert his factory to large scale production of Ration K, Describes the packaging pro- cess for Ration K. VII. SUBSISTENCE AND SUPPLIES (cont.) 268 Pipe Line on Wheels* THE LAMP (New York), April 1942, v.24: . - 20-22. ' Explains' How army trucks, tanks and even planes may be refueled in' an emergency through portable .conduits which can be dismantled and hauled away when the job is done. 269 Problems Facing the Quartermaster Corps in Feeding the Army, by William Sandow. * QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington)', Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.22,no.2:44,108-111. Surveys the job of the Quartermaster Corps, and problems of purchasing, storing, transporting, preparing, and issuing of food with which it is faced. 270 QJI, the Fighting Storekeeper, by Frederick Simpich. NATIONAL - GEOGRAPHIC MAGAZINE (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.82,no.5:561-592. Gives details of the Quartermaster Corps’ work in feeding, clothing, hauling the’armed personnel, and ministering to other needs, in foreign lands. 271 The Quartermaster Depot System of Supply, by Major Daniel Borth. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3;31, 141-144. A report on the work of the Quartermaster depots of the United States Army. ‘ ' 272 QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), July-Aug. 1942, v.22,no.l. This number is devoted primarily to the subject of army subsis- -r" •- tence and contains articles by officers who are experts in the field of feeding. Among the articles are: -"The Army Menu," - "The Ration in Combat)" "Dehydrated Foods," "The Army’s Staff of Life," "Milk for the Best-Fed.Army," "The Packaging and Packing of Subsistence Items for Overseas Shipment by the Army." 273 Storage and Distribution of Quartermaster Supplies, by Major General Frank F. Scowden. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), .. , Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3:27,28,135,136. " •' . " •, - -Discusses the establishment of the Storage and Distribution Division of the Office of the Quartermaster General, charged with the function of storing, distributing, and issuing all quarter- master supplies, including the management and operation of quartermaster depots. » .274 -Tvhe Soldier and His Food. Issued by the . nJ. 3. Bureau’of Public Relations. Washington, U. s. Govt. Print. Off A; 1942. 19p. Explains the army ration and discusses the- problem of procure- ■ ment and preparation of food in field and home stations. V' 275 The Soldier and His Uniform, [issued by the'MJ. S. War Dept. Bureau of Public Relations.] , [Washington,. U.. S. Govt. Print." "Off. ] 1942. 19p. VII. SUBSISTENCE AND SUPPLIES :(cont.) 276 The- Story of Divisional, Insignia, by Clarence P. Hornung. OUR ARMY (New York), Dec# 1942, v.14,no.12:6-8,42, illus. Description and history of divisional insignia of the United States Army# 277 Supply of Newly Activated Units and Stations, by Lieut. Col. II. S. Pettit. QUARTERMAS.TER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22, no.3:56,118-121. Discusses the procedure of the initial issue of all authorized articles of individual and organizational Quartermaster supplies to units being activated. 278 Supply Problems in the East. Toronto, Canadian Institute of International Affairs,, 1942. 2p. (Press Release, Series B, no. 2o-2.) Holds that the Soviet Far East is ill-prepared to handle supplies in case an offensive is launched against Japan from that quarter. 279 The Training Division of the Quartermaster Corps, by 0. E. Ragonnet.- QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Sent.-Oct. 1942, v.22,no.2:20-22, 132-133. Gives the history of the Training Division of the Quartermaster Corps, and describes .its functions. 280 The U. S. Marine Corps Depot of Supplies. CLOTHING TRADE JOURNAL (Morris Plains, N. J.), Nov. 1942, v.60,no.2:87-93, illus. Surveys the production and functions of the Marine Depot of Supplies in Philadelphia. 281 United States Service Symbols, by Cleveland B. Smith and Gertrude R. Taylor. New York, Duell, Sloan and Pcarch, 1942. USp. Handbook, of information on the symbols, dress and identifying insignia for all branches of the armed services, including women’s, auxiliaries. 282 Use- of Pallets in Handling Navy Materials and Supplies, by Lt. Comm. H. E. Stocker. RAILWAY PURCHASES ATTD STORES (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.&5,no112:631-635. Discusses the use of pallets and the layout and equipment of warehouses for- the purpose of storing the maximum amount of materials and supplies. 283 Will Food Win the War? by Andrew Stewart. Toronto, Associated Printers, 1942. 23p. (Behind the Headlines, v.2,no.9). Considers; the importance of food in the successful prosecution of modern war,, and compares the ..food supplies of the belligerents in World’ War II. VIII. C OIU'OTICATIONS 284 ; Mcrican Motorcycles in the Army, by Lester H-* Geiss*. MOTOR- CYCLIST (Los Angeles )', June- 19,42/ no.537:4-5, ■ Describes ■ the training of soldiers in ,the U• -3* Quartermaster Corps for motorcycle work as messengers., convoy guards and scouts. ; \ *285 The 'Beginning of the Signal Corps, by Dawson Olmstcnd* TELEPHONY (Chicago), Nov. 28, 1942, v. 123, 29-32,74... '• Recounts •'••the history of the Army .Signal Corps,-and discusses its work in and maintaining communications wherever military need demands. e.286 . Calling All-Planes, Tanks, etc., by licrbert; Co-r.ey-. PUBLIC •/. a-UTILITIES (fiTashihgton), ’June 18', 1942, v. ' 29:803-810. Describes the Signal Corps as the eyes and ears of the Lrmy• 287 ‘ The' Civilihn;Radio Army, by Alfred Toombs. RADIO HEWS (Chicago), July 1942, v.28:10-13,56-58. • Describes the civilian section of the Signal Corps, its job and training program. .... . 288 Civilian-Training in our 'War Effort, by Louis B. Bender. RADIO NEWS (Chicago), Doc. 1942, v.28,no.6:10-13,58, illus. Discusses the training and work of tho Civilian Division of the Signal Corps. ... . •• p 289 : The Ears of the Fleet. POPULAR MECHANICS .MAGAZINE (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.79,no.1:14,15,185. Tells of the work of the navy radio operators, relating, to communications, maintenance " and. operation of new secret devices, « - - • operation of: detection'apparatus which helps.;, to locate targets, : ' W ■ and operation of radio' facs imile’ machines. ? • 290 The "First Signal Corps," by Lieut. Col. C. J. McIntyre. RADIO NEWS (Chicago),. Nov. 1942, v.28, no. 5:, 30-33, .illus. r. ' . - Reviews the history of the .Signal Corps-*of,th§ United States Army and shows "the entire . communications, .system/as ? consistently functioning with precision and. courage.-7 ;t; p 291 j.-Kn'ow Your 'Army Signal Corps, by Carl A. Jacobson. THE MINN IS OTA TECHNOLOGY (Minneapolis), Nov. ‘1942, v.23,no. 2:48-49. Discusses the work of the signal corps in handling communications in the/' Army-- * a. 292 Military Radio Design, by Major John Hessel. RADIO NETS (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.28,no.5:110,210, illus. Analyzes the parts and finished units adapted for the Signal Corps radio.. Says they must be able to withstand any olimate and perform at any temperature. VIII. COMMUNICATIONS (oont.) •293 Modern Signal Corn, by James A* Code* TELEPHONY (Chicago), Nov. 28, 1942, v.3.23,no .22: 37-40. Explains the new methods and equipment devised by the signal corps to meet the increasing demands of modern warfare. 294 Nazi Aircraft Radio, by John H. Jupe. ELECTRONICS (New York), Nov. 1942, v.15,no.11:58-59,167-169. Description of types of radio equipment carried by the orincipal German military planes, 295 Nazi Radio Equipment. AERONAUTICS (London), Oct. 1942, v.7, no.3j37, diagram. Describes two features of present wireless telephony in the German air force as striking but much less advanced than up-to- date Royal Air Force equipment. 296 The New Signal Corps, by Brig. Gen. James A. Code, Jr. RADIO ■ NEWS (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.28,no.5j46-47,226. Discusses the changing demands made on the Signal Corps and how it has adjusted itself to cope with the newest techniques and conditions. \ 297 Principles, of:Aeronautical Radio Engineering, by P. C. Sandrctte;.. First ed. New York, Mcgraw-Hill, 1942. xii, 414p., illus., diagrs. Written primarily from the standpoint of continental commercial airline operation; 298 Radio Coat for Fighting Men, by S. R«! Winters* RaDIO NEWS (Chicago), Oct. 1942, v.28,no.4:20-21,49. Concerns the operation and military use of a two-way radio set built into a coat* 299 Radio Devices in the War, by John LI. Gage* COLORADO ENGINEER (Boulderj Colo.), May 1942, v.38:104-105. This war has encouraged, development of many new military instru- ments using radio techniques, such as instruments for remote control of apparatus, radio direction finding, blind landing, and detection of enemy craft. 300 Radio in This War, by Col. David Sarnoff. RADIO NEWS (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.28,no.5:48-50,160. Defines the duties and function of radio in war and describes how it maintains and guards the lifeline of communication over which "radio intelligence" is intercepted or transmitted by the army. 301 Radio in Wartime, by Charles Siepmann. ■ New York, Oxford University Press, 1942. 32p. (America, in a World - at.War) no. 26). Deals with radio propaganda, radio's monitoring service, and radio’s use by fighting men. VIII.. . COMOTICATIONS (oont.) 302 Radio Ski Troops, by 3. R. Winters* RADIO NEWS (Chicago), May 1942, v. 27: 22-24', 59. * ■ < •'e . Discusses use of radio for :ski troops-. .United. States forces are’being equipped in the same manner as the successful Russian ski patrols. ' 303 Rrdio Training in the Coast Guard, by Robert Donohue • RADIO NEWS (Chicago), May 1942, v. 27 j . v. . Explains the program of training given the Coast Guard forces in the use of radio. Facilities for radio-operators aro rapidly expanding. 304 Radio Training Manual. For the Services and the,Trade, edited by F. J. Camm. 5th Rd. London, George Newnes ,M 1942. 160p. 305 Radio Vital to Modern Warfare, by-Colonel Da.Vid, Sarnoff. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington) ,’ Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no.15:102,172. Discusses*the importance of radio coordination in war. It em- . powers’the'forces on land and sea* and .iii 'the; air :t0 synchronize their operations and to function in' orderly manner. 306 Signal Corps Between Two Wars, by Lieu-t. Col. -Robert E. Meeds. RADIO. NEWS (Chicago), Nov. 1942/v.28,no. 5: 40-44. , .Describes the vacuum tube as a don'trTbub’ing factor In the develop- ment of the world’s finest equipment, for our- signal corps. Discusses the different uses made from experiences gained in the first war. •' •' •:' 307 Spearhead’of the Btitskrieg*-tho Motorcycle. -PERUVIAN TIRES (Lima), Oct. 24, 1941, v.l: 5*6. - •■■■■- • " ,v ) Says the motorcycle has invaded evbr-y part of the German army; explains the rugged efficiency of German motorcycles and their superiority over those of British and American make. % . . 1 , . * • < ■ . , ’ s : ' 308 They Get the Message Through', by John Gunther.,' f RSDBOOK (New York), Dec. 1942., v.80,no.2:40-41,102. Describes the history and- functions of the Signal Corps. 309 Training. TELEPHONY (Chicago), Nov. 28, 1942, v.123,no.22:44- . -, , -46,79. Declares that signal corps’men must be prepared to use all , ... methods, of, communication ;and' a 11 types of .equipment and must be trained to operate with minimum supervision. 310 War Activities of the Bell Telephone System,’by Keith S. McHugh. BELL TELEPHONE MAGAZINE (*cw York), Nov. 1942, -v.21,no.4:205-225. ■ . Surveys many war services of the system, including cooperation ■ ■ with "military ‘authorities ; construction of new lines to camps and war'.industries, Bell representatives' serving on War Communica- tions Board and training programs for employees. V.II. .COMMUNICATIONS (oont.) 311 War Standards for Military Radio. ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES (New York), Dec* 1942, v. 1, no. 2: 33-35. Discusses the program for the standardization and simplification of radio parts used in military and naval radio and electronic equipment. IX. TRANSPORTATION A. General 312 Alaska Highway Decision Galled Grave Blunder. IN FACT (New York), June 8, 1942, v.5:3. Gives opinion of Donald MacDonald, Washington, engineer, that the army blundered gravely in choosing the present route for the Alaska highway. Points out another route which could be built without obstacles and in less time. 313 Are We Losing the Battle of Transportation? by Dcmaroc Bess. / SATURDAY EVENING POST (New York)/July 11, 1942, v.215:9-11,54,56. Describes, from off icial, records, the measures which the i-rmy and Navy chiefs have taken to win the battle of transportation. Illustrations. 314 Amy Trucks; 1916 and 1942, by Roy H. Compton. MOTOR TRANSPORTATION (Seattle), Oct. 1942, v.17,no.10*15,36. Compares use of trucks today and in World Wrr I. 315 The Battle for Supplies, by E. V. Francis. London, Jonathan Cape, 1942. 184p. A study of the battic for supplies in the present war in which the British sea,versus the Nazi land, strategy is analyzed, as well as the importance of Russian production in the total war . effort. 316 A German River Crossing not According to Plan, by J-runos Edmonds. ROYAL ENGINEERS JOURNAL (London), June 1942, v.55:107-111. A translation from the German describing the bridging of the Seine in 1940 by a German engineer battalion. 317 .Germany’s Vulnerable Spot: Transportation, by Kar1 Brandt, FOREIGN AFFAIRS (Council on Foreign Relations, New York), Jan. 1943, v.21,no.2:221-238. Concludes that the Reich is faced with a shortage of capacity in rail and shipping and that intensified air attacks by the United Nations, together with a tight blockade, might break the European end of the Axis economically. IX. : T RAN 3 P CRT AT TON. * (• c on t.) 318 Keep ’Em Sailing, by Webster Anderson. QUARTREMASTER REVIEW (Washington), I'lay-Juno- >943, -v* 31:46. ♦. . Stresses the importance of keeping large supplies of motor vehicles traveling toward the Allied forces in the Pacific* 319 Linking -,ir, Land, and Sea. ILLUSTRATED SPORTING .AID DRAMATIC NESTS (London), i*pril 17, 1942, v.173:245. Shows how the air force is gradually giving direct aid to land and sea transport, ‘and discusses its ability to carry land and sea provisions• 320 Transportation and Total War; by Patrick C. Young./.. London, Faber and Faber,» [1942 ]. I44p. *■ • *■ '• B. Air ■ .,//.: 321 The Aerial Mercantile Marine, by John A. Sizer. FLIGHT (London’), Nov. 19, 1942, v.42,no. 1769: 547-550, Ulus. A Views flying boats as the only logical type, of serial transport for' so specialized a task. Gives comparative data and references. 322 Aeropuertos del Futuro, [by] John ’Walter 'Wood*. LA HACIENDA’ (New York), Oct. 1942, v.37,no.10;402-406. (Air* Transports of the Future.--) A discus-sion of the/progress in airplane-design and potentialities for,, air'.transport. 323, Africa Lifeline. DOUGLAS AIRVIEW (Santa Monica), Oct. 1942, v.9,no. 10:9^11, Ulus. * • •• *e>i • ■ \ .•/'’ A.- Describes the work of building an aerial trail across equatorial Africa, over which all"kinds of planes fly for freight and fighting’men. 324 Air Cargo and Materials Handling, by Matthew W. Potts. QUARTER- MASTER GENERAL (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3:34,35,134,135. Shows how hew developments in air- cargo for war purposes will be of'importance in >t.ho postwar period. Discusses materials-handling equipment for loading and unloading cargo planes. 325 Air Freight, by Research and Development Bureau, Illinois Central ' ■ System. * Chioago, [Illinois Central Railroad Company, 1942]. ' • 51p., illus • i- : . Traces the early history and development of qir ,express and air freight. Gives'figures on equipment, capacity and operating costs. Compares air and rail rates and service. 326 Air Supply—A Requisite of True Air Power, by J. Raymond Dyer. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Oct. 1942, v.68,no.476:1379-1392, illus. Discussion of the development and importance of cargo planes in creating genuine air power. IX. TRANSPORTATION (cent.) 327 Air Transport. LITE (Now York), Nov. 30, 1942, v.13,no.22i75- 85, illus. Discusses the operations of the Air Transport Command, the conversion of bombers to transports, and glider trains. 328 Air Transport Developments During 1941, by "William Littlewood. AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING REVIEW (New York), April 1942, v.1:9-13. Reviews the projects under the supervision of the Civil Aeronautics Board, the air transport aircraft manufacturers, the airline operators and the National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics. 329 Air Transport Links U. 3.-With War Fronts. * AIR NEWS (New York), Nov. 1942, v.3,no.5:16-18. Discusses air transport lines which the United States uses at present. 330 "Airmada," by Edward S. Evans. FLYING (Chicago), Nan. 1943, v.32, no. 1:25,124-126. Discusses the future role of aviation in shortening world distances. 331 America At War. AVIATION (New York), July 1942, v.41,no.1:88-89, 287, illus. Comments on the movement of war cargo and troops by air. 332 Bomber Ferries Flay Thrilling Part in Carrying War to Enemy, by Frank L. Nelson. U. S. AIR SERVICE (Washington), Way 1942, v. 27;19-20• Concerns training and work of delivering bombers to various fronts. 333 Bridging the Atlantic; How the R* A. F. Ferry Command Brings Bombers to Britain. HUTCHINSON'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF THE WAR (London), no.8, series 17:173*»176, illus. Tells of instancos of bombers reaching Britain twenty-four hours after leaving the factory in the United States.’ Gives history of the ferry service. i 334 Clippers at War.- U. 3. AIR SERVICES (Washington), July 1942, v.24:27-28, 42. Declares that three-fourths of the facilities, equipment, and manpower of the Pan ancrican airways System have be'en geared to the military effort. 335 A Ferry Pilot's Day. FLIGHT (London), Sept. 17, 1942, v.42,no * 1760:303-306• Explains the activities of the Air Transport Auxiliary, which has ferried more than 100,000 aircraft, of 90 different types. LX. TRAITSPORT AT ION (cont.) 314 The Story of the Her chant Air Service* THE BRITISH TRADE JOURNAL AND EXPORT WORLD (London)* Nov. 1942, v*80,no.958:305-306. Describes the work of the men of the civilian air service, their African route, and their cooperation with the American service* 345 Vozkushnye desanty i bor*ba s nimi, [by] V. Pronin. Moscow, Ogiz, 1941. 31p. (Aerial [Troop] Landings and How to Combat Them*--) Contains a history of the development of the use of planes for troop transport for landings in enemy’s roar; Germany’s use of these tactics in the present war in Denmark, Holland, and Norway; and the means adopted against them in England and in Russia. 346 Young Hotelmen Create Air Bases Across Central Africa, by Kevin E. Howard'. HOTEL MONTHLY (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v. 50,no. 597: 16-26, illus* Recounts the obstacles and discomforts that had to be overcome to provide modern, comfortable air conditioned accomodations at numerous airports on Pan-American’s Trans-Africa line. Includes personnel and food problems. C. Land. 347 Alaska to Asia, by Bruce Hutchinson. ASIA (Hew York), Aug* 1942, v.42,no•8:lea # Reports recent collaboration 'with Canada in military affairs* Concerned particularly with the new road to Alaska* 348 Alcan - America’s Glory Road, Strategy and Location, by Harold W. Richardson. ENGINEERING NETS-RECORD (New York), Dec* 17, 1942, v.129,no.25:83-96, illus. An account by the first person, either military or civilian, to travel the full length of the highway and all its branches* Deals mainly with the purpose and directive of the highway and its route, mainly selected by aerial reconnaissance* 349 The Army Learns More About Trucks* AMERICAN AUTOMOBILE (New York), Nov* 1942, v.19,no.11:24-26* Describes some of the practical ideas on service,-which the army is learning about trucks, such as to find shortcuts and preventives as well as repair tricks. 350 The Army Transportation Corps, by Major General C. P* Gross* ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no*15<94,168* Describes the work of the Transportation Corps. . IX. TRANSPORT AT I Oil (cont.) 351 Booking a Berth ,in Germany. MODERN TRANSPORT (London), .uug. 1, 1942, v.47;1. ".*• A new rule, designed to insure-the, provision of sleeping accomo- dations on German-trains for those belonging to the fighting !. services and for persons travelling on urgent government affairs or business officially connected with- the' war effort . Came into force on Juno 15, 1942. • 352 The‘ Construction of the New Alaskan Highway. • THINK (New York), "Nov.,1942, v.8,no.11:14-15,36-38, illus. Story of Army engineers worked a miracle in modern road- • building. Describes how they hacked their way through the > stark wilderness. ' .. ■ ' . 1 j. r ' ’ ’ ■353 La-Crise des en Allemagne, [by] E. M. Friedwald. LA . . FRANCE‘LIBRE‘(London), July 15, 1942, v.4,no.21:238-242. (The Crisis in Transportation in Germany.—) . Gives statistics -to show that the German railroads were less well- prepared to as- sume the extra1strain of war transportation in 1939 than in 1914. Contends that the great automobile highways will not relieve the strain on the railroads because of the shortage of petroleum. 354 Der deutsche Eisenbahnverkehrsverband imKriege, [by ] ,*E. Rybiczka. ZEITUNG DEG V ERE INS. MIT TELEUR OPA13 CHER EIS ENB AHNVE: MALT UN GEN , (Berlin), April 24, 1942, v. 81,no.17:237-238. (The German Railway Association in Wartime.—) A survey of the changes and . adaptations made necessary through the military de- mands upon the transportation system. ‘ 355 Deutsche Pronte isenbahner zwischen Westwal'l und Maginot-Linie, [by] ■S-chuchmann. DIE REICHSBAHN (Berlin), Jan. 1, 1941, v.l7,no.l: 4-14, maps,, illus, (German Railway Personnel at the Front Between the Westwall and the Maginot-Lihe.--) Describes the cooperation of the German railway personnel during the strategic operations in-the Saar at ‘the beginning of the war. ' # 356 Die/Deutsche' Transportschldcht. WELTWOCHE (Zurich), Sept. 4, 1942, v.10,no.460:7. (The* German Battle of Transportation.--) Pictures the difficul- . • - .a ties which the German system of communications has to face and quotes measures which tend to alleviate the strain which is put on it. ; . . ■ ; : • ' » . • .i j» * . 357 , Dual' Front Wheels, Tried' Out by Army, MOTOR TRANSPORTATION (Seattle), May 1942, v.17:15,35. Describes the U, S. Army’s experiment in the use of dual front wheels on trucks. IX. TRANSPORTATION (cont.) 358 Eine zweite Hintertur fUr Chunking? DEUTSCHE WEHR (Berlin), April 3, 1942, v.46,no*14:211. ( A S:econdB ackdoor for Chunking?--) Discusses the possibilities of a second "Burma-Road." 359 Das Eisenbahnwesen in Syrien und P&lHstina, [by] Dieckmann. ZEITU1JG DES V ERE IMS M ITTELEUR OPAISCHER EIS ENBAHNVERWALT UN GEN (Berlin), Sept. 1941, v.81,no.37:515. (The Railroad System in Syria and Palestine.--) Includes comments on recent developments. 360 Die entwicklung des turkischen eisenbahnnetzes seit dern weltkriege, [by] YT. Paschasius. ZEITUMG DAS VEREIMS MITTELEUROPAIS CHER E IS EMBAHMV ERWALTUU GEM (Berlin), March 29, 1941, v. 81, no .22: 301-304. (The Development of the Turkish Railroad System Since the World War.—) Gives data on the expansion of the Turkish transportation system with special emphasis upon its strategic significance. 361 Ferrocarril Aleman a Dakar. ESTAMPA (Bogota), Sept. 19, 1942, v.5,no.199:12-13,20. (German Railroad to Dakar.--) A description of the contemplated German railway traversing the Sahara to Dakar. 362 Los Ferrocarriles Britanicos y.la Guerra... CQMMENTARIOS Y DOCUMENTOS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico), May 1, 1942, v.5*434-435. (British Railways and t he War.--) 363 Gas oh the Ground,-by E. P. Hogan. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (v/ashington) , May-June 1942, v.21:48-49,98-102. Discusses the use of portable pipelines for the transportation ■ of gasoline for the Army* 364 Highway—Hell.’ by Donald MacDonald. ALASKA LIP?E (Seattle), Sept. 1942,- v. 5-,no. 9: 3-12 • Discusses the three proposed routes to Alaska, contrasting the advantages of the coastal route over the approved route which is farther inland, and which will not make southeastern Alaska acce-ss ible. 365 Highway Transportation in 'World War II. Washington, National Highway Users Conference, 1942. [40p. ] Presents statistics on highways, vehicles, services and manpower. 366 A Hundred thousand Trains for Troops, by John Potts. LONDON CALLING (London), Sept. 3, 1942, no. 156*12-13. . Gives facts concerning the war work of the British railways; the transportating of troops and supplies for war and of civilian supplies and war production workers; the employment of women; the supplying of railway equipment and railwnymen to Russia and problems affecting railway union. s IX. TRAIT SPORT AT IOTT (cont.) 367 The: Iron Horse Delivers' the Tools of War, POPULAR MECHANICS MAGAZINE (Chicago), July 1942, V.78.* 8-XX. ’ Describes the work of' the United- States railways in transporting * > "war equipment*. 368 ’’Issue-----, ” Paul G* Ruttcn. 'QUARTERMASTSR REVIEW (Washington), MaytJune ,1.942, v.21:28,119-120* , ' . .* ? # . Describes the system used by the Quartermaster Corps for the issuing of motor equipment where it is - needed at the timc3 it •••' i ;■ is needed. . l."\ ;a ; ■ .. ■ ' *369 The, Ke,ttle Is Getting Full, by William .G. Townsend. QUARTER- MASTER REVIEW (Washington), Hay-Junb 1942, v.21:45. . ' Tells some, of the problems of the Storage and Issue Rranch of ' the- -Motor Transport Service of the Quartermaster Corps. 370 Many Types of Utility Trailers ip Service of Army and Navy. WESTERN MOTOR TRANSPORT (Los Angeles), Nov. .1942, v.21,no'.lls32. Brief description and illustrations, . 371 Military Highway to Alaska. Agreement Between the United States of America,.and Canada. Effected by Exchange of Notes...March 17 and ; 18,. 1942. U. 3. Department of State. *. ■ Washington, IJ. 3. Govt. Print. Off., 1942'. 5p. 372 Military Traffic Engineering, by Major Jose li. Lenone. PR0CEEDT1TGS OF THE TWENTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL 'HIGHWAY CONFERENCE■(University of Michigan, Ann.Arbor), May 14, 1942,,v.43,no.136*167-171. A representative of the -ariiy discusses- types of road surface, convoy movements and 'access • roads at the conference held at the University of Michigan, February 18 to 20, 1942. 373 . The Nation’s. Passenger Service Is Adjusted .to War-Time Needs. RAILWAY nGE (Philadelphia), Nov. 21, 1942, v.113,no.21:844-847. Tells hov/ railways are eliminating non-essentials and concentrating on handling troops and other essential travel. * 374 The New Northwest, Passage, by Ernest Grucning* NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE .(New. York), Nov 22, 1942*12,36-37, illus. ; ..Describes the’ North' American -Highway, its construction, and possible extension. • 375 .Our. Naw Land ,and Air Route to Alaska, .by V, H. Jorgenson, Jr. - SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Nov. 7, 1942, v.215,no.19* • ' 16-17,105, illus. Describes the great difficulties encountered by our army engineers ; ' '••••■ in. their.effort to construct a road through the wilderness for strategic bases in Alaska. LX. TRANSPORT AT ION * (con t. ) 376 Tho Railway Material Situation, by Andrew Stevenson. RAILWAY PURCHASES AID STORES (Chicago), July 1942,.v.35,no.7:350-352. The Chief of the Transportation Equipment Branch, YJPB, explains the government's problems in connection with materials needed for the maintenance and expansion of railways. 377 Les Routes dc l*Afriquc du 3ud, [by] Charles D. Kerisson. REVUE TRIHE3TRIELLE CANADIEME- (Montreal), Sept. 1942, v.28,no.lllj 338-352. (South African Roads.—) Survey of the development and contempor- ary status of the South African road system. 378 Some Routes in Southern Iran, by J. V. Harrison. GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL (London), March 1942, v.99:113-129. Describes difficulties and oossibilities of routes across southern Iraii which possess strategic significance. Map on cover. 379 To Alaska by Rail, by Dean Sherman* ALASKA LIFE (Seattle), Nov. 1942, v.5,no.11:9-11• Discussion of possible routes and the economic and military necessity of a railroad to -lasba. 380 Trailers Solve Many Problems, by J• Edward Schipper. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v.51j74. Discusses uses of various types of trailers in the war. 381 The Trans-Persian Railway, by E. R. Tarham. CANADIAN GEOGRAPHI- CAL JOURNAL (Ottawa), Sept* 1942, v.35,no.3:146-150. Describes the modernization and operation of the Trans-Iranian railway and the part it plays in transporting war material to Russia. 382 Transportation's Job in Wartime. RAILWAY AGE (Philadelphia), Nov. 14, 1942, v.113,no.20;773-776, map. Discusses the task of domestic transportation, especially the railroads, in furthering the war program in the United States, the military transportation problem of the Nazis, the function of air cargo, and federal operation of tho railroads in the United States. 383 Transporting an Army, by Lt. C. H- Watkins, (Q. M. C.). THE TICKET AGENT (Chicago), Oct. 1942, no.149:3,5,7,9. address before tho City Passenger Agents 1 Association of Chicago tolling of the recent changes and improvements in tho United States Army to support the '’offensive” tactics. Dis- cusses the problem of motor transport supplies. Describes the training and provisioning of the army motor transport drivers. IX. TRANSPORTATION (cont.) 384 Troop Movements Take Precedence. RAILWAY AGS (Philadelphia), Nov. 21, 1942, v.113,no.21:841-843, illus. Describes the cooperation between the armed forces and the railways in the movement of troops with their weapons and supplies, . and how a troop movement is carried out. 385, Venezuela Completed Strategic Rail Network. FOREIGN COiflERCE WEEKLY (U. 3, Dept, of Commerce, ’Washington),-Sept. 26, 1942, v.8, no.13? 9,27. Tells of the completion of the £1 Palito-Palmasola Railroad, a new link between the Boliva :jid the Puerto Cabello and Valencia ; , . .Railways; and discusses its strategic importance to the war. 386 Vital Wartime Role 6f Highways, by Thomas II. MacDonald. BALTIMORE ENGINEER (Baltimore), Nov. 1942, v.7,no.5s1-5. the importance of adequate highways in wartime. 387 Warpath to Alaska, by Charles L. Shaw/. . CANADIAN BUSINESS (Mon- . -.treal), April 1942, v.15:36-38. Discusses strategic value of new highway, both for defense and '■ ultimately for carrying the war to the enemy’s country across the Arctic wastes. 388 What Will the Railroads Do? FORTUNE (New York), Nov. 1942, v.26,no.5:124-126,192, illus. Describes the’record of the railroads in World War II, problems ahead,'and the importance of having far-seeing management. D. Water, including Convoys 389 .Allied Control for-Allied Supplies; The Case of Shipping, by F. \ Burchardt. INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS (Oxford, Eng.), Sept. 19, 1942, v.4,no.13:252-258. Compares shipping control in 1918 and 1942 and explains how the United Nations arc cooperating to make their shipping ’ • - service' more efficient. " 390 Arc.tic Route to Siberia, by B.. C. Kennedy. ; .NEW REPUBLIC ( (New York), May IS, 1942., v. 106;663-664. r . ” ' • Proposes and notes the' advantages o.f d supply route from Nome through the : Lena r iver to Yakutsk. .. .. ~ j ’ 391 Arctic Supply Line , by Velhjalmur Stefansson. , FORTUNE .(New York), July 1942, V.26;65-66,154.- •Discusses the- shortest way"to send aid from the United States to Russia, and China. 392 Atlantic Bronchos, by John Rhodes .Sturdy. CORONET (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.13,no.2:145-149•. Description of lifo aboard'a Canadian corvette engaged in convoy duty in the North Atlantic. IX. TRANSPORTATION (cont.) 393 Barge Operators and the War Effort, by Edward Clemons. D AND W (New York), April 1942, v.41;12,60. This is the annual marine transportation issue. The director of the Division of Inland Waterway Transport, Office of Defense Transportation, presents a brief outline of the organization of a River Carriers Transportation advisory Committee formed to prevent bottlenecks•in inland water transportation. 394 The Battle for Supplies, by E. V. Francis. London, Jonathan Cape, 1942. 184p» An examination of the economic implications of British sea versus Nazi land strategy* the role of air power in economic warfare, and the effect of'the blockade generally upon war production and transportation within the New European Order. 395 Bringing Homo the Bacon, by Robert Capa. COLLIER'S (New York), June 1942*16-19p illus. Desoribes a trip with a convoy, life line of the British Isles. 396 . Britain's Blockade,- by R. W. B. Clark. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1940. 35p. (Oxford Pamphlets on World Affairs No. 32). Describes methods and purpose of the- blockade, its relation to strategy of air-bombing, and problems of raw materials dnd food supplies in enemy and occupied lands. 397 The Case for Aircraft-Carrying Oil Tankers, by B. Orchard Lisle. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE OF PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Lid.), Nov. 24, 1942, v.68,no.477:1555-1558. Analyzes the question of converting oil tankers into aircraft carriers, giving the reasons for such a conversion and how it would work; comments on Japan's experimentation relative to this problem. 398 Convoy to Murmansk, by Godfrey Blunden. COSMOPOLITAN (Now York), July 1942, v.113:63. A foreign correspondent's account of a journey aboard a supply freighter in the Arctic.^ 399 Convoys. AMERICAN SEAMEN: a REVIEW (New York), Winter-Spring 1942, v.2,no.1:16-19. Explanation of methods used by convoys. One ship in the convoy taking the first troops to Australia changed its course forty times in one hour. 400 Development in the International Situation. FORTNIGHTLY SUMMARY OF INTERNATIONAL EVENTS (New York), Nov. 1, 1942/ v.20,no.3:1-6. Reviews events and activities in the war, enumerates losses of ships and bases and states that the science of supply is a dominant factor in this war. IX. TRANSPORTATION, (cont.) * -.t 4 401 Dutoh Guns Bring Convoy Through, by A. C. Van Boors. KNICKER- BOCKER WEEKLY . (New York), .-July 27, 1942 , v. 2,no.22j17-18. . ' iin account of a voyage on a lie the r land gun-boat on'convoy duty. -.402 Dutch Ships for America. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), July 13, 1942, v.2,no.20:26-27. Interview with Pieter Ker stems, Netherlands Minister of Trade, ' , Industry and Shipping, disclosing that more than half of tho Dutch merchant fleet .is now under charter to the United States . government« 403 The Dutch Sweep’Nazi Mines, by n.« C. Van Beers. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), July 27, 1942, v.2,no.22:11-16, illus. Describes the dangerous and important business of mine-sweeping . , • « done by the Dutch. 404 England’s innere Lobensader. Die Binncnkanfile. SCHWEIZER ILLUSTRIARTE ZEITUNG (Zurich), May . 20 , 1942, v. 31, no. 2: 659, illus. (England’s Internal Life-Artery. -The Inland Canals. — ) Dis- ■ cusses the rising importance of the British inland-canals in wartime., ■ 405 Floodgate Installation Jo.b, by Chas. N. Tunnel 1* EXCAVATING ENGINEER (South Milwaukee) Wis.), Dec. 1942, v.36,no.12:604-605,627. Describes the installation of flood gates on'a southwestern river, which will be an important improvement in a major shipping canal• 406 For Apprentices and Junior Officers. NAUTICAL MAGAZINE (Glasgow), May 1942, v. 147:'318-320. Narrates briefly tho history of British life-rafts and describes the most recently developed type, the Chipchase patent Lifecraft. 407 H. M. "CorvdtteV by Nicholas Monsarrat. London, Cassell, 1942. 92p. ii record in note-book form of life' in a corvette. It gives a complete and vivid, picture of the work done by corvettes in es corting convoys. 408 The Hour Before the Dawn, by Godfrey Winn.' London, Collins, 1942. 192p., illus. Account of the "Battle of the Atlantic" by a newspaper man who has made many crossings with the convoys. , 409 Mass Producer of Ships. MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), Aug. 1942, v. 25,no. U: 8-11. . N Discusses recent sinkings of United States ships by German sub- marines, and tho shipbuilding work of Henry J. Kaiser. (Editorial review.) IX.' TRANSPORTATION (cent.) .410. The No. 1 Bottleneck Nov/ is Lack of Ships. FORTUNE (New York), May 1942, v.25;65-70, illus. Reviews the problems caused by the fact that the United States is producing war materials faster in 1942 than ships can bo built to transport them. Discusse-' the available pool of ship- ping, the tonnage to be moved and where, the rate of sinkings, and the rate of replacements. 411 El Oceano Glacial Aritco, Junto a Murmansk, Ha Comenzado a Scr Teatro De la Guerra Naval. MUNDO (Madrid), April 12, 1942, v.3, no.101;569-570. (The Icy arctic Ocean Near Murmansk Has Become the Theater of Na va 1 Wa r fa re.) 412 Once Mil Bare os de 4,000 Toneladas Necositarian Los Anglosnjones para Former cl Segundo Frentc. MUNDO (Madrid), Aug. 16, 1942, v.3,no.119:604-607,illus, tables• (Eleven Thousand Ships of 4,000 Tons are Needed by the unglo- Saxons to Open a Second Front.—) Analysis of the problem of , transport and supply in the undertaking of a Second Front. 413 Pacific Passage. SEA POWER (New York), July 1942, v.2,no.7;23-25. Two letters from the commander of a convoy to Australia in February and a convoy from Australia to an undesignated location in March. Comments on the journeys. Illustrations. 414 La Probable Aocion del Sje sobre Murmansk Ligada al Prcblema de las Communi cad ones de los Alliatlos con la U.3.S.R. MUNDO (Madrid), April 12, 1942,-v.3,no.101;576-578. (The probable Action of the Ax is Against the Murmansk is Con- nected with the Problem of the Communications of the Allies with Russia.—) \) V 415 Rechnoi flot v dni otechcstvcnnoi voiny, [by] Z. Shashkov. BOL’SHEVIK (Moscow), Sept. 1941, no.20:12-18. • (River Transportation in the War for the Fatherland.—) Dis- cusses the importance of Russian inland navigation to the armed forces, and gives some statistics on types and amounts of material transported. 416 The Rest Go On, by Owen Dennis. London, John Crowther, [no date] 132p. • Sketches*events from Dunkirk through a year of varied sea-going. The title is chosen because the convoyed ships must "go on” when one of their number is disabled by the enemy. 417 Shipping and War Transport. ‘ SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Nov. 12, 1942, v.60,no.20;477. Surveys transportation problems and the work of the Ministry of War Transport, which has charge of British overseas and inland transportation. Tells of the close cooperation of the Allies in shipping. .IX. TRANSPORTAT ION ( cont. ) 41.8. Shipping- -- the Bottleneck, by *F. Burchardt. INSTITUTE OF . ■ STATISTICS (Oxford, England), July 18,’ 19.42; v.'4,no. 10:193-197. Considers the problem of adequate shipping for the United Nations and how it can be relieved. ■ -; 419 Ships for a Second Front, by Bruce Minton. NEW MASSES (New York), • . May 5, 1942, v,43:10-13. Supports’the thesis that if non-essential runs and unnecessary '• ■ .cargoes were eliminated, enough craft could bo assembled within two weeks to supply a second front in Europe. Lists some unes- sential uses of ships. : . . . .420 Shipyards and U-Boats, by Donald V. Mitchell. ■ ■ NATION (New York), Aug. 22, 1942, v.155,no.8;148-150. Discusses United States' production and losses of merchant vessels, and other means of getting materials to the battlefront. 421 Supply of Overseas Theaters and Bases, by Col. •M. Owens. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.22,no.3?65, .: ii4,n5. ■ Outlines the supply procedure.for overseas commands. 422 'Tanker Crews Bravo U-Boat Menace to.Deliver Oil, .by Rivers Reaves. t OIL WEEKLY (Houston), June 29, 1942, v.106:17-20,22. Describes efforts of seamen to transport gasoline and oil from the-gulf coast to the Atlantic seaboard under wartime conditions. 423 There Go the- Ships, by Robert Carso... New York, Yfilliam Morrow, 1942. 156p., illus. A story of the ijnerican Merchant Marine’s encounter with the enemy on the Murmansk supply route as told by able sc-amcn Robert Carse. 424 Through Icebergs and Bombs, by K. K. Owen. NEW MASSES (New York), Nov. 24, 1942, v.45,no.8:14-16. Tells how the convoy got to Murmansk despite high seas«and other great difficulties and dangers. Believes the luftwaffe’s supremacy has ended. 425 Use of the Carley Float in Wartime. SPHERE (London), April 11, 1942, v.169:51,.illus. Describes the rafts known as carley floats, which played a ‘prominent part in the battle of Java. 426 Victory Depends on U. 3. Shipyards. MEXICAN AMERICA REVIEW (Mexico), July 1942, v.10,no.V;.32-33. Stresses the- importance, of turning out ships, in sufficient quantities to' offset the submarine menace to. shipping and to * ■ transport the tremendous quantities of arms, munitions, planes, tanks, and other war supplies to\the fighting fronts. IX. TRANSPORTATION (cont.) 427 War on the Western Ocean, by Stoyan Pr ibichevich. FORTUNE (New York), Oct. 1942, v.26,no.4:98-103,130. ' . Personal account of two Atlantic crossings in a convoy. 428 Wartime Safety Equipment. Continuous Development of Lifesaving Methods. SHIPPING WORLD (London), Sept. 23, 1942, v.57,no.2571: 235-241, illus. Detailed review of what has been accomplished and of tho continuous efforts directed toward establishing a new standard of safety for men who face attack at sea. X. MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING, MARITIME COMMISSION 4-2S American Seamen as First Line Fighters -for Democracy, by Robert H*. "patchin. .AMERICAN SEAMEN (New York) , Winter-Spring, 1042, v. 2,no.. 1:20-2-7, Advocates the completion of the planned 2,300. ships, the train- ing of, seamen, commissioning of. officers*, the; efficient routing of .ships, a.nd the use of air transport..':' 430 The American Merchant Marine At War, by Arthur M* Tode, MARINE PROGRESS (New York) , Oct. 1942, v. 10,ho. 16; 10-12,48. 'Reviews the shipping situation and warns against future com- placency toward American shipping when victory is won. 431 The American Merchant Marine at War, by Frazer A. Bailey* MARINE NEWS (New York), Nov. 1942, v.29,no.6:66-68,98. Considers the aid of the American Merchant Marine in the war effort. 432 The American Merchant Marine Today, by William McFoe. AT UNITIC MONTHLY (Boston), Aug. 1942, v.170,no.2 * 32-40. Reviews the history of union organization among seamen, and describes some of their experiences and difficulties in getting lights turned off along the shore. 433 Canadian Seamen*s Union Propose Victory Programme, CANADIAN CONGRESS JOURNAL (Montreal), June 1942, v.21: 20. Discusses measures for recruiting men to man the ships; train- ing schools, salaries and bonuses, collective bargaining and rapid handling of cargoes. 434 The Case Against Admiral Land, by Wellington Roe. NET REPUBLIC (New York), May 25, 1942, v.lQ6:725-727. Represents the morale of the Merchant Marine as being gradually vitiated by actions of key men in the Maritime Commission. 435 Convoy, by James N. Wright.' AMERICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington), April 1942, v.19;196-198. Procedure in the merchant plotting room in the British admiralty building is explained. In •r>rorld War I the rate of sinkings was reduced by 71 per cent. The relative strength of the attackers and the attacked is now different. 436 ’'Damn the Torpedoes," by Helen Lawrenson. HARPERS (New York), July 1942, v.184:208-211. Account of some of the hazards faced by our seamen who, instead of taking safe shore jobs, choose to risk their lives to "keep ’em sailing.” 437 Decorations for Heroic Service in the American Merchant Marine* Hearings Before the Committee on the Merchant Marine and Fisheries, House of Representatives, IT. S. 77th Cong., 2nd sess., on H* J. Res. 263, a Joint Resolution to Provide Decorations for Outstanding Con- duct or Service by Persons Serving in the American Merchant Marine, Fob. 12, 1942. Washington, U. S- Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 19p. X. MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING, MARITIME COMMISSION (cont.) 438 C-uerre et Marine Merchande, by Edmond Delage. REVUE DES DEUX MONDES (Rovat), Aug. 15, 1942, v.70:413-418, (War and Merchant Marine.—) Discusses the role of the French merchant marine during and after the war. The European strategy of traffic suggests that state cooperation rather than a ”state fleet” is needed, 439 Handling and Stowage of Cargo, by Lieutenant Commander A. C, Ford. Prepared for the United States Maritime Service. 2nd ed. Scran- ton, Pa., International Textbook Company, 1942. xvi, 457p. illus. A training manual for recruits in the merchant marine which is also useful for older members of the service. 440 How to Abandon Ship, by Phil Richards and John J. Banignn# New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1942, 152 p. The co-author, John J. Banigan, commanded one of the life boats of the ”Robin Moore” and brought his load of passengers to safety. His experiences and those of many other seamen arc set forth here for the information of those who must abandon ship, 441 Iron Ships and Willing Men, by Emory S. Land. SEA POWER (New York), May 1942, v.2|6-7. Describes Americans Merchant Marine, shipbuilding capacity, and the training of men for service in the Merchant Marine 442 Man the Ships] MARINE AGE (New York), May 1942, v.15;28-31. Describes the Maritime Commission*s program for training of officers and of unlicensed seamen. 443 La Marina Mercante Es un Elemento de Primer Orden para la Defense de Espana. MUNDO (Madrid), April 26, 1942, v.3,no.103;643-646. (The Merchant Marine is of First Importance to the Defense of Spain.—) 444 The Maritime Commission and Ship Construction. MARINE AGE (New York), MAy 1942, v.15:23-25,44, Reviews history and accomplishments of the United States Maritime Commission. 445 The Merchant Marine in War and Peace, by Rear Admiral Emory S« Land. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no,15j68,178. Says winning of victory depends on the efficiency and spped with which our Merchant Marine can transport guns, tanks, planes, oil and men, 446 Merchant Seamen in the War for Sruvival, by James C. Bcaley, ' AMERICAN SEAMEN:,. A REVIEW (New York), Winter-Spring, 1942, v.2,nol* 64-75, . . ... V . Stresses the invaluable work of the Merchant Marino. Thinks the battle of greatest consequence is being fought on the water and in the case of the-.Merchant Marine it is mostly unarmed man against armed might. X. MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING, MARITIME COMMISSION (cont.) 447 Merchant Shipping, UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis)/Nov.' 24/ '1942, v.68,no,477:1637-1639. Discusses Japan as a traditional sea -power; the present size .of the Japanese merchant fleet as compared' to 1914; and resources available to Japan for new ‘construction* A Iso assesses the shipping needs facing Japan, A- . 448‘ Fore'Ships Needed? by Matthew W. Potts. D AND 17 (New York), April * 1942, v;41sl4,16-17, 1 '• '•Explanation' of the advantages-.’of better matprialt handling methods in loading and unloading operations, in meeting the shortage of ships, illustrations are included, 449 The Netherlands Mercantile Marine, ( GREAT BRITAIN AND THE EAST (New Malden, Surrey,.England), April 18, 1942,. y#58:12,15. Pays tribute to.thp coaseleps quiet war work being done by the Netherlands, mercantile marine, as distinct from the Nptherlnnd’s , ■ Navy and.Air forces* ; • - 450 New Life-Saving Regulations. NAUTICAL MAGAZINE (London), Sept, 1942, v.145/no; 3»153-155# Lists the suggestions relating to safety measures for seamen made at the. twelfth session of the- Joint Maritime Commission of the International Labour Office. 451 Norway1 s Floating-Empire: Foreword by Philip Noel Baker, II. p. , Parliamentary Secretary to the Ministry of Mar Transport, London, The' Royal Norweigian Government Information Office, 3.942, 40p, , map. A study of the Norwegian Merchant Navy and of its work in the •allied .cause* 452 Opportunities in the United States Merchant .Marine, Issued by the' U, S. Office of Education, Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 15p. (.Vocational Division Leaflet No. 9) Outlines' opportunities and .training .of officers and seamen in the U. S.‘ Merchant Marine, 453 Our Merchant Navy, by P. J. Cardin. LEGIONARY (Montreal), Fay ;• 1942, v.17:6-7. ' :.. . . .Tells llov/ the Merchant -Marine has .become a f ourth ;arm of the /Canadian fighting: forces- and -is being granted pensions and com- * ’ • penpations.corresponding to those granted in the Royal Canadian Navy. .454 pay Increase fpr Dutch Seamen, by Pieter A. Kerstens. KNICKER- . BpCKER MEEKLY (Npvvr York) , Dec. 14, 1942, v. 2,no.42 ; 11. The Netherlands Shipping Minister’s broadcast. on,. December 5 over • Radio Orange tells-of- the revised - employment terms for members of the Netherlands merchant marine, ■■ X, MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING, MARITIME COMMISSION (.cont.) 455 The Presidents Address, by Emory S. Land, Rear Admiral (CC) (Retired) TJ.S.F* President of the Society of. Naval Architects and Marine Engineers. MARINE NEVS (New York), Dec. 1942, v.29, no.7:53,54,86,88,97,104. Outlines Maritime Commission and Navy, programs, including ship- building records achieved, conservation of materials, new de- signs, training of off-shore personnel, together with some con- sideration of the postwar period. 456 El Problema Maritimo Military las Posibilidades Economicas del Pais, [by] Hector Luisi. Montevideo, Imprenta Milltar, 1941. 22p. (The Military rnd Maritime Problem and the Economic Possibili- ties of the Countrt,—) Gives information on Uruguayan ship- ping and available tonnage and analyzes the economic possibili- ties of the country. 457 Promotion of American-Sea Power, by Arthur M. Todc. -''AMERICAN • SEAMEN: A REVIEW (New York) , Winter-Spring, 1942, v»2,no*l;28-35« Stressed the great dependence the United States has long had on the Merchant Marine and the fact that Americans are less awaro of this condition in our economy than are the British, where shipping company shares are widely held. 458 Rebuilding the Merchant Marine, by Frank J. Taylor. MARINE AGE (New York), May• 1942, v. 15;38,40. < Commends the cooperation of ship owners in helping to build up the Merchant Marine, and outlines the-task of the United States Maritime Commission in the war. 459 Reconditioning the Ghost Fleet. MARINE NEWS (New York), Sept, 1942, v.2.9,no.4:46-48,74. Account of the service rendered by the U. S. Maritime Commission . and the Aar shipping Administration, in the repair and recondi- tioning of ships. 460 The Red Duster at Work, by Warren Armstrong. London, Victor Gollancz, 1942. 192p. Description of the British merchant navy at war. Contains also an indictment of the British government’s pre-war attitude to- ward the merchant service. 461 Salvage Problem of Sabotaged Freighter, by W. j. Moloney, THE LOG (San Francisco), June 1942, v.37:27-29, Describes the process of salvaging tho German freighter "Eisenach,” burned and sunk by the Nazis in the harbor of Puntarcnas, Costa Rica, March 31, 1941. 462 . Sea Laijes in Wartime, .by .Robert Greenhalgh Albion and Jennie Barnes pope. New York, W, W. Norton, 1942. 367p. , table's» Part II; The World Wars, contains five chapters discussing the differences in vessels, equipment, types of cargo, methods of convoy, sinkings, and methods of replacement of merchant vessels in both world wars. X. MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING, MARITIME COMMISSION (cont.) 463 Seaman Manpower in Wartime. , MARINE ‘JOURNAL (New York) , July 1942, v*69,no. 7*23,26,33, Discusses the need for strengthening the morale of sailors and for building up a reserve.of trained men for:tftc American Mer- chant Marine* 464 The Seaman1s Right to Strike, by Louis Block. AMERICAN LABOR LEGISLATION REVIEW (New York) , June 1942, v. 32*73-81. Discusses the legal status of maritime workers with respect to striking. Says protection of their rights to bargain collective- ly is a duty of Congress, 465 Seamen and the War, I.L,0, AT WORK (international Labour Office, Montreal), Sept. 1942:12-19. • . •‘Report on the proceedings at the London Conference concerning the welfare of seaman and the maritime industry. 466 Training New Personnel for Our Merchant Marine, by Telfair Knight, NAUTICAL GAZETTE (New York), June 1942, v.132:20-23, A . - Describes the cadet training system of the United States Coast Guard, which trains men for the United States Merchant Marine Naval Reserve and the United States Coast Guard, 467 The Training Program for Merchant Marine Personnel, by Edward Macauley. I'iARINE NEWS (New York) , May 1942, v.28,no, 12 :114-115, 154, . Presents the scope of the training program for personnel for the new ships being built for the U*. S. Merchant Marine. Established in 1938, the training program had in May, 1942, about two thousand cadets in training to become officers and nearly fifteen hundred experienced seamen training for the some objective, 468 The U* S. Government Offensive Against the Merchant Seamen, by Frederick J' Lang. FOURTH INTERNATIONAL (New York), Oct. 1942, v.3,no.10:303-309. Cites evidence to prove the assertion that since the First World War the government has pursued a- "union-smashing" program; that •. today "the seaman is in danger wherever he turns." 469 United States Merchant Marine Co.det Corps Information Booklet for Young Americans Possessing a Strong Desire for a Career as an Officer in the Merchant Marine of the United States. [issued by the War Shipping Administration] Washington, U S. G0vt. Print. Off., 1942. -60p. illus. ' Describes the educational opportunities offered in the \rarious U. S. Merchant Marine- Cadet Corps training schools. 470 War Problems of the Merchant Marine, by Rear Admiral Emory S* Land, MARINE NEWS (New York), May .1942, v* 12 : 80-83,109,150# Declares the merchant marine need .is.being mot by'a balanced program which has seen our production goal of ships doubled several times. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS A. General 471 Alemania • Invadira. a Portugal? [by] Max do Oliveira. Montevideo, Maximino Garoia, [n.d.]. 125p. ' (Will Germany Invade Portugal?—) Written by a liberal and • democratic Portuguese journalist who had been imprisoned in a German concentration camp. His book is translated into Spanish by R. L. Delgado so- that it may serve as a warning to Americans concerning the European methods. « 472 Allied War Strategy. NEW STATESMAN AND HITION (London), Oct. 17,- 1942, v.24,no.608:251. Discusses the difficulty of co-ordinating the strategy of the United Nations. 473' Americans vs Gormans. The First’AEF in Action, by Colonel Edward S. Johnston, [and others.j New York, Penguin Books, 1942. 189p. (An Infantry Journal - Penguin Special)'. Written by American soldiers of the last war, this book consists of battle descriptions which build up a picture of what a battle is like• 474 L'Amerique in Guerre,[by]Herbert Agar* FRANCE LIBRE (London), Oct. 15, 1942, v.4,no.24:410-414. (America at War.--) Survey of the growing military power of America and a roviow of ijncrican war policy. 475 The Anatomy of Military Scionce, by Ellsworth Huntington. SATUR- DAY REVISIT (New York), Nov. 7, 1942, v. 25,no.45: 3,18-20. Analyzes war in general and discusses in particular how the present war can be won with the greatest speed and least loss, and how future wars can be prevented. 476 The Art of War, by Arthur Birnie. London, Thomas Nelson, 1942. 268p., maps. Maintains that there are fundamental laws of "the art of war,” neglect of which spells disaster. Explains, however, how con- stant revision in field tactics have been made necessary by changes in weapons. 477 Attack: A Study in Blitzkrieg Tactics, by -F. 0. Mikschc. New York, Random House, 1942. 267p., maps. The author, a former officer'of the Czechoslovakian Regular army, believes in the technique of the lightning offensive as developed and used by the Gormans. Describes the organization essential for this type of warfare.. /K. 478 The Axis Grand Strategy; Blueprints for the Total War, edited by Ladislas Farago. New York, Farrar and Rinehart, 1942. ix, 614p. Reveals the military and political plan of the Axis in the words of its own generals and admirals. XI. MILITARY SCIENCES STRATEGY. AND TACTICS (oont.) 479 The Axis Would Blitz the world — Can They? by Pierre- Van Pansson# LIBERTY (New York) ,. Nov# 28, 1942, v. 19,no .48* 8-9,56 , map. Shows the Nazis' plan to dominate the world was based on capture of the Mediterranean, Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. War -with Russia has interfered, with the original schedule. 480 Battle for the World. 'Tho Strategy/and Diplomacy of the Second World War, by Max Werner.# London, Victor Oollancz, 1941. 288p., • maps. ' Describes the bankruptcy of French and British doctrines of war. Gives much information regarding the Red Army and strongly advo- cates American intervention. (Written before America declared •war.) * *’ . 481 Bluoprint for Victory, by Honor Brett. New York, D. Appleton- Century, 1942. 215p* An appeal for concentration of effort to crush Japan completely before wo attack Germany. • 482 ‘British Doggedndss Not Enough, by R. R. De Rougemont. CURRENT HISTORY .(New York), May 1942, v.2:170-175. Reviews British conquests and losses to show the effects of the prepetuation of outmoded traditions of leadership and strategy. 483 The British Way in Warfare; Adaptability and Mobility, by Liddell Hart. New York, Penguin Books, 1942. Rev. ed. Special). Study of present British methods and means of war., set against a historical background. 484 Capitol Letter, by Marquis W. Childs and John C. Turner. COMMON SENSE (New York), July 1942, v. 11 j 238^9. discusses- the need for a supreme war council which v/ould realist - ically face the whole unsettled question pf command, and bring some order to tho chaotic situation on the Burma-India-China front. . 485 Can the European Continent Be Invaded? Washington, Rjuisdell, July 5, 1942.- 14p. (American Forum of the x».ir, v.4,no.27). Participants in the discussion wore Major Alexander de Seversky, William B. Ziff, Wythe Williams, and Brigadier General Henry J. Reilly. . ; - ' 486 Cooperation or Co-ordination. ■ • FIGHTING FORCES (London), April 1942, v.l9:23i-27. ' . ; : .Discusses combinations of Air, Navy and .army forces for most effective fighting. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 487 ' The Crisis of the United Nations, I: What Held Back the Offensive, by Michael Straight. * NEW REPUBLIC (New York),"Nov. 2, 1912, v.107’,no.18: 565-567. ' Points to lack of armed forces,• equipment and shipping; lack of a common strategy; and attitudes of U. S. 1/nr Department personnel, v/hich delayed a second front in 1942 by the United Nations. Suggests measures to be undertaken for a second front in 1943. This is the first in a series of articles on the United Nations. 488 Crisis in Strategy, by Jules Menken. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Nov. 1942, v.119,no.717:393-403. Analyzes the relative strategic positions of the allied and Axis powers and urges a "unified strategic concept" to bring about victory for the United Nations. 489#. Defaite d’Hier, Lecons Actuelles. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), July 15, 1942, v.4,no.21:210-224. (Yesterday’s Defeat, Today’s Lesson.—) Summary of the evidence on the military phase of the French defeat presented at tho- Riom trials’, indicating the errors and shortcomings in supply, strategy and morale. 490 Defence Will Not Win the War, by W. F. Kernan. London, William Heinemann, 1942. 108p. American Army officer attacks the "defence myth" and speculates on the time when America will launch the offensive which ho considers necessary to win the war. Ho also discusses the dangers of warfare by committee, i.e., direction of strategy by non- military individuals or groups. 491 The Emergence of Coalition War, by H. A* DcWeerd. YALE REVIEW (New Haven), June 1942, v.31:649-670. Traces the course of the various separate wars v/hich eventually merged into the present world-wide conflict, and considers the lessons v/hich the United Spates can draw from this experience. 492 Escape from Encirclement, by Colonel G. N. Filonov. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.51,no.6•22-25. Describes experience gained by Soviet troops in operations for avoiding encirclement. Says favorite German tactics of pincers and spearhead are used chiefly to encircle their opponents, 493 Geopolitics and pacific Strategy, by A. S. Nathan. PACIFIC AFFAIRS (New York), June 1942, v.15:154-163. Examines the geopolitical Considerations dominating Axis strategy in the Pacific, and advocates that the United Nations concentrate their forces in Asia. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 494 German Tactics in Russia, by C. A. Edson. MILITARY REVIEW (Command and General Staff School, Ft* Leavenworth, Kansas), April 1942, v.22;5-12. Describes development of "keil und kessel” tactics of German army in Russia. United States troops, he says, may have to face a type of this encirclement which attempts annihilation. 495 Germany Can Be Defeated in 1943, by "William Bradford Kuie. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Dec. 1942, v.55,no.228;647-655. Outlines a plan of action for defeating Germany in 1943, based on the recognition of the airplane as the primary offensive weapon, with Nazi war industry as the chief objective. 496 Gitlorovskaia Volna, [by] IU. Donike. . NOVYI ZHURNAL (New York), 1942, no.3:165-176. (The Hitlerite War.—) An analysis of the nature of the present war as an expression of Hitler’s plans and leadership. 497 The Great Offensive, The Strategy„of Coalition Warfare, by Max Werner. Now York, Viking Press, 1942. 360p. Concise military history of the war since the entrance of the Soviet Union and the United States. Emphasizes the necessity for unified strategy and a total war effort on the part of the .allies • 498 Hitler's Strategy. SPECTATOR (London), Oct. 9, 1942, no.5963: 329-330. Describes the success of the German campaign in the early part of World War II and the form which the war is now taking. 499 How the Japanese Use Torpedoes. SPHERE (London), i».pril 11, 1942, v.169;50, illus. Explains the three types of torpedoes used by Japanese, two of which are types banned by international lav/. 500 How Wars Aro Fought, by J. E. A* Whitman. London, Oxford University Press, 1941. 120p. Discusses the development and functioning of military tactics and strategy throughout history up to and including 1940. 501 The Importance of Naval and nir Task Forces in Global liarfare, by Henry Woodhouse. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Apnapolis), June 1942, v.68,no.472:789-799. Appraises the importance of the accomplishments of the naval and air forces of Britain and the United States to date. 502 Interior Versus Exterior Linos, by "Basilisk.” FIGHTING FORCES (London), April 1942, v.19;10-12. Explanation of the difference between interior and exterior lines in military strategy. Diagrams and historical applica- tions are used. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 503 Invasion of Europe, by Buol W. Patch. Washington, Editorial •Research Reports, v.l,no.l7, May 7, 1942. 14p. Discusses the demands for an Allied offensive in Europe; invasions of the ■ continent in previous wars; and the problem of invading Europe in the present war. 504 Inovacoes Taticas e Estratogicas de Segunda Guerra Mundial, [by] N. Canabarro. DIRETRIZES (Rio de Janeiro), Sept, 10, 1942, v.5, no.115:9,22. (Tactical and Strategical Innovations of the Second World War.—) Describes the increased use of mechanical power and the effect of this change on tactics and strategy; * 505 Is Our Army Too Large? by Alexander P. de Seversky. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Nov. 1942, v.55,no.227:519-528, Advocates having a Supreme Command with total authority over the problem of planning strategy apportioning the limited available human and material resources and implementing plans, Stresses the importance of the job of America as the "arsenal of demo- cracy," the part of tho air force in war and the unimportance of members of men in the army compared to training and weapons, 506 Japanese Grand Strategy. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v.51:6-13, maps. Discusses the background of Japanese aggression., Japanese-German sympathy, anti-Soviet feeling in Japan, Japanese militarists* views, and Japan’s chances of carrying out her grand strategy. 507 Japanese Jungle Tactics, by Chester Wilmot. ABC WEEKLY (Sydney, Australia), Oct. 10, 1942:15-16. A report on the special school of jungle warfare conducted by the Japanese army -some years prior to World War, II. Shows how the Japanese studied the art of concealment, designed special light equipment, and trained men for jungle warfare. 508 Japanese Tactics and Materiel. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washing- ton ) ,' July-Aug. 1942, v. 85,no .4: 56-59. Discusses the equipment of Japanese infantry in Malaya, their methods of fighting, and the parachute attack .upon Palombang, 509 Japan’s Army and IIow to Defeat It, by Compton Pakenham* CHRISTIAN ’ ; SCIENCE MONITOR WEEKLY MAGAZINE 'SECTION (Boston), May 23, 1942:3, Ail alysis of Japanese strategy, which depends- on the success of rapid, secret offensive movements to carry its objectives. 510 Japan’s Strategic Position, by Major-General Sir Charles Gwynn. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Oct. 1942, no.10, new series; 274-276. Speculates on whether Japan will adopt a policy of further ag- gressive expansion or aim at providing for the security of her home bases and of her newly acquired possessions, XI.■ MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY ANB TACTICS (cont.) 511 Kann Amerika England1rotten? Bluff und Wahrheit, [by] Ladislaus ,• von ;Baky. ’ (Ubcrsetzt aus dem- Ungarisahon. ) Budapest, Zeitungs- ; vorlag■ ’’Magyarsag" [n.a. ] 72p. (Gan America Save England? Bluff and Truth.—) Assorts that the United States in spite of the-mobilization, o.f her entire economic power is not able .to hinder the downfall of England and . . . : ; even less to conquer Germany economically or militarily. a. , 512 - Koalitsiia mogyshchcstvennykh derzhav protiv Germanii, [by] I. Lemin. MIROVOE KHOzfilSTVO I I HR OVA Si POL IT I HI (Moscow), Aug. 1941, no.8:9-19. (The Coalition of the Groat Powers Against Hitler.--) Discusses failure of Hitler's military and political plans for conquest and the ecpnomib and military significance of the coalition of the Allied Nation's. * • : • 513 Landmarks of Modern Strategy, by W. E. Hart. London, Mothuen 1942... 117p, • ' 'I . . - ; . ; Demonstrates in detail the techniques of-modern attack and de- fense in warfare. 51$ Lessons of Allied Co-operation: Naval, Military and Air, 1914-1916, by Sir Frederick Maurice. Issued; Under;, the .Auspices.,of the Royal Institute of International Affairs. . ;Lpndpn,4Oxford University Press, 1942. vii, 195p. r • ■A study undertaken with the objective of furthering military cooperation in the present wary ' The volume, fully documented ' from official sources, explains the difficulties which will have to be overcome. ... .. . 515 The Long Road to Victory, by Donald W, .-Mitchell... 'NATION (New York), May 30, 1942,'v.154:623-625. , • Reviews Allied losses and discusses military strategy for victory. . • ,.. •; ■. , 516 Military Science and Tactics, Infantry Basic Course, by Colonel . .. P. S.- B.on d, .abridged edition. .Washington, P. S-. Bond Publishing .... .yr Co., 1942., 307p. , addenda 16p. A basic course in'1'infantry science and tactics which conforms . . to the War Department program. ' - I t 1 .* : ! ) .. ... - % 517 Modern Battle, by Paul Thompson. New York, H. Wolff, 1942. 253p. (Army Orientation Course. Series 1, ne.l.). Presents in simple, non-technical language, just what goes on ■ - in a modern battle. The incidents described are drawn from the .campaign in Poland, the Battle of France, and.the Balkan Cam- paign. ’ • - XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 518 The Need for Global Strategy, by Frederick L. Schuman. NEW • REPUBLIC (New York), Aug. -10, 1942, v.107,no.6:162-164. Discusses methods of winning, the war and considers the plan being used by the Axis. Germany and Japan arc isolating each enemy and will resume frontal attacks later, uidvocates organization of revolutions in Asia and in Africa, complete cooperation with Russia, and a positive program to give reality to the Atlantic Charter. 519 A New Strategy of War and Peace, by Otto Strasser. DALHOUSE REVIEW (Halifax, N. S.), April 1942, v.21:58-64. Says America must put .into practice the new strategy of separating the majority of Germans from the Hitler regime soon, with a sub- sequent all-out military offensive in Asia. 520 The New Western Front; A Geographical Approach, by Griffith Taylor... Toronto, Everson Press, 1942. 27p., maps. (Contemporary Affairs) An attempt, by a Professor of Geography of the University of Toronto, to determine what geographical features must be con- sidered in establishing a second front on the European continent. 521 The Nine Principles of War, by Malcolm Wheeler-Nicholson. HARPERS MAGAZINE (New York), Aug, 1942, no.1107:297-299. Author discusses the importance of the principle of the offensive, security, economy of force, the main objective, concentration of force, cooperation, unity of command, surprise, and mobility in the -conduct of-war. 522 La Norvege ct la Strategic do L' Atlantijque. FRANCE LIBRE (London), Oct. 15, 1942, v.4,no.24:465-469, map. (Norway and the Strategy of the Atlantic.--) Discussion of the key position of Norway in North Atlantic naval strategy. 523 One War, One Command, by Gilbert Cant. NATION (New York), Dec. 19, 1942, v.155,no.25:677-679. Discusses the differences in function between a United Nations general staff and a United Nations supreme command, in relation to military unification. 524 Organisation for Joint Planning, Great Britain. Government. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1942. 4p. Gives text of Prime Minister’s presentation to Parliament out- lining the organization of the military joint planning staff. 525 "People’s War"—A New Strategy, by Anna Louise Strong. MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), July 1942, v.25:49-53. Delineates Soveit "strategy" in the Far East, including coloni- zation, promotion of popular understanding of armaments and tac- tics, and the standardization of civilian implements by Amy regulations. •XI.1 MILITARY SCISNCE; AND TACTICS (cont.) 526 Planning t-he Second Front,, by Stanley Ne-hmer. CURRENT HISTORY ■(New York)-,-nag. ’194-2, v.2i,no.•12:408-414. Discusses the'Anglo-Russian treaty provisions, Churchill’s visit to Washington in June in regard -to.a second front, also the present outlook for a -second front.' * *. v * * * ' v . ' ; ' f -**< * • • 527 Policy and Strategy in the War in.Russia. . FOREIGN AFFAIRS (New York), July 1942, v.20:607-634. Analyzes Russian-German strategy and tactics. Compares losses on each side. • # * * 4 « • 528 The power of Unified Strategy, by Max Werner. NEW REPUBLIC •(New York), Nov. 2, 1942, v.107,no.18*568-570. Points’ to the crisis that has arisen in the strategy of the United Nations as the result of their fighting on separate fronts and advocates coalition war, or the coordination of the various fronts. * • • 529 Prospects and Realities of War and Peace, by A. Polyzoides. WORLD AFFAIRS INTERPRETER (Los Angeles), Summer 1942, v.13,no.2:181-188. States some of the Allied losses in World War II and discusses prospects of the outcome .of.the war, plan of Allied strategy, the-present objective of the Nazi drive, and the need for a single Allied command for the donductof this war. 530 The Realm of Strategy, by Cyril Falls. • .NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (-London), Oct. 1942, v.132,no.788:155-162. A contrast of the respective roles of strategy and tactics in warfare• 531 Retreat to-Victory, by Allan A.‘ Michie. Chicago, Alliance Book • Corporation, 1942. xiii, 167p., illus, photos. An American journalist, who was in Egypt during the Battle of Crete, claims-that the "British Army is the best retreating army in the world;" that its .consists.in withholding from the enemy some of the advantages which would otherwise turn his momentary gain into a total victory. 532 "Second Front": Planning in Complexity, by Hamish Wilson. SERIAL ' MAP SERVICE'(London), June 1942, v.3,no.9:191-194. Discusses steps that arc necessary before-a United UJations’ in- ; vasion to the continent is attempted, and how an invasion should be carried,out. Includes 4 maps. 533 A'Second Front Will Beat Japan, by Frederick V5. Field. NEW ' MASSES (New York)y June > 30, 1942/v-.43; 9-11'. • ‘A second front in Europe, coopcratidn with China, a United States - front, and the "inner" front of the Nazi-dominated countries ■ : are indispensable to success against Japan and, Germany. XI. MILITARY SCIENCEi STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 534 Strategic Importance of Sire. BOOKTAB (Nov; York), June-July 1942, v.It 52-54. * • Tells why many strategists sco the invasion of Ireland as a necessary preliminary to invasion of England* 535 Strategic Allcmando. REVUE UNIVERSELLE (Vichy), New Series, no. 11, June 10, 1941:705-715; June 25, 1941, no.12$792-802. (German Strategy.--) Believes that the Germans wore victorious in Franco not only because of their superior forces, but also because of the blunders of the Allies, which caused them to lose the war in France before it started. 536 Strategy -- a Material br Lieut. Colonel H. T. Cooper, R. A. S. O. FIGHTING FORCES (London), Oct. 1942, v.19,no.4: 178-182. Asserts that the conveyance of reserves and the production and repair of vehicles and apparatus are among the chief factors in the strategy of war. 537 Strategy and Counter Strategy, by p. F. Irvine. AUSTRAL AS LIT IC BULLETIN (Melbourne), Fob.-March 1942, v.5j6-8. Analysis of the strategy employed by the Japanese and the counter strategy of the United Nations. Control of the Indies is the chief matter of strategic importance to Australians at the moment. 538 Strategy for Victory, by Hanson W* Baldwin. New York, W. W* Norton, 1942. 172p. Presents a program for victory which includes total mobilization and taking the offensive. 539 The Strategy of Territorial Occupation, by Alfred Vagts. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept. 1942, v.52,no.2:64-68,. Discusses the strategy of territorial occupation which has three main purposes; military operations, military or military-civilian administration; and later, reconstruction. 540 Strategy of the Indian Ocean,ty Alexander Kiralfy. ASIA (New York), June 1942, v.42:353-357. Draws the current picture in the Indian ocean and speculates on possible moves by the Japanese* 541 Strategy of the Middle East, by Alexander Kiralfy. ASIA (New York), Oct. 1942, v.42,no.10$593-595. Discusses the strategy employed in the Middle East by the Axis ; powers. 542 Strike Deep in the Heart of the Axis, by Alexander Kiralfy. SEA POWER (New York), May 1942, v.2$18-}9. Urges the United States to keep its navy in the Pacific until Japan is destroyed and then to concentrate on conquering Germany. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent.) a ; • 543 Total Victory, by Stephen King-Hall. , Nqw Y.ork, Kar,court, Brocc, 1942. xii, 306p. ’ A practical plan for breaking dov/n the possibility of a military deadlock by using political intelligence to supplement military tactics. . 544 Total Wari by Dennis Wheatley. -Lpndon, Nov; York-, [etc.] Hutchinson [1941]. 82p. '*■■■■: Discusses the character and the principles of total war, its mobilization of spiritual, material, and moral resources; and its weapons of propaganda, intelligence, and armed force. 1 « 545 To Win the War and the Peace, by Hugo L. Black. '. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), July 1942, v.107,no.4:107-108. Justice Black warns that wo are in grave danger of losing the war, and offers suggestions for a more concerted effort. 546 Unified Command: Lessons from the Past, by George Fielding Eliot. FOREIGN'AFFAIRS-(New York), Oct. 1942, v.21,no.1:11-20. Compares'the present military situation of the. United Nations to that of the Allied situation in World War 1 before the appoint- ment of a unified•commander• 547 Unified Command or Unity of Aim, by H. G. Thursfield. NATIONAL REVIEW (London); Sept. 1942, v. 119, no. 71 5: 228-2,32. Believes that the first need in a unified command is to make sure Of control of the’ sea and of unity in objective. 548 Unity of Policy Among Allies, by Major-General Sir Frederick Maurice. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (Council on Foreign Relations,.New York), Jan. 1943, v* 2T ;no . 2:J322-330.* A , > Compares the experiences of the first World \7a-r with the course of the present war to date and advocates a Supreme War Council of thd United Nations. 549 Victory in the Pacific, by Alexander Kiralfy. .New. York, John Day, 1942. 282pi • •’ * • * • . • ( Analyzes Japanese"strategy and tactics in the. Pacific area, the effectiveness of the Japanese Navy, the military position of Japan in the Pacific, the Malayan campaign and the other Pacific victories of Japan* The; strength of the .strategy neces- sary for an Allied victory .is .outlined. .. * W , 550 Victory: In War and Peace, by Peter H. Stafford. U. S. NAVAL .INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), April 1942, v.68:481-493. Considers naval strategy of the present- in terms...of ,the past, .... and the prospects' ;6f achievement. / v ..... XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 5.51 Victory Through Teamwork, by George F. Eliot. ..LOOK (New York), Sept. 8, 1942, v.6*no.18j24-27* Presents a chart, with explanation, which shows how a United Nations’ supreme war council might be set up to bring about a unified command* Includes an American war cabinet chart. 552 War At Sea, by Bernard Brodie. VIRGINIA QUARTERLY REVIEW (Char- lottesville), Y/inter 1942-43, v.l9,no. lj 1-19. Indicates that although the techniques of naval warfare have .changed, the underlying fundamentals are still the same. Dis- cusses the merits of the submarine and the airplane in naval warfare, and th«ir part in the present war* 553 War Direction, by C. B. Thorne. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London), Aug. 1942, v.132,no.786*61-64* Considers the direction of the military efforts, with recom- mendations that a chief be selected for the Chiefs of Staff Committee, that members of the committee be freed from all additional duties, and that a permanent combined services in- telligence unit be provided. 554 Tho War Is Proving Seversky Wrong, by Paul Schubert. LOOK (Dos Moines, Iowa), Jan. 12, 1943, v.7,no.1:26-28. Reviews the European war during the year 1942 and concludes that if we had relied on Major de Soversky’s air power program alone, we should not have gained an inch. 555 The Yiar of Distances. FORTUNE (New York), June 1942, v.25: 67-69. Considers some of the problems of strategy and logistics faced by the Allied High Command in 'Washington. 556 The Y/ar on the Civil and Military Fronts, by Major General G. M. Lindsay... New York, Macmillan, 1942. xii, 112p. (The Lees Knowles Lectures on Military History for 1942.) These lectures written between Dec. 1, 1941 and Feb. 1, 1942, discuss the nature of modern war, tank warfare and blitzkrieg, defense against blitzkrieg, defense against invasion, and a United front for total war. 557 The War Program; Planning a Campaign. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov. 14, 1942, v.80,no.11:297-309. Account of the Allied military and naval leaders ' ■plan for the African Campaign. Special mention is made of the work performed by the United States Navy. 558' The 'War’s New Phase, by Fletcher Pratt. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Y/hshington) , Dec. 1942, v. 51,no.6:34-41. Speculates on Germany’s ability to hold and develop what it has gained by conquest. Believes Germany’s plan now is to cripple the United Nations’ means of possible attack. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont*) 559 The Wrrt Wha't Next? by Sudhindra Prananik. MODERN REVIEW (Calcutta), July 1942, ‘v.72,no.1:33-37. Summarizes1 the war situation and advocates a second front and more help for China. Declares it is evident that this will be a long-drawn out war. 560 When and How the War “Will End, by Max Werner. PREDICTIONS OF THINGS TO COME (New York), 1942, no.1*4-8. In answering the question, will win World War II?" the author discusses the material forocs of the belligerents, how they are being used, and how purposeful and effective the-- belligerents are in conducting the war. 561 Where to Take the Offensive; by Malcolm Whoeler-ITicholson. HARPERS MAGAZINE (New York), May 1942, v.184:639-643. Attempts to define the most dangerous sector and the one which once conquered is' the best springboard to the final offensive. Includes also an outline of strategy to be pursued. 562 Who Runs This War? by Gordon Skilling. QUEENS QUARTERLY (Kingston, Canada), Autumn 1942, v.49,no.3:220-229. Discusses the setting up of a Supremo Council as an alternative to the present plan of non-unifiod command of the United Nations' military efforts. 563 Why Germany Must Invade England, by Demares Bess. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), June 27, 1942, v.214:16-17,113-114. Tells why Germany will again attempt to invade England. 564 Why Hitler Attacked Russia.- FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept. 1942, v.32,no.9;675-679. Author believes that Hitler had always put a high estimate on Russian military power, but that he attacked Russia because he found it already an existing front. 565 Zwischen Murmansk und Archangelsk, [by] Walter Lammort. DEUTSCHE WEHR (Berlin), June 5, 1942, v.46,no.23. (Between Murmansk and Archangel.—) Discusses the strategic importance of the northern gateway of Soviet Russia. B.- Army 1. General .566 Air-Tank-Cavalry in Active Reconnaissance, by Colonel Alexei 'Ignatyev, Red Army. CAVALRY JOURNAL (’Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.51,no.6:48-50, ’ Describes certain military assignments formerly carried out'by cavalry formations alone;' now, in modern warfare, combining air, tank, motorized and cavalry formations. XI. • MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY A'TD TACTICS (cont.) 567. Artillery in This War and in the Last, by Major-General C.M. Lund. • LON DO’T • CALL 111 G (London), Nov..8-14, 1942", no. 161: 15. Describes the function of field pieces in war, and says that air force has in a measure usurped the place of artillery in modern warfare. Compares the nature, and composition of artillery in this and the last war. 568 Bloody Bayonets, by R.A. Lidstone. A Complete•Guide to Bayonet Fighting. Aldershot, Gale andPoHen Ltd., 1942. 68 p., illus. 569 Cavalry in the polish Campaign, by Lieut. Col. Emilio L. Do Lotona. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942, v.51, no. 6:-25-28, illus. Shows how the Germars stress the importance of close cooperation between their mechanized and horse units. 570 Coast Artillery Afloat, by Bruce E. Jones and Edward A. Raymond. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), JulyWTug. 1942, v.85, no.4: 19-22. Describes the work of the Coa t Artillery Corps in protecting merchant ships. Illustrations. 571. Combat Teams, by Irwin A. Lex. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.32: 502-504. Tolls of the importance of proper liaison between United t States field artillery ahd the infantry, cavalry and armored units which it supports. 572. Cohvoy Defense, by Frank 0. Robinson. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), v.21, I lay-June 1942: 82-89. Sets forth principles for defense of motor vehicles in Convoys. 573 Engineer Troop Activities. - MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), Oct. 1942, v.34, no. 204: 506-509. Describes various stream crossing expedients*used by troops. 574 The Experience of the Soviet Artillery, by Major-General F. Samsonov. SOVIET WAR NEWS'(London), Oct. 5, 1942, no. 378: 2-3. Discusses now methods used by the Russian artillery against tanks and aircraft. 575 Field Artillery in the Attack, by W.R. Young. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL July 1942, v.32: 539-542. Compares the functions of the United States artillery and infentryj gives the general principles of artillery tactics; and defines economy of effort and economy of ammunition in ‘artillery warfare. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 576 The Great World War: the Metamorphosis of Infantry, by Cyril Falls. ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS (London), Oct. 17, 1942* v.201, no. 5400: 430, map. 'Discusses .the developments in tactics as related to strategy. Describes the important part infantry has come to play. 577 Millions Will Be Put on Skis. SOVIET WAR NEWS (London), Oct. 12, 1942, no. 384: 3. Discusses the military importance of skis, and asks Russians to make their own skis, organize training in rural districts, and establish a network of mobile ski bases. 578 Mobility and Motors, by Arthur G. Trudeau. MILITARY REVIEW (Command and general staff school,. Ft. Leavenworth, Kansas), April 19421 v.22: 22-27. Stresses the necessity for the interdependence of all mobile army units. 579 Nazi Map Problem. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan. 1943, v.52, no. 1: 48-51. One of a series of articles on minor tactical problems, adapted from accounts appearing in the German military press. Deals with tankborne infantry in action. 580 Organic Air Observation for Field Artillery, by Lowell M. Riley and Angus Rutledge. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.32: 498-501v Points out the great advantages brought to artillery action by the use of tho airplane for field observation. 581 Protective Measures for the Soldier and the Small Unit. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Oct. 1942,.v.51, no. 4: 58-86. The first of a regular series which discusses concealment of individuals and units, and movement under enemy observation or fire. (Condensation of United States Army Basic Field Manual 21-45) 582 Soviet Artillery Fire, by A. Karclsky. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.32: 511. Explains the elements in modern artillery attack in Russia: the concentrating of artillery in a decisive direction; con- ducting of intermittent fire throughout the depths of the defense; . and tho close interaction between infantry, tanks and artillery. 583 Swimmers and Divers in War, by David Whittct Thomson. U.3. Naval Institute Proceedings (Annapolis), -May 1942, v.68: 682-685. Traces the history of the use of swimmers and divers in warfare from 480 B.C. to the Japanese attack on Hongkong. XI.. MILITARY. SCIENCE* . STRATEGY idTD TACTICS (cont.) 584 This Is An Engineers’ War, by Eugene Reybold. DRAFTSMAN (Now York), Nov. 1942, v.l, no. 1: 18,42. Statr's that all phases and aspects of the war effort are based on the various and detailed work of engineers, both in combat and in industry. 585 Uno Revolution Militaire. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Aug. 15, 1942, v.4, no. 22: 297-302.. (A Military Revolution.-) Aialysis of the new technique of landing operations and some observations on its use in this war. 586 Value of"Reconnaissance. CALVARY JOURNAL (Washington), Scpt- Oct. 1942, v.51, no. 5: 13. Compares an attack for which an incomplete reconnaissance was made, and one preceded by a careful reconnaissance. P % 587 Vrazheskaia pekhota v osnovnykh vidakh boia, [by] F. Vorob’ev. BOL’SHEVIK (Moscow), Oct. 1941, no. 22: 29-37. '(The Enemy Infantry in the Fundamental Aspects of Battle.-) Describes the inter-relationship of motorized and non-motorizod divisions of the infantry, the tactics and manner of action in battle. 588 What You Don’t Know About the Infantry, by James Street. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 30, 1942, v.214i 9-fO, 67,69. Describes the activities of the infantry branch of the United States Army. Today the doughboy rides more than he walks and he uses eleven weapons. 2. Commandos and Rangers 589 Armored Reconnaissance, by H.H.D. Heiberg. CAVALRY JOURNAL . (Washington), May-June 1942, v.51: 66-70. Deals with use of platoon cars and motor cycles in army reconnaissance work. 590 Cavalry Commandos, by Spclman Dowrrer. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.51, no. 5: 36-39, illus. Discusses the value of Cavalry Commandos, the composition of Commrndo groups, methods of operation, individual qualifications of men, a nd the training of Commando terms. 591- Colonial Commandos? ECONOMIST (London), May 2,' 1942, v.142: 597. Discusses the possibilities of organizing guerrilla bands in British West Africa, and outlines a plan for doing so. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (conA) 592 Commando Attack, by Gordon Holman. ‘ Hodder and Stoughton, Ltd., May 1942 : 160 p., illus. - • - A war correspondent of the Exchange Telegraph jijclls of the training and fighting of tho Commandos. Illustrated with British official photographs. 593 Commando Raids Follow Great Tradition, by C.S. Forester. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (New York), April 32, 1942, -no. 86: 1-2. Recalls Zeebruggo and cites importance of current Commando raids. 594 Commando Stuff, by Nat Fleischer. Now York, C.J. 0 Brien, Inc., 1943. 128 p. A training manual which explains the hand-to-hand fighting tactics of the' British Commandos and the American Rangers. 595 The Commandos. LEATHERNECK (Washington), May 1942, v.25: 30-31. Gives information about Commandos regarding qualifications required of selectees, training, methods of attack, equipment, and some of their aoftioYomonts, 596 Commandos, Past and Present, by II*S. Sewell. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (New York), April 29, 1942, no. 87: 14-16. Tells stories of Commandos' origins and of several of their raids. 597 Commandos’ Taximen, by Gordon Holman. LONDON CALLING (London), Oct. 11-17, 1942, no/157: 7-8. Explains the part Naval Commandos play in the combined operations of the war and the difference between them and the Commando Soldiers• 598 Desombarcos, by Julio Castilla. TAJO (Madrid), May 9, 1942, v.3, no. 102: 8-9, illus. (Landings.-) Description of the Japanese military landing technique. 599 Every Man a Commando, by Robert St. John. COSMOPOLITAN (New York), June 1942, v.112; 20-21, 121. Gives a first-hand report on England’s new invasion army. Describes methods of training Commandos. 600 Hard Hitting Commandos, by Peter Locke. NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), April 5, 1942: 6-7, 33. The "fighting-est” troops of the British Army, known as Commandos, are shown in action. Illustrated. 601 Hit and Hold, by Frank Tolbert. LEATHERNECK'(Washington), July 1942, v.25: 30-32. Stresses the team work in the British Commandos and in the Royal Marines. Calls attention to the fact that the Commandos’ attack on Madagascar was not a case of hit-and-run but of hit- and-hold. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AHD TACTICS (cont.) 602 I Tnstie Revenge, by Wladis'las Lcny. COLLIER'S (Nov/ York), ' Sept. 5', 1942’: 48-49, 51. Story by a Polish paratrooper telling how tho Commandos worked in a surprise raid on the French Coast. 603 These Rangers are Tough, by Robert St. John. LIBERTY (Nov/ York), Oct. 3, 1942, v.19, no. 40: 38-39. Tells of the first American soldiers to meet tho Nazis on European soil. 604 Tough, Versatile, Courageous, by Stephen Drew. NEW YORK TIMES ■ MAGAZINE (NLw York), Aug. 30, 1942: 6-7, 26. Describes England’s Commandos. 605 Toughest Job in the War, by Gordon Gaskill. AMERICAN July 1942, v.134: 11, 101-102. A Middle East correspondent describes the British Parachute Commandos in action. 3. Guerrilla Warfare 606 The Barricades at Stalingrad, by Battalion-Commissar Vysokostrovsky. DEFENSE (London), Nov. 1942, v.10, no. 84: 16-18. Describes fighting in streets of Stalingrad. 607 Combat Without Weapons, by Hartley E. Leather. Aldershot, Gale and Polden,,1942: 39 p. A handbook prepared for the average Home Guardsman. The techinqucs of hand-to-hand, fighting are described and illustrated by photographs. 608 Ohcradame’s Plan. FORTUNE (New York), Oct. 1942, v.26, no. 4: 83. Summary of the plan of Andre Cheradame, French political scientist and military analyst, for arming Hitler’s European enemies for guerilla warfare, with weapons dropped from the sky. 609 Every American a Guerrilla Fighter, by William B. Ziff. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Oct. 1942, v.55, no. 226:’456-463. In view of the effectiveness of guerrilla warfare as a vital element in the strategy of resistance the author questions the efficiency of our civilian defense in the event of an in- vasion. Makes suggestions for different training of civilians. 610 Ficldcraft, Sniping and Intelligence, by Neville Alexander -Drummond . Armstrong. London, Gale and Polden, 1942. 223 p. illus. . Contains .information on musketry, camouflage, care and use of telescopes, sniping patrolling and treatment of prisoners. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 611 Get Toughl How to Win in Hand-to-Hand Fighting, as taught to the British Commandos and the United States Armed Forces, by William Ewart Fairbairn. Hew York, Apple'ton-Ccntury', 1942. 120 p. Effective and deadly, ruthless and tough arc the methods of hand-to-hand fighting described here--the approved standard instruction for His Majesty’s forces. 612 ’’The Group Commanded by 0." FRATERNAL OUTLOOK (New York), June 1942, v.4: 15-17. Illustrations showing Russian guerrilla fighting under Omclchencko, with comments adapted from an article by Savich.. 613 Guerrilla Paths to Freedom, by Rupert Lockwood• Sydney, Angus and Robertson, 1942. 83 p. Urges the Australian populace to resort to guerrilla warfare if necessary and contains practical suggestions concerning- guerrilla tactics. 614 Guerrilla Warfare, by Bert Levy. New York, Penguin Books 1942. 120 p. A veteran fighter describes the history and methods of modern guerrilla warfare. 615 Guerrilla Warfare, by Nelson Anderson. MILITARY REVIEW (Command and General Staff School, Ft. Leav nworth, Kansas), April 194-2, v.22j 42-45. Describes efficacy of guerrilla warfare in Russia and elsewhere. 616 Guerrilla■Troops for America, by Edward Grogan. THRESHOLD (New York), Oct. 1942, v.3, no* Is 18-21. Describes the course of America’s first School of Guerrilla Warfare, at Sturbridgo, Massachusetts, officially known as the Tactical School of the First Service Command * 617 Guerrilla Tactics, by Ion L. Idress. Sydney*.Angus;and Robertson, 1942: 98 p, (The Australian Guerrilla. Book III).-, Instructions for training the Voluntary Defense Corps in Guerrilla warfare. s • - 618 Guerrilla Warfare-to Increase, Says■Kalinin. . CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington)., May-Juno 1942: -v.51, 22-24. Narrates feats of the guerrillas in Russia. 619 House to House Fighting, by Colonel G.A. Wade. Aldershot, Gale and Polden , 1942. 43 p. (The Gale and Polden Training Series) 620 Rough and_Tumble Fighting, Personal Defense.Tactics, by H.E. » Kenney. Champaign, 111., Stipes Publishing Co., 1942. 48 p., illus • XI. MILITiJRY SCIENCE* STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) • ' - ' # • i V 621 Shoot to Kill, by Ion L. Id-ribss. Sydney, Angus and Robertson, 1942. 85 p» (The Australian Guerrilla Book I) Instructs the civilian in the effective use of the rifle. 622 Sniping, by Ion L. Idross. Sydney, nngus and Robertson, 1942. 98 p. (The Australian Guerrilla. Book II). 623 Soviet Snipers, by M. Xriventsov. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Oct. 1942, v.51, no. 4j 31-33. Describes tho manner in which the Russian snipc-r operates. 624 Wasps of War/ by Stevens Rayleigh. . SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), April 25, 1942; v.214: 9-10, 58-t ; Describes guerrilla warfare in Poland, Russia, Yugoslavia, and China, explaining tho part it has and will play in World War II.o . t 625 "We Shall Fight in the Streets J " Guide, to -Street .Fightings Ground, Defense, Attack, Use of Explosives, Arms and Equipment, Training, Exercises by Captain S.J. Cuth.be. rt. nl dor shot, . England, Gale and Pol don, 1942. 63. p. 626 Winter Order to Guerrillas. SOVIET WAR NEWS (London), Nov. 17, 1942, no. 414: 1 p. (Excerpt from ."Pravda")' Describes the- huge .task before the. Russian guerillas this winter, in addition to their usual daring attacks. 627 Yugoslavia's Fighting Example, by B. Voynich. WORLD SURVEY' (New York), May 1942: 42-54. Tells of Yugoslavia's persistent fighting against Germany by guerrilla warfare. Seays history demonstrates, that national liberation movements -have always beqn intimately linked with guerrilla warfare, and emphasizes the effectiveness of this - type of warfare in Yugoslavia. > 4. Tank War faro 628 x.nti-Tank Weapons, by Derek Whipp. London, Nicholson and Watson, April 1942. 48 p., illus. [Know Your Weapons, No. 3] 629 L'Armeo Motorisoc do la Grande-Brotagne. [nip.] Gt. Britain Royal Armored Corps, [n.d.] 27 p., illus. (The Motorized Army of Great Britain.-) Describes the various types of tanks in the British Amy. Photographs represent tanks in. action. . 630 The Armored Forcc--Air Team, by Colonel Frederick R. Pitts. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov.-Doc. 1942, v.51, no. 6? 59-62. Tells how tho Armored Force can obtain the most effective support from its air components. XI. MILITARY SCIENCEi ..STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent.) 631 Armored Reconnaissance, by H.H.D. Heiberg. . CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v.51: 36-70* Describes one type of reconnaissance performed by the Armored Reconnaissance Battalion* 632 British Tanks. FIGHTING FORCES (London), Oct. 19u-2,* v*19, no. 4: 171-174. Discusses tank construction in Great Britain in World War II, and quality and types of. tanks being used by the English at present. 633 Carros dc Combatofby] Olimpio Mourao. CULTURA POLITICA (Rio de Janeiro), Aug, 1942, v..2, no. 18: 249-257, (Armored Cars History of the development of tank warfare, and a discussion of the techniques employed. 634 The Development of Soviet Antitank Defense, by I.I. Alexeyev. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.32, no.’ll: 8-48-849, illus. Discusses offensive tactics employed by the German motorized- mechanized formations as revealed in operations between June and^December 1941, the evolution of antitank weapons, and the tactics of the Red Army. 635 Disembarking Operations, by Pierre Belleroche. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v.85: 24-29. Discusses the importance of the tank and airplane, most effective ways to disembark them, including landing of the overseas type. 636 Here Come the Tanks, by J. L. Hods'on. . BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (New York), Oct. 7, 1942, no. 110: 13. Reports progress made in Great Britain in producing tanks. 637 Incendiary Bottle Fields and Fire-Bolts, by H. Chirkunov. FIJJLD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov/ 1942, v.32, no. 11: 851. Describes the construction of a fire-belt and the use of incendiary bottles in tank combat and battles. 638 Inglaterra no Ha Encontrado Todavia • el SLCoroto del Adecuado. Bnpleo do Sus Unidades Mecanicas. MUNDO (Madrid), March 29, 1942, v,3, no. 99; 513-516. (England has not yet found the secret of the adequate use of its motorized units.-) 639 Immobilizing Tank Maneuvers, by N. Gavrilcfnko, FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.32, no. 11: 846-847. Gives examples- of Nazi panzor tactics, and discusses, anti- tank defenses. , -■ * ' A.- , . XI. MILITARY SCIENCE; STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont) 640 Japanese Mechanization. MARINE CORPS GAZETTE (’Washington), Juno 1942, V.26; 25-30. - Describes the* USc. of tanks by the Japanese army. Extension in their use is likely to be limited by lack of a well-developed automobile' industry and by the cost which is influence d by lack of foreign exchange, illus. 641 Machine Warfare, Part 3, by J.F.C. Fuller. INFAN‘RY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept. 1942, v.51, no. 3s 10-21. Discuss: s mobile warfare, ‘especially the use of tanks and airplanes• 642 Mechanized Might, the Story of Mechanized Warfare, by Paul C. Raborg. Now York, McGraw-Hill, 1942. 284 p. Describes basic elements of strategy as used in modern warfare. Emphasis is on tank warfare, with detailed account of the motorization of the United States Army. 643 Mines, by the Millions, by Lt. Col. Paul W. Thompson.. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Dee. 1942, v.51, no. 6s 8-15. Analyzes the function of the mine and concludes it is the . only obstacle so far devised, to stop a tank. Millions of rained arc called for to meet the thousands of tanks now used in battle. 644 Nemetskie tanki bor'ba s nimi, by A. Baer. BOL’SHEVIK (Moscow), Oct. 1941,. no. 22s 34-43. (The German tanks and the battle with them.-) Discusses the characteristics of the German tanks, their tactical use and the manner of fighting them. Diagrams and illustrations. 645 Peut-on Arret r Los Tanks? by Camille Rougeron. . FRANCE LIBRE (London), March 16, 1942, v.3s 400-404. (Can Tanks Bo Stopped?-) The author believes that tanks can be sto'ppcd by the use of anti-tank vehicles armed with field artillery, by airplanes, and-by land mines. 646 Repulsing Tank Attack by Fire from Open Positions, by Ovady Savich. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.32, no. llj 850-851. Account.of a tank attack on Russian territory and how it was repulsed. « 647 o A Tank Brigade in Maneuver Defense,by Ma«jor B. Tretyakov, Red Army. , CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov.-Dec., 1942, v.51, no• 6 j'39-42. Describes in detail, the method of preparing tank formations for emergency. Says this is the only way to thwart Hitler’s troops. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 6.48 Tank Counterattacks, by Major E. Marlcnnikov, Red Army* CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov.-Dee*, 1942, v.51, no. 6: 43-46. Describes methods of the Soviet tank force in counterattack • on the Gorman battle formation of tanks. 649 Tank Fighter Team, by Robert M. Gerard. INFANTRY JOURNAL Washington, 1942. 83 p. Tells of the experiences of a French armored unit from June 3 to June 25, 1940. 65Q Tho Tank Killers. FORTUNE (New York), Nov. 1942, v.26, no. 5: 116-119, 181, illus. Describees .the effectiveness of GPrncral Bruce’s destroyers and the training offered at the Tank Destroyer Center in Texas. 651 Tank Tactics. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept,-Oct. 1942, v*51, no* 5j 17-20* .Discusses tank tactios which arc used by European countries, apd how.the Red Army has been.meeting German tank tactics. 652 Tanks, by Professor Archibald Montgomery Low. London, Hutchinson 1941. 135 p* illus. Account of the mechanical dcvclopmcnt of the tank and of its role in modern warfare. 653 Tanks AdvanceJ, by'Gordon Becklcs. London, Cassell and Company, 1942. 128 p., illus. • Traces the development of the tank as a weapon of war from its inception by'the British in 1916 to the present time. Describes tho groat British tanks now being built, notably ’’The Churchill”, and emphasizes the need for increased production. 654 Tank-mounted Riflemen, by 'Colonel Ronononke, Red Army. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov.-Dee., 1942, v.51, no. 6: 53-56, illus. Describes operations and methods of tank landing parties used by the Red Army on the Soviet-German front in 1942* 655 .Tapks. Their Place in Modern Warfare, by Bernard Venables. London, Fosh and Cross, [no date], 24 p. Illustrated booklet, giving pictures of tanks both in construction and in action, intended to stimulate tho drive for scrap metal in England. • 656 Teaching ...Enemy Tank Identification, by Robert B. Rigg* FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Sopt. 1942, v.32, no. 9» 667-668. Gives the facts it is important to know ..about tanks in order to identify those of the•enemy. XI MILITARY SCIENCE* STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent.) 657 .Teamwork in a Tank, by Robert D. Polstsek, and James Cowon. • (-POPULAR MECHANICS (Chicago), Aug. 1942, v. 78T~56-59, 166. Describes the selection and.training of men at the Fort Knox Replacement Training Center, to serve as momtjcrs of tank crews. , Illustrations. 658 Use of Antiaircraft Guns Against, Tanks• CAVALRY JOURNAL ’ (Washington), Sept-Oct* 1942, v.51, no. 5: 9, illus. Tells what must be done in order to prepare anti-tank defense in advance. 659 You Build fSn We *11: Bust 'Em, by Hickman Powell. POPULAR SCIENCE (New York), June 1942, v.140: 106-112'. Describes methods of testing tanks and tank traps. 660 Victory by Tank .Warfare, by Henry J. Reilly. ESQUIRE (Chicago), Aug. 1942i 24, 121. Gives, the history of the use of tanks in warfare and tells what can be ,learned from their use in the Spanish Civil War in France. C. Navy- Including Coast Guard and Marine Corps 1. General . . . 661 Aircraft Carrier, by Liutenant Robert A. Winston, U.S.N. Illustrated with official U.S. Navy Photographs. New York, Harper and Brothers; 1942. 88 p. * Holds that the airoraft carrier is still our key weapon in the war at sea. Describes its construction and performance in action. * 662 ... Airplane and Batt leship... 1,The Airplane and the Battleship,” by Rear Admiral G.J. Rowcliff... and "Dangers in Controversy Over Battleship Construction, by Rear Admiral Joseph K. Taussig... Washington, U.S. Govt. Print.; Off., 1942. 28. p. [U.S.j 77th Cong., 2d Sess. Senate. Doc. 282) 663 Back of the Fleet, by Rear Admiral W.H.P. Blandy. NATIONAL SAFETY NEWS (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.46, no. 5* 12-13, 92-93. EmphAsiz'es the' importance of safety in the navy now, in the piloting of both ships and planes, in the operation of high- powered engines and boilers, and.In the handling of all types of ammunition. 664 Boating Reports to the Nation. MOTORBOAT AND POWER BOATING (Now York), Sept. 1942, v.39, no. 9j 7-9, 44*. Discusses the contribution being made by small boats in the r war where 1,200 arc serving with the Navy and are commissioned in the Coast Guard. These patrol boats, which had been fishing boats or pleasure yachts, are protecting the sea lanes against the submarine. XI, MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AMD TACTICS (cont.) 665 Boats of the Japanese Landing Force, by Lieut. Com.R.C.D. Hunt, Jr. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.)/Nov. 1942, v.68, no. 477: 1528-1529. Scrutinizes the craft and methods of Japanese landing operations. 666 Carrier Supplants the Battleship as Fleet’s Indispensable Weapon. LIFE (Chicago), June 29, 1942, v.12: 21-26. Tells why the carrier is important in naval warfare, and outlines the history of modern aircraft carriers. Illustrated. 667 Carriers Provo Their Mettle, by Alexander Xiralfy. SEA POWER (New York), July 1942, v.2, no. 7: 18-21. Discusses the successful employment'of the United States carriers against the Japanese in the battles of the Coral Sea and Midway. Tabic showing the present carrier strength of United States, Great Britain, Russia, Japan, Germany and Italy. 668 Coast Guard Calls for Private Craft, 50 or More. BOAT AND EQUIPMENT NEWS (New York), April 1942, v.4: 10. Tells procedure for entering private boats 'in the Coast Guard temporary reserve. 669 Comeback of the Battleship. UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), Dec. 4, 1942, v.13, no. 25: 15. • Discusses the role of the battleship in World War II. 670 Command and Cooperation at-Sea, by Admiral Sir Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Oct. 1942, no..10: new series: 270-273. Suggests that ’’command at sea” be given a now interpretation bocasuo of its added importance and significance due to the now element of aircraft in sea warfare. 671 Diesel Vessels in War Service. MOTORSHIP (New York );, Oct. 1942, v.27, no. 10: 619-625. Reviews the expansion in the number of ships powered by Diesel engines. Types include: -tankers, tugs, .trawlers, ferries, yachts, towboats, and the C-typc ships that are adaptable to^general service. 672 Don’t Count Out the Battleship, by Bernard Brodie. ' SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Sept. 19, 1942, v.215, no'. 12: 14-15, 63, 65’, 66. Challenges the De Seversky theory that the battleship has no place in modern war. 673 Don’t Scratch the Flat-tops, by Hanson W. Baldwin. SEA POWER (Now York), Dec. 1942,' v.2, no. -12: 6-71 Points out that aircraft carriers', in spite of their vulnerability are indispensible weapons for victory in this war. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 674 Flat Top Finesse. SOUTHERN FLIGHT (Dallas), Dee. 1942, v.18, no. 6: 44-47. ' Describes i the work of the aircraft carriers; traces their development and indicates that the Navy has groat confidence in-their future importance. 675 Floating Airfields. CADET (Ottawa), May 1942, v.l: 16-17. Compares strength of Japan and United States in aircraft carriers arid their effectiveness in the war. 676 Flying Shock Troops of the Sea. NATIONAL AERONAUTICS (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.20, no. llj 10-11, 38, illus. Reviews the work of the Marines in the war and describes then as not alone' fighters' oh land' and water but as being equally at home in the air. 677 The Inside Story of the P T’s, by William H. Koelbcl. MOTOR BOATING (Now York), July 1942, v.70, no. 1: 23-25; 74. Tells of some of the exploits of the P T *s motor torpedo boats, including the removal of General MacArthpr from Corrcgidor• 678 Insulation .aboard U.S. Navy Vessels, by Jesse B. Lunsford. MODERN PLASTICS (New York), Oct. 1942, v.20, no. 2: 45-46. Reviews the uses of plastics for purposes of electrical insulation in the navy. 679 Is The Battleship Doomed?, by Rear admiral Reginald R. Belknap* (Ret.). SEA POVJER (Now York), Oct. 1942, v.2, no. 10: 15-18, A redefining of the' functions, and capacity of the battleship. 680 A Layman’s Guide to Naval Strategy,, by Bernard Brodio. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1942. x, 291 p., bibliography. Analysis of naval strategy specifically designed for the general reader. 681 Life Line; by Charles Graves. London, William Weincmann, 1941. 238 p. A description of the manner in which the Royal navy is defending Britain, includin ; convoying, mine sweeping operations, rtmong the sailors. 682 Minesweeper. NEW WORLD (Montreal), Dec. 1942, v.3, no. 10: 12,15, 60» illus. Describes the work of a minesweeper• 683 Motor Boats for War, by M. H. Douglass. MOTOR BOATING (New York), July 1942, v.70, no. 1: 18-102. Discusses the United States Navy program for the construction of boats for Coast Guard service. XI.'” MILITARY SCIENCES STRATEGY'AND TACTICS (cont) 684 Motorships- Have, a Special Value in Wartime. M0T0R3HIP (Now York), Oct. 1942, v.27, no. 10* 618-619. Explains- how use of diesel machinery has materially helped the United Nations carry on trade during the war. Rome reports the voyage of a vessel fr'om Tokio to an Axis port in 58 days, traveling 30,000 miles without refueling. 685 Naval: Indispensables, by Walton L. Robinson. .SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York)Sept. 1942, v.167, no. 3: 102-104. Describes armament, speed, and other general features of the various types of United States' cruisers. 686 The Naval Side of the War, by H.C. Ferraby. SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Oct. 15, 1942, ’ v.GQ, no. 16: 365. Tells of the importance of the newly developed motor-driven craft for specialized conditions in modern warfare. 687 The Navy ’,s Fire -Fighters. ■ QUARTERLY OF' THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (Boston), Oct. 1942, v.36, no. 2: 109-115, illus. Stresses the importance of fire fighting on the high seas, and'.explains .the Navy’s procedure and method when a fire is caused on a warship by a shell, bomb or. torpedo. 688 The Navy’s Motor Torpedo Boats, by William F. Cposby. • THE RUDDER (Now York), Oct. 1942, v*58, no. 10: 11-13, 52. History of the development of torpedo boats. 689 The 17.3’.s Submarine Sluggers, by J.H. ‘Keatley. - YACHTING (Now York), Doc. 1942, v.72, no. 6: 22-27, 72. Describes the steel sub-chaser, which is an increasingly important naval type, 'desigend for offshore anti-submarine patrol. • • 690 Our Fighting Ships,by Mitchell D. Katz, Jr., Herbert C. Lee, and Edwin L. Levy, Jr. New York, Harper, 1942. 101 p. Gives a picture and*brief description of each class of vessel in the United States Navy. . - . 691 P? 103' - Symbol, of Our New Navy, by William H* Koclbcl. MOTOR BOATING (New York), July 1942, v*70, no. 1* 38-40. Describes a new and improved series of the motor torpedo b.oat, the PT 103*. . i • • 692 Ready for the "Invasion Season", SPHERE (London), April 11, 1942, v.169: 54-56. Series of drawings showing the various methods by which the approach of an enemy at see.' is detected by British ships and planes. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 693 Scoreboard of Naval Losses to Date. SEA POTTER (Now York), • Jul-y 1942, v.2, no. 7: 14. Detailed chart showing naval losses of the United Nations aqd the Axis. 694 The Sea Front, by H.C. Ferraby. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London), Nov. 1942, v.132, no. 789j 209-212. Analyzes the significance of naval warfare in the present ponflict. 695 Sea,. Nests for War Birds, by Walton L. Robinson. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), AUg. 1942, v.167, no. 2: 52-54, 82-83. Discusses the value of aircraft carriers, and describes < American carriers. Illustrations. 696 Sea Pow;. r in Conflict, by Paul Schubert. Now York, Coward-McCann, . 1942. 252 p. > An account of sea warfare from 1939 to 1941, including the attack on Pearl Harbor. 697 Squandered Sea Power, by Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), April 1942, no. 904: 322-327. Says the Allied powers arc dissipating their sea power by not having large fleets concentrated at the right places at the right time. 698 Slender* Speedy, Scrappy Destroyers arc Highly Important Factors in Naval Warfare, by V/alton L. Robinson. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), Oct, 1942, v, 167, no. 4* 148-150. Analyzes the value of the destroyer in combating the Axis U-boat threat in the Atlantic. 699 Torpedo Boat Carriers, by'Professor A«E. Sokol. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS. ' (Annapolis), Nov. 24, 1942, v.58, no. 477: 1586-1590. ■Discusses value of motor torpedo boats in offensive warfare, the problem of quickly transporting those boats long soa distances, Compares modern motor torpedo boats with the'original boats. 700 This Is The Fleet. SEA POWER (New York), Nov. 1942, v.2, no. 11: 35-41. Descriptions of the Navy’s fighting ships. * 701 Unidad do Accion Aeronaval, [by] G. Fioravanzb'* REVISTA DE AERONAUTICA (Madrid), May 1942, v.3, no. 18: 321-322. ( The; Unity of Acrconaval Action.- Analysis of the combat problem indicating that integration rather than collaboration of the, sea and air forces is required. . XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS .(oont) 702 The Unknown British-Amcrican -Victory, by Andrew ZL Kamarck. ■ UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS(Annapolis), Aug. 1942, v,68, no. 474: 1134-1138. Describes the little publicized defeat of the Axis all-out offensive in the Spring of 1941 ‘against British shipping, which w„as meant to ga-in a victorious peace by blockading England. 703 The War at Sea, by Gilbert Cant. New York, John Day, 1942. 340 p. - ■ An account of the naval engagements in the present world war, from official reports, communiques and narratives. 704 War at Sea To-Day, by Herbert Richmond, London, Oxford University Press, 1942. 32 p. [Oxford Pamphlets on World Affairs No. 60] .Outlin es the .elements of naval -strategy. 705 Where the Aircraft Carrier Stands, b Joseph G. Harrison. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), Dec'. 14, 1942k v. 105, no. 24: 786-788. Says that the Navy Department is accelerating aircraft carrier production in an effort to crush the Japanese. Shows the importance of the carrier in’the'warfare of the V. Pacific. 2. Submarine Warfare 706 American Submarines--a Key to Victory, by Colin Mayers. MARINE JOURNAL (Hew York), Oct. 1942, v.69, no. 10: 21,33. s. the. dependence the Axis nations have placed on submarines and their groat value to the United Nations in winning the war-. 707 Are Sails the. Answer to U-Boats? MEXICAN AMERICAN REV I EH (Mexico), July 1942, v.10, no. 7: 18-19, 47. Recommends having an inter-American fleet of small sailing ships to carry cargo in the Caribbean and the Gulf. 708 El Arma Submarina Japonesa. TAJ0 (Madrid), May 16, 1942, v.3, no. 103: 4, illus. ( The Japanese Submarine Fleet.-) Description of the development function, and accomplishments of the’ Japanese submarine fleet. 709 The Battle of the Bay, by Carl Olsson. LONDON CALLING (London), Oct. 25, 1942, no. 159: 3-5. Description of the continuous struggle between U-boats and aircraft of the coastal command.. * - 710 Bloodhounds of the Air, by R.G. Pearson. SHELL PROGRESS (New York), March 1942, v.12: 3-6. Describes the use of the United States Navy blimp in locating submarines. Illustrated. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS $cont.) 711 Can Sinkings 3c Stopped?, by Frank Edward McCoy. THIS WORLD (San Francisco), Aug. 30, 1942, v.6, no. 16: 10-11. Shows, from first-hand experience, that United States merchant ships have not taken all the possible prccuations against submarine attack. 712 The Civilian Pilot Fights the Submarine, by Kurt Rand. FLYING (Chicago), July 1942, v.31: 18-20. Describes the operation of the Civil Air Patrol. 713 Down to the Soa for Subs, by A.D. IV. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), Jan. 1943, v.168, no. Is 4-6, illus. Tells of the work of the Inshore Patrol of the Navy which is utilizing submarine chasers of World YAr I as YP boats. 714 "Down-Under" Ships of the Navy--a Submarine Force of Unprecedented Striking Power, by Walton L. Robinson. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), Nov. 1942, v.167, no. 5: 196-198, illus. , Fifth of a s' rics of analytical articles on ships of the United States Navy. Previous articles covered battleships, aircraft carriers, cruisers and destroyers. 715 L’Evolution de la Guorro Sous-Marine,[by] Edmond Dolage. REVUE DES DEUX-110NDES (Royat) , June 15, 1942,' v. 69: 402-409. (The Development of Submarine Warfare.-) Surveys the development of submarine warfare and concludes that without the cooperation of the Luftwaffe the German U-boats would be much less successful in World War II. 716 The Extraordinary Exploits of the "V.C. Submarine", H.M.S. "Torbay" during her Mediterranean Cruise. ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS (London), Sept. 5, 1942, v.201, no. 5394: 268-269. Illustrations showing the British submarine "Torbay" in action in the Mediterranean. 717 Floating Bases Aro Home to Subs. PARADE (Washington), April 26, 1942: 2-4. Describes the depot ships which serve as hotels, supply bases, and repair docks for British submarines. Illustrations. 718 El Fracaso de la Camp an a Submarine. COMMENT/iRIOS Y DOCUMENT OS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico, D.F.), Nov. 1, 1942, v.4, no. 67: 433-440. (The Failure of the Submarine Campaign.-) Analysis of losses and construction in shipping, indicating the failure of the Germans to win the war of the Atlantic. 719 Got That Sub, by John P. Holbrook, YACHTING (New York), Doc. 1942, v.72, no. 6: 43-44, 66, 68. - ■ Recounts experience on llC’-footer sub-chasers, which, with the 173-footcrs are making a reputation for efficiency. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 720 He’s, in. Submarines Now,, by Honry Faison. 'New York, McBride,, 1942. Describes life in 'the' submarine* service of the United States ■ Navy.. , , . 721 How Submarines Are Scoring on Japan. UNITED STATES NEWS Washington), May .1, 1.942, v.12: 13. Discusses vulnerability‘ of Nippon fs-mc-rohant shipping to _submarine attack. ' ; . . . 722 Lairs for .the Wolf-Pack, by iJ.frod Hayes. MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto)July 1942,’v.25: 14-13. Speculates on*the’possibility of there being U-boat bases or ■ "breathing spots" on the East Coast and in the Caribbean. 723 Our Battle Against tho Submarines, by Lawrence Thompson. HARPERS MAGAZINE (New York), Oct. 1942, v.185, no. 1109: 449-458. Considers the problems' to be solved in overcoming the submarine menace in the Atlantic. ' * . . 724 Our Third Line of Defense, by Russell Mortimer Dock. New York, Laurel Publishing Co., 1941. 48 p. An account of the use of harbor submarine chains in wartime. 725 A Review'of the U-Boat ?Mr, by Douglas Glen. SPHERE (London), Oct. 31, 1942, v.171, no. 2232: 138-139, illus. Discusses the tactics of the Gorman "Wolf-packs" in the under- water battle of the Atlantic. 726 Nazi "Rocket" Subs Raid Our Coast, by Jack Lombard. ■ SEi'i. POWER (New York), May 1942, v.2: 10-11. Explains why Nazi submarines have been successfully operating off our Atlantic coast. • . 727 Serpent of the Soasj the Submarine, by Harley F. Cope. New York, Funk and Wagnalls, 1942. xii, 252 p. Provides complete information about the mechanism of tho submarine, of the rigorous life of the submariners, and . t of the mental and physical equipment necessary for success in this branch of the service. 728 Sub: of'Grand Strategy, by Alexander Kiralfy. SEA POWER (New York), Sept. 1942,' v.2, no. 9: 18-21. Analysis of the strategy and tactics of the submarine and its ..place in’thc total war. 729. Subchasers Have Nove l Pova r Plant. M0T0R3IIIP (New York), Dee. 1942, v.27, no.. 12: 764-765.- Describes, a new type. Diesel unit suited to the requirements of subchasers. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 730 The Sub-chasers of World War II, by Herbert L. Stone. . YACHTING (New York), Doc. 1942, v.72, no. -6» 17-21. Describes the 110-footers used in patrolling for submarines and tells why they arc built in this design. 731 Submarine Aircraft Carriers, by Sloan Taylor. AIR TRAILS (New York), Juno 1942, v.18: 16-18, 60. Tells how the first sumbarino to hold a plane was built and speculates as to whether Germany has developed large carriers. 732 The Submarine at War, by A.11. Low. New York, Sheridan House, 1942. 305 p. Discusses the development of the submarine, scientific principles involved in'its construction and maintenance, its role in the last and in the present war, and the nature of submarine warfare. 733 Submarine.* The Story of Undersea Fighters, by Kendall Banning. New York, Random House, 52 p., illus., partly colored. Describe s the earliest conceptions of- submarines and tra.ees their development to the present day* Tells of selection and training of crews. 734 Submarines in the War, by Lieutenant Comander Lewis S. Parks. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80, no. 15: 111, 155. Appraises the outstanding work done by our submarines in the war zones. Discusses the gi;cat Importance of-the submarine in this war of attrition. 735 Submarines, The Story of Undersea Boats, by Herbert S. Zin. Now York, Harcourt Brace, 1942. 306 p., illus. Discusses modern submarines, including tleir development from earliest experiments, the part they play in modern warfare, and the scientific principles which control their construction and operation. • 736 Up Periscope, by David Masters...London, Eyre and Spottiswoodc, 1942. 176 p., illus. A saga of British submarines,describes in detail many heroic exploits of this war. 737 War.Against U-Boats:'Need For New Tactics? UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), May 29, 1942,'v.12j9-10. Discusses the importance of and the methods used in the fight of the Navy against submarines in the Atlantic. 738 We Blast U-Boats, by Thomas Glynn. AMERICAN (New York), Oct. 1942, v. 134, no. 4: 18-19", 121-122. A description of the activities of aircraft gunners against U-boats. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AITD TACTICS (cont.) 739-’ What the Citizen Should Know About Submarine Warfare, by David 0. Woodbury.. Now York, W,.W. Norton', 1942. 231 p., illus. diagrams, bibliography. . • • Gives a background of non-tcchnical information on tho submarine and its uses and of the measures developed to combat it. D . Air 1. General 740 Navy Wings, New and Revised od.., by Lieutenant Commander Harold Blaine Miller, U.S.N. New York, Dodd, Mead and Company, 1942. 364 p. plates, ports. A complete history of naval aviation, which describes and evaluates the succeeding typos of navy planes, The-author holds that sea supremacy can only be maintained by means of air power. 741 Aerial Fences, by Dan Black. DOUGLAS AIRVIEW (Santa Monica . California), July 1942, v.9, no. 7: 18-19, 40. Discusses purposes of balloon .barrages and s 'oks to show that some of the prevailing ideas regarding balloon barrages arc incorrect. 742 "Aircraft in Action with the United States Navy, by J.H. Towers* NATIONAL AERONAUTICS (Washington), Oct. 1942/ v.20, no. 10: 10-11* Describes the various functions of blimps, coastal patrol craft, fightorcs, scouts, bombers, and planes in the United States naval air, battles. 743 Air Fortresses vs. Spitfires) ■ -UNITED STATUS NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.),.Nov. 24, 1942, v.68, no. 477: 1644-1645. Compares the American Flying Fortresses with the English Spitfires as to speed, maneuverability and armed capacity. 744 Airplane Structural Analyses and Design, by Srnc/st E. S'echlcr and Louis G. Dunn. New York, John Wiley and Sons, 1942. 412 p», diagrams. 745 Air power and the Coming Invasion, by Cv Caldwell. FLYING AND • POPULAR AVIATION (Chicago),. Aug. 1942, v.31, no. 2: 31, 76-84. Discusses the present air-power status of tho Allied Nations in"reinti n to the advisability of making an invasion of Europe * in the- hoar future. Outlines the steps in such an invasion. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: • STRATEGY AND TACTICS (oont) 746 Air Power 1913-43, by Bradley A. Fiske. U.S. NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), May 1942, v.68: 686-694. Outlines briefly the role of airplanes in World War I and World War II. 747 Air Power in the Pacific Conflict. AERO DIGEST (New York), May 1942, v.40: 54,56, 58. Analysis of the use of war planes in the Pacific by the Japanese.. advocates reorganization of the United States air force which has now a purely defensive set-up. 74.8 Air Power in War, by Sir_ Charles Portal. HUTCHINSON'S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF THE WAR (London), no. 10, series 17: 221-224, illus• The chief of the* British air staff explains the importance of keeping -a minimum of planes, .for defense and having a maximum for attack. Says the raids over France, Cologne, and the Ruhr "justified all our expectations." 749 Air Power Is Not Enough.1 LIBERTY (TTew York), Nov. 14, 1942, v.19, no, 46: 6-9, 42. Gives technical description of the various types of aircraft and shows, on the basis of known factors in the science of aviation, that air power alone is not enough to defeat Germany and Russia. r 750 The Air War Over Europe, by John W. -Morrison. AERO DIGEST (New York), Nov, 1942, v.41, no. 5: 102-108, 278-1 illus. Discusses the most recent developments and trends in aerial warfare abroad. 751 Aircraft Design and Combat Performance, by Nathaniel F. Sibsbeo. SAE JOURNAL (New York), Nov. 1942: 49-56,"illus. An examination of various types of planes used by both the Allies and Axis in order to point out the function of design differences. • . 752 .aircraft Detection and Soupd, by Willard Moody-. RADIO (New York), ’ S.cpt. 194-2, no.’ 272: > 15, 45-* Explains why the sound-detention apparatus o’f the army is used more for spotting guns and getting their position than for air- craft detection. 753 Aircraft 'in Peace and in War, by Glenn L. Martin. U.S. AIR SERVICES (Washington), May 1942, v.27: 15-17. Holds that air forces are the most powerful factors in victories; lack of- them, the outstanding cause of defeats. XI. ' MILITARY SCIENCE:' STRATEGY AND TACTICS (oont.) • •. . .. • 754 aircraft of tho Fighting*Powers (Volume II), compiled by H.J• . Cooper and 0,G. Thetford. Leicester, harborough Publishing Co., 1941. 88 p., illus., drawings. Compendium of international military aircraft markings, with some notes on regulation color schemes applied to various , classes of aircraft; ' . : 755 Ala's Sobrd el Mundo. EN GUARDIA (Oficina del Coordinator do Asuntos Interamericanos, Washington), Ano. 1, no. 9, 1942: 1-3. (•Wings Over the World.-) An account of the bombing of Tokio and other exploits of our air force, and a survey of the aviation indu*stry: in the United States. Illustrations. * . * \ \ ' 756 Airplanes Fit to Fight, by Major Nathaniel* F. Sil’sbee. MECHANICAL ■e- ENGINEERING (Now York), Dee. 1942, v.64, no. 12: '847-852. '■ •' Discusses the importance of air power, the United States Army Air Force set-up, the military airplane* types, the quality of American planes, a fid elastic production methods. 757 'An- ’’Amazing Achievement." NORTH AMERICAN SKYLINE (Inglewood, California), Nov. 1942, v.3, no. 6: 16-17, illus. Describes the success of P-51 Mustangs in World War II. 758 American Aircraft in the RaF, by Geoffrey G. Smith. FLYING (Chicago), June 1942, v.30: 18-20, 102. Evaluation of each type of fighting .plane sent to England by the United States. The* writer.is managing editor for the British aeronautical publication "Flight."’ 759 American Fighting Planes Aro Superior to Those of the Enemy, by Captain E.V. (Eddie) Rickonbackcr. U.S. AIR SERVICES (Washington), Oct. 1942, v.27, no. 10: 13-16. This article *is a resume of three re cent radio talks by Captain Riekenbacker in which he answers certain rumors and statements to the effect that our aircraft aro deficient'in quality compared with those used by our enemies. 760 America fs Air Forces Attack, by Major Nathaniel F. Silsbec. NATIONaL AERONAUTICS (Washington),' Nov. 194*2, v.20, no. 11: 24-26, 29, photos, maps. Discusses the difficulties of switching, from defensive operations to the offense. Points to the extreme urgency for aggressive action lost Germany and Japan gain complete access to food, < no. 1: 52-55. Describes the gliders made of plastic plywood ordered for the army ’’Troop Carrier Command.” 792 How a Plane Flies,..,, by Charles Gilbert Hall...New York. Funk end Wagnalls, 1942. 235 p.,illus. Contains the basic theory of aeronautics, and the rules and practices of aviation. 793 Importance of Electrical Aircraft Instrument - in War and Peace, .by"John G. Banks. INSTRUMENTS (Pittsburgh,.Pa.), Nov. 1942, v.15, ho. 11: 463,-490. Gives technical reasons and explanation for the increased use. of electrical instruments in aircraft control. 794 1st dor Segelflug Wichtig fur Unsere Militar Aviatik. : . , SCHWEIZER ILLUSTRISRTE ZEITUNG (Zofingon), Sept. 23, 1942, v.31, no. 39: ’1262. (Are Gliders Important for Our [Swiss ] Military Aviation?) A symposium. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 795 Japan's Air Power is Doomed, by Lucien Zacharoff. NATIONAL AERONAUTICS (Washington), Aug. 1942, v.20, no. 8: 26-27, 43. • Points out that for tho sake of lightness and maneuverability, the Zero constructors sacrificed durability, fire power,, armoury-plating and rigidity of construction. 796 Die Kriegsereignisse untcr besonderer Berucksichtigung dc-s Luftlcr ieges, [by] Hugo Karnbach. Fob. 1942. FLUOWEHR UND- TECHNIK (Zurich), April 1942, v.4, no. 4; 77-80. (The Events of War during February 1942, with Special Attention to the War in the Air., 797 Naval Aerial Menace Number One, by John A. Collett. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINCS (Annapolis), Aug. 1942, v.68, no. 474; 1139-1141. Discusse.s the effectiveness of torpedo plane attack. 798 Naval Aviation at War, by J .II. Towers. SAE JOURNAL (New York), Nov. 1942: 26-28, 64. Describes the expansion and performance of tho naval air force. 799 The 1942 Piper Cruiser. AIR FACTS (New York), May 1, 1942, v.5: 37-41. Describes the new plane, the "piper cruiser", its take-off and special flying qualities. 800 Notes on the History and Utilization of the Parrachuto,. by J.C. Trewin. AERONAUTICS (London), June 1942, v.-6: 50-55* Traces the history from Da Vinci's idea of a "fall breaker" to itsuse in the current war. 801 Our Pianos and Their Record, by John J. McCloy. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Oct. 1, 1942, v.8, no, 24: 758-761. Cites evidence to refute the statements that our planes arc inferior to those of the enemy and brands such assertions as enemy propaganda to destroy confidence and lower morale. 802- Parachutes, by Herbert S. Zim. New York,.. Harcourt, Brace. 1942 252 p., illus, Explains how parachutes are made, how they are used both in warfare and for non-military purposes, and the science of parachuting. 803 Parachutes, by James Floyd Smith. Manchester, Conn., J. F. Smith Co., 1942. 91 p.,illus. Brief non-technical description of the various types of parachutes, their methods of operation, servicing, and general .care;. XIV MILITARY SC1ENC Bi STRATEGY LED TACTICS ( cent) 804 Parachutes/ by Major?, general James E. Fee hot, Joe Crane, Glen H, Smith# New York, National Aeronautics Council, Inc., 1942. 123 p*, illus. . . „ Treats of parachute design and construction, packing, inspection, maintenance and repair, as well as of the science of parachute jumping# • 805” Los Plf.ncadorcs 'del Ejercito Americano,[by] Cor oriel D.H. Schlatter. REVISTA ASREA LATINO AJvIERICANA (New Yprk)V- Oct. 1942, v.2, no. 1: 12-15, 28. (The Gliders of the American Army.-) Discussion of the organization and uses of-glider divisions. - • 806 The Quality of U*S. Aircraft, by Major Oliver Stewart. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32, no. Is 26, 134. Rritish-expert analyzes American aircraft types and says that much of the criticism directed against,them is un- warranted. 807 Recent Developments in Airships, by K. Arnstein. AERONAUTICAL J ENGINEERING REVIEW (New York) , June 1942, v.li # 13,-15. . Describes the unique structural features of the nonrigid airsfiips now being constructed for the United States Navy’s patrol duty. 808 Russian Ramming Technique, by Frank Putnam. r FLY INCtACES (NewYork), Oct. 194&, v.42, no. 3: 24-25. Explains a method of aerial warfare practiced by•the Russians when gunfire proves ineffective. Types of ramming arc: the direct blow; hitting the enemy ship with part of a Russian shipj and clipping control surfaces with s. light- propeller contact. ’ ' 809 Sailplane Prophecies, by Hawley Bowles. . UESTFRN FLYING (Los Angeles), May 1942, v#22s 42-43, 60-1 Reviews use of gliders in German , invasion of Crete. Tolls- • of future United States contracts for construction of many gliders, each to carry 21 soldiers. .Considers possibility of .-England invading*European.■ continent with gliders. 810 Salute the Ground Crew, by Charles Bruce. MONETARY TIMES (Toronto, Ont..),, Nov# 7, 1942, v. 110, ..no# 19 s 11, 24. Comment*on work of keeping the planes fit for fighting, by a writer recently returned from Britain. 811 Size and the aeroplane, by Major Oliver Stewart. ENGINEERING . JOURNAL (Montreal), July 1942, v*25, no. 7s 412-413. The editor of Aeronautics (London), gives his views on the optimum size of aircraft of various types, with special em- phasis on the Short Sterling bombers and the Spitfire fighter# XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent) 812 The Story of the Airship, by Hugh Allen* Chicago, Lakeside Press, 1942* 74 p. Describes how helium-inflated airships may bo used in the defense of tho American coasts against submarines. 813 Submarines of tho Sky, by Alexander Kiralfy. SKYWAYS (Now York), Dec. 1942, v.4, no. 2: 8-9, 79. Comment on future developments in serial equipment and strategy. 814 Superchargers for Aviation, by Dr. Sanford A. Moss. ' New York, General Aeronautics Council, 1942. 103 p., illus. The author, Consulting Engineer for the General Electric Company, tells the story of the development of the turbosuper- charger and of its use in altitude flights in World War II. At present he thinks the supercharger design is a little ahead of means to protect pilots at high altitudes. 815 Three Years of Air War, by Keith Ayling. AIR NEWS (New York), Oct. 1942, v.3, no, 4: 10-14, illus. Reviews fighter planes used by the United States, in World War II, and fcrcasts fighter designs and tactics most likely to come in future months. 816 Thunder Aloft; U.S. Air Power' Today, by Kent Sagendorph. Chicago, Reilly and Lee, 1942. 300 p. A survey of American airpower of today and of the potentialities of tomorrow. 817 Towlinrrs nrc In, by Claude McCullough. AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL (New York)t Jan. 1943, v.19, no. 4; 26, 61. Explains methods by which gliders may excel powered air craft in many ways. 818 The Triple Role of Aircraft, by F.A. de V. Robertson. NINETEENTH CENTURY A1TD AFTER (London), May 1942, v.131; 216-221. Discusses the relation of the British airforce to the Royal Navy and the Army. 819 U.S. Airplane Performance, by Henry H. Arnold. MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), Oct. 1942, v,34, no. 204: 478-482. Discusses the performance of American fighting planes and bombers in the war. Illustrations. . 820 Victory From tho Air, by Auspex, pseud. London, Geoffrey Bias. 1941. 238 p. ~ The author’s thesis is that air supremacy is the quickest and surest way to victory, and therefore he advocates two gigantic air forces, one based in Britain and the other based in the Middle East. XT. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent.) 821 Victory .Through Air Power, by Alexander Do Seversky. New York, Simon and Schuster, 1942. 354 p. , Discusses the .importance of air power in the present war; its role in various battles; the need of or eating a separate air am with special strategy; and the- state of-.American air power. Illustrations and' maps . #• 822 The War in- the Air, by 3. STling-ton.*. 4 ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Aug. 1942, v.44, no. 2: 198-206. Reviews activity.of the air forces of all nations during the last four months and of different types ; of planes. ■ 823 War in the Stratosphere. LIMP (New York), Fob. 1942, v.24: 8-13. The story of the tur.bp-supercharger which made American leadership in high altitude bombing possible* 824 War Planes of the Axis, by David.C. Cooke. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.85, no. 5: 4-11. Detailed history of the- origin and development of the German Air Force. Illustrated. 825' Warfare in the Air; The R.A.F. at War Since the Battle of Britain, by'Sydney Voalc. (London), Pilot. Press, April 1942. 46 p. Contains in addition to descriptive material, important aeronautical dates in 1941 and a compilati n of air losses of the Axis and the R.A.F. 826 Wenn 1000 Bomber Angriefen. SCHWEIZHR ILLUSTRIERTH ZEITUNG (Zurich), July 1, 1942, no. 27: ;852. ( (i/hen 1000 Bomber's Attack.-) Discusses the effects of an air attack. Also considers the manpower, and material required to make a ,1000 bomber attack. 827 What' Is'.Air Superiority? by John R. Gillingham. . CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.51, no. 5: 40-43. Defines air superiority and stresses its Importance in World Wa-r :II» . 828 What the Airplane Wants to Da, by-Wolfgang. LangewiescHe• AIR FACTS (New York), Oct. 1, 1942, v.S, no, 19: 61-76. Explains the structural' fact's res pons ib-le for the ability • of ai.rpl.anrs to retain stability and speed. Gives instruction to pilots oh'the use of various parts- of the -plane. 829 Whd’s Afraid of the Big Bad Wulf? by Nathaniel F. Silsbee. SKYWAYS (.New York), Dec. 1942, V.4, no. 8j 14-17, 46-47, Description of the technical aspects of the German Focke-Wulf 109 and its performance in combat. ; XI. HILIT..JIY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont*) 830 Why Not? by Lowell* Co dm an. SPORTSMAN. PILOT (New York), April 15, 1942: V*27• 7-9. Urges use of "grasshopper," light planes which fly at low altitude, at 100 miles per hour. Approximately 30,000 a year can be produced in the United States with prepent facilities. 831 • Wings of Defense*, by Burr Wjarkins Leyson. New York, Dutton, 1942. 210 p. America’s war planes and their functions are explained and illustrated with many photographs. 832 The Winter War -for Air Mastery, by Hugh J. Knerr. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Nov. 1942, v.55, no. 227: 578-584. Conjectures as to where Germany will concentrate her aerial strength next. Discusses types of german planes,especially tile high altitude plane, also England’s air strength. 833 Zur Frage den Bekmpfung von Kriegsschiffen durch das Flug-zeug. Januar-Marz 1942, by Dr. Theo Weber. FLUGWENR UND TECUNIK (Zurich), April 1942, v.4, no. 4: 80-84, (The Problem of Attack Against Warships by Planes. January -March 1942.-). 2. Bombers and Bombing 834 The Aerial Bomb, by Col. 3. R. Stribling. PLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32, no. 1: 38-40, 112-114. Compares the artillery shell and the aerial bomb, and describes various types of the latter in use today. 835 Air Bombing Cannot Decide the War, by Major-General IT. Zhuravlev. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Oct. 30, 1942, v.19, no. 22s 35b. Recognizes importance of planes but contends they are not adequate in themselves and cites.Stalingrad as proof. 836 Air Combat Power, by P.0. Cooke. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v.51: 39-56. Discusses the role of the heavy bomber in World War II, the need of more heavy bombers for the Allies; American production of stratosphere bombers; and American production of bombs. Illustrated. 837 Air Policy, by Charles Gwynn. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Aug. 1942, -no. 908: 116-119. v . . General discussion on bombing. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND.TACTICS (oont.) 838 Axis Bombers - U.S. Bound, by James L.H. Peck. AIR TRAILS (pev;-York), June 1942, v.18>: 19, 50-52. Considers possibilities of bombing: the. United States and the various typos of airplanes Which might be used. * 839 Bomb Damage'to Building Structure, by Hal Gutteridge. ENGINEERING AND CONTRACT RECORD (Toronto,0nt.), Nov. 4, 1942, v.55, no. 44:14-17. t Considers the types and extent of doriiage to industrial, buildings and plants caused by air attack. 840 "Bomb Voyage to Tokyo,'1 by C. H. Woodward. P0PUL..R MEGHANICS MAGAZINE (Chicago), July 1942, v.78: 1-5, 178. Discusses the -bombing the United States has already done in Japan, and the most-effective way of'raiding Japan In the future. Illustrated. 841 Bombardment of Industrial Targets, by Joseph G. Harrison. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), April 27, 1942, v. 106: 585-566. Reviews recent bombings by' the RAF and notes the strategy behind these attacks*. * * ' . * 842 Bomber Command. London, H#M. Stat. Off., [n.d.] 128 p. The Air Ministry's account of Bomber Command’s offensive against the Axis, 1939-July, 1941, 843 Bomber Command Continues, the Air Ministry Account of the Rising Offensive Against Germany. July 1941-June*1942. London, H.M. Stationery,Office, [1942]. 58 p. 844 Bomber Command in Operation, by Captain'Norman'Macmillan, U.C.A.F.C. AERONAUT ICS (London), Ootw 1942, v.7, no. 3: 28-35, illus. Notes the frequent changes of commanders-in-chief since the war started and examines the causes and reasons for these changes. 845 A Bomber Command Station, by V.A. Cazalet. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Deo. 1942, v.119, no. 718: '514-516. Describes a bomber command station in England, and its crow. 846 Bomber Ferry, by D. K. Findlay. • MACLEAN * 3 MAGAZINE (Toronto), April 15, 1942, v.55: 16-17, 33-35. ‘ ’ 1 Gives details on training of pilots and their experiences while crossing the.Atlantic. 847 -The Bomber to Win the Warl by Keith Ayling. ’ AIR PROGRESS (New York), Oct. 1942, v.l, no. 6: 3-5, 61. Emphasizes- the need for, and describes superbombers. Illustrated. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 848 Bombers Over the Reich, by. a>Q. Pollard. London, Hutchinson and Company., 1941. 208 p. , Describes offensive. Aspect of British air operations, the “Master Plan" for the destruction of Germany. 849 Bombers to Britain, by D. W* Barclay. CANADIAN BUSINESS (Montreal), May 1942, v.15, no. 5: 40-43, illus. Discusses Canada’s part in supplying Britain with bombers and the role played in its development by many of Canada’s leading business men. 850 Bombing and Economic War,*by. Hugh Quigley, FORTNIGHTLY (London), Aug* 1942, -no. 1108: 73-80. Discusses propaganda, sea blockade, and bombing as methods of warfare; also the objectives and effectiveness of British ' bombings of Germany. 851 Bombing Can Win, by Air Marshall Sir Patrick Playfair. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), Dec. 1942, v.170, no. 6: 33-37. Declares that the combined efforts of American and British bombers oan effect the destruction of German war potentia.1. 852 Bombing Can Win; We Can Do It Now, by Francis Vivian Drake, ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), Dec. 1942, v.170, no. 6: 38-42. States that the present opportunity for an all out air offensive must not be ignored. Declares that the new com- bined Air Power of the United States and Britain insures Allied victorv. * / 853 The Bombing Offensive. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Oct. 1942, no, 10, new series: 229-235. Discusses the possibilities of launching an offensive by air, should the Russian battle result in a stalemate. Speculates on o‘ur ability to destroy German industry by concentrating the bombing on the heavy, geographically limited, basic industries. 854 .Bombing Policy, by Frederic E. Holsinger, NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London)., May 1942, v,131: 198-202. Discusses phases in British bombing policy. Says the bombing of Germany is not a subordinate or supplementary part of British strategy, but is the dominant part of the strategy, » '•* * 855 Bombs Away..., The Story of a Bomber Team. Written for the U.S. Army Air Forces, by John Steinbeck with 60 Photographs by John Swope, New York, The Viking Press, 1942. 184 p., illus. • XI.. MILITARYr-SCISNCE: , STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont,) 856 Can-Bombings .Make Germany Quit?by Alexander P. De Seversky. LIBERTY (Chicago), Aug.*15, v.19, no. 33: 22-24. . Believes that invasion of the European Continent is out of the question before control of the air is won; that Germany can and will be crushed from the air; and that direct attack from this side of.the Atlantic with transocean superbombers will do the work. * * t * * • * , , f • 857 Can Bombers Win? by Hoy T. Benson. WESTERN‘PLYING (Los Angeles), March 1942, v.22: 24-26. Charges that overemphasis has been out upon bombers because of their $izeand spectacular raids, and warns that control of the air is gained through superiority in fighter planes. 858 Can the Big Fellows Finish Germany? by Forrest Davis. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Nov. 14, 1942, v.215, no. 20: 9-10, 71-72. * Describes the success of the Flying Fortresses over the ♦ ' :Lu£twaffe. . . . 859 Can the RAF Keep It Up? by Allan A. Michie. READER’S DIGEST (Pleasantville, N.Y.), Sept. 1942, v.41, no. 245: 26-32. Tells of the organization behind the 1000-plane raids on Germany, and shows why they can.only be made occasionally for some time to come. •860 Defeating the Bomber, by H. E. Wimpe-ris. London, J.M. Dent, 1941. 60 p. (Liberty handbooks no. 4.) Discusses the offensive use of’bombers, the defense against * " th'em from the ground and the air, and the possibility of out- lay/in g the construction of bombers after this war. 861 Effect of the War on Foreign Power Systems.- POWER PLANT ENGINEERING (.Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.46, no. 11: 63-64. 'Tells how the-bombing in England and China has affected their power station^. ■' 862.: Eggs for tjie Axis, FLYING. ACES (New York), Nov. 1942, v.42, no. 4:. 12-J3, illus. t . De-scribes an operational bombing and .a bombing. 863 The Enployment of Air Power, by Norman Macmillan. AERONAUTICS (London)', July 1942, v.6, no. *6: 32-36. OutlinesfBritain’s defense problem, stressing the importance of the 0bi-g-bombers. . ' (< , , ■ • ! ' 1 1 \ * ,r * " * ’ 864 The- Ethics of Bombing, By Francis Gower. * SPECTATOR (London), May 22, 1942, no'. 5943: 482-483. Describes the nature and objectives of RAF air raids in Germany. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (oont.) 865 Finding Night Targets, "by Lt. Col. A. Goryev. FLIGHT AND AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), Nov. 12, 1942*. v.42, no. 1768: 530,531. Discusses use of parachute flares by Russian airforce to locate night targets. 866 General Jimmy Doolittle Shook Japan’s Sens-c of Insular Security. AIR NEWS (New York), July 1942, v.3, no. 1: 12-13, 32. Tells of General- Doolittle’s' experience with airplanes and of his raid on Japan which had far reaching psychological effects in Japan. 867 High Explosive-Bombs. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL ARCHITECTURAL INSTITUTE OF CANADA (Toronto), May 1942, v.19: 89-93. Describes the characteristics and behavior of British aircraft bombs. 868 How the RAF Docs It, by Russell Owen. NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), June 7, 1942: 8-11. Illustrated account of the RAF technique. 869 Looking Up at Air Power. WESTERN FLYING (Los Angeles), Oct. 1942, v.32, no. 10j 68, 128. Discusses the effectiveness of the British bombing offensive against Germany. 870 Mass Bombings Change Conduct of War, by John A. Ward. AERO DIGEST (New York), July 1942, v.41, no”. I: 70-72-1 Describes the growing strength of the United Nation’s air forces, recent air raids on Germany, possibility of a combined British and American invasion of Northern France, and the air- plane production program in' the*United States. 871 The Men in the Bombers, by Wallace Rcyburn. LISTENER (London), July 2, 1942, v.28, no. 703< 19. Author describes his visit'with members of the RAF just before an attack on Cologne. 872 Navy Dive Bombing. LIFE (New York), Nov. 2, 1942, v.13, no. 18: 87-95, illus. Explains the training and operation of bombing pilots and the use made, of their training and equipment. 873 Next Stop: Tokyo, by M.,H. Carrington. FLYING (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.31, no* 6: 38-40, 128. Tolls how our Army is training pilots and bombardiers to attack vital enemy centers. Says that success of our bombing missions depends, on accuracy of navigation. 874 "Now It Is the Other Way Round." UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), June 12, 1942, v.12: 24-25. Chart showing comparative strength of German raids on England and British raids on Germany* XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: J STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 875 One Way to Cri-pple; Japan, by Charles L. McNichols, and . Clayton D. Cams. *" ' HARPERS’ MAG-AZHIE (New York), June 1942, v. 18.5s 30-36. Suggests that bombing -of Japan is the best way of crippling her, and describes in detail which parts of Japan should be bombed. 876 RAF. Targets. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Nov. 24, 1942, v.68, no. 477: 1635-1637. Gives map of the bombed industrial areas of Germany and discusses the importance of each target., 877 Rocket Bombs-Armor Buster, by James L.H. Peck. AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL (New York), Dec. 1942, v.19, no. 3:.12-13, 38. Describes this new weapon which the Russians used against the panzers and believes it has many possibilities for bomb- ing battleships. 878 Rommel Meets A.A.F. by Frank Gervasi. COLLIER’S (New York), Nov. 21, 1942, v*110, no. 21: 13-14, 96-97. Tells how the /onerlean airmen helped to stop Rommel, and describes the superiority of our bombers. 879 They Pick the Bomb Targets, by Henry R. Lieberman* SCIENCE DIGEST (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.12, no. 6: 8-10. Discusses some of the far-reaching activities of the Board of Economic Warfare. Shows that it determines the strategic points to be bombed in the enemy countries, and performs many other vital war tasks. 880 Those Mysterious Dive-Bombers, by F.C* Sheffield. FLIGHT (London), April 30, 1942, v.41j 425-429. Explains the technique of bombing. Illustrations. 881 Training the Bombing Team. WESTERN FLYING (Los Angeles), Sept. 1942, v.22, no. 9: 42-45, 88, 90. Explains the training given the members of a bombing team ■ • so that the highest efficiency can be secured. 882 War for the Skies: Offensive by Bomber. FORTUNE (New York), July 1942, v.26j 55-58, 16H Discusses the effectiveness of bombers, the type of bomber preferred by the British, certain weaknesses in the Luftwaffe, the importance of 'prompt delivery of American bomber squadrons to Britain, and a plan for bombing Germany. 883 The War in the Air, by Capt. N0raan Macmillan. THE VLJl ILLUSTRATED (London), Aug. 7, 1942, v.G, no. 134: 104. • Describes British bombings on the continent during July 1942. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE; STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 884 We Blast U-Boatsy by Thomas Glynn. AMERICAN (New York), Oot. 1942, v. 134, not 4: 18-19, 121-122. A description of the activities of aircraft gunners in cooperating against U-boats. 885' We'll Bomb By Daylight, by Hugh J. Knerr. AMERICAN HHRCTJRY (New York), Oct. 1942, v.55, no. 226: 430-435. Explains the differences in the British and American bombing tactics, also how wc differ from Germany in this matter. States that this difference constitutes our key to victory. 886 Wie Wirken Sich die Bombardierungen auf Deutschland aus? WELTWOCHE (Zurich), Juno 12, 1942, v.10, no. 448j 3. (The Effects of Bombardments on Germany.-) Discusses the consequences of air raids in Germany and measures for feeding and housing the inhabitants of the bombed cities, advocates decentralization of the great cities. XII. SPIES AND SABOTAGE ..... 887 The Axis is Longer,Than You Think,, by James Luther Adams. PROTESTANT CNew York)April-May 1942,*v.4*23-2&. Points out ways in-which individuals and groups within the .United States are actually collaborating with the Axis powers. 888 The Case of the Ten Nazi Spie.s, by Edward C, A swell . HARPERS MAGAZINE (New York) ,, .June 1542., v. 185:1-2*1. Account of a.". German- spy ring as reported by one of the jurors at the trial. .Contains character sketches of the ten spies. 889 ...Code for Protection of Federal Buildings and Their Contents from Subversive Hostile Acts. Prepared by the Interdepartmental Advisory Committee' on Subversive Activities. .Aug. 1942, Wash- ington, TJ. 3. Govt. Print. -Off,, 1-942, 39p, 890 Las Escue’las de Es.pionaje Alemanas, [by] Nartine Renter. t CASTELAS (Havana)s March 1, 1942, v.23:14-15 (translatem by A. Nunez Alano) (The German Schools for Espionage.—) Study of the German system with an account of its activities at homo and abroad. 891 Espionage and Sabotage. HORIZON (Los Angelos), June 1942, v. 1, no,10:26-28. Describes changes in methods of espionage and sabotage. 892 The G-Men Go to Far, by Frederick L. Collins, FUTURE (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.5,no.3:7-9. Tells how the Federal Bureau of Investigation has been able to meet the challenge of Axis spies. Gives some details of their training and requirements; shores the swiftness with which they act. 893 Hitlerf s U-boat Espionage, by Curt Riess.' ' SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 16, 1942, v.214;17,62« Describes German naval espionage system which supplies the in- formation to make the U-boat campaign effective. Relates spe- cific cases. 894 I Find Treason; The Story of an American Anti-Nazi Agent. London G. G. Harrop, 1941. 234p. An account by an American Agent of investigations made of (reman subversive activities in Eastern States. 895 ..Index to Federal Statutes Relating to Espionage, Sabotage, Sedition, National Defense and Mar Emergency Matters Generally as of June 25, 1942, (Including an index to the ”Compilation of References to Federal Statutes Relating to Neutrality, Espionage, Sabotage, Sedi- tion and Kindred National Defense Laws" issued by the Special Defense Unit, tT* S* Rapt, of juctiao, March 1941). .Washington, U# S'. Govt. Prim Off.-, "19-12. XII. SPIES AND,, SABOTAGE (cont.) 896 Report to the Full Committee on the Fire and Capsizing of the U.S.S. "Lafayette" ["Normandie"] * April 15, 1942. Tj. S. Congress, House, Subcommittee, Naval Affairs Committee. U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942;3129-3158. 897 Sabotage and Its Prevention, by,Dorothy C. Tompkins. Berkeley, Calif., University of" California,'Bureau of Public Administration, Aug. 1942, 24p. (mimed*) (far Bibliographies series, Ho. 1). 898 Sabotage! Tho Secret far Against America, by Michael Sayers and Albert E. Kahn, * New York, Harper, 1942. 266p. illus. Describes'the activities of Axis agents in Forth and South America, . . 899 Trained for Terror, by Curt Riess. THIS WEEK (Now York), Aug* 23, 1942:4-5* ’ ‘ Described the GcrmAn sabotage school' at Oraincnburg, Germany; the training received at this school; German methods of re- cruiting men to do'sabotage work in countries at war with Gcr- ' many; and possibilities of the success of German saboteurs in the United States. . 900 "rhat do the Espionage and Sedition Acts Forbid? by Dean Lesher* JOURNAL OF TEE STATE BAR OF CALIFORNIA (San Francisco), July-fug. 1942, v.17,no.5:204-213. Sketches the historical background"of these Acts and describes the operation of the Espionage Apt in the present war. XIII. ANIMALS IN THE MAR 901 America’s Horses Go to War, by Fal Stadler and Doug Mctzler. TRAVEL (New York), July 1942/^79:22-23,287 . Gives the general specifications for horses for military use as set forth by the Department. Includes statistics show- ing the relative numbers of horses used by the United States, Russia, Germany, and Japan, in cavalry, draft, and pack service. 9f2 Britain Trains Pack Horses for the far. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Wash- ington) , Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.51,no.5:34-34. illus. Describes the training of men in the Pack Transport Company, and tho u‘se of pack horses in the war, . Sc3 Chemical Warfare; Its Effect on Army Animals' and Food. VETERINARY MEDICINE (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v.37;358-363. Describes various kinds of gas attacks and their effects on army animals and' food; also the probability . of using gases in the . present war. 904 Dogs of War, by Frank J. Taylor. AMERICAN LEGION MAGAZINE (Indianapolis), Nov. 1942, v.33,no.5:14-15,54-56. illus. Discusses the training of dogs for tho United States army. XIII, ANIMALS IN THE WAR (cont.) 905 The Dogs.of War* LEATHFRNEGlt (Washington) , Nov. 1942, v.25, no.11*23-25. illus. Training and uses of dogs serving with the marine corps. 906 Dogs in the War,.by Dickson- Hartwell, ELKS MAGAZINE (New York), * July 1942, v.21,no.2•10-13,38-12, Gives history of' use of dogs in war,, and describes' the present mobilization and training of dogs in America. 907 Horsepower is Mar Power, by Charles F. Kettering. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), July 1942, v.167:4-8. Compares the difference in available horsepower between the modern mechanized army division and a division of Acrid Aar I. 908 Soldiers on Leashes, by Josef Israels, p SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Sept. 5, 1942, v.215;20-21. States that thousands of dogs are being employed for the first time' in history, by the United States Army to serve as sentry dogs. Describes basic training they must undergo. 909 Transportation of Animals Overseas, by Olin Anderson. VETERINARY MEDICINE (Chicago), Aug. 1942, v.37,no.8*318-320. Describes transportation of horses from, San Francisco to Manila* 910 Uncle Sam’s Four-Legged. Army, by Sigmund Someth. CORONET (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v,13,no.lj10-14. Report describing the training of police dogs to aid in pro- tection of coast lines and industrial grounds. 911 Uncle Sam’s Pack and Sledge Dogs Aork Hard. AMERICAN KENNEL GAZETTE '(New York), Dec. 1942, v. 59, no. 12 :6-11. Discusses the training of pack and sledge dogs for active service in war. 912 IT. S. Dogs in Aar, by Leo pollock. OUR DOGS (New York), Summer 1942, v.l,no.2:4-5,21. Describes the work of Dogs For Defense, Inc. 913 The Veterinarian in Modern War, by Brig. Gen. R. A. Reiser. ARMY NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Doc, 5, 1942, v.8C,no.l4, whole no.3142: 385,395. Discusses the care end treatment of sick animals by veterinary officers of the United -States 'Army, with special reference to immunization. 914 The Wags, by Marv. Hornaday. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), Nov. 28, 1942;4-5. illus. , Description of the' dog training program of the United States Army ‘ ’ *' *' • XIII. ANIMALS IN THE TOR (cont.) 915 War Dogs, by H* F. L# Castle. , PARADISE OF THE PACIFIC (Honolulu, Hawaii), Dec. 1942, y, 55,no, 12 *31-32, . •• s Describes the methods used by the Dogs for Defence, Inc., an organization for procuring, training and delivering to the armed forces {logs ready to, serve in various capacities. 916 War Dogs. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Oct. 1942, v.51,no,4s 74-77. Illustrations of war dogs of Russia, Britain, and Germany. 917 We*re Equal to 6 Guards, by-W, Newbold, Ely. , HUNTING AND FISHING (Boston), Jan. 1943, v,2o,no.1*4-5, Discusses the part which dogs play as sentries and-points out their value as saboteur detectors because of their superior senses of hearing end smell. XTV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS. OF THE WAR A. Chemical Warfare 918 ...The Detection and Identification of War Gases. Notes for the Use of Gas Identification Officers. (1st ed.) Issued by: Great Britain* Air Raid' Precautions' Dept. Brooklyn, N. Y*,. Chemioal Publishing Company, 1940* 53p, 919 Chemical Casualties, by Howard W". Haggard, CONNECTICUT- STATE tMEDICAL JOURNAL (New Haven), Nov. 1942, v.6,no, 11 • 864-871* Description of the principal gases used in warfare and an out- line of first aid procedure to protect civilian populations, f * 920 Chemical Warfare and the Chemical Warfare Service'. Washington, D. C., U* S. Chemical Warfare Service, 1942, 36p» A short•brochure descriptive of the service, 921 Chemical Warfare, by James N* Staley. „FACTS (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v,1,no,3:64-69, Traces the development of various types of poision gas. As- sorts that it is a defensive rather than an offensive weapon and predicts that Hitler will make use of it against the Brit- ish Isles just before his final defeat. 922 Food and Poison &as in War, by Elliot B. Dewberry. HEALTH. (Mountain View, Calif.), June 1942, v.9j2o-2 1,32-33, Describes the effect of various gases on foods exposed to them ' and discusses measures for protection of food from poison gases 923 " ...For Hitler .to Choose," by R. Q. Fay..' OUR NAVY (Broooklyn, N* Y*), Sept. 1, 1942, v.,37,no, 7*4-7.: , Shows.,that prevailing beliefs concerning the horrors of gas warfare are not based upon facts-, and gives details about the use of gas in naval warfare, . • XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE FAH (cont.) 924 Gas Attacks From the Air, by Alb on IT. Waitt. POPULAR SCIENCE (Now York), JuAe"1942, v.140:102-105. Describes four important.war gases and how .they could bo used. 925 Gas Warfare, by Alden .Harry Waitt. New York, Sloan and Pearce, 1942. xiv, 327p. illus., plates, diagrsy Treats of the chemical weapon, its use, and protection against it. 926 Gas Warfare? The U. S. Is Ready, by Oscar Schisgall. LIBERTY (New York), Jan. 2, 1943, v.2o,no.1;10-11,26. Says the enemies have not used gas because they know we could retaliate with a- chemical, attack far more terrible than theirs. 927 La Guerra de Gases Destrulra el Mundo?- [by] Julio Castilla, TAJO (Madrid), May 3c, 1942, v.3,no.105:8-9, (Will Gas Warfare Destroy the World?--) Discussion of the poten- tial destructive force of gas warfare if released against the civilian populations. 92 8 It’s Dangerous Not to Know, by Marh M°rton. TRAINED NURSE AND HOSPITAL REVIEW (New York),' May 1942, 55th year:352-353. Discusses types of gas that might be used in’war and gives in- formation regarding ways of recognizing each. Urges nurses to study the matter. 929 Medical Aspects of Chemical Warfare, by Irwin M. Pochapin, PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL JOURNAL (Harrisburg), May 1942, v.45:795-800. Describes the physiological effects of the agents used in chemical warfare, their treatment, raid protective measures to be used against them. 930 * Military Medicine. THERAPAUTIC NOTES (Detroit), June 1942:175-180. ' Gives information on military medicine,' particularly on the treat- ment of shock, gas gangrene, and pulmonary injury from blasts. 93T Mustard Gas arid the Eye. WHAT1S NEW (Chicago) , June 1942, no.60: 9-10. * . ' Notes certain experiments endeavoring to find antidotes for the effect of mustard gas upon the eye. 932 Mustard Gas Lesions of the Eye,* by Ida Mann.’ MODERN MEDICINE (Minneapolis), Juno 1942, v.10:61-62. Outlines-the types of eye injuries which may result from mustard gas. 933 Poison Gas in This War, by Alden H« Waitt. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), Aprii- 27, ).9i2, v. 1Q6:563-565. Notes reasons why gas has not yet been used by the European nations, .notes reports of usage by Japan against China, and warns of'the significance of these as practice attacks.' XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (.cont.) 934 peason Cases of War, by Bruce Holland. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND MINING REVIEW (Melbourne), July 10, -1942, .v. 34:309-316. Classifications of gases according to effects and characterist- ics of best known gases, 935 Smoke Saves the Day, by William 7'. Spurlock, CHEMICAL WARFARE BULLETIN (Edgewood Arsenal, Md,), April 1942, v,28:67-73. Gives examples of the taotical use of smoke.- S36 War Gases — Their Identification and Decontamination, by Morris B. Jacobs, New York, Interscioncc publishers, 1942, 180p* The a fra of this book is to treat the subject of war gases in such a way that it will be useful to the gas identification officer', the war gas chemist-, the decontamination officer and the health officer, * 937 .What the Chemical Warfare Service is Doing. Recent Lecture Delivered by A Chemical Warfare Service Officer. CHEMICAL WARFARE BULLETIN (Chemical Warfare Service, Washington), Oct* 1942, V.28,no.4:162-171, Considers the fourfold mission of the Chemical Warfare Service* technical development, production, instruction, and training chemical troops for •■combat, .'938 Will* Hitler Launch a Gas Blitz? by Lucien Zacheroff. FLYING ACES (New York), July.1942, v.41:4-6,70-71. Predicts that Hitler will resort to chemical warfare and that it will be launched through the air* 939 ITill Nazi Air Raiders Use Gas? by Burr Leyson. AIR NEWS (New York), Sept. 1942, v.-3,no,3:10-14, Illus., charts. Discusses various types of gas, how they are used, and whether American civilians have much to fear from gas attacks. S4C Your Army. ARMY AND NAVY COURIER (San Antonio), May 1942, v.18* 12,21. Sketches the divisions and functions of the Armored Force, and of the Chemical Warfare Service, in the United States Army. (One of a series on the United States Army). B. Meteorology 941 The Air Almdnac, 1943 — January-April, prepared by H* M. Nautical Almanac Office on Behalf of the Air Ministry, London, H* M. Stationery Off., 1942. 242p. (Air Publication 1602) 942 Basic Principles of Weather Forecasting, by Victor P. Starr, New York, Harper 1942, xxi, 299p. maps, charts. (Harper*s Geo- science Series) "A volume devoted exclusively to the -problems of forecasting in the light of recent therotical developments." XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 943 Climatology, General and Regional, by Thomas A. Blair. Senior Meteorologist, U. S, Weather Bureau. New York, Prentice-Hall, . 1942, .xvi-, 484p, maps* Contains a short restatement of the principle of climatology and a concise summary of the'main features of the major climatic regions of the world 944 Meteorology for Ship and Aircraft Operation, by Peter E. Rraght..« New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1942. viii, 373p. A handbook and textbook for the training and every-day use of aviators, aerial navigators and mariners. 945 Les Typhons dans le Pacifique. REVUE POUR L*ETUDE DES CATAMITES (Geneva), Jan-June 1942, v.5,nos.16-17;70-73. (Typhoons in the Pacific.--) Study of the meteorologic phenomena of the' Pacific Ocean, particularly in the region of the East Indies. 946 Weather and the War in Europe, by Elbert W, Pate. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS'(Annapolis), March 1942, v.68;327-332. Describes factors controlling European weather and climates, and tells of the influence of weather on the war. Has map showing climatic divisions of Europe, 947 Weather-scouts for Battles in the Sky, by Lt. J. D. Bridges, Jr. AMERICA (New York), Dec. 5, 1942, v.68,no.9*234-235* Describes the training and work of weathermen in the Army Air Forces, f „ 948 What Makes the Weather? by Wolfgang Langewiesche. ' HARPERS MAGAZINE (New York), Oct. 1942,' v.185,no.1109:478-483. Explains Vilhelm Bjerknes* air mass analysis and describes the various types of air in America. C. Map-reading and Navigation 949 Aerial Navigation, by Thoburn C, Lyon. New York, National Aeronautics Council, 1942. 92p, maps, illus. A text-book written by a cartographic engineer in the United States Coast and Geodetic survey. 950 Aeronautical Charts, by G. S. Bryan. • U. S. NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), March 1942, v,68:349-356, This article gives the results of research by the Hydrographic Office in answering the question: To what extent are present aviation charts satisfactory and in what way can they be im- proved? * . 951 Air Navigation, by E. R, Hamilton. London, Nelson, 1942, xvi, 174p. diagrs, A book which meets the needs of.the Royal Air Force for train- ing. Also suitable for beginners in civil aviation. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 952 A lr Navigation, by }% j. Honrlcy, London, ,Longmans, Grccri, 1942, 9Gp.. ' ’ 1 . Gives details of air navigation methods; also problems and their solution. 953 i.i'r Navigation for Beginner’s, by A. 7f, Sid dons . . . London, E. 7 mold, (1942). 31p. Air Navigation for Cadets, by D. E. Webster. London, J. M> Dent, 1942. 87p. illus. 954 Air Navigation for Global War. FORTUNE (New York), Jan# 1943, v.27,no.1:74-77,174, Describes the American Air Almanac, devised by Drury A. McLIillen. It is a nev/ anc3. much simpler method of navigation designed to help lost pilots over land and sea. 955 Cugle»s Practical Navigation, by Charles H. Cugle*..New Corrected Ed. New York, E- p, Dutton, 1942. 565p. Lays before the student all the rules and problems in navigation used in emergency work at sea. 956 Elementary Navigation for Air Training, by C. Barrington Gyford. London, Longmans, Green, 1942. 48p. A syllabus in navigation issued by the Air Ministry for the pre- entry training of cadets in the Air Training Corps, 957 Flying by Instruments, [by] Frederick H. Smith, Captain, Colonial Airlines, New York, National A eronautics Council, 1942. iv, 153p, illus. 958 How to Head Military Maps, by Roderick Peattie... New York, George W* Stewart, 1942. 74p. illus. Describes*the contour maps used in military operations, 959 Maps and Aerial Photo Reading Simplified, by Col. F. Ileavey ... [4th' ed.] Harrisburg, pa., The Military Service Publishing Co., 1942, 104pf 960 Map Reading, New York, American Women* s Voluntary Services, 1942. 52p, Manual for instructors, outlining a course in map reading, — for topographic, motor road, and military maps. 961 Map Reading and Navigation. ’An Introduction..*, by Richard M* Field and Harlan T, Stetson." ' New York, D.; Van Nostrand, 1942. 129p, TTTus., maps, charts. Supplies essential material for introductory courses in map read- ing.and aerial navigation, 962 Military Map Reading for the Army, by W. Stanley Lewis. Exeter, Eng., A- Wheaton, 1942, 59p, XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 963 Military Mapping and Reports, by W. Allason. 4th ed. London, Duckworth, 1942. 40p. plates. A treatise on map making. 964 The Practical Essentials of Pre-Training Navigation. .., by William T. Skilling.and Robert -S. Richardson. New York, Henry Holt, 1942. lllp. Contains material on celestial navigation, meteorology amd- map • production. 965 Sea and Air Navigation, by W. M. Smart. London, Oxford University - Press, 1941. 48p. A history of navigation and the development- of instruments of . ' ‘ position finding. ’ N'' 966 Spot the Shadows-, by Waldo Wright. MECHANIX ILLUSTRATED (New York), June 1942, v.28:54-55,154. ■ G-ives fundamental instruction ir the reading-of aerial maps. 967 Table of Distances Between Ports via the' Shortest Navigable Routes. Issued by IT. S.' Navy Hydrographic Office. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print Off., 1942, 443p. Includes world map and tables 968 You Need a New Mapi by Otto E.-. Cepper-t. THE R0 TAR I AIT (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.61,no.6;22-25. Shows that World War II has brought an increased demand for maps geared to the age of air. Discusses various types of maps and , points out -the advantages the- new types' of maps have over the old ones in portraying global warfare. D. Photography and Blueprints 969 aircraft Blueprints and How to Read Them, by Carl Forcross. Few vork and London, McGraw-Hill Book Company, [1942], lo2p. 970 • The Camera Coes to War, by Ray Gills- FLYING ACES (New York), July 1942, v.41; 14-15,80* Illus*. Describes the gun-cameras of the United States Army Air Corps. 971 How Can the Movies Best Aid the War Effort? Washington, Eansdell, Sept. 15, 1942. 15p. AMERICAN FORUM OF THE AIR, v,4,no.37. Discussion by a panel consisting of well known producers, actors and playwrights. 972 The Navy-Builds Cameramen, by Herbert C. McKay. POPULAR PH0T0- . GRAPKY (Chicago), Jan 1943, v.12,no.lj22-23. Discusses the requirements necessary to become a Navy Cameraman, and stresses the fact that greenhorns with no photographic ex- perience usually do better in the Naval Photographic School at Pensacola than photographers who are professionals. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 973 1 The Navy1s Use of Motion Picture Films .for Training Purposes, by William Exton,. Jr* . JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF MOTION PICTURE " ENGINEERS: (New York)., jui*e 1942,* v,38.501-509,r Describes the use of .motion picture films by the Navy in enlist- « * ing recruits for training and ip. standardizing features of the training c o ur se„ 974 A Newsreel'Mar Shoots. thno, l; 18-19, illus. Explains methods of camouflage now employed in the armed' services fqr protecting lives and aiding in effective campaigning# XIV, SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 992 H&rrying the Hunby Noman Demuth.London, John Crowther, [n.d], 120p. ill no, •A ha rid bock .of scouting, stalking, and camouflage. 995 Let1 s Look at Camouflage, by Nicholas Cherkasoff. AMERICAN ARTIST (Now Tcrk) .■ " My l942, v, 6'?. 18*19,30s- Distlnguishes between military and industrial camouflage and answers specific questions concerning qualifications for a camoufleur. Includes also information taken from instructions given by the United States Amy for those desiring to serve in the camouflage section of the corps of engineers. 994 Materials for the Camoufleur, by John L- Scott. CIVILIAN DEFENSE (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v.1,no.4;13*16. illus. Considers the various devices a camoufleur has at his disposal for getting the effects he wants, including transplanting trees and shrubbery, and using blowtorches for discoloring large grassed areas. 995 Modern Camouflage, by Robert p. Breckenridge, With a Foreword by Brigadier Gen. U. S. Grant, 3rd. New York, Farrar and.Rinehart, 1942. 280p. illus., tables, diagrs. Bibliography:277-278. A treatise on the new science of protective concealment. 996 Nature Points the Way to Wartime Camouflage, by ’Edward S. Thomas. FAUNA (Philadelphia), June 1942, v.4:35-4o. Discusses the value of countershading, the use of bold patches of black and white which destroy contour of an object, and mimick- ing, i.in camouflage. 997 Not by Paint Alone, by Homer Saint-Gaudens. COAST ARTILLERY ‘JOURNAL (Washingtqn), May-June 1942, v.85:10-15. Discusses two types of camouflage 998 Now You See It — Now You Don’t, by Logan V. Reavis. SEA POWER , (New York) , July 1942, v.2.,no. 7:12-13. Illus, Describes some features of camouflage technique'and their suc- cess in confusing U-boat commanders. 999 Schooling the Chameleon Corps, by Rw MaiHard Stead. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR, WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), May 16, 1942: ,6,12. Illus. Discusses the training.at the«Camouflage Develpment and Train- ing Center "somewhere in England." 1000 Die Tarnverordnung, by Dr. Ficlcel. DIE REICHSBAHN (Berlin), March 18-25, 1942, v. IQ,no. 11-12 j.loS-107. (Camouflage Regulations.—)- Digest and explanation of the German camouflage regulations for railroad installations. 1001 This Camouflage Business, by Merrill DeLonge. AIR PROGRESS (New York), Oct, 1942, v#1,no.6:14,68-69. Discusses problems of camouflage, ana of bombing camouflaged targets. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 1002 Total Camouflage for Total War, by Salvador Dali. ESQUIRE (Chicago), Aug. 1942;65-66,13o. Discusses ways of camouflaging an army, and principles used in camouflaging. 1003 U* S. Army Camouflage; What It Demands From the Artist Who Wants to Be a Camouflar, by Captain William McK. Spierer. ART DEWS (New York), Nov* 1-14, 1942, v.41,no.12•8-13,32. illus. Explains the type of work that a field camouflage battalion is engaged in* 1004 What Camouflage Can Do, by Harper Goff, FACTORY MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE (New York), Sept. 1942, v. l00,no.9;94-95. Illus. Discusses methods of camouflaging, F. Miscellaneous 1005 The Army Specialist Corps. CONSTRUCTOR (Washington), Aug. 1942, v.24,no.8:16-17. Explains work of the Army Specialist Corps, the technical non- combatant service, and tells what kind of experience is needed for this branch of the service. 1006 Bacterial Warfare, by Leon A. Fox. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Uay 1942, v.90:563-582, Discusses fully the offensive use of bacterial diseases in war- fare, and concludes that at present practically insurmountable technical difficulties prevent their effective use as weapons of warfare. 1007 Electronics; Secret Weapon of War, by James H. McC-raw, Jr. ENGINEERING NEWS-RECORD (New York) , Dec. 3, 1942, v.129,no.23;96. Discusses the present uses of electronics and its future. This is the fifth of a series of editorials. 1008 Organization of Science for War. NATURE (London), Sept, 12, 1942, v,150,no.3802;30l-305. Comments on the appointment of three eminent scientists to the staff of the Minister of Production on the .role of full-time Scientific Advisers. 1009 Salvaging Waste Light for Victory, by Robert P. Miller. DUPONT MAGAZINE (Wilmington, Del.), Nov.-Dec. v.36,nos.11-12•14-16. Tells how paint and light can be used to increase industrial il- lumination. 1010 Science Looks Ahead, by Professor A. F. Low, with Contributions by Julian Huxley, C. G. Grey, G. E. T. Eyston [and others] London, New York, Oxford University Press, 1942. 84-Op. illus. A broad survey of the field of applied science. Section III entitled "Science and the TiTar," discusses various scientific developments which are being utilized in the industrial and combat phases of the war. xry. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) < 1011 Science the Secret of Aussie. * s; Power, by J. G. Crowther. ' LOUDON CALLING (Wombley, Middlesex, Eng.), Oct. 22, 1942, no.163:8. Praises Russia’s indomitable courage and unity but says her resistance would have been impossible without the great de- velopment of technology and science. . -1012 Shot-resistant flass. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.), Nov. 24, 1942, v. 68,no.477*1625-1626, j. *j Discusses production of various kinds of glass for war purposes, 1013 Un Detector Electromagnetio Permite a los Cazas Nocturnos Britannieos „• Localizar Rapidamente a los Aparatos Enemigos, MUNDO . (Madrid) , , March 29, 1942, v,3,no.99;510-512. (An Electormagnetic Detector Enables the British Night Fighter Planes to Locate the Enemy Airplanes Rapidly.--) 1014 W.E'.Bi Detroit; by Victor, H. Scales. S.A.E. JOURNAL (Not; York), Dec. 1942, v.50,no.12j18-21,25-29, Shows what the Society of Automotive Engineers, War Engineering . Board, is doing in its 'laboratories and shops to contribute to the national war effort, 1015 We Need a Permanent Division of Experimental Warfare, by Warren Veils. BOSTON BUSINESS (Boston), Dec. 1941, v.32*ll-12. Advocates that the United States Army and Navy adopt an exten- sive research method for making progress, such as is practiced by American industry. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR A. Military Hygiene,.Health Measures, and Sanitation 1016. The Army’s New Frontiers In Tropical Medicine, by James Stevens Simmons', M. D'. ANNALS OF INTERNAL MEDICINE (Philadelphia) , Dec. 1942 , v. 17,po, 6,: 979-938. Outlines and discusses a program for the protection of our troops against tropical diseases. . »• .. ,1017 Chigger and,-Jigger Bites. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.51:52-53, Differentiates between chiggers, the "harvest mite," and jiggers, the sand fly, and tells the best' treatment to apply against them as discovered by Army experience. 1018 Dental Hygienists in the Army, by Margaret Clark Miller. ILLINOIS RENTAL JOURNAL (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.11,no,11*477-489. Describes the place and importance of the hygidnist in the Army and outlines requirements for entrance. Emphasizes prevention and dental health education. , • 1019 Designing Sewage Treatment Plants for Army Camps, by William E. Stanley'. SEWAGE WORKS ENGINEERING few York) , May 1942, v. 13 * 240-245. Ulus. Describes methods used. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 1020 Disease and Tfar, by Frederic Evans. QUARTERLY REVIEW (London), April 1942, no*552•182-195, * . Discusses the problems, of maintaining the health of the armed forces. # 1021 The Eye Problem in the Rational Defense Situation, by Harry S. Cradle. -SIGHT-SAVING REVIEW (New York), March 1942, v.l2:3-10* Discusses examination of eyes before induction into the Selective Service, the care of eyesight in the armed forces, and the role of the opthalmologist in the present emergency. 1022 Handbook of Health for Overseas Service, by Goerge C. Shattuck, Cambridge, Mass,, Harvard University Press, 19,42. -198p, Guld-e for nonmedical men, prepared for the 'Coordinator of Information. 1023 Health Spies, by J. D, Ratcliff. COLLIER'*S (New,York), Oct. 17, 1942,ov. 1.10,no. 16 :24 *48. r - - ' ■ . Description of the activity of the Medical -Intelligence Division of the Surgeon General's Office of the United States Army, 1024 How Soldiers Are Kept Well, by Morris Markey. LIBERTY (New York), • ** July-18, 1942, v*19,no.29:2o-22, Reports that the ’health of the'.United States ..Army is at a high level,,. Tells what is being done to protect soldiers from disease. 1025 Jungle Warfare (in Two Parts)* COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June, July-Aug. 1942, v. 85,nos* 3-4*46-51 ;62-67. Discusses poisonous jungle plants and insects, wild jungle animals, and how. to guard against them. (Condensation of United States Army Field Manual 3T-2o) 1026 Maintenance Men, by William Flynn. AIR FACTS (New York) , Kay 1, 1942, v,5:22-30. Describes the work of the Army Air Corps flight surgeons in keeping pilots mentally, and physically fit. 102 7 Manual of War-Time Hygiene, Supplement to 11A College Textbook of Hygiene," by Dean Franklin Smiley .... and Adrian Gordon Gould* • New York, Macmillan, 1942, 86p, " " ~ - Discusses military hygiene — preventive measures, and the care of the sick, wounded and gassed. 1028 Medical Problems in Jungle Warfare, by Colonel Henry P, Ca.rtcr. ; • MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.91,no.6:641-647, ‘Tells of the medical care and preparations for jungle task forces, including special training vaccination, personal hygiene, care of the feet and skin, malarial fevers and chemical prophylaxis. 1029 'The Morals of Youth in War Time, by Eleanor T. Glhock. MENTAL HYGIENE (New York), A pril 1942, v.26:210-217. Considers the measures now being taken to protect members of the armed forces from venereal disease. • - • . XV, MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 103C Nature’s Way. Military Effectiveness* MILITARY SURGEON (Washington, Association'Military Surgeons of'U. S.), May 1942, v.90:556-563. Discusses the relation of epidemic disease to military effective- ness. Suggests ways for possible promotion of health and effi- ciency of large groups of men by a wider application of avail- able biological knowledge* 1031 The Navy Social Hygiene Program in Action, by Ross T. Mclntire, JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (New York) , March 1942, v.28:127-134'* •A. Feighs the effectiveness of the Navy Social Hygiene program.. 1032 A Note on Protecting the Health of Our Combatants, by Lena Stem. ANGLO-SOVIET JOURNAL (London), April-Juno 1942, v.3:09-90. , Tells of special efforts of the British medical institutes to develop and elaborate new methods for protecting health of combatants in the fighting lines and in the rear, particularly in treatment of shock, cardiac disturbances, and fatigue. 10,33 Operation of Army Sewage Treatment plants, by Lewis H» Dossier and John T. Norgaard* Discussion by Guy E. Griffin. SEWAGE WORKS JOURNAL (Lancaster, Pa.), Nov. 1942, v.14,no.6:1217-1227. . tables. Discloses results of a year’s plant operations by War Depart- ment administrative and personnel set-up of sewage treatment plants. 1034 The Physical Fitne'ss Program of the U. S. Navy, by J. J. " Gencn Tunncy, U. S'. Navy, HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Washington) , Dec, 1942, v.13,no.10:571-573. Discusses the background of physical education in the Navy, the administration, and the organization of the program itself. Shows how the personnel has expanded from 4 instructors to 5,000 . .. in a year, * 1035 The physical Maintenance' of Transport Pilots, by Jan. H. Tillisch and W. Randolph Lovelace. JOURNAL OF AVIATION MEDICINE (St Paul, Minn,), Juno 1942, v.13,no.2:121-129. > Detailed report of a study of case histories and physical examinations of lo3 regular United States transport’pilots, in- cluding captains-and first officers. 1036 pilot Savers, by E. jay Doherty.. FLYING AND POPULAR AVIATION , (Chicago)', Aug. 1942, v. 31,no. 2 *48-50,112. Ulus. , Tells ,of .the -work -bf the members of Aviators’ Post 743, American Legion, who have undertaken to aid in correcting the physical handicaps and educational defects of potential pilots who arc not yet acceptable to the armed forces. • ■ '* * > t •'*'*" f 1037 Prostitution and the War, by Philip S. Broughton. New York, pub- lic Affairs Committee, 1942. 32p, (Public Affairs pamphlet, no.65)# Givc-s figures to show the prevalence of veneral diseases in the armed forces, and stresses the need for- local action in the con- trol of prostitution. XV.- MEDICAL' ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent.) 1038 Public Health ail'd the .Draftees, by Ira'S.'Wile. '‘MEDICAL RECORD (Bloomfield, F j.),june 194-2, 'v, 155:335-339. . Argument to prove that the physical condition-of the.new regis- trants -attests-the scientific advancement in health in the United States since.the last war, . 1039 Results for Serological Blood Tests for Syphilis on-Selective Service Registrants, based on the First Million Reports Received During the Period November. 1, 194-0 to April 15, 194-1', -for Registrants Examined , in-.Accordance with the Provisions of the Selective Training and , Service Act (of 1940'. Federal Security Agency: public Health Service with the Cooperation of National and State Headquarters and Local Boards, .Selective Service System; State and Local Medical Societies, ,State and Local Health Departments, Federal Works Agency; Work Proj- ects Administration. Washington, U. S. Govt. Printing Office, 194-2. 425p. 1G40. The Results of Serologic Tests for Syphilis Among Selective Service Registrants in Tennessee. JOURNAL OF THE TENNESSEE STATE JOEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Nashville, Tenu.), Nov. 1942, v. 35,no. 11:421-4-25, tables, charts.. , Gives results of tests for syphilis made among the first 98,578 men examined in the Selective Service program in Tennessee, Tables and charts show ages, etc. 1041 A Review of the Control of Malaria in Palestine .(1918-1941). Issued by: Department of Health. Palestine, Jerusalem, Govt. Print. Pr.ess., 194%. 4-Op. Tells how malaria has been checked in Palestine by means of edu- cating the public in anti-larval -control and,by engineering pro- jects of. canalization, drainage, etc. 1042 Safeguarding Army Water Supplies., by Lloyd K. Clark, WATERWORKS ENGINEERING (New York), Sept. 1942, v, 95, no. 1-8:1063-1065, Reviews the duties of the Sanitary Corps in preserving the qual- , ity of water Used by army camps. 1043 Sanitation Facilities, fo;r*Military. .Po^ts..,: by. Samuel A* Greeley and E'» Sherman Chase, CIVIL ENGINEERING (New York) , July 1942, v» T2 • " „ 359-362. Charts. .' ’ • : ■ Describes the attempt to develop up-to-date, sewage treatment facilities for draft army camps. 1044 Sewage Disposal in a Southern Army- Camp, by Robert M« Lingo, ,CIVIL ENGINEERING (New York), April 1942, v.12,no.4:2oS-2o8, Discusses the design, of a sewage disposal plant for an army camp, and its operation. 1045 The Sex Problems of the Army, by Harry Benjamin, M, D* CLINICAL t MEDICINE (Waukegan, 111.), Dec, 1942, v.49,no.18:364-567,■ ' % . * Faces the problem of sex in-the army realistically. -Thinks the solution lies not in anti-vice but in a.nti-disease crusades; in efficient personal prophylaxis and early treatment, by means of sulfa drugs; and finally in finding and eliminating the sources of infection. XV; MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.), , 1046 Silent Enemies.' The Story of the Diseases ofWar. and Their Control, by Justinp. hill# New York, 0. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1942# xii, 265p. 1047 Soldier and Civilian Health is Vital to Victory, by L. ‘J# Buttolph. MAGAZINE OF LIGHT (Cleveland), March 25, 1942 , v. 11: 8-9. ( Tells of the efficiency of germicidal lamps for killing germs in camps and hospitals# 1048 The Soldier and Fis Health, Issued by the U. S» War Dept# Bureau of Public relations. Washington, U. S. Govt. Printing Off., 1942. 25p. Describes the organization of the medical department and tells how it functions in safeguarding the health of the soldier. 1C49 The Three-Fold Purpose of Athletics and Physical Education in the Navy, by J, Russell Cook. ATHLETIC JOURNAL (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v*23,no. 1:6-7,38. Detailed description of the Navy’s physical hardening program. 1050 Typhus, by Leonard Engel. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept, 1942, v« 52,no.3:74-78# Stresses the great danger to American troops and the war effort from the typhus carrying body-louse*, The United States troops t have been equipped to meet this enemy. 1051 The Us.e of the Eyes at Night, by Eric Liljencrantz, Clifford A. Swanson and Leon D. Carson, UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PRO- CEEDINGS (Annapolis), June 1942, v.68,no.472;802-810* Gives- information and advice for the- armed forces and for civil- ians on the use of the eyes at night. Discusses methods of adapting the eyes to the dark; rules for the use of dark-adapted eyesj magnification for night vision; and the effect of vitamins, drugs, and fatigue upon the eyee. i 1052 War and the Philosophy of Physical Education, by R, T. DeVitt. PEABODY JOURNAL OF EDUCATION (Nashville), July 1942, v.2o,no.l: 23-2 8. Tells the difference between the aims in physical training and education of the present period and those of the 1930-1940 decade, 1053 Water Supply and Water Purification, Fort Belvoir, Va., u# S* War Dept., 1942* 312p. Illus* (Technical Manual 5-295). The purpose of this manual is to provide technical information concerning water supply and water purification and to assist engineer troops in fulfilling their water-supply functions, B# Medical Treatment, Hospitalization, and Medical Supplies 1054 Aerzte an die Front! by Wilfred C. Hulse, AUFBAU (New York), June 1942, v. 8 j5-6. (Doctors to the Front,--) Advocates employment of alien doctors, graduates of medical schools, in the army; discusses the problems of citizenship, licensesand age limit. XV,' .MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent*) 1055 Alcoholism .in.Military Service, by Merrill .Moore, MILITARY SURGEOH (Washington), July 1942, v.91,no.1:29-39. : ; Discusses alcoholism in the military service, and what can be done about-dt, ' ■ ' ■ ■ - • JLC56 American Dental. Ambulance Aids R, A. F. ORAL HYGIENE (Evanston, 111.), Dec, 1942,, v, 32, no. 12.163.2-1633,, Tells hew the first dental ambulance, presented by American dentists to British dentists, in Juno 1940, has been put into . action, . 1057 Amputations in War, by Forman T. Eirk, JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Sept, 5, 1942, v,12f).no.1;13-16* Discusses methods of amputation, and considers the advantages of the flapless method, 1058 A viatic n Medicine, by Lt. Commander Christopher C*. Shaw.. ' UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Menasha, Wis.), Sept. 1942, v.68,noa9;1264-1270, Discus see the various problems, of the flight surgeon and how they are being met, * - - - - 1059 The Bacteriology of War Wounds, by W. A, Altemeir. SURGERY GYNECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.75,no.6:518-533. (Bibliog.) Discusses various aspects of wound contamination; suggests methods of prevention* _ 1060 A Bibliography of Aviation Medicine, by Ebbe Curtis Hoff and John Farquhar Fulton,. _ Springfield, 111., Charles C. Thomas, 1942. 237p, (Publication no.5. . Historical Library, Yale Medical Library.) Prepared for the Committee on Aviation Medicine; Division of Medical Science, National Research Council, Acting -for the Committee on Medical Research, Office of Scientific Research and Development, Washington, D C» 1061 Bibliography on War Medicine and Surgery; compiled by May M Brown. CLINICAL OSTEOPATHY (:Los Angeles), Sept* 1942, v.38,no'.9*501 1062 Blood Banks and the War, by Carroll LaFleur Birch* ' MEDICAL WOMAN’S JOURNAL (Cincinnati), June 1942, v.4 9:161-164 « Observations, made on. a tour' of blood bank centers in the United ; ' States and Canada. . . . ' % ' • A 10.63 Blood Plasma - for Saving Lives, AMERICAN. EXPORTER (Now York), Sept. 1942, v.131,no*3:10-11. Describes the use of the new freezing and drying technique in storing blood fluid for emergency use', • 1064 Blood Substitutes and Blood Transfusion* edited by Stuart Mudd,. M. D, ... 'and William Thalheimer, M. D., ' &pr.ing£ield, 1.11., Charles C. Thomas, 19421 * XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 1065 The British "of Medical Practice... Surveys and Abstracts, 1941-1942, Under the General Editorship of "Sir Humphrey Rolleston,.* London, Butterworth,* 1942« 432p* (index, 49p.) . Critical surveys. Part I consists of a’ series of authorita- : tire signed reviews.: Pert IfiDi'ugE, Part III, Abstracts of Medical literature. 1066 BULLETIN OF WAR MEDICINE (London). a A monthly periodical issued by the. Great' Britain Medical Research Council, which contains abstracts of relevant articles in all branches of medicine, surgery, and kindred subjects. 10S7 Capillary Fragility in 'Peace'and War. LANCET (London), May 30 K 1*942,. v*. 2j32 j 648-649. ; ■ v * Gives a statistical comparison. > • * •. \ . 1068 Crush,' Blast and Anaesthesia in War Emergencies, by,C-ervasc j, Connor.' CONNECTICUT STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL, (.New Haven), Dec. 1942, v.6vno. 12;928-931. ' . * ' 1 Discusses recent findings on the nature and treatment of ' ■ such war injuries as the crush and syndromes and anaesthesia* ; 1069 Disposition of War Casualties; a Symposium, by A. WV Spit.tier and others, HAWAII MEDICI.L JOURNAL (Honolulu), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v. 2; 17-4 6. • ’ The issue of the journal is devoted to papers delivered at the 1942 meeting of the Hawaii Territorial Medical Associa- tion. Among subjects discussed 'are; War Wounds; Shock; Chest Wounds; Head Injuries; etc. 1070 The Doctor in War, by Colonel Leon A* Fox, Medical Corps, U* Sf Army* MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Sept. 1942, v,91, no.3;283—292, Outlines for a group of civilian doctors the nature of their duties upon entering the military service and stresses the high performance of duty which will be expected of them. 1071 Doctors in a Nation at War, by James M. Mead. HYGEIA (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.2o»no.l2;S08,9o9,920,921,957-959. • A United States Senator discusses the physical fitness of the United States Army; the supply of doctors; industrial medicine; medical care for the civilian population; study of the best medical techniques and procedures; medical research in the war effort; hospital facilities; and the supply of nurses. 1072 Doctor'* s Victory Against Dysentary in the Desert, by Charles Hill. HYGEIA (Chicago), Jan, 1943, v.21,no.1;16-17. Tells hew two British doctors have been able to control dysen- tery in the .desert, by'use of sulfaguanidine in treatme3.1t* XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 1073 Docs -the.v .Army Waste Its Medical Skill? by J. C. Morrison. .MEDICAL -ECONOMICS (Rutherford, N. j..), June 1942, v. 19j69-70). Considers the Army practice of giving its :mcdical officers administrative functions, notes the objections .raised by the medical profession and the counter-argument of the War Depart- ment. ■ . , , ( . • • i 1074 Dried Serum for Military Use, by W. H. Pitcher. CANADIAN CHEMICAL AND PROCESS INDUSTRIES .(Toronto), April 1942, v.26;234,236# The Early Treatment of War Wounds, by William Anderson.,«Surgeon and Lecturer in Surgery. Aberdeen Royal Infirmary. London, Oxford University Press, 1941. 96p. • . \ 1075 Emergency Field Treatment, by Po.ujL W*~ Vestal#A ..CONNEDTi'CUT STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL (New Haven), Dec. 1942, v.6,no.12;937-940* Discusses the work of the Transportation Officer, the scene-of- action procedure, and the emergency treatment of. injuries in - the field. • V • . . 1076 Emergency Treatment of War Wounds, by John J. Moorhead, Joseph E# Strode and F# J# Halford# MODERN MEDICINE- (Minneapolis), June 1942, vTTO:75-78. Rules for the care of the wounded, based on lessons learned at Pearl Harbor, by three physicians of Honolulu. 1077 The Essentials of Emergency Treatment. Published .by, The Connecticut State Medical Journal, New Haven, Whaples-Bullis Co*, 1942# 144p# ‘i ; 1078 Flight Surgeon. WESTERN-FLYING (Los Angeles), Dec. 1942, v#22, no,12:71-72. Some of .the problems of high altitude flying and the work of Army flight surgeons in meeting them, 1Q79 Grounded Eagles Fly Again/ by Winthrcp Martin. VISUAL'DILE&W (st. Joseph, Mo.), Summer Issue 1942, v,6:;9-13. Tells hpw many visual deficiencies are substantially corrected so that men previously rejected from military service can pass tests. ;• 1 ••• ‘ j - ' • • • '• , .. • . • :4 *.'■ . '• V\ ■■ ‘ ’ -l 4 * •• ., 1080 Head Injuries in War, with Especial Reference to Gunshot Wounds, A . by.Hugh' Cairns, WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v.2,no«5: 772-785. : , • Explains the nature o.f head injuries and'tells how to treat them. Based on experience which; includes*an analysis of such injuries, where only 59 to 1,000 cases were not mo.de by blunt objects. , .. . ' W -< • ' 1081 Hospital Work in China Under War Conditions', by Thomas' Malone# HOSPITAL PROGRESS (Milwaukee), Aug. 1942, v. 2.3;?-256-260.' Description of the author’s experiences and the work of hospital in various regions of China during the war. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF' THE WAR (cont.) 1082 Malaria in War, Pts. I anti II* PHYSICIANS’ BULLETIN7(Indianapolis) , Sept.-Oct, 1942, v,7,no.5:136-139j NoV.'-Dec.* 1942, v.7,no*6:170-172. Brief summary of the ravages of,malaria: in ’'.TorId War I, its geo- graphical distribution and the control of the malaria-transmitting mosquito* •• \ *. - 1083 Medioal Action at Pearl Harbor, by W. H. Michael. HARPERS MAGAZINE (Near York), Aug. 1942, no. Il07;2 70*r274. , Describes the, treatment of wounded men after the attack on Pearl Harbor. ■ . *. 1084 Medical Care of the Fighting:Forces of the United States, by A*' N* Richards* SCIENCE (Lancaster, Pa.), Aug* 28, 1942, Suppl* 8* Describes the provisions made for the care of the fighting forces* 1085 Medical Compend for Commanding Officers of Naval Vessels to Which no Member of the Medical Department of the United States Navy is . Attached, Revised, April 1942, Issued by U. S. Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Washington, U. S. Govt-. Print. Off., 1942. 134p, Illus. A first aid manual issued under the authority of the Secretary of the Navy. ]086 Medical Discharges from Military Service, by David J, Flicker and Olon H. Coleman* NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE' (Boston), Wune 11, 1942, v*226:945-948* Report of a statistical analysis of data concerning the cases of 600 men' discharged from the Army because of physical or mental * ’ " disability* - 1087 Medical Experiences in Naval Warfare, by Arthur J* White* MEDICAL ANNALS OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA (Washington),’Nov. 1942, v. 11,no.-11:424-427* Discusses some of the medical cases which the author has treated ♦ * ■»’ 1088 Medical Organization and 'Surgical Practice in'Air Raids. 2d *ed., by Philip H. Metchiner and E* M. Cowell. ' BLACKI3T0N (Philadelphia), 1942. 296p* s. Presents in concise, form the accepted treatment of the types of wounds which may be expected in air raids, 1089 Medicine and Air Supremacy.,, by John F. Fulton* NEW ENGLAND *• JOURNAL OF MEDICINE (Boston), May, 2 8, 1942, v* 226:873-880* Reviews case records-and experimental evidence*.pertaining to injuries sustained in high altitude flying and crash'landing* '•s ‘ . ? ., ‘ f 1090 Military Manual. 5th ed. Harrisburg, Pa.,- The Military Service Publishing Co,, 1942* lG05p. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAP (cont.) 1091 The Nasal Accessory Sinuses and Aviation Medicine, by. Lieut. Commander H. C~, Bui lwi nice 1. ' MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), 1942 , v. 91, no *-5:522-52 8,' ; Discusses the effect on the nose of rapid changes of air and . altitude and emphasizes the importance of sinus drainage as a preventive measure. 1092 The Navy1s; Second Front, Pts. I and II, by John Brook penfold. OUR NAVY (New York), Nov. 15, 1942, v.37,no.12:4-5; Dec, 1, 1942, v. 37,ho.13:4-7. Discusses new methods used by Navy doctors to treat the wounded. Shows the importance of sulfanilamide and similar drugs in treating the wounded and preventing infection. 3093 Nursing Care of War Injuries, by Sheila M. Dwyer, R. N# AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING (New York), Nov. 1942, v.42,no.11:1236-1240. Describes injuries in the present war as many and severej burns are common in the Navy, Air Force, and tank divisions. Discusses the kind of care given, 1094 Pharmacy and the hospital Corps of the u, S. Navy, by W. Paul Briggs. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION (Washington), Sept. 1942, v.3,no.9;314-320. Explanation of the history, development and composition of the Navys Hospital Co.rps, Tells of opportunities f-or pharmacists with the present personnel. ... . 1095 Pharmacy Corps in the Regular Army. ' MERCK REPORT. (Rahway, N» J«)> Oct. 1942, v.51,no,4:10-11. Outlines the provisions of the new Congressional legislation to coordinate the various pharmaceutical services rendered in the Army. 1096 Plan for the Care of Surgical Casualties in the Armored ‘Division, by Howard C. Eddy. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Sept. 1942, v. 91,no. 3:257-283.' . ...* Describes a surgical truck unit and ward bus which was. set '■ * up in 44 bivouac sites, and travelled- 4,490 miles during the Louisiana and Carolina maneuvers with the 1st Armored Divi- sion. 1097 Resuscitation Equipment, — Organization, Training and. Procedure's, 1942. Issued by: Great-Britain, The War.Office. London, H* M» Stationery Off., 1942, 56p, , illus. ..v ; ■ > Contains recommendations concerning.the duties of;the special medical officer 'entrusted with the treatment of patients suffer- ing from secondary shock. *. ,. ■ ■ 1098 Road to Damascus, by Robert B.’ Di'ckie, ' ’ AMERICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington), May 1942, v.19:256-259,287-291. Tells of adventures with the American Field Service doing ambu-# lance service with the British in Syria. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 1099 Running, an Army Hospital, by Herbert Fineberg. MODERN HOSPITAL (Chicago), June 1942, v.38:45-46. Points out differences between running an army hospital and running a hospital in civilian'life* •- “ •' . HOC The Sequelae of War Head Injuries, by D. Denny-Brown* NEW ENGLAND JOURNAL OF MEDICINE (Boston), Nov. 19, 1942, v*227,no*21: 771-780. Illus., charts. Conc-erned with the assesment and treatment of ■ prolonged sequelae of head injury, 1101 Serum and Plasma as Blood Substitutes, by C. M. Hyland. ROCKY MOUNTAIN MEDICAL JOURNAL (Denver), May 1942, v.39«334-340* Discusses value of serum and plasma as blood substitutes, and i expresses belief that their use will increase in popularity* 1102 Un Servicio de Sanidad en una 0peraci6n ’de Desembairco A&reo, [by] Jos6 Aparicio. REVISTA DE AERONAUTICA (Madrid), June 1942, v*3, no.19:396-400* (The Medical Service in an Aerial Landing Operation*—) Organi- zation and"operation of the medical service in the landing opera- tion. 1 . 1103 Some Medical Problems in Modern Air Travel, by J. W. Heim. JOURNAL OF INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE 'AND TOXICOLOGY (Baltimore) ,• May 1942, v.24: 109-115. Stuaies’on the reaction of the.human body to high altitudes 1104 Soviet Military Field Surgery, by Nikolai Burdenko* MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.91,no.5:637-640* Lists the aims of the Soviet military medical administration and describes the organization established to realize these aims* 1105 A Station Hospital During the * Louisiana ' liineuvcrs'* by Leslie T»' Gager. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), June 1942, v.90:60S-620* Summary of two months’ experience in a station hospital during United States Army maneuvers in Louisiana in August and Septem- ber, 1941, Chart* " • 'W !- * * 1 • ‘ $ • 1106 The Story of' Plasma, by John Pfeiffer* HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), Oct. 1942, v.185,no.Il09:518-525. " } Discusses the need for and use made of plasma which is employed in blood transfusions* ‘ ’■ 1 1.107 Sulfanilamide and' Related Compounds in General Practice, by Wesley W. S'pink‘, M* D.. . . Chicago, The Year Book Publishers, 1942, 2nd ed* 374p, A general treatise on the use of sulfanilamide, with a section discussing its special application to military medicine* XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF TEE WAR (cont.) 1108 Sur la Conservation du Sang, by R. Wurmser, S» Filitti-Turmser and r. Briault* REVUE CANADIENNE DE BIQLOGIE (Montreal), April 1942, v.1,no.4*372-376, graphs, (On the Conservation of Blood.-**) Describes experiments designed to discover ways' of lenthening the storage time of blood for use iil a transfusion. 1109 Surgical Experience at Pearl Harbor,. by John H* Moorhead# JOURNAL OF THE;AMERICAN‘MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Feb. 28, 1942, v. 118, no# 9:712-714. > Brief account of some of the major surgical situations encounter- ed between-. December 7 and January 2. 1110 The Treatment of Intestinal Disorders in the Military Forces, by f L. C Gatewood. DIGESTIVE DISEASES (Fort Wayne,: Ind.), Nov* 1942, v.9,no*11:359-361. * Discusses the prevalence of intestinal disorders among armed ■forces in time of war. Analyzes the differences in treatment of the disease in army and civilian practice# , 1111 United States Naval Medical Bulletin;' for the Information of the Medical Department of the Navy* Division of Publications, The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, U.' S. Navy Dept* Bimonthly*.. ' Washington, U* S. Govt* Print. Off., 1943* , ', Furnishes in each issue special articles relating to naval medicine, descriptions of suggested devices, clinical notes on interesting cases, editorial comment on current medical literature of special professional interest to Medical Depart- ment personnel, and reports from various sources, / notes and comments on topics ■ of •, professional interest., 1112 Vitamin C in the War, by H. N* Holmes. SCIENCE (Lancaster, Pa.), Oct* 23, 1942, v* 96;384-386* -Brief' summary of the successful use of ascorbic, acid in cases 'of shock, poisoning, wounds, etc* 1113 War and Eye Injuries, by Olga Sitchevska. SIGHT-SAVING- REVIEW (New York), June 1942, v. 12,no*2j83-89. , ». . , - Considers eye injuries on the battlefield, those caused by air raids and from gas.' ' ■ . . - . 1114 War Medicine. DIGEST OF TREATMENT (Philadelphia), Sept. 1942, v*6, no* 3 j 161-2ol. . • • . > ;• A selection of special articles taken from the growing body of ’/ peri’odical literature devoted to" war medicine. Included are *, ■ W-fffassiVe Repairs of Burns ,with ‘Thick S.plit-Skin Grajts,” "Medical Aspects of Chemical Warfare Treatment o.f poison Gases," ' and "Adequate Standards- of Nutrition." V v 1115 War Medicine, a Symposium; Editor, Winfield Scott Pugh...Associate Editor, Edward Podolsky... Technical Editor, Dagcbert D. Runes... New York, Philosophical Library, 1942, 565p. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 1116 War Surgery, by James E. Crane. CONNECTICUT STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL (New Haven), July 1942, v.6:554-556. Discusses war surgery, especially as practiced in the tropics and Middle East. Besides improvements of old established surgical principles, chemotherapy has gained a definite place in the treatment of infection. 1117 What the Citizen Should Know about'Wartime Medicine, by Joseph E. Darnall and V.•I. Cooper. • New York, W. W, Norton* 237p. The first part of the book explains what has been done to mobilize medicine for the present war. There follows a dis- cussion of the new military problems presented by air fighting, military psychiatry, military sanitation and hvgione, 1118 Wound s in Modem War, by J. A. Mac Far lane. JOURNAL OF BOITE AND JOINT SURGERY (Boston),‘Oct, 1942, v.24,nOi4:739-752. Author discusses the need for transportation of the war wounded by air, the advantages of closed-plaster treatment, and the advantageous uses of sulfanilamide, 1119 Your Blood Goes to War, by Charles H. Ellis, Jr. and E. S. Thompson. > SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 2, 1942~.214:26-2 7,44, Points to importance of blood plasma; tells of collecting of plasma; recounts the laboratory research making it possible to preserve and use plasma instead of direct transfusions. C. Psychiatry and Neuro-surgery 112c After Effects of Brain Injuries in War, Their Evaluation and Treat- ment; the Application of Psychologic Methods in the Clinic, by Kurt Goldstein...Foreword by D Denny-Brown... New York, Grune and Stratton, 1942. 244p. 1121 Analysis of Certain Factors in Histories of Two Hundred Soldiers Discharged from the Army for Neuropsychiatric Disabilities, by Seymour J. 'Rosenberg and Richard H. Lambert. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Baltimore), Sept. 1942, v.2,no. 99*134-167-. A summary of the study is reported. 1122 Army Psychiatric Literature, Factors in Interpretation, by David J. Flicker. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto), May 1942, v.98,no.6:795-799. Presents some differences between the viewpoints of civilian ' and army psychiatrists, and hopes that these will be.given full consideration by civilians interpreting, forthcoming army psy- chiatric literature, 1123- Course in Military Neuropsychiatry, by Roy D-. Halloran, M> D*. and Paul I. Yakovlev, M-. D> ' AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto) , * Nov.>1942, v,99,no. 3:338-347. Outlines ideas and experiences with a special one-month semester in military neuropsychiatry as a section of a'general seminar. Includes a tentative schedule of a proposed six weeks1 course in military ...XV.. !■ MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) ] X24 Emotional Factors in Nop.r o cir cu1at o ry Asthenia,,., by 'Tilliam H. Dunn. PSYCHOMATIC MEDICINE (Mew York), Oct,. 1942, v.4,no,4:333-353. Discusses a disease-, which, while it occurs infrequently among civilians in peacetime, is prevalent among soldiers. Hoviews the literature on the disease. . * • . ‘ r 1125 Experiences in Induction, Medical Advisory Board* and Draft Board psychiatry, by Noble R. Chambers, MEM YORK STATE. JOURMAL OF , MEDICINE (NowYork) » Dec. .1, 1942, v.42,no.23:2199-22o2. Makes, suggestions to physicians in the Selective Service who are not psychiatrists, concerning methods for finding mental and personality factors in registrants that are likely to incapacitate them for service, . 1126 From High School:to Army, by Caroline B* Zachry. FRONTIERS OF •DEMOCRACY t (New York), .Nov, t 15, 1942, v. 9,no. 72:37-39. Describes some of the effects the 18-year-old draft bill may have upon the mental hygiene of these adolescents and suggests some measures that the schools can adopt'to help them. 1127* The Functions of a Neuropsychiatrist in.an Army General Hospital, • •' by IRilliapi'C. Pojrter, PSYCHIATRY (Washington), Aug, 1942, v*5, no. 3:321-329. Describes, the functions of the neuro-psychiatric section of a , well established military general hospital and gives a few abstracts of cases and their treatment as a sample of the day’s work of-a military psychiatrist. 1128 . The.:'; Functions of Fear in Air Fighting. AIR FACTS (New York), July 1, 1942, v.5,no.7:20-31. A medical man discusses what happens in air fighting when a crew member is in a state of fear,and shows how these condition may be usc-d to increase his fighting power. 1129 keeping Men xvith Psychiatric Records Out of the Army, by Amos R. Koontz. . .MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Sept, 1942, v.91,no,3: . . -313-314., . , - ' *\. Explains that when in doubt the Selective Service policy is to reject men for the armed services who are likely to become . psychiatric cases. . .. , 1130 A Memorandum on the Selective Process in General and on the Ro'le of. Psychiatry in the Selective Process and in the Armed Forces* New York, New York City Committee on Mental Hygiene, ■ Aug, 1942, 25p. ’* Discusses value and objectives of psychiatry in the selection of the armed forces, and the application of psychiatric princi- . . -.pies to orienting the selectees in their new .environment* 1131 Military Neuropsychiatric Diseases of.the Present.War, by E, H. .parsons, JOURNAL OF.THE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION OF (Atlanta, . Ga.) , Aug. 1942, v.31,no.8:324-328. Describes .the symptoms of the -neuroses which have appeared in 80 percent of tho men in the army who were mentally sick previous to their entrance into the army, and those symptoms which appear after entrance. XV* MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent.) 1132 Military Psychiatry, by William C. Porter. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), July 1942, v.2,no*4;543-550* Stresses the need for emotional stability a-s well as good physique and alert intelligence, in order to avoid breakdowns in the armed services 1133 Navy Doctor’s Biggest Job Lies in Combating Battle Strain, by Marie Beyer O'Brien# MEDICAL ECONOMICS (Rutherford, N, J.), Nov. 1942:60-61,118. * Describes some of the problems of the navy doctor as revealed .• British experience. 1134 Nerves in the War, by George W, Gray. HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), May 1942, v.184:630-638, Discusses the incidence of nervous and psychiatric casualties, with illustrations of various types. 1135 Neuropsychiatric Examination of Recruits, by C. L* Wittson, H* I* Harris, W. A • Hunt and Philip Solomon* WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Nov* 1942, v.2,no,6:944-951. Considers the various psychologic testing procedures used at Naval Training Station, Newport, giving specific questions asked recruits, 1136 The Neuropsychiatrist in Army Examinations, by Samuel Kahn* MEDICAL RECORD (Bloomfield, N. J.), July 1942, v.155,no.11:371-373* Lists the. causes of rejection of draftees, notes signs of neuroses, and gives a list of questions helpful in discovering them* 1137 Neurosurgery and the War, by Cobb Pilcher. JOURNAL OP THE • TENNESSEE STATE MEDICAL -'ASSOCIATION (Nashville), June 1942, v.35: 210-218* Discusses -the difficulty of obtaining trained men in neurosurgery for war purposesj recent developments in traumatic neurosurgery; and the treatment of head injuries. 1138 The Organisation of Psychiatry fc?r the.Emergency, by Harry A* Steckel. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto) , May 1942., v,98,no.6:791-794. of the work of the American Psychiatric Association’s Military Mobilization Committee, from its establishment in 1939 to May 1,941. 1139 Psychiatric Induction Examination with a Review of the Results of Examining Seventeen Thousand Selectees, by David J* Flicker. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Nov, 1942, v.2,no,6:931-843* Discusses the psychiatric inspection of selectees offered by the Selective Service System*- Includes a- questionnaire used at Fort Oglethorpe, Georgia, in the neurosychiatric examination of selectees, f . X7. jMEDICAI,. ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) •3,140- • psychiatric Problems in, Military Aviation, by R. Barry Bigelow* WAR MEDICINE ('Chicago,* American Medical Association), May 19.42, v#2j3-81-402.' . * • Riseuss.es psychiatric- problems connected with military aviation selection, training and service; especially such problems as conscious or unconscious fear of flight training, service- con- ditions, or .possibility of being called for combat flying, *1141 Psychiatric Problems in Military Service Curing the Training Period,.by Arthur 0. Heckcr, Marvin R. Pleaset and Philip C. Crana, AMERICA! JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (New York), July 1942, v.99,no.l; 33-41. • •• Discusses problems of psychiatry in military service during the training period; a study based;on work with 17,000 troops in a typical eight hufidred bed station hospital. 1142 Psychiatry in the Army Pre-Induction Medical Examination, by David W. Hilger. BULLETIN OF THE MEMINGER CLINIC (Topeka) , Sept. 1942,* y. *6 , no, 5 : 14 7 -15.2. ' ' Ed Explains the procedure employed... in the* pre-induction medical exaaminations to discover*- possible- psychiatric cases. 1143 Psychiatry in War. LOOK (Des Moines,- Iowa), Jan. 12, 1943, v.7, no#1:43-48. Illus. • . Discusses the dynamic role modern psychiatry can play in wars it can help Selective Service choose men who wonTt break under • ’ strain and put mdri in jobs they can do best. Criticizes our neglecting the use of this secret weapon. 1144 Psychiatry, the Army and the War. PSYCHIATRY (Washington), Aug. 1942, v.5,no,3:435-442, Extract from an annual report of Harry Stack Sullivan, -president of*the William AIanson White Psychiatric Foundation, telling of the.utilization of psychiatry in the war-off©ft, 1145 Psjrchologists and the Army Specialist Corps, by Donald E. Baier. PSYCHOLOGICAL -BULLETIN (American Psychological Association Inc, . .Evanston), Dec, 1942, v,39,no.10:867-870. .. Outlines functions of psychologists in-selection, classifica- tion and assignment of Army personnel . - - 1146 Psychology and the War, Edited by St-euart' H. -Britt, PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN (Evanston,v 111.) , June 1942-,1 V. 39 :369-410. Includes articles by various psychologists on utilization of psychologists in the armed services. 1147 Psychology in War: The Military Work of American and German Psychologists, -by Cyril Burt, t OCCUPATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (London), July 1942, v.16,no,3:95-110. Describes the chief developments of the application of psychology in America arid Germany in the allocation of recruits, the selec- tion of officers, and in methods of-training. / * . ,-i r, " ■ ; T ■ Xt’. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE' AAR (cent.) 1148 A Survey of Neuropsychiatric Work at the Boston induction Station, by Wilfred Bloomberg and .Robert. W. Hyde. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (New York), July 1942, V.99,no. 1:23-28., ' Report on the work. of. checking Selective. Service men at the Boston induction station, to discover whether they arc likely to become neuropsychiatric cases after induction,• D* Rehabilitation 1149 Canadian 'Tar-blinded. OUTLOOK FOR THE BLIND (Richmond, Va,}, Dec... 1942, y.:36,no»5:281-2B.6v , Discusses the .reception,*- .training, and .aftercare. .arrangements ,r.for 'Canadian blinded soldiers of this war,. 1150 The Health of Registrants and the President*s Plan of Rehabilitation. PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY (Philadelphia), tJune 8, 1S42, v. 85; Analysis of the results of physical and mental examinations of the selective service'system in the United States. Of the one million rejected, 100,000 were rejected for varying degrees of illiteracy, and 900,000 for physical and mental deficiencies and .disorders. 1151 Med.ical; Social Service for Selectees, by Theodate H Soule and Sadie Shapiro. . FAMILY (New York), July 1942, v.24:163-173. Part I. Description of the New York City project of the Medical Social Workers for the rehabilitation of men rejected by Selective Service Boards because of physical defects. Part II. Discussion of the emotional and financial problems of these selectees who need medical attention. 1152 New Bodies for by Quentin Reynolds. COLLIER !'S (New York), Oct. 24, 1942, v. 110,no.J17:18-19,62. , illus. Describes the work of the British .plastic surgeon,-. Thomas Pomfret Kilner, in restoring parts of the bodies of people injured in t he war. "• ' 1153 Occupational Thearapy in the Irmy, by John S. Coulter. OCCUPATIONAL THERAFY AND REHABILITATION (Baltimore), June 1942, v.21:161-164. Defines and describes the function of occupational Thoraphy in the various medical units in the army, from batallion aid sta- • tions to general hospitals, .: 1154 Tuberculosis ,(Control in Wartime, by Murray A. Auerbach. MONTHLY BULLETIN BOARD-OF HEALTH (Indianapolis), Nov. 1942, v.45,no.11:255-256* ( Cites figures from World War I experience, predicts discovery f .of 60,Q00 cases of tuberculosis among rejectees, and urges re- habilitation and other corrective measures. XV. 'MEDICAL ASPECTS CF THE WAP (cent.), 1155 Vocational Rehabilitation and Rational' Defense (Education and Rational Defense Series pamphlet no..19) U. S. Office of Education. Washington, U. S. PoVt* Printing, Off.-, 1941. 23p. i: Indicates the need for a definite and comprehensive plan for an enlarged, program of vocational rehabilitation under war condi- tions. XVI. CASUALTIES • A. Prisons, Prisoners, Hostages, and Repatriation 1156 American Prisoners in Japan, by 'Randall Gould. Christian Science Monitor, Weekly Magazine Section (Boston), June 6, 1942:7 The Japanese are permitting the International Red Cross to act in certain areas. From this source comes some' information as to location and living conditions of prisoners. 1157 Americans in Concentration Camps, by Harry Paxton Howard. THE CRISIS (New York), Sept. 1942, v.49-281-284. . . - Describes the filth, squalor, and other undesirable conditions in which Japanese-Americans have been forced to live since their internement in concentration camps in the West. 1158 Barbed Wire Camps: The Fate of Millions, by Peter Joe Fabry. DELPHIAN QUARTERLY (Chicago), July 1942, v.25,no.3:35-40. Illus. Describes conditions in Germany’s concentration comps and in refugeee camps formed by go\rernments of the democracies in ’Europe. 1159 The Beasts of the Earth, by George M. Karst. New York, Albert Unger, 1942. 185p. Illus. Describes the author’s experiences in an Austrian concentration camp. • - 1160 Behind Both Lines, by Harold Demny. New York, The Viking Press, 1942, 209p. Captured by Rommel in Africa, a veteran newspaper reporter tells of his imprisonment in Italy and Germany and of the conditions he observed in those countries. 1161 By Order of the Gestapo, by Peter Wallner. London, John Murray, 1941. 279p. A record of life in Dachau and Buchenwald Concentration Camps, "*• 1162'’ Campos de na Franca, [by] Roberto Bensaya. DIRETRIZES (Rio de Janeiro), April 9, 1942, v.5:l0-ll.‘ (Concentration Camps in France.—) 1163 Captives of the Mikado, FAR EASTERN SURVEY (New York), June 1, 1942, v.11:129-132. Account of Japanese treatment of prisoners of war. .XVI; CASUALTIES Co oat.) • T ' 1164 The 'Church in Internment, by Ronald’Norris. SIGN (Union City, N-« J»), Nov. 1942, v.22-,no.4:224-228* Discusses the physical and spiritual aid which the church has been able to give British and Americans interned in Hong Kong, despite Japanese, regulations against visiting internees 1165 Comitl' Consultatif Pour la Lecture Des.Frisonniers et Internes de Guerre/ REVUE INTERNATIONALE DE LA CROIX-RGUC-E (Geneva), Feb. 1942, v.24:122-135. (The Advisory Committee for the Providing of Reading Material for War Prisoners and Interned people.--) Describes aims, organi- . zation, and activities. 1166 Conditions in Occupied Territories, 1: The Axis System of Hostages,, Issued _by: the Inter-allied Information Committee, London. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1942. 15p. Tells of treatment of hostages and harsh conditions in Belgium,. Czechoslovakia, France, Greece (5 zones), 'Luxembourg Nether- lands, Norway and Yugoslavia, 1167 -51 Days in a Jap Prison. NORTH AMERICAN SKYLINE (Knglewood, Cal), Nov, 1942, v.3,no.6:11,24, ,A first hand description of what it means to live under Jap rule, 1168 Francia a Trav6s de las Alambradas; la Cnicla de Francia; la Vida en los Campos de Concentraci6n, by Bruno Weil. Buenos' Aires, Edi- torial Claridad, 1941. 211p. (Colloacian -Claridad. v.53) (France ‘Through Barbed Wire Entanglements: the Fall of France, and Life in the•Concentration Camps.—) The author and his wife, y/ere arrested on June 6, 1940 and placed in a concentration camp at Holland-Garos, .He relates his experiences from this time until his return to America by plane on Sept. 18, 1941, 1169 Germany Decides to Put ’•'.lar Prisoners in Chains PUBLIC OPINION (London), Oct. 16,-1942, v.162,no,4223:2ol-2o2. Considers the chaining of prisoners of war by Germany to be a political strategem designed "tp.limit the scope of the commando enterprises, and to arouse indignation against "British Atroci- ties." 1170 Nong Kong'Captive, 'by f. C. Farnham. OUR SUN (Philadelphia), Dec. 1942, v.9,no.2:8-11. The Sun Oil Companyfs Far.Eastern Representative tells of his experiences in Hong Kong1 during the Japanese attack and later * . as a prisoner. # . 1171 I Escape From the. Japs, by-1,. Epstein, COSMOPOLITAN (Now York), Aug. 1942, v.113:22-23,142,. Firsthb.nd report * on the horrors of life- in a Japanese prison- camp by an American..correspondent' who" Escaped from Hong Kong, XVI. CASUALTIES (cent.) 1172 I Was Captured in Warsaw, by Gaither P.- Warfield. WORLD OUTLOOK (New York)* Nov. 1942, v. Ill, no. 3:13-17.. . . Tells of experience in Warsaw upon his return from a Methodist meeting in .Copenhagen, in 1939. He was interned as an enemy alien when Germany declared war on the United States. Later he was exchanged and returned to this country. * 1173 I Was a German Hostage, by W. B. Staraki. FREE 1 'ORLD (New York), • July 1942, v.3:175-179. . . . Intimate account of the experience of one who is how a refugee in this country. 1174 I Was a Prisoner of the Japs, by Wenzell Brown. LIBERTY (New York), Oct. 10, 1942, v. 19,no.41:16-2(1. Reports the experiences of the author, an American, as a prisoner of war of the Japanese in Hong Kong for seven months. 1175 I Was in a German Prison, by Joseph Paul Bartak. WORLD OUTLOOK (New York), Nov. 1942, v.Ill,no.3:5-9, Relates the story of his experience in Czechoslovakia from the time the Nazis invaded that countiy, until his escape to the United States in 1942. 1176 I Was in Hell With Niemoller, by Leo Stein. London, Stanley Paul and Co., [1942?}.. 160p. The story of Pastor Niemoller told by Dr. Stein, former politi- cal prisoner, who spent two years in a Nazi concentration camp with him. 1177 In Canadian Prison Camps, by Jerome Davis. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Aug. 19, 1942, v,59,no.33:l002-1004. Comment .on work being done by the Y• M*C• A• to aid the German prisoners of war in the Canadian prison camps. States that many of the prisoners are highly educated' and can be helpful in' solving problems ii\ the - postwar period* • t 1178 Interned in Japan, by Theodore D. Walser. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Nov, 18, 1942, v.59,no.46* 1420-1422. •. Tells of the treatment of American prisoners in Japanese in- ternment camps! 1179 Interment in Rome, by Elbridge Durbrow. ... AMERICAN. FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington),.July 1942, v. 19,no.7:351-363,391. Story of the five monthsr internment of the United States Embassy staff at Rome, Dec. 11, 1941 — Fay 13,.1942. 1180 Into the Jaws of Death, What an Escaped Gestapo Prisoner Sawl POLISH REVIEW (New York}, Deo. 2T, 1942:, v.2,no.45:5,8. . Describes the treatment afforded prisoners of the Gestapo in Poland, The writer, an escaped prisoner, declares that the guards and jailors, contrary to popular belief are not sadists, but simply Germans doing a job. Xyi. CASUALTIES (cont.) 1181 Japan Kits Below the Belt, by George' Logan. COLLIER'S (New York), July 18, 1942, v. 110 :l3,j59-60» , * Narrates personal experiences in escaping from a Japanese concentration camp near Shanghai. Tells of torture experienced in the. comp and of personal .observation of Japanese atrocities in Manila. 1182 Prisoner of the Japanese, by J, B. Powell. NATION (New York), Oct. .10, 1942, v.-155,no. 15:3455-337. Account of "personal experiences. 1185 Prisoner of..Vichy Letters from "Yeoman." BLACKWOOD'S MAGAZINE (London), 'July 1942, v.252,no.1521*1-15. Letters written by a British officer, taken prisoner, with some * of his men, by the French in Syria and later taken to Groeco. 1184 Prisoner of War. , London, Horace Marshall, 1942. 28pi > Account of.the treatment of British prisoners in enemy hands. Discusses rights of prisoners under the International Convention; censorship in German camps; and the work of the Red Cross in the camps. 1185 Prisoners of V/art. A Study in the Development of International Law, by William E.' S. Fiery, Washington, American Council on Public Affairs, 1942. 179p. Shows difficulty of reconciling military and political interests with humanitarian ideas- Traces history of treatment of prisoners from ancient times and gives rules generally accepted up to out- break of World War II. 1186 Prisonnier en Allemagne, by Jean Mariat. Paris, Les Editions de France, 1941. 112p, (Collection "Les Temps Nouveaux") (A Prisoner in Germany.--) 1187 Punishment of War Criminals; Policy to be Adopted. PUBLIC OPINION (London), Oct, 16‘, 1942, v, 162,no'. 4223:197-198. Discusses two questions: (1) the treatment of British war prisoners by the Germans; and (2) the punishment to be meted out to war criminals by the United Nations when the armistice is declared. % 1188 Recreational Work Among Prisoners of War, by Mary F. Goodwin. THE SOUTHERN CHURCHMAN.'(Richmond), Nov. 7, 1942,' v. 108,no.45:&. Discusses what,the-Y.M.C*A., and the International Red Cross are doing for Allied prisoners of war abroad. 1189 Retaliation and Punishment. NEW STATESMAN AND NATION (London), Oct. 17, 1942, v.24,no.,$08:249-250. Criticizes the English government for following Germany in . shackling prisoners of war. .. > XVI. CASUALTIES (cont.) 1190 Sea Prison'and Shore Hell, edited by Roy Alexander. The Cruise of the’ Raider Atlantis. From the, Diary of John Creagh,' Merchant Seaman. Sydney, Angus and Robertson, 1942, ix, 199pr The diary of a British merchant seaman, who was held prisoner for two months aboard the German raider "Atlantis,” trans- ferred thence to the Yugoslav prison ship "Durmitor," and 28 days later put into a prison camp in Italian Somaliland, 1191 Secours Intellectruals aux Prisonniers de Guerre. REVUE INTERNATIONALE DE IA CR0IX-R0UGE (Comit6 International de la CR0IX-R0UGE, Geneva), Nov, 1941, no.275*894-898, (intellectual Aid for Pisoners of War.—) Describes the Service des Secours Intellectuels of the International Red Cross in supplying books, musical instruments, and sporting goods to the internment camps of the warring nations. ' v « 1192 Story of an Escaped Prisoner of War, by Jan Rostworowski* • POLISH REVIEW (New York), Dec. 20,-1942, v.2,no.45*10-11. Describes life in a German prisoner-of-war camp. Tells of the demoralizing influence of Russian campaign upon the German people.. 1193 Tokyo Nightmare, by Robert Bellaire, COLLIER’S (new York), Sept. 26, 1942, v.ll0$no.13:37-42, Illus. Recounts personal experience in a Japanese concentration camp. 1194 Treatment of Civilian Enemy Aliens and Prisoners of War, DEPARTMENT OF STATE BULLETIN (Washington), May 23, 1942, v.6, no.152:445-447. Tells" of the diplomatic negotiations undertaken by the State Department on behalf of enemy aliens and prisoners of war, and gives the latest news available concerning them. 1195 We Prisoners of War, Edited by Tracy Strong New York Asso- ciated Press,* 1942, . 90p. Essays written by British'prisoners of war in a German prison camp describing their psychological adjustments, thoughts, etc. during their prison life. B* Mortalities 1196 Ankle Deep -in War, try Atwood H. Towns end. • FREE WORLD (New York), Sept. 1942, • v. 3,no. 4 :296-303. Analysis of the contribution to the war, made to date by various peoples, on the basis of lives lost. Concludes that the United.. States and Great Britain have contributed much less than the Chinese, the Filipinos, and others. 1197 Un Frio Analisis de las Eerdidas Alemanas en Russia. ROY (Santiago), June 25, 1942., no. 551:51-5.3. (A Cold Analysis of German Losses in Russia.—) Tabulation of German losses during the winter campaign based on official Russian communiques. Ml. CASUALTIES (cont.) 1198 German Casualties in Russia, by And rev/ }'l4 Eamarck. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURHAL (Washington), June 1342, v. 32 :4 70-4 76. , Estimates German casualties in the'Russian campaign. 1199 How Great Are the German Rosses? NEW REPUBLIC (New York), April 2o, 1942, v, 106;532-534. Presents careful estimates of German losses. 1200 The Third Year, by Henry A. Bale. AERONAUTICS (London), Dec. 1942, v.7,no.5:40-41, . A graph of the Royal Air Force and enemy losses over Axis controlled territory in Europe. 1201 War Deaths in *41 Put at 1,250,000. SCIENCE DIGEST (Chicago), April 1942, v,ll,no*4:26» ,Extract from the New York Times, estimating military losses of the United States, Finland, Great Britain,.Greece, Japan, Yugoslavia, and minor losses of Bulgaria, France, Hungary, and Iraq. PART THREE: ARMED FORCES; ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING XVII. PUBLIC RELATIONS, CENSORSHIP, AND THE PRESS 1202- If This Is A People’s War* FORTUNE (New,York)-, Jan. 1943, v.27, no.1:96-97. ' Finds much public discontent with the way the war is managed and with the strict censorship of war news. Suggests the appoint- ment of a joint congressional committee on the progress of the war and offers some nominations, 1203 Our War Effort, by Frederick H, Osborn. Princeton, Princeton University, 1942. 17p. Address by Brigadier-General Frederick H. Osborn, Chief of the Special Service Branch, United States War Depart- ment. 1204 Public Relations in War and Peace,.by.Rex F. Harlow.*, New York, . Harper, 1942. xii, 22Qp. • Deals with the principles underlying the effective conduct of public relations. Designed as a guide and an aid to the develop- ment of proper attitudes in those entering this field* The author is president of the American Council on Public Relations. ♦ 1205 35 U. S* Newsmen At New Fronts In Africa With American Army,- by Walter E. Schneider, - EDITOR AND PUBLISHER (New York), Nov. 14, 1942, v.75,no.46:5,56. Describes activities of the secretly mobilized United States war correspondents and photographers who accompanied the American forces in their attack on the African colonies. 1206 What Even," Citizen Should Know About Modern War, by Fletcher Pratt. New York,, W. W. Norton, 1942, 184p. Ulus’. Defines and explains terms, phrases and methods of modern war- fare. XVIII, WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIAL LAW 1207 Absentee Voting in Time of War by Members of the Land and Naval - Forces Serving in- the United 'States ... Report to Accompany H* R* 7223. IT. S. Congress. House. Committee on Election of President, Vice- President, and Representatives in Congress. Washington, U-* S. Govt, Print. Off., 1942* 4p, (77th Cong., 2d soss. House. Rept. 2265) XVIII, WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIAL LAW (cont.) 12C3 The Articles of War Annotated, by Lee S. Tillotson, Colonel, J. A, G. D., U. S. Army Retired. Harrisburg, Pa., -The Military publish- ing Co., 1942. 266p* . . An elucidation of Chapter 36, Title 10 of the Code of Laws of . the United States’of America 1934 edition. 1209 Birth Certificates, A Digest of the Laws and Regulations of the Various States, by Eari H.. Davis, Few York, H. W. Wilson, 1942. i36p. ; Compiled in an endeavor to supply information regarding birth . certificates to those engaged in the defense effort, 1210 A Cast of International Responsibility During Martial Rule, by Robert R, Wilson. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL LAW (Wash- , Oct. 1942, v.36,no.4:657-661. Reviews instances of martial law in occupied territory. 1211 Counseling the Conscientious Objector, by Robert Hoppock* - EDUCATIONAL RECORD (Washington), Oct. 1942, v.23,no.4t654-658. Describes the procedure designated by law for conscientious objectors, why this position i's taken by some people, and what adviGe a counselor should give. 1212 Courts-Martial and Civil Courts, a Comparison, JOURNAL Or THE BAR ASSOCIATION OF THE STATE OF KANSAS (Wichita), May 1942, v.lO: 361-365, • Gives a comparison of rights of the individual under courts- . martial and civil courts. Every soldier has a right to file a complaint of treatment received from his commanding officer and to have his complaint examined by disinterested persons, 1213 Digest of State and Federal Laws Dealing with Prostitution and Other Sex Offenses, with Notes on the Control 6f the Sale •of Alcoholic Beverages as it Relates to Prostitution Activities. Compiled by George Goned and Roy E. Dickerson. Now York, American Social Hygiene Association, 1942. 453p, , 1 'Contains a foreword by Charles P. Taft, Asst, Director, Office ,of.Defense Health and Welfare Science, calling attention to the desirability of such law enforcement in the present emergency. 1214 Emergency Legislation. ■ SECRETARY (Cambridge, Eng.), Oct, 1942, v, 39,no.4 :157-170, ' ; Enumerates the various war enactments that"have' reached the 'statute book -in th,e last three months. L - 1215. Execution' of Aliens» Trusts in Wartime, by E. H. Bodkin, LAW JOURNAL (London), Oct. 10, 1942, v.92,no.4004:325-326. Examines problems,encountered in connection with trusts when the trustee or beneficiaries are aliens; v XV'III. WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIALS LAW (cont,) 1216 Handbook of Canadian Military;, Law, by Burrell M.'- Singer and R. J. Langford. Toronto, Copp Clark, 1941. 272p, * 1217 How to Obtain Birth Certificates, Table Showing Where to Apply for Birth Certificates in Each State and-the Cost-of Securing Certified Copies Thereof Together with Citations to the Statutory Provisions Relative to Delayed Registration, Washington, U. S. Govt, print. Off., 1942. lQp. (77th Cong,, 2.d sess., House Document no, 821). 1218 International Traffio in Arms, Regulations Issued on June 2, 1942, by the Secretary of State, Governing Registration and Licensing under Section 12 of the Joint Resolution Approved How 4, 1939 and Related Laws. Eighth Edition, Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942 tip* 1219 Jurisdiction over Friendly Foreign Armed Forces, by Archibald King. "AMERICAN JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL LAW (Washington), Oct. 1942, v.36, no.4:539-567. •Considers the question: "Are members of the Army in an expedition- ary force at the invitation of the country occupied, subject to the same possibility of civil suit and criminal prosecution in the courts as a civilian national visiting the same country?" 1220 The Law of Martial Rule and the National Emergency, by-Charles' Fairman. ILWtVARD LAW REVIEW (Cambridge, Mass.), June 1942, v,55; 1253-1302. * Reviews the legal implications’ of "martial law," and comment's on its relations to constitutional guarantees and common law* 1221 Laws Relating to National Defense Enacted During' 1st Sess., 77th ’ Cong. Compiled by Elmer A. Lewis Superintendent of Document Room, House of Representatives. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 232p. . .. Gives texts of laws listed according to public law numbers. No< index. . 1222 The Legality of Martial Law in Hawaii, by Archibald Eing. CALIFORNIA LAW REVIEW (Berkeley), Sept. 1942, v.36,no.6:599-633, Points out the.constitutional development which supports martial law in Hawaii. , 1223 A Manual of Law for Use by Advisory Boards for Registrants Appointed * Pursuant to the Selective Training and Service Act of 1940, as Amended. Compiled by the Committee on War Work of the American Bar Association. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 2d ed., Sept. 1942, 2o7p. ■i • . • 1224 Military Justice and the Field Soldier, Pts. <1 and IT, by it. col, Frederick Bernays Wiener. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.51,no.6:70-73; Jan. 1943, v.52,no.ls72-77. ,. XVIII. WARTIME IE GI STATION AND MARTIAL VM (cont.) 1225 Military Law and Defense Legislation, by A. Arthur Schiller. St. Paul, Minn., West. Publishing Go., 1941. 647p. A collection of dicuments to furnish the governing principles of law in the United States pertaining to military affairs. 1226 Military Leave Regulations, by Lewis F,' Adler. PENNSYLVANIA SCHOOL JOURNAL (Harrisburg, Pa.), Uov. 1942, v.91,no.3:70. Presents some of the problems of the administration of the Military Leave Act. (public Act 282, approved Aug. 1, 1941). 1227 Military Reprisals and the Sanctions of the Laws of War, by Ellery C. St owe 11. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF INTERNATIONAL LAW (Washington) , Oct. 1942. v. 36, no. 4:643*650. Considers aspects of military law such as those pertaining to guerrilla warfare, punishment, and retaliation. Stresses fact that rules of warfare are observed with mutual advantage to belligerents. 1228 Rules of Warfare, Bushido Style. CONTEMPORARY CHINA (New York), „ . June 15, 1942, v.2,no.2:1-4. Cites evidence to indicate Japan’s rules of war concerning the > distinction between combatant and noncombatant, and discusses the treatment of civilians and prisoners of war. Considers also the legal aspects of chemical and bacteriological warfare, 1229 The Self-Inflicted Injury, by David J, Flicker. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF.PSYCHIATRY (Baltimore), Sept. 1942, v.2,no. 99:168-175. Bibliog, , . A•consideration of military law concerning the self-inlflittdd injury and the analysis of a case history.' 1230 Slack on Liability for National Service. First Cumulative Supplement, up to and Including June 30, 1942, by 3. Granville Slack and F. Howarth Hignett. London, Butterworth, 1942. 83p. A supplement to an annotated code of British laws pertaining to' national service. To be used in conjunction with the main book, 1231 Soldiers and Politics, by Kendrick Log. EDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS (Washington), Aug, 14, 1942, v,2,no,6:103-122, Discusses this subject under the topics; the soldier vote in the future? fears of military domination during and after the American Revolution} the political power of veterans’ organiza- tions} and wartime service legislation, 1232 Treatment, of the Conscientious Objector Under the Selective Service Act of 1940, AMERICAN POLITICAL SCIENCE REVIEW (Menasha), Aug, 1942, v.36,no.4:697-701. Tells what the conscientious objector should do, and what * ate pa the. .local board may take-. Discusses placement in non-com- batant service or in trork of national importance under civilian direction, 4 XVIII. WARTIME LEGISLATION AND, MARTIAL LAW (coat*) 1233 Waiting Period for Marriage License Applicants Affecting Servicemen in Nineteen States. < Chicago, 111., Council of State Governments, ‘ Nov, 1942.. 5p, ; (BX-22.9) The waiting period between application for and receipt of marriage licenses, required by law in eighteen states, varies from two to five days, and affects many service men who plan to mam during .short leaves. •. ■ > ' ' 1234 War Legislation Submitted to States. ! STATE COVERS TEN? (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.15,no.12;238-233. Discusses suggested laws drawn up by the Council o£ State govern- ment fs drafting committee for state war legislation. 1235' Wartime Legislation in Japan. Translated and Compiled by the Overseas Department,' Domei Tsusliin Sha, Tokyo, Nippon Shogyo Tsuhsin Sha, 1941. 263p. Text in English and Japanese. 1236 War-Time Martial Rule in California, by Earl Warren. JOURNAL OF THE STATE BAR OF CALIFORNIA (-San Francisco)-,. July-Aug. 1942, v.17, no.5:185-204. * ‘ : Defines the term martial rule or law. Reviews' its background and application and many other legal aspects and cites cases during World War I in which martial law was instituted. . The effect of martial law in California is minutely described. Footnotes. 1237 Tfhen A Soldier Breaks the Law, by David Gceting Monroe. JOURNAL OF CRIMINAL -LAW AND CRIMINOLOGY (Chicago), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.33, no.3 :245-254. Discusses the■laws governing disciplinary control over members of the United States military forces. Considers persons subject to, and offenses punishable under federal military law, questions of jurisdiction, and perogatives and limitations of court-martial. XIX. RECRUITMENT ’AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL A. Mobilization * * ■> ] 238 Are We Drafting a Larger Army Than We Can Supply, ■ by Dr. Harvey N. Davis. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Oct. 15, 1942, v.9, no.1:18-21. Discusses the dra.ft situation with regard to the allocation of men between the armed forces and the production forces. Suggests the establishment of priorities in men, to solve this ba’sic probf lem. 1239 * The Building of a War Economy, by E. S. Isles. ECONOMIC -RECORD (Carlton, Victoria, Australia), June 1942, v.18,no.34:58-74. Reports on manpower requirements, reserves of. labor in South Australia, the need'to reduce and reorganize civil industry and trade, economic consequences of interstate specialization on de- fense production and methods of effecting the required transfer of manpower. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (pent.) 1240 Canada at War. Ottawa, Director of Public Information, April . 1942, 71p. . * . Considers‘the mobilization of Canadian manpower: the enlistment program; the nayy, army and air forces; munitions; food; the home front including price control; labor; women in war industry; supply finance; salvage and war risk insurance. 1241 Control of Manpower in Britain. Great Britain. British Information Services. New York, Washington, [etc.], British Information Services, Oct. 20, 1942. 13p. (l.D. 313) Contains information oh government powers, mobilization of man- power statistics, call-up for military service, training for in- dustry, allocation of labor to industry, enforcement of control and present tendencies of manpower policy. 1242 Deferment of the Calling-up of'Men Liable for Service Under the National Service Acts. Great Britain. Ministry of Labour. London, Ministry of Labour, 1942. 6p* Discusses functions of district manpower boards and bases upon which deferment may be granted. 1243 Earmarking Collegiate Manpower, by Robert C.' Woeliner* JOURNAL OF HIGHER EDUCATION (Columbus), Oct. 1942, v. 13,no.7:374-376. Discusses the practice of enlisting college students by the Army and the Navy for inactive service and training. Warns against permitting this practice to prevent the students receiving a general education along with their vocational specialisation. 1244 How Canada Built Its War Machine, by M. R. Godine. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), Nov. 7, 1942: 7,15, Illus. Discusses the military and economic mobilization of Canada. 1245 Is Germany Exhausting Her Man Power? by Karl Brandt. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (New York), Oct. 1942, v.21*no.1*20-33. Believes there are indications that Germany faces a serious labor shortage at home and in her occupied countries. Points to difficulties involved in Germany's use of prisoners for her war man-power and suggests a large-scale land attack to cripple Germany. 1246 Manpower and Total War Effort, by W. L. Mackenzie King. Ottawa, Director of Public .Information, 1942. 12p. Presents policies of the Canadian National Selective Service. 1247 Manpower Discusses at Joiht Meeting of American and Canadian Engineers. ENGINEERING NEWS-RECORD (New York), Oct. 22, 1942, v.129,no.17*70-72. Reviews .discussions at a joint meeting of the American Society of Civil Engineers and the Engineering Institute of Canada on the , subjects of manpower to meet military and civilian needs, training of engineers for -army service, and training of young engineers during the. war ' period. XIX, RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 1248 Too Big An Army? New Revision of Plans. UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), Oct. 23, 1942, v. 13,no. 17:13-14.. Discusses the size of our army and finds that further extension would not be feasible because of limited provisions of equipment and transport facilities. Says that if .grows to the figure 7,500,000, a large part of the armed forces may be left in the United States. 1249 War Manpower Developments. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN RATER FORKS ASSOCIATION (New York),.Nov. 194?j v.34,no.11;1734-1736. Explains the regulation regarding the enlistment of men who are in Federal ■ posts and in war..-industry. 1250 War Work in-Great Britain: What British Men and Women in the United States Can Do, Concord, N. H., Rumford Press, 1942. 12p. A call for the return of British subjects to the United Kingdom. Lists types of men and women whose services are urgently needed in the armed forces and. in civilian work. 1251 We *ve Come a Long Way,.- But We*ve Got a Long Way Still to Go,' by Hanson W. Baldwin. NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), Oct, 4, 1942:3,4,30.' Report on visits to Army camps and on trips with the Navy* Refers to improvement in morale, to size egf camps, modernization of equip- ment and technique, and shortage of officers. Mentions the prob- lems of leadership, manpower, the induction of older men and of youths, and military planning.and administration. 1252 Who Will Man the Liberty Ships? POWER (New York), July 1942, v.86, no.7:460-463. Considers the vital problem of trained personnel for operating the new merchant ships, 1253 Use of Manpower in Australia, by R. C. Wilson. AUSTRALIAN QUARTERLY (Sydney) ,. March 1942, v. 14.,no. 1: 73-80. Discusses the use of manpower in Australia where the democratic method of voluntary cooperation is used in contrast with the Hitler method of forced cooperation. Considers the democratic method best in the- long run. B. Selective Service 1254 Adjusted Deferment' policy, by Harold F. Browne. CONFERENCE BOARD MANAGEMENT RECORD (New York), June 1942, v.4:171-175. Explains the new interpretations, brought about by our entry into the war, of deferment clauses in the Selective Service Act of 1940. 1255 Alcoholism and Induction into Military Service, by Abraham Myerson. QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF STUDIES ON ALCOHOL (New Haven), Sept. 1942, v.3, no.2:2o4-22o. Discusses the percentage of alcoholics discovered through the Selective Service, types of alcoholics.examined, and relationship between alcoholism ana malingering. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL.(cont,) 1256 Amendments to Selective [Training and Services'Act of 1940. .Nov* 10, 1942.,. Conference Report. (To Accompany H. R. 7528) 'Washington, U* S. Govt. Print Off. 4p. ([U.S.] 77th Cong. 2d scss-. House. Kept, 2624). 1257 Application of Selective Service Act to Canadian Nationals in the U. S* BULLETIN (u. S. Dept, of State, Washington), April 11, 1942, v.6:315-318* 1258 The Army and Higher Education, by Zim E« Lawhon. EDUCATIONAL RECORD (Washington), July 1942, v.23,no,3:482-485. Reports on the plan of the Army to enlist college students in the Enlisted Reserve Corps,' and to defer their call to active duty until after graduation, 1259 The Army Has a New Way of Choosing Its Young Officers. LONDON CALLING (London), Oct. 25, 1942, no.15(jl2-13. Describes the British technique in selecting candidates for officer training. 1260 The Army Plays It Safe, by K. S. Lester. AIR FACTS (New York), , July 1, 1942, v.5,no.7;32-43. Discusses the tests for men and machines in aviation* 1261 Aviation Cadet Manual, 1942. Issued by: TJ. S* Adjutant-General’s Office. Govenors Island, New York, Recruiting Bureau, U. S. Army, 1942. 37p* A recruiting manual setting forth the requirements' for applica- tion, general information concerning training, etc# 1262 Canada’s Two Voices, by William Henry Chamberlain. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), May 13, 1942, v.59:626—628. ~ An analysis of the recent vote regarding conscription for over- seas services in Canada, 1263 Company Military Service and State Guard Policies, by F. Beatrice Brower. CONFERENCE BOARD MANAGEMENT RECORD (New York), July 1942, v.4,no.7;2ol-20o. Reports on a survey in which 232 firms told of their policies re- garding employees called into the military services* Policies of the firms where employees are not in the State Guard were also ./ considered. 1264 Dental Aspects of Selective Service, by C. R Wells. NEW YORK JOURNAL OF DENTISTRY (New York), March 1942, v. 12:1(56-110. Discusses the appointment of dentists to local and medical boards; the induction of dentists into the Army; and dental standards for the United States Army. Lists dental conditions which disqualify men for any form of military service. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION■OF PERSONNEL (cent,) 1265 Drafting.This Army, by Frederick Lewis Allen. HARPERS MAGAZINE ' (New Yprk)> July 1942, v.184j121-130. , Progress report'oh the selective service program. Describes some of the problems facing draft boards, and’ problems- of general policy with respect to classification and re'-classification of men. " i . * * 1266 The Educational'Level of Men of .Military Age in the United States. THE IDEAL OF THETA UPSILON (Wauwatosa, Wis.), Nov. 194-2, v. 17,no. Is 19-2C, * Compares the educational level of selectees in the present war With- those* of: tnt pest world war, showing that 41 percent have .-high school or college training, while only 9 percent had reach- ed this level in the previous war. . , ' * « r ‘ 1267- The Eighteen-Year Old Selectee — A High School Responsibility, by A. H. Lass.- HIGfAPOINT'S (Brooklyn), Sept, 1942, v*24,no.7;5-6. - ■ Presents b. program for assisting, the veung men in high school, who are subject to the draft,which would increase their physical endurance, and provide technical training and guidance to enable them to fit into the armed services to best advantage• r, 1268’ Engineer Officer Canidate’“Material,gby R.' C Crawford. MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington) , Oc'A 1942, v« 54,no.„204*484>-485« Explains,the present plan for the selection and training of officers, and the necessary qualifications of applicants for candidate'schools. • A 12S9'; Enlisted Men, Initial Classification. Issued 'by: U* S. War Depart- ment. 'Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942, 73o. (Amy Regulations nc. 615-625) Defines aims and procedures of Selective-Service System. 1270 The Eyes and the Military Services, by Myron S. Harding. JOURNAL OF THE INDIANA STATE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Indianapolis), May 1942, • ■ fv.35:246-249. • States.visual requirements for each-branch of the military services, and gives summaries of tests made on selective service - men and. volunteers in Indiana. . ... 1 ' 12 71 The Eyes, of the Navy, by C.-A. Swanson, VISUAL DIGEST (St. Joseph, Mo.), Summer Issue' 1942, v.6:27-29. .... Discusses the hi story of visual requirements of the Navy and . . .• R. Marine Corps, re jections for eye defects by the United States Navy • A .a’,, and the 'United ; States Marino Corps. .1939-1940, and 1917-1919, 1272 Exercite, Selccionado ou Milieia, by T. A. Ara'ripc. CTJLTTJRA PCLITICA • '(Rio do .Janeiro) , May 1942, v. 2,no. 15:203-20.8. (Selective Service -or 'Militia. —) Discussion of the relative value of the techniques of army expansion with reference to the Brazilian needs. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCT! . N OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 1273 Give Us the Blueprints, Issued by:' Harvard Crims Editorial Board, THRESHOLD (New York), Oct. 1942, v,3,no.1:31-32,39. Discusges the maze of conflicting and overlapping programs to provide officer material for the Amy and Navy. Finds Government failure to cooperate with the colleges a major defect. 1274 How Can We Best Use Our•Conscripted Youth? Washington, Ransdcll, Oct. 25, 1942. 12p, (American,Forum of the Air, v.4,no.43). Participating in the broadcast were 'Congressman Jennings Randolph, Congressman Emanuel Ccller, Warren H. Atherton, Frederick J. Libby and Dr. Harry Overstreet. 12 75 How the Army Sorts Its Man Power, by Walter V. Bingham*' HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), Sept. 1942, v.185,no.1108:432-440. By the Chief Psychologist, Personnel Procedure Section, U. S. Adjutant General’s Office. 1276 How National Selective Service Functions, by K. W. MacTaggart. CANADIAN BUSINESS (Montreal), -June 1942 4 v.15,no. 6:22-24,76, Describes new regulations providing for the fitting of every Canadian into the place he can serve most effectiveIv. Urges management’s cooperation, particularly in the field of personnel relations. 1277 How to Enlist and Get an Immediate Rating. OUR NAVY (New York), June 1, 1942, v.37:20-23,61. Account of tests and interviews given to men who'enlist in the ' Navy. 1278 The Inductee’s Mental Test. New York, Arco Publishing Co,, 1942. 31p. Describes the tests which new soldiers will bo required to take, and gives suggestions as to how an inductee should meet them in order to be assigned to the job for which he is best fitted* 1279 Information for Applicants for Appointments as Officers H. S. Naval Deserve, May 1942. U. 3. Bureau of Naval Reserve. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print, Off., 1942. 6p. 128C Information Regarding Appointment and Enlistment of Commissioned Officers, Warrant Officers, Aviation Cadets, Enlisted Men, and Nurses, Army of the United States. Printed for the Use of the Committee on ' Military Affairs. U. S. Senate. U. S. 77th Congress, 2nd Sess, 1942., Washington, TJ. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 19p. 1281 An Interpretation of Draft Rejection Figures, by W, V. Bauer, M. D. THE PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL JOURNAL (Harrisburg), Dec. 194-2, v.45,no.3: 204-207. Comments upon the percentage of youths rejected by the draft and the implications of the rejections for the general health of the nation, XIX, RECRUITMENT HID INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 1282 Ironing Out the by Devon Francis. SKYWAYS (New York), Jan. 1943, rv.2,no. l:.12-l3,62-66. Urges a/revision of- physical requirements for pilots on the theory that good flying material exists among applicants with minor de- - fec'ts, 1283 Is Your Number Up? Practical Information for the Future Selectee, by Blake Cochran... ' New York,. Teachers College, Columbia University, Fdb. 1942, 57p. •]284 Leadership Rating of Engineer Officer Canidates, by William Whipple, jr. MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), Aug. 1942, v.34,no.2o2: 380-384. - . t Discusses methods used in rating officer canidates in the Engineer • School at Fort' Belvoir, Fa. 1285 Legal Aspects of the Selective Service Act. INDIANA LAW JOURNAL (Bloomington, Ind.), April 1942, v. 17,no.4:271-373. . * Informative material on the legal aspects of the Selective "Service System. Includes appeal procedure of the Selective Service Lav/, section 303 of the Soldiers1 and Sailor* s Civil Relief Act, and various no.tes and comments. 1286 Lowering the Draft Age to 18 Years... Committee on Military Affairs. Report (T o'Accompany S. 2748)... [Washington, U. S. Garb. Print, Off., 1942], 7p. (fu.S.] 77th Cong., 2d sess. Senate flopt, 1644.) 1237 The Medical Aspects of Selective Service, by Leonard G. Rowntroe, NEW YORK JOURNAL OF DENTISTRY (New York), March 1942:100-106. Discusses such aspects of the United States Selective Service as the problems of’ psychiatry; deferment of medical students and interns; experiments in procedure of selection; the President*s plan for the rehabilitation of rejected registrants; and groups of diseases unfavorable for rehabilitation, 1288 Medical Officer Requirements., CONNECTICUT STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL . ('New Haven) , July 1942, v. 6;552-553, The Connecticut Office of. Procurement and Assignment estimates the need up to Jan, 1, 1943 for about 400 additional, officers, Re- quirements for. appointment are.given. 1289 Mqdical Recruiting Program Is Mapped for Next Year, by Coleman B. 'Jones. MEDICAL ECONOMICS (Rutherford), Dec. 1942, v.2o,no,3:46-48, 94-96'. A- ‘ Discusses*'some ‘of the problems and prospects of medical, recruit- ment for 1943. ' . XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 1290 Metodo Practico dc Selecoion de Pilotos, by Dr. Maurice U* Walsh. AMERICA CLIN1CA (Rev/ York), v.4,no.3:71-73. (A Practical Method of Pilot Selection.—) Discussion of the role of the medical profession in determining the eligibility of pilot applicants. 1291 The Navy Calls'for Naval Reserve Officers, THE LOG (San Francisco), June 1942, v.37j41-42. Appeals to men with the necessary special ability, to enlist as naval reserve officers in the Merchant Marine, 1292 New Method for Immediate Recruitment of Medical Officers. ‘ JOURNAL OF THE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), May 2, 1942, v. 119:33-34, Says 5,000 physicians are needed at once by the army, 11,000 additional will be required by December 1942, Describes system by which army has streamlined its method of commissioning medical officers. 1293 New Physical Standards for the Army. HEW YORK STATE JOURNAL OF MEDICINE (New York), April 15, 1942, v.42;759-760. Lists and explains United States Army’s new physical standards of acceptance for limited military duty for officers. 1294 On Lowering the Draft Age, by Ralph H. Gabriel. YALE ALUMNI MAGAZINE (New Haven), Oct. 1942, v.6,no.3:8-9. •Points out factors to be considered in deciding the lower draft age: the experience of World War‘I, the present conditions of this war, the strength of the nation, and the needs of conserving the 18-year-olds for the possible exigencies of a long-drawn out war. 1295 Order Numbers of Men Registered June 30 -Will Be Decided- According to Birth Dates. ’ SELECTIVE SERVICE (u. S. Selective Service Svstg-m, Washington), June 1942, v.2:1. Article contains information concerning the fifth registration. 1296 Physician Shortage Becomes Issue on Capital Hill, by R. I. Hale, , MEDICAL ECONOMICS (Rutherford, N J.) Dec. 1942, v.2o,no.3:32-34, 96-108. Survey of the physician shortage in the United States, and of the congressional criticisms of procurement methods for the armed •services. 1297 A Plan for Procuring immediate Enlistment of Skilled Mechanics, Radiomen and Other Specialists for the Air Forces, the Signal Corps, the Ordnance De pa rtment. U,.S. Adj utant-Gone ra1’s Office (n.d.), (n.p.) 17p. XIX.. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (pont.) * 1298 Pro.blems in, the. Selection of Aviators, by Eric- Liljencrants. 'JOURNAL OF* Ai/’lATlblL MEDI CINE. (St * Paul, Minn.), June 1942, v.13, no,2:lc7rl2C;.„„. .. . y- Discusses'problems in the. selection of.United States aviators: the interrelationship between apd relative importance of selection and maintenance; fitness for high altitude tension; ability to withstand fatigue; and emotional stability. 1299 Protection of' Individuals and of the Nation Under, the Selective Service Acts of 1917 and 1940, by Charles W. Taintor and A* B.' Butts, MISSISSIPPI LAW JOURNAL (University, Mississippi), May 1942, v.14: 445-484. Discusses the constitutionality of the Selective Service Acts , of 1917 and 1940; the legal problem connected with the enforcement of the registration and classification requirements; and the func- tions assigned to the local and appeal boards, 1300 The R. A. F. Is Looking for High Flyers, by Carl Olsson. LONDON CALLING (London), Nov. 8-14, 1942, no 161:12-14. Illus, Discus.ses the effects of extreme altitudes on machines and on the men who fly them. Shows there is great variation between men in their ability to preserve mental and physical efficiency at great altitudes. 1301 The Right Man,.in the Right Place, or,. Personnel Selection in the Army. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Aug. 1942, v.44,no.2:271-276. Explains procedures in the selection of personnel in the British army by use of tests and modern techniques which were first used by the British in 1939. 1302 Selection Testing of Recruits, or from Coupon to Quartermaster, by P. Hunter Gordon. ROYAL ENGINEERS JOURNAL (London), Sept. 1942, v,56:187-195, Discusses the method employed, in England to. place men in the branch of the Army for which they are best suited, and to ascer- tain if soldiers already in the Army are well placed. 1305 Selective’’Service and/ the Married.Man, by Arthur V. McDermott, M/lRRlAGE AND FAMILY LIVING (Menasha, Wis.), May 1942. v,4:2 9-30,38. Gives Canada's experience in drafting married men, 1304 Selective Service, Deferment, and Secondary Education. BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), Dee. 1942, v.26,no.llO:25-26. The Association answers the inquiries of its members by reproduc- ing the -directive issued .on .Sept. 30, 1942 by Major-General Hershey in which he clarifies the position of educational services with reference to deferment and selective service. 1305 Selective Service for Canadians. • CANADIAN CHEMISTRY AND PROCESS INDUSTRIES (Toronto), April 1942, v.26:2oo-2r2. Gives new regulations and restrictions in Canadian selective service. . XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) -1306 Selective Service in Peacetime* First Report of the Director of Selective Service 1940-1941. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. viii, 424p., illus. Report of Lewis B„ Hershey, Director of Selective Service for the period from Sept. 16, 1940, the date of the approval of the Selec- tive Training and Service Act of 1940 (Public Law 783, 76th Cong.), to Dec. 8, 1941, the date of the declaration of war on Japan. 1307 Selective Service’s Medical Statistics Program, by Ca.pt* Oliver Harold Folk. 'JOURNAL CF THE AMERICAN STATISTICAL ASSOCIATION (Menasha, Wis.), Dec. 1942, v.37,no.220:425-429. Describes analyses of physical examinations of selectees to give a progress report of each individual and also intensive studies of samples of the records. Type of cards and classification used is given in detail* 1308 Selective Service Policy 1940-1942, by Elias Huzar. JOURNAL OF POLITICS (Gainesville, Fla.), May 1942, v» 4:201-226. Discusses features of the 1940 Selective Service bill, and the various proposals and bills loading to the passing of the 1942 * • law. 1309 Should the Draft Age 'Reduced? JUNIOR‘COLLEGE JOURNAL (Washing- ton) , Nov. 1942, v.13,no.3:134-139. Symposium by junior college executives in various parts of the United States. 1310 Status of Accountants Under Selective Service Act, by Carman G. Blough and John L. Carey. JOURNAL OF ACCOUNTANCY (New York), Oct. 1942, v.74,no.4:306-314. Summarizes available information and attempts to interpret general expressions of policy by the national headquarters of the Selective Service System, toward occupational deferment of accountants. 1311 That’s Kow Fliers /no Found, by Devon .Franqis. COLLIER’S (New York), Sept. 26, 1942, v.llo,no.13:24,27-28. A.study of what makes a man a fighting flier. Through extensive scientific screening tests and other means, the Army is enabled to sift out pilots, bombardiers and navigators with accuracy and precision. Photographs. * t \ % 1312 Three Anonymous Men on a Board, by Herbert Corey. • .IjATIrN’S BUSINESS (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.30,no.12:32-34,84-87. Discusses the principles.organization, and operation of selective service, 1313 The Urgent Need for Doctors, by Paul V. McNutt. .JOURNAL CF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), June 20, 1942, v.119:605-607. Stre.sses the fact that doctors are urgently needed in the armed forces. Estimates that 33 per cent of all physicians, including retired men, and two-thirds of all those under the age of 45 will be required. ..XIX, ■’ RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (eont.) 131.4 War and Conscription, at the ,Bar of Christian Morals, by Rt* Rev. ■Ms'gr, George Barry 0IToole... New York, ' Catholic Worker Press, Jan. 1941, 9fp. - • ■ ‘ *,' States the Catholic viewpoint of conscription, both in peace and war. , C . ■*. • 1515 Wartime Policies of the United States Civil Service Commission, with Comments, by Leonard D. White and Arthur S. Flemming.•.Chicago, Civil Service Assembly of the United 'States and Canada, April 1942* [12p.] '(its Special Bulletin No, 15). Contains Executive Orders of .the President, excerpts from War Service Regulations of the U. S. Civil Service Commission, and other material relating to recruitment and placement. 1316 War-Time Uses of Anthropological, Surveys. NATURE (London), Cct. 3, 1942, V.15C,no. 3805:385-337. Urges continued surveys of. the physical character of national group's, in the United States fig an aid in the selection of re- cruits for the war and military operations. I’3l7 Washington: Both Sides of the Curtain,' by Edson Blair, BARRONTS (New York), Nov. 16, 1942, v.22,no.46:4. Tells of the pending changes in the selective service system. Believes emphasis will be.laid on occupation and age instead of dependents. 1318 What College Training Means to Men in the Service, by Elgin Young. DELTA (Indianapolis, Ind.), Pet. 1942, v.60,no.1:18-22. . ' Describes the advantages a college education affords in war training and advocates keeping men in .college to maintain a continual flow of officer materialj also explains how the selec- tive, service operates. 4 1319 What*s Wrong with the Draft? by Marquis W, Childs. LOCK (Des Maine s, I owa.) , Nov. 3 , 1942, v, no, 2 2 :13 -15, Discusses enlistment, the. present draft, .the farm-labor shortage, the future of technical and professional workers, the use of " r civilian specialists, and the. drafting of eighteen and"nineteen year, old boys, • , 132c Who>11 be Drafted When? FORTUNE (New York), 1942, v.26, no.5•96-97. Discusses the ..question of whether husbands and fathers will be inducted in numbers, and the number of men that will be called into the armed forces. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) C. Training 1. .United States 1321 Air Education for Future- Fliers and Ground Associates, by Howard Nordahl. NEW YORK STATE EDUCATI N (Albany), Dec. 1942, v*5c,no.3; 191-192,23W85.. Discusses methods and organization for preparing high school teachers for future aviation service. 1522 All Hands on Deck) by Howard Hartley, C; LLIERT3 (New York}, June 27, 1942, v.1^9:16-17,54-55. Describes the United States Navy 1s mass-production training program. . • ■ * ... * > s 1323 American Jiu-Jitsu, by Edward L. Allen. Bloomfield Hill, Llich.', A ,* < Sun Dial Press,. 1942, 54p. A manual containing 32S progressive action photographs designed - , to teach the fundamental principles of Jiu-Jitsu, 1324 The Ajnerican Soldier, by Edmund T. Delaney. FIELD ARTILLERY JCURNAL (Washington), I:ay 1942, v.32*355-357. Discusses the subjects of military courtesy and military bear- ing, 1325 America’s Desert Soldier, by Major General Alvan C;' Gillem, Jr. ARMY AND NAVY JCURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.8o,no.15:12c, 143. Describes the Army’s, now Desert Training Center, in the California ■> Desert, where a new type of soldier is being trained. The lesson of survival is taught there through the advanced science of modem war. , •’ 1326 Antiaircraft Training, by c, D. McNeely. CCAST ARTILLERY JCURNAL •(Washington), May-June 1942, v. 85:4-9. Discusses the objective of antiaircraft training, the organizing ’ • of regiments, the necessity for continuous training, and the » lessons to be learned from British experience in antiaircraft training. 1327 Amy Engineer School Teaches,.War Building,, by Capt. Thomas H. Evans. (New York) , Dec,: 1C, 1942, v. 129,no.24:12-13; Describes organization and activity of the Army Engineering School. 1328 The Amy Life by Private, E. J. Vahn, Jr. .. New York, Simon and Schuster, 1942. 152p; y , a. '''Tells of "the, training of a recruit from the time of induction to the date of embarcation; * *■ m 1329 Amy Cffice Training: Wha t Everybody Should Know .About Army 'Organiza- tion, Administration, and Clerical Procedures, by - Mi Allison# New York, Chicago, Gregg Publishing .Company, 1942; 92p. XIX. , EE CRUX TMENT' i,XT'TD INDUCT!AN CP PERSONNEL' (cont.) 1330 Army physical Conditioning/-'by"Theodore p, .Bank* ATHLETIC JCURNAL (Chicago), So.pt. :Tc942y :v.25/no. 1-8-9,26-28c Outlines and explains the physical training programs that are ■arranged for men in the ground forces,1' ■ ■ ' . ■ '■ ■ ' • ■ _ >a . . 1*331 Atlanta Motor Base Dedicated, QUARTERMASTER"PREVIEW ‘ (Washington) , Hay-June 1942, v,21:38-39*. • . • Comments on the. training program, of-the Atlanta Quartermaster Motor Base and Motor Transport School, recently dedicated; and of the Quartermaster Motor Transport School at Fort McPherson, Ga» . — . • 1332 Atlantio City a Beehive of Military Activity, by Maj. Frank L. HeIson# AIR SERVICES (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.27,no.12:13-14,41. Describes the organization and operation of the Army Air Forces* Basic Technical Training Center Ho#- 7, at Atlantic City, H# J# 1333 Back-Seat Heroes, by Fred Tupper Jr.. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32,no.1:55-56,147-149. Describes the. training, and function of the Havy*s aircraft technicians., ... < 1334 Black Bullets for Hitler, by Roark Bradford, COLLIER1S (Spring- field, Ohio), Dec. 7, 1942, v. Ho,no. 24:66-67, 79-80. Describes the training•of the Ninety-third Division which is • made up entirely,of negroes. 3.335 Blueprint for Wartime Education, by Robert M. Hutchins, ' SATURDAY .EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Aug. 15, 1942, v.214,no.7:17. Proposes a 7-point program to educate ’youth ‘for leadership in the military forces, in science, and in industry. 1336 Bombardier School, LIFE (New .York) May 18, 1942 , v* 12; 73-77, illus. Describes the training of men for the Army air force. 1337 .Cold Room. WESTERN FLYING (Los Angeles), -June 1942, v.22:34-35. Tells about training of men for flying in the stratosphere, 1338 Columbus Army Flying School, by Leighton Collins. AIR PACTS (New York), Nov. 1, 1942, v.5,no,11•19-39. Describes the.Army field at Columbus, Mississippi, and the train- ing offered to cadets. 1339 Commandos on Wings, by Donald E. Reyhoe. THIS WEEK (New York), ' ’ Nov. 1, 1942:10,12, • ■■ r ■ . . .. . Describes the- training given the United States* glider troops. 1340 n... Conquer We Must..." ARPZONA HIGHWAYS (Arizona Highway. Dept., Phoenix), June 1942, v.18:7-13, illus. 1-he.. story of Luke Field, the. largest-.single engine flying, school in the United States* ,:--k R 1 XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent,) 1341 Driver Training in P-igh Schools, by A. 0. Bigelow, ;UAIWFFU'A5TER REVIEW ('Washington), I.lay-June 1942,, v. 21:4.1,109-110. Urges the setting up of driving courses- in high schools, as pre- liminary training to shorten the length of training given men after induction into the Quartermaster Corps. 1342 Edcuation in the Army by F. T. Spaulding, HARVARD EDUCATIONAL REVIEW (Cambridge), Nay 1942, v,12:213-217. Deals largely with the program of the Special Services Branch of the United States Army calculated to contribute to the men's military efficiency by improving their background of skills and knowledge in matters bearing on their military- duties, and to provide for every man a chance to make himself better equipped to be a citizen of the United States when he leaves the army, • 1345 Educational Problems in War Time, FEDERATION (Chicago), July 1942, v.28,no.7:195-194, - Discusses some of the problems of training medical students during the war, such' as depletion of teaching staffs, the economic burden, etc. 1344 The Engineer Officer Candidates' School, by Harry D. Frye, ROSE TECHNIC (Herre Haute, Ind.), Nov. 1942, v.52,no.4;7,8. Explains the necessary qualifications for the Engineer Officer Canidates a-nd the course of study. 1545 Field Artillery School Catalog of Training Literature, May 1, 1941. Book Dept., Field Artillery'- School, Port Sill, Oklahoma, 1941, 16pr 1346 Finding and Training-Air Rome .Technicians. SOUTHERN FLIGHT (Dallas), Nov. 1942, v. 18,no.5:23-30. Outlines the scope of the Army Air Forces Technical Training Command, probably the nation's largest single educational system, as it finds and trains mechanics, radio operators, armorers, weather-forecasters, and several other highly-skilled soldier- craftsmen. 1347 Flying Dor Uncle Sam, A‘ Story of.Civilian Pilot Training, by Lewis E*. Theiss. Boston, W. A_. Wilde, ‘1942*. 314p. 1543 Glider Training, by F. A. de V. Robertson. FLIGHT AND AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), July 2, 1942, v,42,no.1749:7-9, Treats of the training of British army glider-pilots. 1549 Guiding Future Airmen, by William D. McAdams. OCCUPATION (New York), Oct. 1942, v.21,no.2:126-128. ... Describes the problems in high school instruction in pre-flight training under the auspices of the Air Training Corps of America, working in conduction with the Civil Aeronautics Administration and the U, S Office of Education, XIX, RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.) 1350 , He;’ s in Submarines Now, by Henry Pelsen New York, Robert M* McBride,. 1942. l*73p,, illus. ", Tells of the training of Submarine sailors in the United States Navy. 1351 How Chennault Fills Japs, by'William Clemmens. COLLIER'S (New York), July 4, 1942, v. 11,0:16,58-60* Story of how American Volunteer Group fighters in China were •..fvn . trained. * •• ?-.r ■ . , .. . ' '; 1352 - How Crack Skeet Shots Are Training Our Air .Fighters, by Francis A. Marvin, Jr. OUTDOOR LIFE (Hew York), July 1942, v.90:10-13,61. Describes .the method by which our aviators are being taught air gunnery by expert skeet shots. ' Moving targets is an important part of the training facilities, t. . 1353 How Every Boy Can Prepare for Aviation Service, by Keith Ay ling. ' r Garden City, Garden City" Publishing C6./ 1942, I22p., illus. 1354 I Got Wings, by Charles H. DeBow* AMERICAN (Hew York), Aug. 1942, v.134:28-29,104-106. ’ J ” ■ ( ' A Negro army flier tells how his dream came true, and describes , some of. the experiences of a student pilot, 1355 I pilot a Bomber, by Hugh De. Maxwell,. Jr. AMERICAN MAGAZINE (Hew-York), June 1942, v.133:36-37. Reports; on the- qualities and the training required for becoming a bomber pilot. > / • 1356 In the Army and Navy Aviation Schools,- SPORTSMAN PILOT (New York),, Sept. 15, 1942, v.28,no,3:14-17, illus. Explains the program of conditioning the flying personnel of the armed services in the Army and Navy aviation schools. 1357 Icarus Antarcticus, by Leighton Collins. AIR FACTS (New York), May, 1, 1942, v.5:58-65. Information about how to fly a glider, ,1'ells about Army and Navy test flights. 1358 In the -and Navy Flying Schools, by Vance W. Perry." SPORTSMAN PILOT (New York) , May 15, 1942',' v.27:18-19,40. ' Describes the training of bombardiers in the Air Force. ' * " * " * > ' • • >3 . x 1359 --Thq in Tthe Clouds, by. Walter A. Wood. CHRISTIAN SCIENCE MONITOR, WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston), May 16, 1942:2-3, illus, „Tolls ,how American soldier,$ rare. being trained at Fort. Lewis on the slopes of Mt, -Rainier .in.Washington, .and. at other high loca - :tipns,. for service in Alaska, the Caucasus, Bataan, Iceland, etc. 1360- Intelligent Intelligence Training, by James- Bellah. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington),.June•1942, v,50:35-38. Describes methods of training intelligence men XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) >361 Iron Men for Iron Ships. THE LAMP (new York), April 1942, v.24; 14-18. Describes the training of men at Fort Schuyler, New York, for the Merchant Marine, 1362 It’s All Done With Models, by Fletcher Pratt, SEA POWER (New York), Dec, 1942, v.2,no.12j23-25. Shows how the NaVy is using "synthetic training" for many of its machine gunners, and patrol plane crews. Shooting at movies and practicing with models supplements actual practice. 1363 Keep ’Em Learning,- by Frederick Updegraf. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), May-June 1942, v 21:31,115-117. Describes instruction courses of officers and men in the Quarter- master Corps. 1364 Keeping Our Sailors in Trim. POPULAR MECHANICS (Chicago), Aug. * 1942, v„78s.72-75f illus. . Describes the training of United States sailors for physical fitness, especially the training at the San Diego Naval Train- ing Station. 1365 Manual of Administratio; Manual -for Assisting in the Organisation, Administration and Operation of Units of the Air Training Corps of America. Preliminary Edition, June 1942, New York, Air Training Corps of America, Inc., 1942. 27p. (Processed) 1366 Mountain Air for the Navy, by Richard L. Neuberger. COLLIER*S (New York), Dec. 19, 1942, v.110,no.25:60-63. * , • Describes the $31,000,000 training station on Lake pend Oreille, in the Rocky Mountains, the Farra'gut Naval Training Station, 1367 N.E.I. Air Force Grows New Wings in Kansas. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), Sept. 7, 1942, v.2,no.28:1,7-22. Tells about the training of aviators of the Royal Netherlands military flying force at Fort Leavenworth, Kansa's. Praises cooperation and hospitality of the United States. 1368 The Naval Reserve of -the United States Navy; A Pamphlet for the Instruction and Guidance of Naval Reserve Officers, Oct. 1942, U. S. Bureau of Naval Personnel. Washington, U." S. Govt. Print, Off., 1942, 91p* 1369 The Navy and Higher Education, by William Exton. EDUCATIONAL RECORD (Washington), July 1942, v.23,no.3:478-485. Report’s on the disappointment of the Navy with respect to the mathematical knowledge of the newly enlisted men, and outlines the program instituted by the Navy to remedy this situation, 1370 The Navy Trains to Win, by William Flynn,- AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL (New York), Jan 1943, v.19,no.4:16-17,50* Describes the procedures at the pre-flight schools established to condition, mentally and physically, future navy pilots. XIX. 'RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cant.) 1371 New Soldier’s Handbook. Washington* infantry journal, 1942* viii, 279p., illus. , •>. Contains complete text of the official Soldier’s Handbook (Field Manual 21-100), and additional matter ’'of interest to the new soldier and to the general public. • ' ' ■* • • . • < • * 1372 ", ..Nothing ’ll Stop the* Army'Air* Corps. .*•’ • : .ARIZONA NIGH. JAYS (Arizona Highway Dept., Phoenix), June 1942; v. 18:14-17* , Description of the training, program for bomber pilots at Williams Field, Arizona.1 1 1373 Officer Training, b.yr George W,J- Out-Land. t ARM! ORDNANCE. (Washington) , : ' May-June, 1942*, v. 2.2:935-938. '• ’ . • , Explains the qualifications demanded in the selection of ordnance leaders and the training given them. *w 1374 Officers by Mass Production, by John Edward A. Aber. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June?1942,;v.85•16-20. Tells of the work of the Officer Candidate "'School located at Camp Davis, North Carolina. t, ■ 1375 Open Boat Training, by J. T. H. NAUTICAL MAGAZINE (Glasgow), Nov. 1942, v.148:257-260. Discusses importance of open boat training, the course of train- ing, and the need for a deeper keel, and improvement on the sails of boats. ' ’ • * - • % \ -1376 Our New Army, by Marshall Andrews. Boston-, Little, Brown,. 1942, ■■i: ix, 225p* , ' A report by a staff writer oif the Washington Post on how our Army is being trained. Every type of training camp and every major branch of service is shown in the making. 1377 Our New West 'by ‘Thc5m.\ Yates. < SIGN (llhion City, N. J-)* May 1942, v. 21:614-616. ' • Describes the- program of the West Point of 1942 1378 P- T Crews in the Making, by F. W. Horenburger. MOTOR BOATING , (New York) July 1942 , v. 70,no. 1:34-36. A - , •• Describes the of United States Navy ; men' for . crew on the p T’s,'motor torpedo boats, made fey the Elco Works.. * 1379 Parachute Troops, USA, by Julian J. Ewell*. SCROLL OF PHJ. DELTA THETA ‘(New York)V March'" 1942 , v. 66 :251-253. ' ' ’ Describes the training of United States Army*s "Thunderbirds” , , parachute troops. ' ’ : r . - 1380 Pre-Glider Training., by Robert L. McIntyre. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 32‘,nb*.l:45-4:6,106* * ■' •' : Describes th’e training 'given to -army glider pilots* XIX, RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL... (cont.) 1381 Preinduction Training Needs on the College' Level for Enlisted Men in the'' Arfned Forces, by Robert C. Woe liner. INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (Milwaukee), Sept. 1942, v.31,no,7*277-280. Discusses the training needs of enlLsted personnel for which some college training may be beneficial. 1382 physical Training for Army Flyers, HYGEIA (Chicago), June 1942, v.20:416-419,462, illus. Tells of the use of sports- and physical instruction in training of pilots for Army Air Forces* 1383 Proceedings: Conference on Pre-induction Military Training, Held at Chicago, Illinois, Feb, 20, 21, and 22, 1942. Chicago,' Uni- versity of Chicago- Institute of Military Affairs, 1942. 3Sp* 1384 Processing an Ordnance Officer, by Bernard B. Abrams* ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), July-Aug. 1942, v,23;10l-l02. Explains the assigning of men to the United States Army Ordnance Department, their training, and duties. 1385 Randolph Field. New York, Devin-Adair, 1942. 156p, illus. Describes the training and life of the aviation cadet and the physical plant of Randolph field. 1386 Readying the Naval R.0.T.C.fs for Far, by William Exton, Jr# UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), June 1942, v.68,no.472:814-828. Explains the training of United States naval officers in the Naval R.O.T.C. S the loot ion of candidates for officer training; and the tests for attitude, character, and intelli- gence. Illustrations and outlines r 1387 A Report on War Courses Offered by Collegiate Schools of Business and Departments of Economics, April 1942. Prepared in Regional Research Unit, Division of Regional Economy, Bureau of Foreign ahd Domestic Commerce, U. S. Dept, of Commerce. Washington, 1942, • 58p. 1388 Ripcord Warriors of the Marine Corps, by Gordon Hagberg. SOUTHERN r FLIGHT- (Dallas), Aug. 1942, v.19,no.2:22-23. Describes the parachute training of marines and the technique of parachute landing. 1389 River of Marines, by Frank X. Tolbert. LEATHERNECK (Washington) , Nov. 1942, v.25,no.11:12-19,133, illus*> Description of the foundatiion, development, and activities at the Marine1 s New River, Aiorth Carolina, training center* XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCT I OH OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 1390 The Role of Medical Education in the War, by .Harold 5. Diehl* FEDERATION BULLETIN (Chicago), Oct. 1942, v.28,no* 10:2-91-301. > Discusses wartime braining of physicians in first aid, emor- ■- . gtericy surgeVy, psychiatry, internal medicine, dermatology, veneral diseases, public health, tropical medicine, military and aviation medicine, and medical research. 1391 Salts of the Earth, by Lt, Col.'P. R,. But'ler. ;.-.QUARTERLX REVIEW (London), Oct. 1942, v.279,no*554:183-192.* ' “ Discusses the army units being specially trained as Msea-soldiers" for service aboard ship, 1392- School for Bombardiers,"by Lieut. Frank.J. Rilling. PLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943,-.v. 32,no .‘1:52-54, ' Describes organisation and routine of the army’s bomardier train- ing center in New Mexico. 1393 School for .Destruction, by Jack Angell. AIR .TECH (New York) , Oct, 1942, v.1,no.1:35-37, illus. Description of training- procedure at Lowry Field School for Armorers. * v t * * ; ♦ - * ~ v • 1394 Sea Legs for Sailors. SEA POWER (New York), July. 1942, v.2, no,7:16-17, illus. Describes the program of the United States Navy League in pro- k-- yiding initial cruise training;for prospective officers of the United States Navy throug’h the recruiting of privately-owned yachts. 1395 The Sly Over Corpus Christi Is the World’s Biggest Classroom. v • PARADE*S WEEKLY (Detroit) , Aug. 22, 1942, v.1,no.14:17-21, illus. Presents info mat-ion -on the work at the giant naval training base at Corpus Christi, Texas. •1396 So You Want to Be a Torpedo''Plane pilot! by Will ism H. Randall. • FLYING ACES (New York), Nov. 1942, v.42,noY4:14-16,68, illus. Gives qualifications for a" tofpedo plane pilot. 1397 Specialists in Sudden Death, by Davenport Steward. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Aug. 1, 1942, v.215,no.5:9-11, illus. Describes the training of United States shock troops at hew River, North Carolina. . , 1398 Swimming for War Is Different! by Carroll L. Bryant. BEACH AND POOL (New York), Nov.-.1942, v. 15,no. 11:13. Believes that soldiers-need special ‘war training in swimming because of the many situations, that may confront them* 1399 Swimming Through Burning Gasoline or Oil, by Fred R. Lanoue. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Ann Arbor, Mich.), Nov. 1942, v.13, no.9:535-565. Describes ways, based on experiments at the Georgia School of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia, of swimming through burning gaso- line or oil. XIX, RECRUITMENT AND' INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL .(cent.) 1400 Teach Them to Glide; 'by Talker Broolcs. FUTURE (Chicago), June 1§42, v«4,no. T0:2t-22," 4 ’ Describes soaring, how to keep youth interested in aviation, types of gliders, Methods of launching gliders, and the value of gliding as an aid in the selection of pilots. 1401 Technical School of Phe ’Armored Force, by Henry B. Henson# INDUSTRIAL ARTS AND' VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (Milwaukee), June 1942, v. 31:229-231# Describes, the training schools for technicians at Fort Knox, Kentucky* , » * * ‘ s, 1402 The Technical Training Command *s’ Maintenance Program# AVIATION (New York), July 1942, v,41,no.l# 23Sp. Explains the curriculum of the Technical Training Command of the Army Air Forces for the training of mechanics and other Highly skilled technicians to care for the planes of the United States Army Air Forces. 1403 Think It 'Over', INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.5l, no.1:8-11. Suggestions for assisting the training of the United States fighting forces; addressed'to a unit of commanders of the Coast Artillery. Favors the type of training the commandos are re- ceiving. 14-04* This War and'Naval Training at Princeton, by Perry Mac Kay Sturges. PRINCETON'- ALUMNI WEEKLY (Princeton, N. J.), May 15, 1942:5-7* Tells of training in navigation and other nautical subjects at Princeton University* 1405 Training', by Brig, Gen. George L. Van Deusen# RADIO NEWS (Chicago), , Nov. 1942, v*28,no.5:60-64,144, illus. - ' Describes the methods and procedures of training the thousands of operators and maintenance men required to handle army communica- tions . 14-06 Training at a Remount Repot, by Charles' B. Team. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Sept#*-0ct. 194-2, w22yno*2:23,131,132* Describes the training of men, and of riding-type and draft horse's at a remount depot, 1407 Training Officers and Men at-Fort Belvoir, by E. H-A Marks, Brigadier General, u, S. Army. CIVIL ENGINEERING ■ (New-York), Jan# 1943, V*. 13,no* l:3-7. The Commanding General at Fort Belvoir, Virginia, gives highlights of Engineer Corps training which' is d esigned* ter make every man a good soldier as well as engineer. ** • • * * •* ‘tr,. 1408 Training Paratroops, by S* R. Winters.' ~ AERO DIGEST ..(New York), June 1942, v.4-0t95,96,9'9,102* Describes the training procedure and the technique of parachute jumping. XIX., RECRUITMENT AND' INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 1409 Training. Radio Ops-, for the Airlines. . ,by Winner. RADI0 ' '• NEWS (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.28,no’. illus. Discusses the shortage of radio Manpower, and the training pro- grams--- offered to radio operators. 1410 Training the Men Behind America*s Air Armada, by James A* Boylan. ■ FIXTURE , Aug. 1942., v.4,no. 12 :14-15,24-2.5. - Describes the training center for officers and, men of the United States Air Force at Miami,; Florida. ■ " ' :■ - ■ . 1411 Training the Ordnance Soldier, by Julian S. Hatcher. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.23,no..134*272-275,• Describes the administration and training of United States Ordnance soldiers, and the function of ’special staff of educational con- sultants*-' .1.412 Training Superior Youths in War Time, by A. B. Adams. SOONER (Norman, 0kla«), Dec. 1942, v. 15‘,no.4:22-23,27. Urges the Armed Services to permit superior youths of draft age to complete university educations* • •• • 1415 Training Uncle Sam*s Underwater Sailors, by Martin Sheridan. YANKEE (Boston), June 1942, v*8:23-26. , , , Describes the training course for submarine crews at New London, Connecticut. 1414 Twenty-Nine Palms. AIR TRAILS (New York), July 1942, v.18:19. Illustrations showing-the new training site,, at Twenty-nine Palms, . Cal if ornia, used for the Army gliding program. 1415 U* S* Army and Navy Officers Trained in Engine and .Propeller Maintenance* , BEE-HtVE (East Hartford, (Conn.), June 1942, v.17; 3-5, illus. - 'A Describes the training course offered by United Aircraft*s school. 1416 The United States Marine Corps and Vocational Education, by Thomas A. Fischer, ; INDUSTRIAL ARTS .AND VOCATIONAL EDUCATION (Milwaukee), Sept. 1942, v. 3.1,no. 7-.271-272. y " . Discusses the courses open to Marines at vocational trades schools maintained by the United States Marine Corps. 1417 War in Snow and Extreme-Cold. INFANTRY JOURNAL .(Washington), July 1942, v. 51:32-45, \ :.*i* ’ ' v ' Explanation of the best practices in training for war in snow and extreme cold. The material is a condensation-of Field Manual 31-15. 1418 We Win Our Wings, by Devon Francis, COLLIER*S (New York), June 13, 1942, v. 109:2o-21,58-60. ' ■ •• . Describes details of the training of-pilots .at Army'Air fields. •XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (coat.) 1419 What Army Job for You? by .Walter V. Bingham, THIS WEEK (New York), Dec. 6, 1942*4-5. ‘ t Describes the classifications and assignments made by the United States Army, Gives advice on the classification problem to prospective draftees, 1420 What “College Training Means to. Men in the Service, by Elgin Young, DELTA (Indianapolis-, Ind.) ,. Oc,t. 194.2, v.60,no, 1* 18-22, Describes the advantages a college education affords in war train- ing and advocates keeping men in college to maintain a continual flow of officer material; also explains how the selective service operates, 1421 What Is Military Track? -by C.' C. Sportsman. ATHLETIC JOURNAL (Chicago), N0v. 1942, v*23,no.3:5-8,.illus. Review of the physical training program of the United States Navy pre-flight schools, 1422 What the Great Lakes Region Is poing to Win the War, by Captain J, . K, Esler, MICHIGAN HISTORY MAGAZINE (Lansing), Autumn 1942, v.26: 429-438, 1 Describes the activities at the Great Lakes Naval Training Sta- tion, the aid of universities in the central states in the train- ing program, and indicates the expansion in. war production in this area, 1423 What the %gh Schools Can Do to Help Win This War, by John WY Studebaker. HIGH SCHOOL JOURNAL (Chapel Hill, N. C, ), Oct, 1942, v,25,no.6:244-245, Asks for a new emphasis upon programs of: physical fitness; im- proved facilities for occupational information and guidance into critical services; revisions of mathematics and pro-flight courses' in aeronautics; training of youth,for citizenship in a democracy, and promoting understanding of our Allies. 2. Other -Countries.- 1424 Adult Education in the Army, by R. T. Rundle Clark, ADULT EDUCATION (London), Sept* 1942, v.15 ,no.1:6-10* Tells of the work of the British Army Bureau of Current Affairs, 1425 The Air Cadets, by Raymond Arthur Davies, MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), July 1942, v;25:l02-l04. Information about the Canadian Air Cadet League, which provides pre-airforce training to boys yet in.school, 1426 Air Gunners on the* Mark, BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (British Infor- mation new ¥t>x»k)., Sept, 3*0, 1942, -no, 109; 12. Describes-the training of bombing crew .gunners, 1427 The Air Training Plan of the British Commonwealth. ' AMERICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington), March 1942, v, 19:136-139,176, Describes the British Commonwealth Air Training plan as it is being carried out in.Canada, •VXIXv ■RECRUITMENT' AND INDUCTION .OF PERSONNEL (pent.) 1428 All- Out. Education in Canada *s.= Army, by Anne Froijier , • SATURDAY ■NIGHT (Toronto), Sept. 19, 1942, v* 58^0.2:? . , ' Describes.the educational system that-exists in. Canada today and which-is' available to every man and woman of the Dominion*s fighting forces. . 1429 American. Aircraft Training in the-RAF, by Myles Cave. AVIATION (Near/ YorJs).",. July .194,2', v.41,no.A:74-75.,29j5-296*; illus* A Discusses details in the task of training'-Briti-sh pilots to handle the new types of American-ma.de planes; -the'. Mustang, Lightning, * and Airacobra, ''.Explains some differences between.British-made and American-made planes. 1450 Army Education, by Thomas Stevens, >• London, V# Gollanoz, and The Fabian Society,. 1940'. . 2.-3pA . (Fdbip.n ,Society.. .Research Series, no.53) 1431 Army in Jalisco, by Mary Saint Albans. MODERN MEXICO (New York) , July 1.942, v.15,no,2:5-10,29-30, illus. Description of the civilian-military training .program and its accomplishments in Mexico1s vital Pacific coast state. 1432 Behind the Lines. FLIGHT AND THE AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), 6, 1942, v.42,no.1767:498, illus. Discusses special courses being offered by the .Fascist Youth Organization of Italy to train parachutes, and German measures to replenish officers of the Luftwoffe. 1433 British Citizen-Army Studies Current Affairs, by F. E. Fillinmsi ■ BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (British Information Services, New York), May 20, 1942:1-3, 1 Discus ses both, compulsory and 'optional schemes of education in the British Army. • • ’ 1434 The British Commonwealth Air Training Plan. AERO DIGEST (Nevr York), May 1942, v*40:76,79-80. Reports achievement of the British Commonwealth Air Training Plan, which has increased the Royal Canadian Air Force by nearly 100,000-since its.inception late in.1939. 1435 Building the R. A# F* How Britain*s Pilots ard Air Crews Are Trained in the Dominions.- -NEPTUNE (London), Jan. 194-2.7-11. Claims almost unlimited- resources, in manpower training, and aircraft manufacture for the R. A. F. Describes programs in each Dominion. - - 1436 Camp Little Norway, by Ormonde Strong, AMERICAN SWEDISH MONTHLY (New.York)* .July 1942,4V.36,no'.7;10-ll*26-28. The story of a . training comp for Norwegian !Iyers at Toronto* . XIX* RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) • 1437 Canaday Saiy&ges Its. Recruits, by Eaton Maxwell. CHRISTLIN SCIENCE . MQNITU3R WEEKLY MAGAZINE .SECTION {Boston), Nov. 14, 1942: 7-9. Describes Fort Chippewa Barracks, a military camp in Canada, where experimental mixing of basic military training with other ideas worked out by psychologists and teachers for elementary schooling of retarded adults is carried on. - 1438 Canada*s Strength in the Sky, by 6.' G. .Power. CANADIAN AVIATION (Toronto), .June 1942, v.15:38-41,54. .Canada*s Air Minister surveys the joint Air Training 'Plan carried on with the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand. Estimates iieeds for 1942-45, and proposes additional R.C.A.F* squadrons. 1439 The Cossack, by Robert B. Rigg. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), May-June 1942, v.51:17-19* Describes the training, horsemanship, and morale of the Russian x Cossack. Educating the Army, by C. G. Maude. SPECTATOR (London), Aug. 21, 1942,sno.5956:168. Discusses the 'work of the Army Educational Corps of Great Britain. 1441 Education in the Army, by V. E. .Williams. POLITICAL. QUARTERLY (London), July-Sept. 4^42, v. 13,no, 3:242-264, Describes the machinery•for operating the Army Education Scheme in England and notes the difficulties under which it works. Gives statistics of attendance at lectures. 1442 Empire..-Air Training, FLIGHT (London), April 2, 1942, v*41: 308-310, illus-, Survey of the Commonwealth joint air training plan now in its second year. 1443 Empire Central Flying School. FLIGHT (London), Sept., 24, 1942, v.42,no.1761:337-340. G ives the hi story of the Central Flying School, which was the first unit of the Royal Flying Corps, and. describes its present air training program, 1444 Etajima; The Dartmouth of Japan, by-Cecil Bullock, London, Sampson, Low, Marston, 1942, x, 134p.> . An account of the Imperial Japanese Naval College written in 1939 by an Englishman. Tells of the demands made on the cadet*s . . mind, and body in a survival-ef-the-fittest policy. 1445 Fly For Your Lives, by Robert h • Hinckley. COLLIER'MS '(New York), April 25, 1942,- v,109:14-15,61. ■« • \ Asserts that Americans make .good flyers, but lack "air-condition- ing." Author further explains- that in Germany this problem was met by making aviation,training one of the .principal courses starting in the grammar schools. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 1446 A Glorious ,Achievementj — Canada Producing WorId’s Finest Airmen. „ 4 CANADIAN AVIATION (Toronto), Dec. 1942, v. 15, no. 12; 78-80,82. Discusses the history and success of the British Commonwealth Air Training Plan. 1447 How Our Army Builds Men, by Raymond A. Davies. SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), June 27, 1942, v.57;9. Explanation of the training given the Canadian soldiers which is making thousands of them skilled artisans.. Improvement of health and strengthening of stamina are taking place. 1448 How thq Red Akmy Is Trained. INDIAN'REVIEW (Madras), April 1942, v.43:180-181. Tells method of recruiting and describes the training received by young men in the SoxTiet Army. 1449 The Indian Air Force, by J. M. Spaight. AERONAUTICS (London), June 1942, v.6:30-3i. Outlines apprentice training and describes training schools, the securing of a ground staff, volunteer reserve, fighter pilots, and the provision of equipment. 1450 Indies Airmen of Tomorrow, by Jay Bradley. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), June 29, 1942, v.2:ll-17. Describes the training of Dutch and Indonesian youths in the Royal Netherlands Military Flying School in Jackson, Mississippi. 1451 Fort Beretning Over de Norske Flyveres Innsats NORSK SJOMANNS- FORBUND MEDLEMSBLAD (Brooklyn, N. Y>)> Feb. 1942, v*32,n*2; 8«-ll. A short account of the Norwegian aviator’s work.' Describes the training of Norwegian pilots at Camp Little Norway in Toronto under the direction of Capt. Ole Reistad. 1452 Learning to Be Tough. MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), Aug. 1942, v.25, no.2•102-103. Describes the training at an Army Battle Training School in England. (From THE LISTENER, London). 1453 Like Any Other Soldier, the Army Doctor Must Learn All the Tricks of Modern War, by David Thornlcy. SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), June 13,- 1942 ;4-5, illus. * Describes the war training course for doctors in Canada. 1454 Maritime Training of Sweden1’s Youth, by T. Edward Karlsson. U. S. NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), May 1942, v.68: 642-044V ./ Describes the training program for the various age groups beginning with the Swedish Sea Scout Corps (12-15 years), Swedish Voluntary Motorboat Corps (16-19 years), and the compulsory military service for every man at the age of twenty. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.) 1455 Nazi Training, by Stuart Ludlum. AMERICAN RIFLEMAN ('Washington), July 1942, v.90:12-14, Brief account of some of the Nazi methods of training, particularly as learned from the German "Leather Stocking Tales." 1456 New Tactics for Soldier Specialists. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (New York), April 15, 1942, no,85:1-2, Describes the training and life of a British soldier of today, 1457 Ordnung und Schicksal. Fine Erzahlung, [by] Gottlieb Heinrich Heer. Zurich, Scientia A . G., 1941. 128p, (Order and Fate. A Narrative,—) Recounts how the Swiss army was trained and prepared for the emergency, particularly the fliers, and men of the armored divisions. 1458 Preparation for Battle, by James Lansdale Hodson. LONDON CALLING (London), May 1942, no.138:3-4. Describes grim infantry training taking place at a school of battle in south of England. Says soldiers have to experience battle conditions before going on the battlefield, 1459 Leadin', Writin' and Fightin', by Maxwell Cohen. . MACLEAN'S MAGAZINE (Toronto), Jan. 1, 1945, v.56,no.1:16,25. Describes the Canadian Army's unique training centre where soldiers are taught to read and write as well as to fight 1460 Rough'Stuff for Home Guards and All Members of H. M, Armed Forces, by Sydney Duffield and Andrew G. Elliot. London, Thomson Publishers, 1942-. 80p. “ A training manual-, 1461 The Royal Air Force from September 1959 to December 194-0 ..., by L, E. 0. Charlton. London, Hutchinson, 1942.. 52op. (Britain at War) A complete record in text and pictures of the R.A.F* in training and in action. 414 illustrations. 1462 Russia's Air Force. INDIAN AVIATION (Calcutta), Feb. 1942, v.25: 35-56. Discussion of the Russian air force and of her pilot training . program which has 1,100 schools. 1463 School for Heroes, by Andre Villers. BELGIUM (New York), June 1942, v.3:194-196. Narration of experiences in the course of pilot training* Report of an interview with a Belgian pilot who was trained in England. 1464 Training a U-boat Man, by D.' H. McLachlan. LISTENER (London), March 26, 1942, v.27:389-390, Describes the training of Germany's U-boat men. 1465 Training as the Foundation of Air Power. AERONAUTICS (London), Dec. 1942, v.7,no.5:36-59, Outlines briefly the work of the new Empire Central Flying School, Shows how Britain considers training of her pilots one of the most important steps in the war. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES A* General 1466 Army - Navy Guide Foreword, by George A. Herbst. New York, Crown Publishers, 1942. x, 320 p. Gives in question-and-ansvrcr form information about the Army, Navy, Marines;' Coast Guard, the Waves and Waacs, etc. 1467 The Dangerous Struggle in Our War Command, by Hugh J. Knerr. AMERICAN MERCURY (Now York), June 1942, v.54: 647-655. Discusses the 'jealousy between -the array, navy and -air divisions of the "United States armed forces. Prepares a three-point program"to remedy the difficulty. 1468 Guide to the United States Armed Forces, by John Houston Craige. READER'MAIL INC., 1942. 32 p. [-Home Service Booklets III] 1469 How is the Army Organized to Fight the War? by S.L.A* Marshall, (in America Organizes to Win the War, New York, Ilarcourt Brace, 1942, p. 395) Chapter 5, p. 77-100. Discusses new methods and weapons. B. Army 1. United States 1470 The American Army, What We Should Know About It, by Harvey S. Ford. London, London, George Allen and Unwin, Ltd., 1941. 253 p. Written from the British point "of view. 1471 The American Army is Different, by Hans Habe. AMERICAN MERCURY’ (New York), Aug. 1942, v.55: 206-214. " - A European soldier who has toured our camps finds eight major differences between American and European armies which he proceeds to enumerate. ] 1472 The Army and Its Critics, by T.H. Thomas. ATLANTTC MONTHLY (New York), May 1942, v.169; 563-569. Reviews recent achievements in organization and training of the United States army. 1473 The Army Means Business, by Herbert Corey. ’ Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill. 1942, 297 p., illus. . ‘ Gives information regarding the organization, equipmentt clothing, food, weapons and transportation of the new army of the United' States . 1474 The Army Officer's Manual, by A.C.M. Azoy. New York, D. Applcton-Century. 1942. x, 385 p. Contains the latest revisions, eliminations, and additions in army regulations and procedure.' - • XX. ' ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORGES (cont) 1475 Army Reorganization. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), May-June, 1942, v.22: 939-944. Explains the new administrative set-up of the United States army. Charts included. 1476- The Array Specialist Corps, b’y Henry P. Seidemann. ARMY OR Dili MICE (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942 * v.23, no. 135: 502-504. Description of the scope and organization of t>ie Army Specialist Corps. 1477 The Army Specialist Corps, by William 0. Hotchkiss. CIVIL ENGINEERING (New York)', July 1942, v.12: 363-364. Describes the purposes, functions, and procedures of the Army Specialist Corps, a group of non-combat specialists temporarily assigned to military status. 1478 An Authentic Guide to the Organization, Training, and Methods of Warfare of the Army, Navy, Air-force and Marines, New York, Authentic Publication Co., 1942. 64 p., illus. t 1479 Colored Soldiers* U.S.A., by Earl Brown. :SURVEY GRAPHIC (New York), Nov. 1942, v.31, no. 11: 475-477, 563., illus. Survey of the status of Negroes in the armed forces of the United States, indicating improvement over position in the last war. Suggests some furth r reforms. £ 1480 An "Enemy" Sparring Partner? by Robert B. Rigg. MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), Oct. 1942/ v.34, no. 204: 480-490. Advocates having an "Enemy Combat Unit" whose sole duty would be to acquaint United States troops with information about its enemies. Suggests the training plan, equipment and personnel for such a unit. 1481 The Field Artillery in the Philippine Army, by Gerald L. Robertson.. POINTER (West Point), May 22, 1942, v.19: 14-15, 25, 28. Describes the method by which General MacArthur organized, equipped, and trained the Philippine conscripted army, 1937 to 1941. 1482 The First Filipino Regiment, by James G. Wingo. AS LI (New York), 0ct.; 1942, v.42, no. 10: 562-563. Account of the Filipinos as fighters and of the organization in California of the first Filipino Regiment, which is ex- pected to grow, into a division. 1483 The History of the United States army. Revised Ed. ITow York, D. Appleton-Contury Co*, 1942. 640 p., illus. Colonel Ganoc , has adddd to this revised edition of his book an important section which brings the account of the army down to date. (Bibliog) XX. ' ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (c'bnt) 1484 How-Strong is'.'Amor ica ,?■ by Noel Barber.,, Lond• * "Information Service, covering history of the Army and giving facts and figures regarding its organization. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 2. Other Countries 1499 The Afrika Korpsi Nazi 17ar Machine, by H.S. Sewell. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (British Library of Information, Now York), April 15, 1942, no. 85t 14-15. Describes the equipment, life and fighting ability of the African corpc. 1500 L’Armce Britanniquc. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Aug. 15, 1942, v.4, no. 22i 258-261. (The British Army.-)" Discussion of the origin, present status and distribution of tho British Army. 1501 Army of the People, by Elbridge Colby. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), May 1942, v.50: 24-29# Analyzes the forces responsible for the development of Britain’s Home Guard and outlines the course of its organization. 1502 Belgium's Fighting Forces. New York, Belgian Information Center [1942] 16 p., illustrations. Account of the Belgian troops 1 defense of their homeland, and of the part they are playing in the Belgian Congo and in the English .Army. 1503 Bless 'On All: An Analysis of the British Army, Its Morale, Efficiency and Leadership, Written From Inside Knowledge, by Boomerang. London, Seeker and 'Warburg, 1942. 64 p. 1504 Brazil’s Armed Forced Augment Allies' Might. THINK (New York), Sept. 1942, v.8, no. 9: 8-9. Describes the strength of Brazil's armed forces. 1505 Britain’s Modern Army. Illustrated. An Authoritiative Account of the Daily Life of a Modern Soldier and of the Work, Weapons and Machines of the Army. London, Oldhams Press, Ltd., [Sept. 1942]. 320 p. 1506 The British and the German Armies, by Francis H. Herrick. SOUTH ATLANTIC QUARTERLY (Durham, N.C.), July 1942, v.4l, no, 3: 229-238. Analysis of the political and military traits and character of the British and German Armies. Shows how each army reacted to the shocks of World War I and ’now they have spent the interval between the two great wars. 1507 The Canadian Army Overseas 1941-1942, by Major C.P. Stacey. CANADIAN GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL (Montreal), Oct. 1942, v.25, no# 4* 152-179. Detailed description of the development of the Canadian army overseas. Tells of the steady growth in equipment, particular iy modern weapons, and of the increased output of Canadian ammuni- tion factories. Illustrations. XX. ORGANIZATION OF FORCES (oont) 1508 Cavalry in the Cuban Array, by' Cahilb Charez. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sbpt*-Oct'. 1942, v. 51, no, -5j 71-72. Discusses its organization and distrlbuti n." 1509 Changes in Germany,' by James Herman. NINETEENTH CENTURY AIJD AFTER (London), Aug. 1942, v.152, no. 786i 72-78. Comments on'changes made by Hitler among the generals and high officials ‘in. Germany, including Generals von Brauchitsch, von Rundstedt, and von Roichenan, and Dr. Syrup, Secretary of State in the Ministry of Labor. 1510 Cavalry in Russia. CAVALRY JOURNAL (’Washington) ■, ' May-June 1942, v.51: 25-26. Gives statistics concerning the Russian cavalry and comments on its efficiency. 1511 Engineers in Battle, by Paul 17. Thompson. Harrisburg, Military Service Publishing Co., 1942. 108 p., illus., maps. Account of German Engineer troops in action 'in front of the Maginot Line,in Poland, in France, and in the Low • ' Countries. ; 1512 El Ejercito Panamaricano, [by] Juan Luis Martin. AMERICA (Havana), Aug. 1942, v.15, no. 1j 73-75. (The Pan-American Army.-) A consideration of the role of the Latin Amorican countries in the war and the reasons why a continental army would not be feasible'at'this time. 1513’ General Guisan Speaks to the Swiss Army.' SWISS INDUSTRY AND TRADE (Lausanne, Switzerland) Aug.1942, no. 3j 15-16. In a recent interview, General Guisan, CommanderWin-chief ■ , of the Swiss Army, described the work to be ’accomplished by the Swiss Army in 1942, military training. 1514 Germany’s Wehrmacht-Evcry Man a Sergeant, by M*J• Smith. * LEATHERNECK (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.25, no. 11, 33-35, 109, illus• Description of the pro-Hitler Gorman army and the organization of the present '.Reich army. , . . « 1515 Growing Pains in the British ijrmy, by John Bropliy. WORLD REVIEW (London), April 1942: 17-22. Reviews some changes that have been jnade in the British army and suggests some* that should be-made.- 1516 Guatemala’s Picturesque Armed Forces., INTER-AMERICAN (Washington), Nov. 1942, v.l, no. 7: 19-25, illus. Describes the country nd its ruler, General Jorge Ubico; Says that President Ubico has built up a well-trained regular army and has croatod a vast pool of reserve troops among the Indian tribes. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED GORGES (cont) * * . ... : w 1517 Lo Haut-Commandeiaent, [by jJacques Dclebecque. REVUE UNIYERSELLE (Vichy), April 10, 1942, n.s. ho*. 31,j' 473-485. (The High Command.-) Soos ‘the ca'uses of Franco's defeat to bo the government’s withdraw! from war responsibility and the consequent lack of organization of the High Command. 1518 Heigo. ‘Organization of:the" Japanese Army, (n.p.), (n.d.), Part I,p. 1-128, Part’ll, p. 128-266. (processed). Part I deals with the organization and administration of the’ Japanese Army. Part II deals with’ the army educational system, dress, decorations, titles, etc. Contains numerous Japanese symbols, together with their transliteration and Ehglish equivalents. • • ». 1519 The Home Guard’s Third Year. ECONOMIST (London), May 16, 1942, v.142: 673-674. Review of England’s. Home Guard achievements during the first .three ypars of war. Objects to a definite number of hours of service being set for all and advocates the the.Hone Guard cooperate more frequently on manoeuvres with the Regular Army. 1520 The Jap Army, by Paul W. Thompson and others. Mow York, II. 17bIff, 1942. 142 p. (Army Orientation Course’. ’Scries 1, no. l) Contains a number of articles prepared by Army specialists dealing with the history and;organization of the Japanese Army, and its performance"in action. 1521 Japanese Army. MILITARY REVIE,7 (Command and General Staff School, Ft. Leavenworth, Kansas), April 1942, v.22s 45-46, Describes Japan’s army organization, its weapons, tanks, aircraft and,tactics. 1522 Japanese Close-Up, by Mi Hi.am 3. Munday. LIBERTY (llew York), Nov. 7, 1942, v.19, no. 45s 9-11, 57, Portrays the fighting Jap as highly disciplined, blindly obedient and filled with the fanatic zeal of one who is • on a holy mission. 1523 Mexico on Guard, by William F. Herod. MEXICAN AMERICAN REVIEW (Mexico, D.F.), July 1942, v.10, no. 7j 20-21. Describes how Mexico’s Army is preparing for war, now equipment being obtained from the United States. 1524 Mexico Pitches In, by Alice Leone Moats. COLLIER’S ’ * , (Springfield, 0.), Jan. 2, 1943, v.lll, no. 1: 34-35, 52-53. Says Mexico is doing a fine job of training her small army of 70,000 men. Suggests, however that the United States should help. XX. ORGANIZATION OF'-THE’ ARMED FORCES (oont) 1525 Nazi Army of Civil War , by-Karl 0. Paotel. FREE WORLD (New York), Sept. 1942, v.3,'no-.' 4:' 324-330. Discusses the German.Elite Guard-, .the Gestapo, and other inner divisions of special guards or armies, and their use on various war fronts. 1526 A New Job for Brazil‘»s Array.'.. INTER-AMERICAN MONTHLY (Washington), May 1942, v.l: 27-32. ‘ Describes Brazilian.array as traditionally instructed by French military men but today increasingly linked to the United States. 1527 Oblik Fashistakoi Armii, by 'D. Zaslevskii. BOL'SHEVIK (Moscow), Oct. 1941, no. 22: 21-28. x (The Character of the Fo.scist Array.-) Discusses the behavior of the German army towards the -population in the conquered countries, the character of tne German soldiers as studied in prison camps, and the attitude'of the soldier towards the war • 1528 One Out of Six Under Arms, by Walter Nash.* * MACLEAN’S MAGAZINE (Toronto, Ont.), Nov. 1, 1942: 7-8, 41*1 illus. Describes New Zealand’s war effort and preparations for peace. 1529 Parte iformationen und Wehrmacht in Deutschland. SCHW3IZER ILLUSTRIERTE ZEITUNG (Zurich), May 20, 1-942, v.31, no. 21: 659. (Party-Militia and Army in Germany.-) Discusses the relation between the army, the semi-military Storm Troopers (S.A.), and the fully-aVmed divisions of the Elite guards (S.3.). 1530 Ranks and Uniforms of the German Army, Navy, and Air Force, by Denys Erlam. London, Seeley Service [1941?] 159 p., illus. This book'drawn largely from German official sources, provides the means of identifying members of the throe . , branches of the Nazi forces. Gives also a comprehensive view of regimental organization, ships’‘companies and of air force , administration. * : 1531 The Rod Army, by Michel Borchin and Eliahu Ben-Horin. New York, W.W. Norton, 1942. 277 p. Offers an objective study of the Red Army, its: devblopfiQbt, methods and doctrines. Both authors'wtere born and* Educated % in Russia. 1532 Der Reichsarbeitsdienst der"Maennlichen Jugend,[by] Hermann Kretzschmann. (ih: Erzichungsmacchte'und Erziehungshoheit im Grossdeutschen RcTich, ed, by R. Bcnze 'arid G. Graefe• Leipzig, Quelle and Meyer, 1940.) p. 118-127. (The Reich Labor Service of the Male Youth.-) Describes organization, political education, training, and work of the compulsory ’’Reichsarbeitsdienst• ” XX. ORGANIZATION OF. THE ARMED GORGES (cent) 1533 The..Roy/U Dutch Brigade in Great Britain. ARMY QUARTERLY ( London;),. Aug. 1942, v. 44', no. 2j. 25'5--2 59-. : Explains the events leading "up *t‘o f ormation -of the Royal Dutch Brigade in Great Britain”and tells of some of the activities participated in "by its members.. 1534 Russia’s Fighting Forces, by Sergei W. Kournakoff. New York, Duell, Sloane ,and‘ Pearce, 1942.' 258 p. Describes t,hc Russian armies from the VMd of the battles against the Teutonic Knights Up until the World War; the origin of the Rod Army, during the civil war; the military doctrines of the Red Army; its personnel, material and morale; the.war against Japan, 1938-1939; the Russo-Finnish war; and ’the tactics and strategy in the fight against Hitler. 1535 Die Schutzstaffel (S3.) [by] Herbert Grau. (in: Erziehungsmaechte . und Erziehungshohcit im Grossdeutschen Reich, ed. by R. Benze and G. Graefe. Leipzig, Quelle and Meyer, 1940.) 251-271 p. (The Elite Guard.-) History and organization of the Elite Guard. Describes also the selection, education, and activities , of the S.S. 1536 The Soviet peoples Army, by Albert Rhys Williams. ’ ASIA‘AND THE AMERICAS' (New York), Jan. 194'3, v.4-3, no. 1: 11-14. Discusses the sources of the Soviet Army's power of resistance and strength, its equipment,'transport, shifting tactics, and guerrilla bands. - 1537 -'Sweden's Defense Program and Outlook, by Lorimer M. Jloe. •'-AMERICAN SWEDISH MONTHLY (New York), May 1942, v.36: 7-8. Describes Sweden's provisions for defense in case of invasion: her boundary fortifications; the increasing but still insuffi- cient strength of her air power; the mechanization of her army; and. her well-equipped air shelters. ' . " > 1538 Unity of Command., SOVIET WAR NEWS (London), Oct. 12, YJ42., . . 1 no. 384t 1% Discusses authority of the commanders in the Red Army, and the importance of having unity of command. .1539 War Direction, by C.B. Thorne. ' NINETEENTH - CENTURY AND AFTER (London), ’Aug. 1942, v.132, no-. 786: 61-64. Considers the direction of the military efforts in Great Britain, with recommendations that a chief be selected for the Chiefs of Staff Committee, that members of the committee be freed from all additional duties, and that a permanent combined service intelligence unit be provided. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cent) 1540 We Must Have a Foreign Legion, by George Edinger. WORLD REVIEW (London), May 1942| 25-29. Advocates the immediate formulation of a Foreign Legion in Canada under British and Dominion offices to be sent overseas as quickly as possible. 1541 Die Wehrmacht, by Ulrich Schmidt, (inj Erzichungsmaechte und Erziehungshoheit im Grossdoutschen Reich., ed. by R. Bonze and G. Graefe. Leipzig, Quelle and Meyer, 1940.) p. 143-166. (The German Armed Forces.-) Declares the nation, the country and the armed forces to be indissoluble. Discusses the qualities of the officer as an educator and as a leader; and the physical, military and moral training of the men. 1542 The Wehrmacht in 1942, by J. Cabrera-Paar. COMMONWEAL (New York), June 12, 1942, v.36: 174-176. Classifies German society by occupational classes, and estimates their representation in the German army. Appraises the morale and political loyalties of the army. B • Navy 1. United States 1543 The Admirals and Air Power, by Hugh J. Knerr. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Sept. 1942, v.55, no, 226? 283-291. Describes the Navy’s attempt to control land-basdd aviation. .1544 The Auxiliary Comes of Age, by William T. Pickering. YACHTING (New York), Nov. 1942, v.72, no. 5* 24-25, 62-63, illus. Describes the United States Coast Guard Auxiliary, its courses of instruction, and the work which it is doing. 1545 The Civil Engineer Corps of the United States Naval Reserve, [n.p.], [n.d.], 31 p., illus. Describes the work and organization of the corps and gives information for prospective condidates concerning admission. .1546 Dreadnoughts of the U.3. Navy, by Walton L. Robinson. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), May 1942, v.166j 221-223, illus. This is the first of a scries of five articles which propose to give an accurate over-all picture of our naval strength in surface ships and submarines. 1547 How is the Navy Organizaed to Fight the Mar? by Paul Schubert. (in, America Organizes to Win the War, New York, Harcourt Brace, 1942, p. 395) Chapter 4, p, 59-76. Stresses new kinds of combat divisions, new weapons, and specialized units and branches. XX. ORGAN17J3TION 0? THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1548 A History cf ha ?vv:er, by Will man 01 Ivor Stevens and Allan No stc-et t. fork. t Doran, 13**?. ix, 467~~p., illus., naps ati; diagrcu■ s. Traces the rise ana fall of navies, merchantmen and mcn-of-war from Are earliest times down to the present day. The concluding chapter tells of the early engagements of the Second World War, 1549 Jane's Fighting Ships, 1941 (Issued I Taroh 1942) London, liarston ahd Go-, 1942. 529 n., illus. The act nor lodged world authority on flavies of the world* Gives rise, tonnage, speed, armament, in so fal* aS it id available. ’ t ! ..... 1660 Meet the ' Soabecs. " EXCAVATING ENGINEER (South Milv/hukec, NiS .), Oct. ’19n2, v 33 no. 10s 506, 527. Tells of the origin and personnel of the Navy's jo agoing construction battalions whose job it is J'e build the bases ossential to the prosecution of war. 1651 The Naval Reserve of the United States Navy. A Pamphlet tot ths Instruction and Guidaiioe of Naval Reserve Officers* issued by tJ.S. Navy Department. Washington, U.S. Gove, Print. Off., 1942. 93 p. "The purpose of this pamphlet is to acquaint newly appointed Naval Reservs officers with certain basic information in regard to the Navy and Naval Res .rvc as an aid to them in increasing their proficiency as Naval Reserve officers.*’ 1552 The Navies of the United States and Japan, by H.G. Thitrsflold# London, Rolls House publishing Co*, 1941. 35 p# Brief history of the development of both navies, with illustrations and descriptions of principal t,rpos of ships. 1553 The Navy and the Navy, FORTUNE (New York), Aug. 1942, v.26, no. 2: 67-73, 176-178* Presents a picture of the United States Navy in its operational aspects and in its thinking and planning. Commends its fighting, but is critical of its inability to meet the submarine menace and the convoy problem. 1554 The Navy's Construction Battalions, by L.B. Combs. OUR NAVY (New York), June 1, 1942, v.37i 4-6. Discusses the organization of each battalion, the personnel, and work that the battalions are doing. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1555 Sea Power and Survival, by H. G. Thursfield. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Aug. 1942, ho-V 714: 125-130. Discusses the signifi canoe of sea power add concludes, that other nations hav surpassed Britain in the study and1 development of tho application of the air weapon to sea'warfare. 1556 The Ships and Aircraft of the United States Fleet, by James C. Fahey. New York, Ships and Aircraft, 1942. 64 p. Contains all data- on' the subject, which can be officially released. Illustrated. 1557 Tho Tyranny of Red Tape, by William D. Lanier. * UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), July 1942, v.68, no. 7: 919--921. . . . An officer of junior rank subsets some red tape that should be eliminated to divert energy, now expended without visible results, into more effective channels. 1558 United States Coast Guard, Its Purpose and Activities.in Ear and Peace. (Issued by U.3. Coast Guard)- Washington, U.'S. Govt. Print. Off., (n.d.) 31 p. 1559 U.S. Battleships at War J 1 The Floating Fortresses of Our Navy, by - - Thomas Penfield. Chicago, Rand McNally and Company [1942J* 62 p. 1560 Tho U.S. Coast Guard. PACIFIC MARINE REVIEW (San Francisco), Nov. 194.2, v.39, no, 11: 76-77. v A review of tho Coast Guard’s recent expansion and its now service activities. : 1561 The U.S. Marine Corps, by Arthur Turner. TRIDENT (London), - • Jan. 1942, v.4: 486-487; Describes the glorious traditions and present fighting prowess of the United States Marine Corps-. 1562 The U.-S* Navy Fights, by W. Adolphe Roberts. Indianapolis, Boobs Merrill Co., 1942. 276 p., illus. An historical account of the United States Navy from the time of John Paul Jones to tho present day. Important personages and engagements are stressed. 1563 Your Navy; Organizations, Customs and Traditions, Strategy, Tactics, The Nine Principles of Wary and the Place of the United Stages Navy in National Security, by Claude Banks Mayo. Los Angelos,. "Parker and Baird, 1942. 382 -p., illus. r Reprinted at the present1time because of the desirability of tho public being thoroughly informed in the existing emergency regarding tho noed for greater naval strength. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (oont) 2. Other Countries 1564 "Action Stations," the Royal Navy at War, by Henry George Thursfieli. London, A. and C. .Black,,1941. 78 p. incl. plates. The illustrations and text combine to present a graphic picture of the Royal Navy. 1565 The Admiralty,- by Lord Winster. POLITICAL QUARTERLY (London), July-Sept. 1942, v.U3, no. 3s 233-247. Outlines the organization and functions of the British Admiralty and criticizes it as slow-moving, caste-ridden and ultra-conservative. 1566 Battle of the Seaways, by George II. Johnston. London, Victor Gollanz 1942. 148 p., illus. Survey of the role of the British Navy in the war. 1567 Blueprints for the Fleet, by Vice Admiral W. F. Wake Walker. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (British Information Service, New York), Oct. 7, 1942, no. 110; 3,4. Tells of the constant change in plans and techniques to meet the enemy’s new v/eapons. 1568 Britain’s Mosquito Navy,' by Norman Hinton. YACHTING (New York), Nov. 1942, v.72, no. 5: 17-19, 74,76, illus. Discusses the part of the yachtsman of Great Britain in the war effort. 1569 Britannia Has Wingsi The Fleet in Action—On, Over, and Under the Sea, by Archibald Hurd. London, Hutchinson [n.d.], 112 p. 41 illus. A tale of too few British men-of-war and ofrtoo few officers and men. Contains a commentary on the twenty years of pre-war naval economy and of the hazards of war against heavy odds. Fighting Fleets, by Critchell Rimington. Nov/ York, Dodd Mead, 1942. 240 p. Illustrations and descriptions of the ships and planes of the major world powers. 1571 La Flota Sovietica del Mar Negro Tendra quo Mundirsc o Hntregarse a las Autoridades Turcas. MUJIDO (Madrid), Aug. 23, 1942, v.3, no. 120; 651-655. Illus. map, (The Soviet Black Sea Fleet Will Have to be Sunk or Interned in Turkey.,) The history, present status of the fleet, and some comment on its small contribution to Soviet resistance. 1572 Foreign Naval News--The first of a Series on Japanese Sea Power. Part I - Merchant Marine, by Jack Blumcnfield. OUR NAVY (Brooklyn, N.Y.), Jan. 1, 1943, v.37, no. 15* 16-18. Surveys Japan’s naval status and power from the start of Pacific hostilities to the present. Says continued casualties will seriously affect Japanese facilities for replacement. XX. ORGANISATION. OF. .THE JURIED, FORCES (cont) 1573 The French Fleet in This War, by. Samuel M. Fox, UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis)Aug, 1942, v.68, no. 474: 1091-109-9. ■ . ■ Considers the French -Navy, its actions during; World War II, and its present status. 1574 Future Naval Forces, by Isaiah Olch,. UNITED STATES.NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Washington), Way 1942, v.68:‘ 615-621. Discusses the feasibility of small streamlined panzer naval units in place of battleships. - - 1575 Dio Japanischc Flotto,. [by].. Hartz von Waldeyc-r. MILITAR- . WOCHENBLATT (Berlin), March 7, 1941, v.12'5, no. 36: 1549-1551. (T,he Japanese Fleet.-) Discusses the naval situation of Japan, listing the main naval air force bases. 1576 Japan1 s ‘Naval Strength - and Ours, by Jay Launer. SEAPOWER (New York), June 1942, v.2: 20-23. Discusses the strength of the navies of the United States .and Japan and the strategic plans by which the United States may gain supremacy. A table gives specific data for ships of both countries. 1577 Meet the Rod Fleet, by Roy Popperburg. SEA POWER (New York), ,. Dec. 1942, v.2, no. 12: 18-21, chart. Discusses the Russian fleet in the northern Baltic, the Black Sea, and the Far East. Says that despite the prevalent belief, - Russia has. more submarines than Germany. 1578 Netherlands Government Requisitions All Ships. KNICKERBOCKER . WEEKLY (Free Netherlands, Now York), June 15, 1942, v.2: 7. Tells about the commandeering of all Dutch ships for use in the war by the Netherlands Government in exile. 1579' Notes on the Japanese Fleet, by Jack Blumenfield. OUR NAVY -■ . (Brooklyn), Dec, -1, 1942, v.37, no. 13: 20-22.. Some remarks on Japanese naval design. 1580 Politics, Naval Br.azilc-ira, [by] Cesar'da Fonseca. CULTURA POLITICA (Rio de Janeiro), May 1942, v.2, no. 15: 211-221. (Brazilian Naval Policy.-) Description of the aims and functions ' of the Brazilian Navy and the means it possesses, for realizing the state- policy. , ' 1581 Potencia Maritima do los Raises Beligerantes. TEXAS ELEGID0S / (Buenos Aires), July- 194.2, v.3, no. 1* 22-30. (The Maritime Power of the "Warring— Nations •-:) A comparison of the naval strength of-the Axis and Allied Powers. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1582 Ranks and Medal Ribbons of the Fighting Services. 7 DAILY MIRROR (London), [n.d.]. 31 p. Illustrated handbook giving insignia and decorations of Royal navy, army, air force and ranking in women's auxiliary services. 1583 Revista General de Marina (Mexico, D.F.), June 1942, v.2, no.8: 80 p., illustrations. (General Marine Review.-) Special issue commemorating the first Navy Day celebrated in Mexico. Contains articles by navy ex- perts on the various aspects of the war. 1584 The Royal Canadian Navy, 1941-1942, by Lieut. 5. Hi Bartlett. CANADIAN GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL (Montreal), Nov. 1942, v.25, no. 5j 205-246, illus. Describds the severe tests and demands made on the Royal Canadian Navy, in its three years of warfare at sea. This navy is now confident of being able to act in equal partnership with Britain and the United States. 1585 Royal Navy, by Laurent do Meauce. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Sept. 15, 1942, v.4, no. 23: 356-361. A tribute to the British Navy for the contribution it has made to the war effort. 1586 The Royal Navy, by Wilson MacArthur. London, Win. Collins Sons, 1941. 72p. Tells of the tradition behind .the Royal Navy and its present organization. Contains photographic illustrations and accounts of recent naval engagements. 1587 The Royal Navy Today. .Oldhams Press (n.d.) 128 p., illus. Describes ships, weapons, and training of personnel of Great Britain's Navy. 1588 The Royal Navy, Some Account of Her Manners, Customs and Privileges, edited by E.. C. Talbot-Booth. London, S. Low, Marston. [n.d.] 57 5p, 1589 Rule Britannia* by Cecil King. New York, Studio Publications. [1941] 280p. • • Records and evaluates the more important naval events of the present war in relation to their parallels of the past, and brings them into proper perspective by showing that the Navy of today is in every respect a worthy successor of its forbears. 1590 Russia as a Marine Power, by R.L.- Megroz. TRIDENT (London), July 1942, v.4, no. 39: 732-733. Discusses Soviet naval resources. XX. ! ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) - 1591 Russia’s Navy,vby(Robert Fortman. ..SPECTATOR (London), Oct. 9, 1942, no. 5963: * - * Describes the size,.and importance of Russia's Navy, and ,it$. contribution Ahe -war effort. „ ; - 1592 - Saving Lives of Sailors’ Irs dheir Business , by Vincent Brome. SATURDAY NIGiT (.Toronto-)", Aug, 1, 1942, A.-57, no. 47;. 4. Describes t he .non-magnet io girdle for ships;- asbestos screens for lifeboats; the life-light; a life-saving jacket with a device to distill water and carry food, cigarettes and brandy.. ’ "* • i. t 1593 The South African Navy. ' AFRICAN WORLD ANNUAL (London), 1942, v.38: 35. ; •, , * • Explains growing importance of naval power in defense of Africa and adjacent waters. 1594 Sweden is Preparing for. Action, by A.J. •McWhiniii'e’SPHERE (Londpn), April 11, 1942, v.169: 46-47. Describes the Swedish Navy. Illustrations. 1595 Sweden’s Navy, by Curt Wennberg. . AMERICAN SWEDISH MONTHLY (New York), May 1942, v.36: 12-13. Sees the navy as one of strongest reasons for preservation of Swedish neutrality. Briefly describes vessels by types and outlines. ' \ ‘ I* ’ * * V v> 1596 V.oenno-Morckoi Flot v Velikoi Otcchejs tvermoi Voino, [byj V. ?akovlev. BOL’SHEVIK (Moscow), Feb. 1942, no. 4: 36-43. ’ (The Navy in the Groat War for the Fatherland*-) Describes • a the role of the Russian navy in the. present war Aits activities in the various naval theaters of war in Russia, in the Baltic sea, near Leningrad, and the Black Sea. C. Air Services. 1. United States 1597- American Air Power, by Merrill Mueller. London, John Murray and the Pilot Pre'ss. [ 1942 ]‘. 46 p.("Maroh of Time” series, no. l) Describes United States Army Air »Forcc organization, types of engines and planes, and the training of pilots. 1598 The Army 'Air Forces, by 'ii.H. Arnold. - SAB JOURNAL (New York), Nov. 1942: 23-25,- 64.v , ' ' Tells of the expansion and performance of the American air forces. 1599 The Army Aviation Cadet Council. FUTURE[(Chicago), June 1942, v.4, no. 10: 8-9, 26. Tells how the Army Aviation Cadet Council was formed, and what it has accomplished. Discusses the necessity for air superiority. XX. ORGANIZATION OP THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1600 -Army Flyer, by H.H. Arnold, and Ira C.Eaker, New York, Harper 1942. 299 p. ' ■Discusses military aviation as a career, including the duties, opportunities, details of training, and air warfare. 1601 ■ Building Air Power, by Oliver P. Echols. TECHNOLOGY REVIEW (Cambridge, Mass.'), June 1942, v-.44: 367-372. Tells of the development of the United States Army air program. 1602 OPT and the Navy, by Capt* Arthur W. Radford. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32*, no, 1: 20-21, 132-134- Describcs the value of the Civilian pilot "Training Program in primary and secondary aeronautical education as an aid to naval pilot recruitment. 1603 The Eagles Roar, by Byron Kennerly. New York, Harper 1942. 271 p. Presents the story of the Eagle Squadron of the R.A.F.* the first American air unit engaged in the present war. 1604 The Fighters at Humpty Doo, by Lucien Hubbard. AIR FACTS (New York), Nov. 1, 1942, v.5, no, 11* 6-18. Describes the life of the fliers of a squadron fighter group, United' States Army Air Forces, on duty in the Northwest Australia Combat Zone. 1605 Flying Squadrons, by Paul S. Johnston. New York, Duell, Sloan, and Pearce, 1942. 234 p. History of military flying from the beginning and a des- cription of the organisation of the present-day American Air Force,, personnel, types of planes, and strategy of military aviation. Illustrated. 1606 How is the Air Force Organised to Fight the War? by Laurence D. Lyman, (in America Organizes to Win the War, New York, Harcourt Brace, 1942. p. 395) Chapter 6, p. 101-124. Considers types of navy and army planes, their new uses, and relation to ground forces. 1607 ..Navy Sky-Fighters, by Walton L. Robinson. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York),. Dec. 1942, v.167, no. 6* 246-249, illus. Description of United States naval aircraft. 1608. The Negro As a Military Airman, by Frank Lambert. FLYING (Chicago), June 1942, v.30: 33-34, 66-68, 70. States that negroes are proving to be adept military aviators. XX. ORGANIZATION OF. THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1609 The Organization Of The Array Air Forces. INTER AVIA (Geneva, Switzerland), Aug. 8, 1942, no. 828-29* 25 p. (liiirieo.) Contains sections on: I. Pre-War Organization; II. Array— War Organization; .III*. U.S. Army n.ir Forces, IV. The Air Staff. V. First-Line Organization of U.S. Army Air Forces (Home); VI. Training and Supply Organization of the U.S. Army Air Forces. 1610 Organization of the Army Air Forces. Issued by U.S. Office of .a Civilian Defense. ‘Washington, U.S* Govt.'Print. Off. June 1942. 11 p. (Civil Air Patrol Training Manual No. 3.) 1611 Reap the Whirlwind, by F. N. -Childs. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.), IIov. 24, 1942, v.68, no. 477: 1552-1554. Stresses the emergence of air power as superior .to sea power in modern warfare; analyzes the factors involved in the prob- lem of developing better anti-aircraft defense for the navy. 1612 Reorganization: Army Air Forces (Official) ARMY OFFICER (Baltimore), May 1942, v.19; 7-14. Describes effect of President's Executive Order of Feb. 28, 1942, giving the air command its own general staff and administrative set-up. 1613 Test Pilots, by Lewis Marsho.ll Thompson. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), Oct. 1942, v.55, no. 226: 402-410. Analyzes the test pilot's aptitudes, attitudes, and habits. 1614 What Every Citizen Should Know about the Air Forces, by Harold E. Hartney. New York-, W. W. Norton, 1942. 226 p. Discusses organization of the army air forces, its personnel, training, the naval force -in all its aspects; marine and coast guard aviation; the civil aeronautics administration and civil • air patrol; air warfare and defense; and the problem of unified command. Illustrations. 1615. Wings for-the Navy. ARI'TY ORDNANCE (Washington), Sept,-Oct. 1942, v.23, v.134j 293-300. - ... Illustrations and comments on various types of U.S. Navy planes. 1616 Wings Over America; The Inside Story of American Aviation, by . Harry Bruno. New Yo-rk, Robert M. McBride, 1942. 333 p. , illus. Contains a special sixty-four page picture section supplementing -.the author’s Account of American Av tat ion from its beginning to -the present 'time , XX. ORGANISATION OF'THE JJIHED FORCES (pent) 2. Other Countries 163.7 Air Cadets of Canada, by Bruce Keith. AIR TRAILS (Near York), Aug. 1942, v.18, no. 5: 26, 41. Describes the organization, training, and activities of Canadian air cadets. Illustrated. 1618 Air-Sea Rescue. Issued for the Air Ministry by the Ministry of Information, [Gt. Britain], London, H*M. Stationery Off. [1942] 32 p., illus• „ . , . . Tells how air-sea rescue work is accomplished. 1619 Canada’s Wings',' by Peter J. Field. London, J. Lane, 1942, 126 p. Brief sketches of the exploits and.adventures of Canadian air men, who participated in the earlier phases of fighting in the All-Canadian squadron of the R.A.F. 1620 China’s Young Air Arm Strikes. CHINA QUARTERLY (Hongkong), Summer 1941, v.6: 236-243. Factual account o-f the achievements of the Chinese air force. 1621 Fighter Command, by Alexander Berry Austin. London, Go1lanez, 1941. 248 p., plates, diagrs. Enables the reader to see the air war through the eyes of•the staff officer controlling operations and of the O L fighter pilot. 1622 Has the Luftwaffe Shot its Bolt? by Philip V,hitman. NEW YORK TL1SS MAGAZINE (New York), May 24, 1942: 4, 35. Tells of the past strength .of the Luftwaffe and why it is no longer invincible. .Illustrated. 1623 How the R.A.F. 'Works, by A.H. Narracott. London, Frederick Muller, [1942] 158 p., illus. Tells of the organization and functioning of the R.A.F., including also the Women’s auxiliary Air Force. 1624 Indian ir Force. FLIGHT (London), Sept. 17, 1942, v.42, no. 1760: 317-319. ■ Summarizes developments of the Indian Air Force during the past ten years. 1625 Japan as an Air. Power, by E. Spcypr. AERONAUTICS (London), June 1942, v.6: 40-43. Surveys Japan's industrial development since 1930, with particular reference to her aircraft industry. Describes some of the aircraft produced, and speculates on the size of the Japanese airforce. XX, ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1626 Japan's Air power,- -b;yMf.db,'-£ihiburg. -FLIGHT (London), April 23-30, 1942, v.41t 392-397, 431-454. Dosor ibos ’Japart 6s Mississippi, where the United States Army Air Base is being used for the ♦ training of Dutch and Indonesian fliers. Illustrations. 1631 El Poder Aereo II La Guerra Marinina, [by] Francisco Fernandez G. Longoria. REV1STA DE AERONAUTICA (Madrid), Nov. 1941, v.2, * no, 12 j'829-833, illus, 4 ’(The War at Sea.-) Survey of the uses a'nd effectiveness of air power in the war at sea. 1632 Bn Prcparacion Aerea, Los Japoncsos Han Dado Una Gran Sorprosa V i a 1'odo el Uundo, Incluso a Sus Enemigos. MUNDO ( Madrid ), • ■ July 12, 1942,‘v.3, ‘no. 114: 421-423# ' . (Japan Has Surprised the Whofe World Vv’ith„Her “Air Preparation.-) Discussion of comparative airplane types and designs. * U ft 1635 0 Prime if o Anivorsa’r io da Instalacao do Ministerio da Aeronatica, CULTURA POL IT ICA (Rio do Janeiro),*March 1942, v,.2j 211-215. ! ;'Y -‘■A' (T.he ■,First .Anniversary, of the Creation ,of . a 'Ministry of a Ministry o*f Aeronautics.-) * A survey of the activities of Brazil’s Air Ministry. 1634 El Progjesd dc la‘ Aviacion on Brasil. ’ GRAFICO INDUSTRIAL AVIACION (Los ArigelCs), ‘1942, Third Quarterly Issue, v.ll, no. 42: 6-7, 14-15. (Progress of Aviation in Brazil,-) Survey of the extension of aircraft use in Brazil, particularly in its military aspects * XX. ORGANIZATION OP THE ARMED FORGES (oont) 1635 Rescuing Airmen from the Channel, by'R.J. Hill. LONDON CALLING (London), Sept. 3, 1942, no. 156:' 16-17. Describes the activities of the British Air-Sea Rescue Service. 5 1636 Royal Air Force. FLYING AND POPULAR AVLITION (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v.51, no. 3: 41-277. This is a special Royal Air Force issue presenting thirty articles on all phases of the activities of the British 1L ir Forces• ■ ‘’ 1637 Royal Air Force in the World War, vol. 1. Aftermath of War- Prelude to the Blitzkrieg-Campaign in Norway-, by Norman Macmillan. Tells of development of the RAF from 1918 through the campaign in Norway. There is also an account of the RAF in France. 1638 Russia's Fighter Command, by Maj. Gen. Mikhail M. Gromov. FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32-, no. 1: 27-28, 145-147. Describes the coordination and activity of the Russian Fighter Command in gaining air supremacy over the Germans. 1639 The"Salvation Army." NAUTICAL ' MAGAZINE (Glasgow), May 1942, v. 147: 16-18. Tells about a partnership entered into by the Royal Navy and the RAF for the rescuing of bailed-out airmen, through the forming of an Air-Sea Rescue Service, nicknamed the "Salvation Army". 1640 Sea-Flyers, by C.G. Grey. London-, Faber and Faber, 1942. 256 p. illus. Gives the historical background of over-sea flying and deals with its development during the present war. ■1641 Sweden Is Ready, by Hugo Sunstedt. AIR NEWS (New York), May 1942, v.2: 6-11. Discusses Sweden’s efficient airforce and believes Sweden will soon be in the war, although it is riot yet certain on which side. Illustrations. 1642“ They Live to Fight Again, by D. K. Findlay. MACLEAN’s MAGAZINE (Toronto)., Jan. 1, 1943, v.56, nO. 1: 10-11, 24-25, illus. • ! Detailed description of the function and procedures of the Air-Sea Rescue Service which spreads its safety net around the British Isles. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (oont) 1643 The Turkish Force;, by.Rowland CTartcr. ‘FLYING (Chicago), June 1842, v.30: 26-27, 84-t. Ev*Hnation of the Turkish Air Force. Illustrations. 1644 Warships and Aircraft of Japan. .London, Hutchinson and Co., (no date). -64- p. • . ' , A collection of photographs illustrating ships and aircraft of the Japanese navy and army. 1645 With the RAF, by Noel Honks. London, Raphael Tuck and Sons, [no date]. 48 p. Illustrated description of the RAF, its planes, pilots, and activities. D• Womcn1s Services 1. United States 1646 America Enlists Its ’Women, by Nona Baldwin. INDEPENDENT WOIrAN (New York), Sept. 1942, v.21, no. 9? 265, 281-282. Examines the opportunities for women to serve in the WAACS and WAVES, where women with technical training can be c s pe c ia 1 ly he 1 pfu 1 • 1647 Army Nurse. LOOK (New York), Nov. 17, 1942, v.6, no. 23: 24-28. Tells of the required qualifications, type of training given and the variety of duties for nurses in the service. Says that the government is calling for 50,000 women to enroll in nursing schools. 1648 Army WAC Organizes; Navy Plans Like Unit. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Hay 16, 1942, v.79; 1013-1037. Gives details'concerning organization of Army WAC as provided for in the bill recently pa'ssed by Congress and sent to the President for approval. Gives special features of the proposed bill for a similar navy unit. 1649 The ' Curriculum yin ‘ the Emergency, by Ruth Sleeper. • AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING (Now York), July 1942, v.42: 805-810. Gives suggestions to enable nurses ' training schools to make the necessary adjustments called for by the'war. 1650 • Emergency Care, by Marie A. Wooders and Donald A. Curtis. Philadelphia, F.A. Davis, 1942. xv, 560 p., illus. A nurses' manual, especially designed to help civilian nurses adjust .themselves to wartime nursing. 1651 General Plan for Enrollment.* Women's Army Auxiliary Corps. U.S. Adjutant-General's Office, (n.d.), (n.p.), 7 p. XX* ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1652 I Helped Choose an Army1, by Agnes A. Sharp. THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO MAGAZINE (Chicago), Oct. 1942, v.35, no. 1: 6-7. Tells how the first United States women’-s army was recruited. 1653 The Ladies Go to War, by Kurt Rand. FLYING AND POPULAR AVIATION (Chicago), Aug. 1942, v.3T, no. 2: 47, 112. Tells about the recruitment and training of women for the C an a dian Women ’ s Auxi1iary Air Force. 1654 The Navy Wants Women, by Lieut. Bernice Drake Lill. COMfONWEALTK (Richmond), Nov. 1942, v.9, no. 11: 17, 18. Lists the qualifications of the WIVES. Tolls of the training of tho WAVES, the type of work they do, and the remuneration they receive. 1655 Needed - Women in Aviation, by Dickey Meyer. New York , Robert McBride, 1942. 219 p. Describes work to be done by women in uniform, by those in aircraft manufacturing and in commercial professions. 1656 On Going Into the Army. AMERICiJT JOURNAL OF NURSING (Concord, N.H. ), Dec. 1942, v.42, no. 12: 1351-1356. Tells a nurse what to take along for foreign duty and what to expect in the way of equipment when she gets to her post. 1657 Our Women March to War, by Dickey Meyer. WO:IAN (New York), Aug. 1942, v.9: 58-61. Describes the organization and recruitment of the Women’s Army Auxiliary Corps. 1658 Professional Nurses are Needed. A Plan for Secondary Schools and Schools of Nur sing to Sup sly Professional Nurses Urgently Needed for Wartime Service. Washington, U.S. 'Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 28 p. (U.S. Office of Education. Vocational Division Leaflet No. 10) 1659 The WAAC Marches Forward, by Oveta Culp Hobby. GENERAL FEDERATION CLUBWOMAN (Washington), Nov". 1942, v.23, no. 2: 12. Describes some features of the Women’s Army Auxiliary Corps. * i 1660 We’re in the Army Now, by Ruby Black. INDEPENDENT WOMAN (New York), July 1942', v.21: 198-200, 214. Describes some of the jobs available to women through the new WAAC (Woman’s Army Auxiliary Corps). t 1661 Woman’s Wartime Privilege, by Lena Hades in Phillips. . TALKS (New York), 1942, v.7, no. 3: 54-56. Urges women to join the •./omen’s Army Auxiliary Corps. Tells • of the British women’s enrollment in similar camps. From a broadcast. XX. OR GAIT I NATION OF 'THE ARMED FORCES • and student nurses by the Civil.Nursing Reserve; emergency medical services, public health administration,.district nurses and military nursing services. ' 1682 British Aomen in.the 'Tar Services, by Elizabeth C. Phillips. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING (New York), Nov. 1942, v.34, no. 11: 609-611. Describes the varied activities of woman under war conditions. Explains functions of the throe women's organizations attached directly to the Navy, Army and Air Force. 16 83; ' Canadian-Women in the War Effort, by Charlotte Whitt on;. Toronto, Macmillan ,1942. 57 p., illus. All phases of women’s work on the heme front and with tho fighting forces aro described. 1684 The Chinese .[Oman's Fight • for Freedom, by Ching Soong Ling. ASIA (New'York), July 1942, v.42: 391-393. Describes tho war work' of Chinese women in nursing; bandage- making, and political propaganda. 1685 Fall in for 7/ur Service for Women. London, John Bolo and Staples, [n.d. ] 35 p. A guide describing all the aspects of war service in the various women’s organizations. .1686 [Formidable to Tyrants, by Phyllis Bottomo. London, Faber and Faber. 1941. 275 p. The American edition has title: Mansion Houso of Liberty, Boston, Little Brown, 1941. Recounts briefly work of the 7/.R.N.S* tho A.T.S. tho i/.A.A.F.S , the ambulance drivers, tho A.V.S., the nursing auxiliaries and reactions of the evacuees and their hostesses. 1687 ’ General Jean Knox Commands the ATS Army of 200,000 Women. PARADE’S WT3EKLY (Detroit), Nov. 26, 1942, v.l, no. 27: 4-5, illus. Brief sketch of Mrs. Jean Knox, the only woman general in tho world. She is chief controller of England’s Auxiliary Territorial Service. 1688 Gesta Fcmcnin#, [by] Nina Scsto. NORTE (New York), Nov* 1942, v.3, no. 1: 20-23, illus. (The Women’s Contribution.-) Survey of the industrial and military contributions of the women of the allied nations. XX. ORGANIZATION 0? THE ARMED FORCES (cent) 1689 The Growing Army of British Women, by Tania Long. NEW YORK TLIES MAGAZINS (New York), May 31, 1942: 8-9, 24. Wireless dispatch from London describing thetwork of women who arc doing many of the things which the first American women's army will undertake. 1690 Report> of..the ’Committee on Amenities and Welfare Conditions in the Throe Women 's‘Services, [Issued by Great Br itain - Committeo on Amenities in the Three Women’s Services.] London, H.M. Stationery Off., 1942. 58 p, (Great Britain Parliament Cmd. 6384.) 1691 Service With the Army, by.Helen Yaughn-Gwynne. London, Hutchinson 1942. viii, 168 p. Illustrated. ■ The author was placed in command of an army of 10,000 women who served overseas in World War I. This book tells the story of their problems and achievements. The concluding chapter discusses the conditions under which women can most effectively be employed with the army today. 1692 She Walks in Battledress, by Anthony Cottorell. The Day’s Work in the A.T.3., by Anthony Cottorell. London, Christophers, 1942. 96 p. Describes the work of the women in the Auxiliary Territorial Service. 1693 Soviet Women at War, by Beatrice King. ANGLO-SOVIET JOURNAL (London), April-Juno 1942, v.3: 71-82. Describes the industrial and agricultural work of women in Russia; the part taken by women at the home front and on the fighting front; their part in guerrilla warfare: and their moral backing of sons and husbands. Illustrated. 1694- Swiss Women Consider Welfare of Soldiers of Same Importance as First Class military Equipment, by Marie Widmer. * AMERICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.19, no.- 7: 372-373., . Describes several volunteer activities-of Swiss women in caring for the welfare of their nation’s soldiers. 1695 9c Also Serve, by Doris Pilkington. London, Hutchinson [n.d.l 88 p. Account of the duties and experiences of a N.A.A.F.I.■ canteen manageress. XX. ORGANIZATION OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont) 1696 Der Veibliche Reichsarbeitsdienst, [by]Gertrud Schwerdlfc -cr- Zyprios. (in: Erziehungsmaochtc und Erzidhungshoheit iin Grossdoutsohen Reich, ed. by R. Bonze Meyer, 1940.) P. 129-141. ("The"Fc-male Reich Labor-Service.-) Describes organization of* the compulsory labor-service for gir.ls from 17 to 19 years old, their work in camps, and in the village farm- yard. 1697 The Women’s Services, by Rose Marie Hodgson. EMPIRE REVIEW AND MAGAZINE (London), Aug. 1942, v.76. no. 499j 62-66. Evaluates the effectiveness of the various Hritish women’s services, including the A.T.S. W.A.A.F., and W.R.N.3.'etc., 1698 Work of the Women’s Royal Naval Service in the War, by V. Laughton. . ' JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL UNITED SERVICE INSTITUTION (London), Fob. 1942, v.87, 51-61. Lecture given in December 1941. XXI, PAY, ALLOWANCES, PENSIONS. AP'D RELIEF 1695 Aid to Dependents. OUR ARMY (New York), July 1942, v, 14,no, 7: 16,18,.64, • , •' : • Gives information and instructions to the personnel of the United States Army and tot' eir. d,e pendants regarding pensions and death benefits. .... 1700 Army Woman’s Handbook,' by Clclla Reeves Collins. New York, Whittlesey House, 1942* 203p, Part I contains information for army wivqs on wartime and peace- time claims, life insurance, wills, property rights, relief organizations, and other, business matters. . Part II is devoted to social life and home.making in the array. 1701 Benefits for-Servicemen and Their Dependents, by Edward J*. Halpin*.• Hollywood., Yer Ealen Publications, 1942, 189p. Concerns monetary and other benefits and privileges available to service men and their families. 1702 Financial Protection for War Families. TRUSTS AND ESTATES (New York), April 1942, v*74:241-244. Summary of round tabic discussion on compensation, benefits and civil relief plans for the armed forces and their dependents* 1703 Handbook for Servicemen and Servicewomen of World War II and Their Dependents, Including Rights and Benefits of Veterans of World War I and Their Dependents, Washington, U. S. Govt. Print* Off.., 1942. 74p. (U. S. 77th Congress, 2d sess-, House Doc. 822), 1704 Legal Effects of Military Service Under the Soldiers* and Sailers’ Civil Relief Act, etc., Upon Debts, Leases, Evictions, Interest Rates, [etc.], by Ganson J« Baldwin, — Assisted hy John Kirkland Clark, Jr. — 3rd ed» [New Haven], Yale University Press, 1942, 80p. 1705 Naval Pay, by Raymond V. Blackman. FIGHTING FORCES (London), Oct. 1942, v.19,no.4:190-192. Presents the need, for a considerable increase in navy pay*. 1706 Navy Pay Tables. Issued by: U. S Navy Department* Washington, U* S. Govt, Print. Off., Sept. 1, 1942* 15p. Tables designed to assist and expedite the making of pay-roll entries where pay and allowances are involved, and in computing interest on savings deposits. Includes information on pay and allowances for the United States Navy and Naval Reserve, 1707 Once You’re in the Army, by Patrick 0’Sheele.' MEDICAL ECONOMICS (Rutherford, N. J.), May 1942, v.l9;46-52. Offers facts pertaining to promotions, basic pay, foreign service, insurance, allowances for food, rent, uniforms and travel, for tho doctor going into tho service. XXI. PAY, ALLOWANCES, PENSIONS, AND RELIEF (cont.) 1708 Fay and Allowances of the Armed Forces, Presented to Parliament by Comma,nd of His Majesty, Aug. 1942. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1942. (ot, Brit. Parliament Cmd. 6385). 1709 .Pensions and Compensation to Veterans and Their Dependents, by Franklin M. Aaronson. SOCIAL SECURITY BULLETIN (Social Security Board, Washington), Nov. 1942, v,5,no.11•10-24. A historical resume of pension legislation in the United States, with a statement of the benefits to which veterans of the pre- sent war will be entitled under existing laws. 1710 ...Personal Affairs of Military Personnel and Their Dependents, 1942. U. S. War Dept. Washington, IT. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942, 46p. 1711 Personal Finance and Management for the Army Officer. ' [issued by] Department of Economics, Government, and history, U. S. Military Academy, Tie's t Point, New York, New York, D. Appleton-Century, 1942. 12lp. Designed to assist the young officer of the Army of toda^r not the officer of peacetime garrison service — in the manage*-^ ment of his personal affairs. 1712 Revised Soldiers' and Sailors’ Relief Act. CREDIT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (New York), Dec. 1942, v.44,no.12:28-29,39. Excerpts from a statement recently issued by W. Randolph Mont- gomery, of Council for the National Association of Credit Men, on important features of the act. 1715 Reward of Service. ECONOMIST (London), Sept. 5, 1942, v.143,no. 5167:292-293. Discusses the claim that British service men are underpaid as compared with civilians and proposes a three-point plan for more equitable payment. I.714. Service Pay and Allowances. LABOUR (London), Oct, 1942, v.5,no.2; 43-47. Debate in Parliament on new pay scale and allcJwances for service men. 1715 Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, as Amended by Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act Amendments of 1942, National Headquarters, Selective Service System, Washington, D. C., [u. S. Govt. Print, Off.] 1942. 30p. 1716 Soldiering as a Career: Effect of New Pay Scale. UNITED STYMIES NEWS (Washington), June IS, 1942, v.13:13-14. . Comment on the pay increase given the United States soldiers. Comparison is made with payments to soldiers of foreign armies , and -with civilian workers. XXI. PAY, ALLOWANCES, PENSIONS, AND RELIEF (copt.) 1717 Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, by Harold J. Reed, ICWIAN REVIEW*(Iowa City), Nov, 1942, v.28,no.1:14-36. Discusses the main sections of the Act. which is intended by Congress to give protection to service men rather than to afford them a means of escape or a shield from justice. 1718 The Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act. o'f 1940 and the Amend- ments of 1942, by Robert H. Skilton. UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA LAW REVIEW AND AMERICAN LAW REGISTER (Philadelphia), Nov. 1942, v.91, no.3:177-193. Discusses the provisions of the Soldiers' and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940 and its objectives, criticism against it, ’ problems which it raised, and the solutions adopted by the 1942 version. 1719 The Soldiers and Sailors Relief Act and Its Effect on Real Estate by Edmund IL- Field. NATIONAL REAL ESTATE JOURNAL (Cedar Rapids,■ town), Nov.,' 1942, v. 43, no. 11: 35-37,42. Explains the protection afforded service men under the Civil Relief Act. 1720 The Soldier’s Guide to His Rights and Duties, by Raymond Blackburn. London, the Haldane Society, 1942, 63p, War Risks and Security, by Elizabeth Vickendeh. SURVEY MID- MONTHLY (New York), May 1942, v. 78:131-133. Advocates raising pay of soldiers, by assuming certain long-time financial commitments of men in the services, and through provid- ing support for their-families. Reviews legislation already under consideration by Congress for these, purposes. 1721 -Welfare Services in Total War, by Fred K, Hoehler, SURVEY GRAPHIC (New York), 1942, v.31,no.10:412-414. Contrasts the need for welfare services in peace and war. Finds, *' from the example of Britain, that investment of public funds in financial aid and service to help with wartime adjustments bears interest a thousand times in the success of the war effort. 1722 What Every Serviceman’s Dependents Should Know, by B. Tain Tucker. Chicago, 111., Lamd and Lamb 1942. 47p, XXII. WELFARE A. Religion 1723 Being a Chaplain With the Air Corps, by Victor Halboth, LUTr'ERAN WITNESS (St. Louis), Aug. 18, 1942, v.61,no.17:289-29Q. Describes the function and duties of an air corps chaplain and the opportunities for service among the men of the Corps. . 1724 The Chaplain and His Relation to Recreation and Athletics, by C. I. Carpenter. ARMY AMD NAVY CHAPLAIN (Washington)., April-Mav 1942, v. 12:30-32. Tells ways in which -the Army chaplain increases his influence by participating in athletic programs. XXII. • yJELFARE (cont.) 1725 The Chaplains* School. ARMY AND NAVY CHAPLAIN ('Washington), Apri1-May 1942, v.12;19~2o. Describes work of the Chaplains’ school at Fort Benjamin Harrison, Indiana, Outlines courses, 1726 Churches and Chaplains. ADVANCE (Boston), May 1942, v, 134: 208-209. Discusses aid of churches to Army and Navy chaplains. 172 7 Let’s Win This Aar as Christians, by John Ripley Forbes. CHURCHMAN (New York), Dec. 1, 1942, v.156,no.21:8. A plea for conscientious objectors by a non-pacifist* 1728 • The Modern Attitude Toward Conscientious Objectors, by Albert W Palmer, HIGHROAD (Boston), June 1942, v.10:24-25. Commends tolerant attitude of our present military organization toward conscientious objectors. 1729 The Naval Chaplain, by I. Shipton. SPECTATOR (London), Oct. *2, 1942, no. 5962: 307-308. History of the chaplain in the English navy. * ' 't, •/ 1730 On Being a Chaplain, by Chaplain Carl Knud sen, TJ. 3.N.R. SAINT ANDEFH’S CROSS (Washington), Nov. 1942, v,56,no,9:8-9, Shows the various fields in \vhich a chaplain’s duties may lie, 1731 Cut of the Civilian Public Service Camps, by Channing B. Richardson. FRIEND (Philadelphia), May 14, 1942, v.115:422-423. Surveys the value of the Civilian Public Service Camps for con- scientious objectors to the Individuals in -.the camps, to the nation, and to the Christian Church. ' • . 1732 Protestanti'sm and the USO. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), June 17, 1942, v.59:775-776. Protests the assumption by the YMCA of the primary responsibility f'o'r the religious life of Protestant men-in uniform* 1733 Shall the C.P.S. Camps Continue? by Denny Wileher. CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), Dec. 16, 1942, v.59,no.50:1556-1559. Discusses the valve of the country-wide system of labor camps for conscientious objectors administered by the Churches as a part of the Civilian Public Service program. 1754 The Soldier and His Religion. Issued by: u« S. War Department, Bureau of Public Relations. Washington, IT. S. Govt:. Print. Off., 1942. 18p. Deals chiefly with the character and services of army chaplains. f _. . " . 1735 Soldier-Priests, by Barrett McC-urn. SIGN (Union City, N. J.)-, June 1942, v.21:666-669. Tells of heroism of Kather Joseph Lafler and Father Duffy 'in the Philippines. Also outlines army regulations for chaplains. XXII. WELFARE- .(confcvV B» Morale ana.Recreatibn 1736 Action Against the Energy1e . Mind, 'Book One-,- 'ey Joseph Bernstein: Book Two., by Paul R« Milton,, Bobbs-Herrill,'1942, xxi, 294p. : ' , Part;I analyzes the Axis technique .of psychological war and shows how the same tactics can be applied in this country. Part II con- , siders the weak spots in our psychological defenses — isolation- ism, fear of communism,, anticsemitism, etc. 1737 Agitation Among German Soldiers, by A. Blanche. WORLD SURVEY (Npw York), Foy 1942-28-34, Tells of increasing numbers of German soldiers deserting their units stationed in occupied countries, Describes conditions' among the German soldiers in Yugoslavia, and how Gestapo spies are placed in the German Army to keep the soldiers from mutiny- ing or surrendering.. Discusses Allied propaganda designed to intensify the agitation among the German soldiers. 1738 The Alcohol Problem in Military/- Service, by Merrill Moore. QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF STUDIES ON ALCOHOL (New Haven), Sept. 1S42, v,3, no,2 :24-4-256. . DjLs.cu.sses the problems created by excessive drinking among en- listed. men, how to reduce drinking, and the causes of alcoholism. 1739 Alcoholism in Military Service, by Merrill Moore. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), July 1942, v,91,no.1:29-39. Discusses alcoholism in the military service, and what can be „ . done- about it. 1740 Army Times, by Cedric Larson. PRINT (New Haven), Spring 1942, v.3:33-42. Discusses the function of the army newspaper, reviews some of those current in the first world war, and classifies and describes those of the present war, 174-1 Before I Die, by an American Soldier, Los Angelos, Circlo-V Press, 1942. 415p. Statement-of convictions and faith which caused this soldier to •.enlist, 1742 Broadway Gears Itself to War, by Dorothy Brooks and Louise M. True- blood, DELPHIAN QUARTERLY (Chicago), Oct. 194Z7"v. 25, no. 4:48-54. Points out ways in which theatrical performers are contributing V. to the war .effort. 1743 Das such j_m Drltten Kriegswintor. BUCK UND VOLK (Berlin-Dahlem), 1941, no.6:1-2. (Books in the Third Winter of War.--) Acknowledges the difflevities of the book trade in the third winter of war. Appeals for books from homes for soldiers at the front. XXII. - 'WELFARE (cont.) 1744 Camp’Libraries in the }7ar Picture, by Virginia D. Hermes sy. LIBRARY JOURNAL (New York), Oct. 1, 1942, v.67,no.17:839. Indicates the place of the comp library’- in securing adjustment of the soldier to camp life, 1745 The Cock of the Mralkj the Pacific Sailor, NTT" YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), Nov 22, 1942 :8,25. Describes the morale of men in the Pacific fleet. 174.6 The Fourth Year of Par in Germany, by Peter Matthews. . CENTRAL •' EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Sept. 4," 1942, v. 19,no. 18:278-279. Says that' reports from Germany indicate doubts of ultimate victory among the masses and refers to the military develop- ments which cause such doubts, namely the war on the Russian front and the R.A.F. raids on Germany. * i 1747 The Great Japanese Fraud, by Willard Price. MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), Jan. 1943, v.2S,no.1:44-43. Tells nbout the myth of bushido which is a driving force in the Japanese Army — its origin and its master-and-slave psycho lOi'V. » ■*», . » » ■ ' • i / 1748 Hollywood Goes to War, by Leo C. Rostcn. WOMAN *S NOME COMPANION (Springfield, Ohio), Dec. 1S42, v.69,no.12,15,60,64. .Describes the part which movie executives and actors are play- ing in the present war effort. 1749 The Leisure Time of a Democratic Army, by Raymond B. Fosdick. ’SURVEY GRAPHIC (Now York), June 1942, v. 31:280-285. Describes the organization of Army recreation, and some of the problems of leisure hours and morale in the camps. 1750 Mon of the Royal Air Force, by Hector Bolitho. • AMERICAN MERCURY (Few York), Dec. 1942, v.55,no.228:714-721. Tells of meeting men of the Royal Air Force during the winter ' of 1932 whpn he lived in Anir /.bdullah’o country. Describes the force as men living on laughter, justice and integrity, 1751 The Military -aspect of Psychological Warfare, by F. E. Gillette. MILITARY REVIEW (Fort Leavenworth), April 1942, v.2:13-17. Considers the selection of loaders and specialists, adjustment to military life, indoctrination and combat training, combat, waiting for the enemy action, and the fighting spirit. 1752 Morale Activities of the Special Service Branch, by Frederick H. Osborn, ARMY AND NAVY CHAPLAIN (Washington), April-Hay 1942, v.12:34-35. Tolls of ways in which soldiers spend their leisure timo in camp. ♦ * • • t XXII. T.ELFARE (cont.) 1753 • Morale of the German Rear and the German Imy, by M. Hit in# WORLD SURVEY (New York), April 194?..;57^40; Reports on the analysis of 16,000 Ipiters from Germany addressed to the Eastern Front and of let tors' fyojn men and officers at the front to Germany, and gives certain' conclusions and generaliza- tions derived therefrom* Quotes from some of the letters# 1754 Ra Musica Como Factor Indispensable eh. la Paz y en la Guerra, by GUillenno Robles. RLVlCTA MUSICAL MEXICANA (Mexico, D# P.) , v,2,no.5 j56-58, -■ (Music as an •Indispensable Factor in Peace and in ’.Tar*—) Value of music in reducing fatigue and tension, and in sustaining the martial spirit, 1755 No Niobe for a Mother. EXTENSION (Chicago), Kay 194-2, v#36:11, 49,51. Advice from a navy mother t.o other mothers as to the bolstering of their morale and the maintenance of the morale of their sons in the service, 1756 On to Victory With the Victory Book Campaign, by John M. Connor. A.L.A. BULLETIN (Chicago), Sept. 1, 1942, v.36,no.9;552-554# Report on tho progress and future program of the Victory Boole Campaign, by its director,. 1757 L*Organisation'des Loisirs dans l*Arm6e Suisse. L*ABSTINENCE (Lausanne) (n.d.), v.4,no,12:88-90. (The Organisation of Leisure in the Swiss Army.—) A descrip- tion of the activity of the morale-building division. 1758 A Park Department Enlists for the War, by William M. Mullen# RECREATION (New York), July 1942, v.36;225-258. Describes the program organized for Service' men by the Recrea- tion Division of the Boston Park Department. „ • ♦ 1759 .Principles of Leadership, by Colonel John H. Cafruth.' MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), Dec/ 1942, v.34,no.206:594-597. Stresses need in the United States Army for a high quality of leadership. Mentions leadership, discipline, and morale as tho three chief ingredients in a military organization and lists the basic principles of leadership. 1760 Psychology and the Soldier, by Norman Copeland. Harrisburg, Pa., The Military Service Publishing Co., 1942, 136p. Considers the importance of morale and of the psychology behind it both to soldiers and civilians. 1761 Psychology for the Fighting Man. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan, 1943, v.52,no,1:54-61. Deals with reasons why men fight with ’zest; how men meet defeat; nature of fear and how to deal with it. XXII. WELFARE (cont ; ) 1762 Psychology in Everyday Life', by C. Yamum. . . • 2nd ed» New-York, McGraw-Hill, 1342. xiv, 490 p,, illus, .This edition stresses military psychology and suggestions for ' the solution of personal problems. 1763 Radio Coes to War, by David;Sarnoff. THIS WEEK: MAGAZINE SECTION OF THE SUNDAY JOURNAL (Oregon), Dec. 20, 1942 ;4,5. The role of radio in maintaining morale among; our troops over- seas, is illustrated by incidents.1 Stresses importance of radio in building mutu&l understanding betvVeeja Latin Arclerica and the United States and in' broadcasting propaganda to occupied coun- tries of Europe. 1764 The Reading of Service ’Men, by Lt. J. C. Reiman. PUBLISHERS* MEEKLY (New York), Dec. 5, 1942, v.142,no.23:2274-2277. Tells of the desire for reading which is prevalent among the servicemen, with reference to types of reading and types of readers. Mentions navy libraries and U.S.O. libraries* 1765 Reading in the Forces: II. At Sea and Overseas, by P. Hepworth. LIBRARY ASSO Cl ATI ON RECORD _ (London) , May 1942,' v.44,no .5:51-53. Describes libraries provided for the forces in Canada, the Middle East, South Africa, and on troop ships and considers most of them superior to those at home. Finds that reading is the pre- ferred form of recreation among the- forces. 1766 Reichsbahnsport Wie im Frieden, [by] Carl Johannes Rummcl. ' DIE REICHSBAHN (Berlin), Oct. 15-29, 1941, v.17,no.42-44:395-398. (Sport Activities Organized by the Rcichsbabn for its Employees, Continued in Wartime.—) Declares "Reichsbahn” sports an aid in military*training, and describes the sports organization which has boon extended also to occupied territories in the East and West. 1767 San Jose Delivers, by William Robinson. AMERICAN (New York), June 1942, v.133:29,52. How and what a small city has done't<5* help the war effort in the entertainment of soldiers and pilots. 1768 The Spirit of the Rus sian’Workers, by Alexander W. Werth. LISTENER (London), Nov. 5, 1942,'v.28,no.721*589-590. Explains that the morale of the Russian soldier and worker is good, since they realize the significance of Soviet Russia*s stand * against the Germans. 1769 The Struggle Is for Survival, by. Lieut. General Deploy H* McNair# VITAL SPEECHES’OF THE DAY (New York), Dec. 1, 1942, v.9,no.4{111-114. Armistice Day address to the troops 'of the; Army Ground Forces, over the radio from Washington, D. C,, Nov. 11,...1942, Emphasizes the importance of training and personnel. XXII.'• WELFARE (cont>) 1770 Today’s Challenge to Officers, by G.. B>„ Myers. • , UNITED STATES NAVAL' INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis)', June 1942, .v.68,no,472 ; 765-769. ' ' . • " * . ‘ ‘ Emphasizes the importance of human morale in the fighting of the war. Urges more attention to the element of time in preparations and communicationsunremitting studies by, officers to develop skill, and closer human relations between officers and men. • '..1771 Wartime Music Services, by Major Howard C. Bronson. MUSIC EDUCATORS (Chicago), Sept.-Oct. 1942, v.29,no 1*45,56-57. A review of the practical contribution of music to the war effort. 1772 We’re in the Navy Now! by Mary D Vocalle. LIBRARY JOURNAL (New t York), July 1942, v.67,no.13;608-610. Describes the different types of reading matter in demand by Navy men. 1773 What the Army Drinks, by James W. Wadsworth. COLLIER’S (New York), Dec. 19, 1942, v.110,no.25-16-17,96-97. . Gives facts and figures proving the American soldier of today to be by Sir superior in sobriety, health and morals to both his civilian brothers, and to his predecessors of 1917. 1774 What’s Wrong With the Army, by "Democritus," pseud. London, W. H* A.llen, 1942. 64p.. Discusses the genesis of discontent in the British Army, indicates certain flaws in the organization, and suggests some' adjustments that would help it to become a truly democratic and contented body. 1775 Why British Soldiers Complain, by S. L. Solon. AMERICAN MERCURY (New York), June 1942, v.54;697-703. Discusses the sense of economic grievance and injustice, prevalent among the British troops. Considers also the feeling against undemocratic methods in practice in the military organization. C. Red Cross, U.S.C., and. Other Organizations 1776 The American Red Cross, by Lora Kelly. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), May - June 1942, v.85:30-31. Tells of the, preparations made following World War I by the Red Cross,, and of its present work. 1777 Annual Report for the Year ended June 30, 1941. Washington, American National Red Cross, 1942. * 142p. . A778 4 B’nai B’rith Goes to War, Edward E Crusd. JEWISH SURVEY (New York), ‘June 1942, v.2:20-21. Tells of transforming all the activities and departments of B’nai ”B’rith into agencies for support of the war.effort, and of the creation oW a Special War Projects Department. XXII, ‘ TiELFARE (oont.) 1779 Canteen Corps:. Vplunder Special Services. . Washington, American National Red ''Cross,r 1942*.,’ §0p... ... * Defines the objectives, duties, and membership of the Canteen Corps. ,- r . 4 . . . 1780 The Chinese Red Cross"and the China Medical Aid Committee, by L.. Gilchrist./ ~ ASJALIC~REVIEW (Lpndpn), April 1942, v.38* 188-192. Describes the development and activities of the Chinese P.ed Cross »• ».‘ Medical Relief Corps and the’ China' Medical Aid Committee in war-torn China. 1781 The City and the USC, by Richard A. Martinsen. AMERICAN CITY (New York), May 1942, v,57:39-40. Outlines relationships of the United Service Organization with municipalities', its, objectives and ‘ controls, financial support, and activities. 1782 Civilian Public Service in Action. THE FRIEND (Philadelphia), Tenth Month 1, 1942, v. 116/no..7; 1Q6-107. ’ Illustrations showing the work of men in the fourteenth Civilian public Service Camps, scattered throughout the United States and administered by the American Friends Service Committee. 1783 Le Comit£ International de la Croix-Rouge et la Guerre, by Edouard C'hapuisat. REVUE DE DROIT INTERNATIONAL (Geneva) , April-June 1942, v.2o,no.2:111-124, (The International Committee of the Rod Cross and the War*—) Gives history, organization, and functions of the Red Cross. 1-784 P° You Want to Be a, Red Cross Field Director? by Roy E. Johnson. RED CROSS COURIER (Washington), June 1942, v,21;6-7, illus. Explains steps to be taken by those who desire to become Red Cross field directors. 1785 Facts About the UV S* 6.,, by Chester I, Barnard. FOREIGN SERVICE (Kansas City), Aug. 1942, v.29,no.12:lo-ll,31. Tells how the United Service Organization was formed, how it is run, and what it has accomplished. 1786 The Geneva Red Cross Movement; European and American Influence on Its Development, by Albert G. Love. ARMY MEDICAL. BULLETIN (Carlisle Barracks, Pa.), May 1942, no.62. 182p, (Special Issue) Short account of the Red Cross movement’, with translations of the articles approved at the several Geneva and Vague conventions. 1787 Gray Ladies, by Margaret Farrand Thorp, DELPHIAN QUARTERLY (Chicago), Oct. 1942, v.25,no.4;27-$0» Gives the history of the formation of the Gray Ladies, and the work that' they- do with the American Red Cross. 1788 Iceland;to the Indies, by Robert E. Bondy. SURVEY MIDMONTHLY (New York), Oct. 1942, v.78,no.10:259-262. Describes the expansion of the war program of the International Red Cross in Iceland and the Southwest Pacific, since Pearl Harbor. XXII, WELFARE (cent.) 1789 In Peace and in War the Salvation Army: Continues Its Work. CHURCH MANAGEMENT, SUMMER DIRECTORY ISSUE .(Cleveland)., July 1942, v. 18-65. Describes the present work of .the- Salvation Army* 1790 League of Red Cross Societies Bulletin. Geneva, -Federation of the National Red Cross Societies, July-Sopt. 1942,' 15p. Contains information on activities of the Red Cross, various aspects of the first aid, and the report of the Secretary-General covering the period from January to June 1942. 1791 Lonely, Soldier? by Edna Ferber. THIS WEEK (New York), July 19, 1942:2. Discussion of the efforts of the United Service Organizations to cure the loneliness of men in the armed services* Describes active participation by the writer. 1792 Middle East Relief, by Violet K.' Libby. RED CROSS COURIER (Wash- ington) , June 1942, v.21-9-10,26. Tells of the achievements of the American Red Cross in providing relief in the Middle East. 1793 Morale-Building Through the U.S.O., by Robert M. Heiniger. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY AND REHABILITATION (Baltimore), Dec-. 1942, v.21,no.6:321-325. Describes classes, clubs, dances and other recreational programs of the U.S.O. 1794 Motor Corps. Volunteer Special Services. Washington, American National Red Cross, 1942, 35p. Describes the duties of the Red Cross Motor Corps; its' organiza- tion and requirements for membership; and the uniforms. 1795 Our Second Look at Army Morals, by Clarence W. Hall.’ CHRISTIAN ADVOCATE (Chicago), June 18, 1942, v.117:774-775,795. Comments on the successful work of the USO and'the Social Protec- tion Section of the Federal Security Agency* 1796 Professional Opportunities 'in the U.S.O., by Ann Elizabeth Neely, OCCUPATIONS (New York), Oct. 1942, v.21,no.2:129-132. Tells of the' types of services, types of positions, salaries and qualifications .of professional workers in the United Service Organizations. 1797 Red Cross and Prisoners of War Conventions. Canada. Treaty Series, 1942, no.6* Ottawa> ,Edmond, Cloutier, 1942. 99p. A compilation printed in both French and English. 1798 The Red Cross on Wheels, by Patty M. Griesemer. JUNIOR RED CROSS JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.29,no.4,pt,1:121-122. Discusses the Red Cross Mobile Cqnteen; describes its important functions in wartime;' and shoy;s how. its construction makes it possible to care for many people efficiently. XXIIi (cont.) 1799 A Report on Army Special' Service Activities and facilities to Non- Military* Cooperating, Agencies, Prepared by the Joint-Amy and Navy • Committee on Welfare and. Recreation... Washington, IP. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 14p., illus. A. This report, prepared by the Liaison and.Advisory Committee to the War and Navy Departments, is Intended to stimulate activity in carrying out the programs of welfare, recreation and educa- tion of non-military organizations. 1300 Revue Internationale de la Croix-Rouge, CQUITE INTERNATIONAL DE LA CR0IX-ROUGE (Geneva), July 1942, v.24,no.283. 547p. (The International Review of the Red Cross.'—) Issued by the International Committee of the Red Cross. Contains material and reports pertaining to Red Cross work among prisoners and those made destitute by war. 1801 Seaway First Aid, by Fred Grube. RED CROSS COURIER (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.22,no-6*15, Describes the sea mobile units organized by the Red Cross to solve certain waterway traffic problems. 1802 Servicemen Befriended by the USO, by Kathryn Wolf. CHURCHMAN (New York), Nov. 15, 1942, v.156,no.2o:12-13. Relates activities of the' USO in the religious sphere and gives some examples of its work. 18C3 Services for Men in the Armed Forces, by Fred K. Hochlor. SOCIAL SERVICE REVIEW (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v. 16,no.3:389-400. Account of the plans and operations of the TJ.S.Q., Camp Showe, Inc., the Red Cross, and other organizations concerned with the welfare and recreation of the armed forces. 1804 Staff Assistance Corps. Volunteer Special Services. Washington, American National Red Cross, 1941. 15p, 1805 Stage-Door Canteen, by Marion Simms, MAGAZINE DIGEST (Toronto), July 1942, v,25;6-l0. Presents a picture of the entertainment given soldiers by -screen and stage stars at the Stage Door Canteen in New York City, 1806 The Story of the Red Cross. Washington, American National Red Cross, 1942. 19p, 1807 Troop Ship Canteen, [by] Jules Segal. POST EXCHANGE (New York), May 1942, v.2:17-13,46, illus. Describes the difficulties of operating a canteen in an army convoy bound for foreign service. 1308 Twenty-Four Hours a Day, by Paul J. Mozzicato, COAST ARTILLERY AFLOAT (Washington), July-Aug. 1942, v.85,no.4:26-30. Tells what various radio programs and the Red Cross 'have done to keep up morale and aid the soldier and his relatives. X3C-il.-‘fffiLPAKE (cont,) 1809 USO.-— An Experiment in Organization, by 'Ray Johns. SURVEY MIK.IONTHLY (New York) , Nov.' 1942, v. 78,no* 11:291-293. - -• Deals.with the activities of the USO and its administration* 1810 Wartime Work, by Mary S. Ingraham. WOMANS .PRESS (New York) , Dec. 1942, v.36,no.11:510-511, Analyzes a three-fold program of the National hoard of the Y.W c.A., for total war work. PART FOUR; THEATRES OP FUR: CAMPAIGNS AND BATTLES, XXIIIf WORLD B/JTLEFRONTS- aGENERAL 1811 Adolf Hitler son Faltherre, Em Studio med Ledning av Palttagen i Polenj Norge. Holland,nBelgien -eph Frankrike, av Sbig R:son Mark. Stockholm Forfattarens For lag, 1941. 79p. (Adolf Hitler as Commander in the Field.—) AV, Study- dealing with the Campaigns in'Poland, It7. (During the Coming Winter Operational Activities Will be Main- tained on the Caucasian and African Fronts.—) Outlines Axis objectives and problems for the Winter, 194-2-1943. 1824 El Eje y el Jap6n, en Situaci6n Favorable para la Realizaci&n de Acciones Offensivas. MUNDO (Madrid), May 17, 1942, v.3,no.106: 102-104, (The Ax is and Japan Are in a Favorable Position to Wage Offensive Warfare,—) 1825 From Dunkirk to Benghazi, [by] Herbert Charles O’Neill. London, Faber and Faber, 1941, Vi3*7, Analyzes the military operations of the war from May 1940 to February 1941* XXIXI. WORLD BATTLEFRCNTS: GENERAL (cent.) 1826 Germany’s Summer Offensive by Wilbur W. White, CURRENT HISTORY (New York), Aug, 1942, v;-2,n<5.12;414-42o. Describes the German thrust in the campaign in Russia, and R.A.F. raids. 182 7 Hitler’s Next Move, FIELD ART I LIE RY JOURNAL (Washington), May 1942, v.32:362-363, t .-Possible location of the next attack, is -discussed with stress on the fact that all previous new moves have- been a,t unexpected .-'places, 1828 FOREIGN LETTER (international Statistical- Bureau, New York), Dec. . 8, 1942, w 6,no. 23’: 1-4, Makes predictions as.to war developments in ,1943, Discusses the progress of the allied campaign in Tunisia and Libya, the outlook of an invasion of Southern Europe, Russia’s winter »* offensive, and other vital topics. - • ' ' •1829 Ireland Today. ROUND TABLE (London), June 1942, no.127:397-403, Reviews and analyzes the effect on the policy of Eire of the landing of inorican forcos in Ireland. 1830 Japan’s War Potential, by John 'H. Oakie. • -SOCIAL EDUCATION (New York), March 1942, v.6:115-118. Examines-Japan’s reserves of war materials and the value of the conquered territories to Japan. 1831 Dio KriegschauplHtzo Uhd die .Bedingungen .der -Kriegfuhrung, mit 15 Ivar'tenskizzen, [by] R. A. Kernes. Luzern, Vita Nova Verlag, 1941. 94 p. (The Theaters of War and the Conditions of Military Operations, with 15 Maps.--) 1832 Latin America-Faces-’ a W6rld at War, by George Howland Cox. CONTROLLER (New York), June 1942, v.10:268-271,288. ‘ A general view, of the importance of Latin America to the States, and a suggestion that Latin America can best defend its own territories, given sufficient equipment. 1835 Military Developments, by Jules Menken. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Sept. 1942, v.119,no.715:220-224. Reviews military developments in Russia, Egypt, and in the Pacific, and' states that the .present situation in Russia is very serious. 1834 Naval Actions, .1939-41, ;by Walton L. Robinson. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Aug. 1942,. v.68,no.474: 1125-1133, ’charts-.^*, •. Describes the naval battles in World War II through 1941, XXIII, WORLD BATTLEFRONTS: GENERAL (cont.) 1835 The Naval Side of the-War, by H.' C»‘ Ferraby. ‘ 'SHIPBUILDING' AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Oct. 22, 1942, v.SO,no.17;389,407. Discusses American naval strength in the ‘Solomons and Aleutians; and predicts a switch in the German U-boat to new areas. Re- views activities of the'Coastal forces and tells of Canada’s share in the sea war, 1836 News About Greece. PHILHELLENE (New York), Oct.-Nov# 1942, v. 1, no,10-11:4. Describes the activities of the Greek army in Africa. 1837 Northern Ireland; Democracy*s Atlantic Bastion. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (British Library of Information, New York), April 15, 1942, no.85:7-8. Discusses the military aid Northern Ireland is giving the Allies. 1838 On Guard. ECONOMIST (London), Oct. 24, 1942, v.163,no.5174; 502-503,. ♦Measures the extent to which Germany still takes the offensive in World War II. 1839 Our Ally Mexico, by William Henry Chamberlin. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), Dec. 1942, v.170,no.6;lOl-lOS. Shows how the United States is working to help build up Mexican defenses by furnishing material and technical aid. 1840 For Que Hitler no Puede Ganar, [by] Isaac Abeytua* HOY (Mexico, D. F.), Doc. 12, 1942, v.21,no.303*32-43. (Why Hitler Cannot Win.—) Analysis of German economic and military weaknesses and a comparison of Germany in 1917 with Germany in 1942, 1841 The Progress of the War, by Henry W, Miller. • MICHIGAN ALUMNUS QUARTERLY REVIEW (Ann.Arbor), Dec. 19, 1942, v.49,no.11;1-13. Gives a resum6 of World War II, together with its historical background. 1842 South America’s War Power, by Jay Launer. SEA POWER (New York), Sept. 1942, v.2,no.9j23-26. Survey of the South American war potential. Offers information on air strength, men in active service, and warships. Concludes with a summary of the South American navies, compiled from Jane’s Fighting Ships. 1843 They Help Guard the Oil of the Middle East, by Robert L* Markon. SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), Aug. 8, 1942, v,57,no,48*4* Describes the Polish force of more than 100,000 whose task it is to bar the Nazis from Persia, Iraq and Syria, 1844 This Summer , by Andre Visson. BELGIUM (New York), June 1942, v.3:2q5-2o7. Sums up the war situation on the various fronts, from the point of view of Germany, and of' the United Nations, 'XXIII. WORLD BAT TLEFRCNTS': GENERAL (cant.) ’•184:5 This Summer and This War, *by -Q uincy Howe, TOWN AND 0GENTRY (New York), Aug. 1942, v.97,no.4-239:22,61. Reviews the situation on the' four major fronts* Russia, Libya, ' China and the possible•"second front." Sees uncertain victory for the Allies if the Axis breaks their lines.this summer. 1846 . Those, lighting Poles, by Dwight V. Swain . .FLYING (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.32,no.30-31,82-87. ' ' ; : : : Relates the exploits of the Polish airmen fighting from British bases. * ' .* I . **• V . “ 1847 The War. CHURCH QUARTERLY :RIP-113(7 (London), July-Sept. 1942, v.134,no.268:220-259. ■ Surveys the war situation in England,. Russia, the Middle East, in the Pacific area, In the. neutral countries, in the Balkans, at sea and in the air. 1848 War in the Air*' FLIGHT AND THE AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), Cct. 8> 1942, v.42,no.1763;381-583, illus. . • , Describes the struggle for Stalingrad, Australian advances in . New Guinea, and Eighth Army .in Egypt. 1849 War Has Seven Faces, by Frank Gervasi. Garden City, Doubleday, " Dorian, 1942. 296p. ♦A foreign correspondent- reviews the military and political as- pects of the war during the first nine months of 19.41 and des- cribes important political and military leaders, 1850 The War on Land, by H« de Watteville, R. Gordon-Finlayson and R. 0. Lewin, ARMY QUARTERLY•(London), Aug. 1942, v.44,no.2•185-198. Surveys war on land in Europe, the Middle East, and in the Far East. Stresses the importance of .Madagascar and the defense of Bataan and Corregidor /to the .United Nations. 1851 Wave 11’ s Review of War 'Fronts. MANCHESTER GUARDIAN WEEKLY (Manchester, -Eng.), Oct. 2,’1942, v.47,no.14:190* ' General Sir Archibald Wavell believes the submarine will eventually be overcome. Stresses the importance of retaking. Burma and em- phasizes shipping as the outstanding problem of the United Nations. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC 18-52 ■ Africans West Coast: 'The. Next Warfront? UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), Oct. 9, 1942, v. 13,no.15:20-21. Describes the.military situation on both sides as influenced by the struggle for.'-Dakar. 1853 America’s First Two Years; the Story of American Volunteers in Britain 1939-1941, bj/- Mrs. Anthony Bill ingham«•.. [London], J. Murray and The Pilot Press [1942]. 64p. (Britain at War Series) XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC . (cont,) 1854 Arise to Conquer, by Ian Gleed. New York, Random House, 1942, 22 3p. , . An account by Wing-Commander Ian C-leed of the defense of Groat Britain by the Royal Air Force between August and November, 1940. 1855' Battle Dress, London, Hodder and Stoughton, 1942, 255p« A soldier*s vivid story of the fighting in France which even- tually led to the epic of Dunkirk.. 1856 The Battle of Flanders, 1940 by Ian Hay* [pseud of John Hay Beith] London, H* M. Stationery Off., 1941, 63p., map. Account of the British Expeditionary Force from the time of its larding in France in September 1939, to the final evacuation of Dunkirk on June 3, 1940, based upon Lord Gort’s official dis- patches, 1857 Belgium and the War, by G N. Clark, Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1942. 32p, (Oxford Pamphlets on World Affairs, no.56) Discusses Belgium’s situation prior to the war and her efforts to avert the struggle, and tells of her invasion, defense, and occupation, 1858 Belgium, the Official Account of What Happened, 1939-1940. Issued by: Belgium. Ministry of Foreign Affairs. London, Evans Brothers, [n.d,] llOp. Tells of Belgium's international situation before the conflict, her position before being attacked and during the war, the character of the German attack, and an account of how the Belgian ‘ army defended its territory. 1859 Boat Trip to Dieppe, by Quentin Reynolds. C0LLIERfS (New York), Sept. 19, 1942, v.110,no/l2:13,76. Account of the raid on Dieppe, and the lessons learned from it. 1860 Bridgehead for Attack, by Archibald MacLeish.. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (British Information Service, New York), Sept. 30, 1942, no* 109.: 1,2. States that Britain is no longer ”an island refuge for a des- perate defense,” but ”a bridgehead” for a great offensive,” 1861 Britain on the Threshold of Climax. Memorandum of Information on Foreign Affairs and the World Crisis (London), May 1942:3-4. In general, believes that the supreme struggles at sea and in the Near and Far East are the most vital for the survival of the British Empire and that the' campaign in Russia is the most vital for the survival of Germany. 1862 Britain Under Shellfire, by Frank Illingworth, London, Hutchinson^ 1942, 64p. > . The vjriter from his home in Dover witnessed every long-range shelling of Dover. describes these attacks and tells how the civilian population carried on. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC (cent.) 1863 Britain's Sea Offensive.- JLondon, .Dec, 1941. 23p. Tells how the and Empire navies*and those of Britain*s allies and associates maintain'the freedom of the seas and cut - off the Germans from the rest of the world. 1864 Call to Arms, by William Beveridge* ENGLISH DIGEST (London), May 1942, vV9•10-12. 1 An indictment of the English war effort. Mentions specific weak spots. _ 1865 Canada’s Battle of the Atlantic. Ottawa, Canada*Dirccrtor of Public Information, March 1942. '42p. Illustrated booklet depicting Canadian navy’s patrol activities. 1866 The Canadians at Spitsbergen, by C. P. Stacey. CANADIAN GEOGRAPHI- CAL JOURNAL (Ottawa), Aug. 1942, v.25,no.2:49-71. Describes the expedition and operations designed to destroy the usefulness of Spitsbergen to the Germans. ]»8'67 Cette Drole de Guerre, [by] Pene/ Balbdud. London, Oxford Univer- sity, press, 1941. lllp. . .... (This Funny War.—) An account of the French • campaign from the beginning until the retreat from Dunkerque, as told by a French soldier. 1868 Channel Raids Show Changed Warfare, by John A. Ward. AERO DIGEST -'(New York), °ct. 1942, v.41,no.4:86-89,237-238. Analysis of the Dieppe raid by the Commandos where the air battle was the significant aspect. 1869 Combat Over Coventry, by Byron. Formerly* HARPERS 'CAGAIIYE ' , (New York), June 1942-, v.185j 90-96. Describes the great raid as an Eagle Squadron pilot saw it. 1870 The Coming Battle of Germany by William Bernard. Ziff* New York, Duello Sloan and Pearce, 1942. 280p. (bibliog.) •Concrete suggestions for offensive strategy by the United Nations. , Advocates, carrying war to-Germany by aerial bombardment* 1871 The Cruise of-the Bismarck, by Francis McMurtrie. London, Hutchin- son, (n.d.) 70p , illus. ■A vThe stojy of the last cruise of the Bismarck, told by thq editor of Jane’s Fighting Ships* 1872 Dakar, by Major G. M. Coombs. THE CONTEMPORARY REVIEW (London), December 1942, no.924;350-352. v Discusses Dakar’s strategic, position :ih Africa, and Allied re- cnforcements on land and sea at Dakar. 1873 Dakar; Stronghold of the South Atlantic, by Sylvia March. TOMORROW (New York), Nov. 1942, v. 2,no. 3 :20-24. Describes Dakar, Govenor General Pierre Doisson_ and possibilities of winning the loyalty of the people of Dakar- and the surrounding territory to the cause of the United Nations. XXIV. WES TERN EUROPE AND TEE. ATLANTIC (cpnt.) 1374 La 'Defense' de' Calais,' by Eric ILinlclater. London, H* M« Stationery Off., 1942. 36p. ' (The Defense of Calais.—) ' This issue for the British Ministry of War by, the Ministry of Information describes the heroic de- fense of Calais by the British troops in May 1940. 1875 The Defence of Poland (Sept. 193.9) , by Norwid Neugebauer. London, M. I. Kolin, [1942] 228p. 1876 Las Flechas en al Atldntico, by Emil Lengyel . ESTAIvIPA (Bogota, Colombia) ., Jan. 31, 1942, .v. 12,no. 166: 8-9, illus. ' (Arrows in the Atlantic.—) History and strategic significance of the Portuguese Azores and Madeira and the Spanish Canary Islands. 1877 From the Sea a Hand of Steel. DEFENCE (London), Nov. 1942, v.lO, no. 8411 o — 14 ■ Analyzes experience gained from some Commando raids on the European coast. 1878 Front-Line of Freedom, by John Nixon. London, Hutchinson, 1S41. 60p* . Finst -hand account of the sinking of the Hood and the Bismarck and of other naval and convoy action. 1879 Gladiators' Over Norway, by Victor MacClure. London, V. H, Allen, 1942,. 46p.. The story of a fighter-squadron of the Royal.Air Force in the conflict over Norway, as told by the commander of a station. 1880 ■ La Guerre sans Mystlre, [by] Richard Lewinson. New York, Editions de la Maison Francaise, 1942. 262p, (bibliog.) (The War Without Mystery,--) Describes the course of the present . war from, the attack on France to the attack on Russia; analyzes the campaign in France, the behavior of the French army, 'and the political and economic conditions leading to capitulation. 1881 How the Germans Took Port Eben Emael, by Paul W, Thompson. .INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Aug, 1942, v.51,no.2;22-28. Reconstructs the whirlwind assault which succeeded in obliterat- ing Belgium1s Gibralter in a matter of hours* 1882 Haw the Raid Was Carried Out. SPHERE (London), April 11, 1942, v. 169:36-37. Illustrated account of the raid on St. Nazaire. 1883 The Importance of Lakar, by Eugene Wright. THINK (New York), Sept. 1942, v.8,no.9:10-11,32-33. Describes Dakar, its industries and military strength. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC (cont.) 1884 Key to the South Atlantic, by Jack Blumenfield. OUR NAVY (New York), Mid-Nov. 1942, v.37,no.12:42-43. > Discusses the political situation in Dakar. Comments upon the importance of Dakar to the Nazis and the part the two Vichy French battleships, ” Jean Bart” and ’’Richelieu,” may play in its fate. 1885 Kriget i Norge 9 April-9 juni 1940,' [by] W. Brandt. Stockholm, Albert Bonniers Forlag, 1941. 161p. (War in Norway.—) Attempts to present a comprehensive survey of the military events in Norway from the time of the German in- vasion up until June 9, 1940. Describes the state of Norwegian armed forces, Norwegian’strategy, the various campaigns, the consequences of the war, and the role of treason in the Norwegian defeat. 1886 Das Meer der Entscheidung, by Horst Michael. DAS XX. JAHRHUNDERT (Jena), June 1941, v.3jl07-110. (The S©a of Decision.—) Discusses the significance of the Battle of the Atlantic in the present war. 1337 The Navy's Job in the Dieppe Raid. FIGHTING FORCES (London), Oct. 1942, v.19,no.4:195-196. Description of the raid on Dieppe from the bridge of a destroyer. 1888 Newfoundland in North Atlantic Strategy, by A. R. M» Lower. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (New York), July 1942, v.20:767-770. Outlines the geographical features of Newfoundland, notes its limited resources and describes the character of its' inhabitants. Pays particular attention to internal communications. 1889’ The Nine Days Fonder (The Operation Dynamo), by John Masefield. London, William Heinemann, 1941. 57p., illus. Tells the story of Dunkirk in prose, poetry, and photographs. Acknowledgment is made to officers, excerpts from whose diaries are used. 1890 North Atlantic Patrol—The Log of a Seagoing Artist, by Griffith Baily Coale. New York, Farrar and Rinehart, 1942, 48p. Lt, Commander Coale is one of the four artists commissioned by the Navy to make a record in paintings, drawings and sketches of the war at sea. Vivid commentaries accompany the illustra- tions. 1891 Norway and the War; September 1959 - December 1940, Edited by Monica Curtis. London, hxford University Press, 1941. 154p. Documents and official statements on Norwegian neutrality, Norway and the war at sea, the invasion of Norway, and the German occupa- tion of Norway. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC (cont.) 1892 Norway Invaded, by Janie's Tevnan and Terence London, Witby Grove Press, 1940• 143p* Describes the German invasion of Denmark and Norway, the English and German Norwegian campaigns on land, sea, and air, and the role of Quisling* 1893 Un Page dfHistoirej La Campagne des 18 Jours et la Reddition de l*Armee Beige, [by] Saint-Yves, —. [no pub.] [no date] 32p. Frontispiece, Port., Map* (A page of History; The 18 Days* Fight and the Surrender of the Belgian Armiy. —) Tells of the King*s appeal for union In the face of the German advance; the struggle to hold the Louvain-* Namur*«Meuse line; the retreat; the breach between the Belgian and the French and English Armies; and the final surrender* 1894 El Raid'Sabre Dieppe* ' COMENTARI OS' Y DOCUMENTOS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico, D.F.), Nov. 1, 1942, v*4,no*67c392-394. (The Raid on Dieppe*--) An analysis of the objectives and an evaluation of the accomplishments of the raid on Dieppe, 1895 Road to Dunkirk, (4 pts.), by Henri de la Falaise. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), May-Aug* 1942, v*32 jnos.5-8:396-403;459-467; 523-531;62o-626, A French liason officer, attached to the Army, tell's the story of the campaign which ended in the retreat to Dunkirk* Tho material is taken from a dairy which he kept. 1896 "Die Roten Teufel Sind die Hollel" Kriegstagebauchblatter vozn. Westfeldzug 1940, [by] Gerhard Starcke* Berlin, Buchmeister- Verlag, 1941. lllp , illus. ("The Red Devils Are HellJ^—) A description of the German campaign in Belgium and France in May 1940, based on the ex- periences of a "panzer" column* 1897 Die Soldatische Tat, Rerichte von Mitkampfem des Heeres im West- feldzug 1940, Herausgageban vom Oberkommando des Heeres, Ausgowahlt und Bcarbeitet von Erhard Mittek, mit 62 Aufnahmen. Berlin, Im Deutschen Verlag, 1941. 294p, • (Soldiers in Action.—) A series of reports written by German soldiers who participated in the Western Campaign of 1940* Describes various aspects of the battle of France. 1898 Spitfire Pilot, by Flight-Lieutenant D. M. Crook. London, Faber and Faber, June 1942, l04p. An account of the air fighting of the Squadron 609 which fought at Dunkirk and throughout the Battle of Britain and shot down over 100 planes. 1899 Spitfirel The Experiences of a Fighter Pilot, by "B. J, Elian" pseud* London, John Murray, 1942, 99p* The story of his adventures and those of his comrades in the evacuation of Dunkirk, the Battle of Britain, and on routine patrol. Told by Squadron Leader MB* J. Elian*" * XXIV. VJ'ESTSRlT EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC ’(cont.) 1900 Scucdron 303* ' The Polish, A ighter Scjuadron with the; R, A. F., by Arkady Fielder. London, Peter Day is, 1942. • 116p. The story of the part Polish* airmen ■ played .in. helping the R, A. F. repulse the German air attack of September 1940# 1901 The Sword in the Scabbard, by hie ha el Joseph. London,, Michael Joseph, 1941. 226p.- * . 1. record of a year’s service in blip British army, 194-0-1941 in a bate Hi on that maimp.d. the.; coast, defcnsGsTafter "the Battle of Britain. 19C2 Tempestad en Africa, Dc Gaulle Contra. Pctain, [by] Juan Simeon Vidarte. Mexico, Los Tallcrcs Arte Grafico, 1941. 487p» (Tempest in Africa. De Gaulle Against Petain.-•*.). First-hand account of the abertive attempt of the Freo French to capture Dakar. • ... ■ ■ y 1903 The Threat of by Margaret MacCallum. A h-C. 1M3FKLY (Sydney, Australia), Oct. 10, 1942:6,7. Discusses the strategic position of Dakar, the. effect of the British blockade of Dakar, and the Nazi infiltration and fortifi- cation of Dakar against allied-attack. < ■ , 4* . t L904 The Tiniest of the 0ccu*pic.d Countries-# SPHERE (London), Get, 10, 1942, v.-171,no. 2229 52, illus. Describes tlio reckless courage of the, little Ducy of Luxemburg which defied the German occupiers and started, the first organized mass attack against the Nazis. t.- . 1905 Tundra to Tropic, by W. M. Fraser. GEOGRAPHICAL MAGAZINE (London), Nov. 1942, v. 15,no. 7:333-338. . • Tells of the, work and men of the British Coastal Command# 1906 War in the West. The Battle of France, May-June, 1940, by Daniel Villfroy. Harrisburg, Pa., Military Service, 1942. 163p., maps. An account of ..the fall of France written by a French 'staff officer who had exceptional opportunities to study the German methods, the French strategy, and- civilian psychology. 1907 1r,e Saw the Battle of the Atlantic, by Charles Rawlings. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), July 18, 1942, illus. * Description of the life aboard a Coast Guard cutter hunting v ' Axis subs in the western Atlantic. 1908 ’That We Learned'at Dieppe, by Wallace Reybufn. MACLEAN*S (Toronto), Oct. 1, 1942:12-13,40-41. . . Discusses various aspects of cooperation in the raid on Dieppe, 1909 When the Juggernaut Rolled Across Holland. HJETHERLANDS MIN.'S (New York), May 1, 1942, v.3:139-143.. Review of the events immediately before and during invasion by the Germans in May 1940. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC (cont.) 1910 While London Burns, Letters Written to America ('July 1940-June 1941), by F, -Tennyson Jesse. London,. Constable, 1942, 379p, A running commentary on the events in England and abroad from July 1940 to June 1941, XXV, RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT 1911 Air Fighting in Russia. FLIGHT AND THE AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), May 28, 1942, v 61:533-535,536. Tells how the Soviet air force is taking the initiative, and the effect of the Russian winter on the course of the war, 1912 All-out on the Hoad to Smolensk, by Srskine Caldwell. New York, Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1942, 230p.« An -eye-witness, account of the Nazi invasion of Russia, 1913 The' Amazing Defence of the City of Stalingrad, SPHERE (London), Oct, 10, 1942, v.171,no.2229:42-43, illus. Describes the methods adopted by the Red Army to contest every building and every street in Stalingrad, a town, of 500,000 people. 1914 Un An de Guerre dans .1’Est Europ6en, by G6n6ral Bross6, lA SCIENCE ET LA VIE (Toulouse), Aug. 1942, v,62,no.300:63-71, maps, (A Year of War on the Eastern European Front,—) A military analysis of the German advance and the Soviet defense on the Eastern Front. 1915 Un Ano do Guerra,[by] Joseph Stalin, (Discursos y Ordenes del Dia, del Periodo Comprendido entre 22 do Junio de 1941 y 22 de Junio de 1942,), Havana, Edeoiones Sociales, 1942. 40 p. (A Year of War. Speeches and Orders' of the Day, Covering the Period June 22, 1941 to June 22,' 1942,—) A collection of signifi- cant utterances by Joseph Stalin. 1916 Auf der Strasse nach Osten, [by] Martin Rasc'hke. DAS INHERE REICH (Munich), Sept. 1941, v.8,no.6:283-288. . (On the Road. Leading East,—) A war correspondent pictures in the spirit of the conqueror impressions of individual' tragedies, .death, and destruction along the endless Russian road, 1917 Bankrotstvo Gitlerovskogo Plana Molnienosnoi Voinv, by E. Varga, IvIROVOE KHOZ&ISTVO I MIROVAIA POLITIKA (Moscow) / Aug. 1941, no .8: 3-8. (The Bankruptcy of Hitler’s Plan of Blitzkrieg.—) Discusses the effect of the prolongation of the war upon the German army and economic system. 1918 Battle of the Frontier, by Max Werner, MILITARY AFFAIRS (Washing- ton) , Summer 1942, v.6,no,2•69-76, Detailed account of thp Russo-German war. XXV.. RUSSIA /HD THE '.EASTERN ■ EUROPEAN FRONT (cent.) 1910 The Bloodiest Front ,in* •Hiitory/.'by-Frdderiok .G. Oochsner* • SATURDAY EVENING POST 19, ,1942,: v.216,no. 12 :22,105,106. Describes his trip to .the Russo-German brittle linos and states that unless Russin1 vis knocked out‘before this winter, many Germans will begin to doubt the Ruhrer*s' judgment. ■ '* T ■ ¥~ ! r , • 1920 La Campana do 1942 ConNirma el Triunfo del-Plan do Guerra’sovietico, by Luis G. Wanguemert, CARTALES (Havana), Nov. 1, 1S42, v.2S, no.44*20-21, maps, . . (1942 Campaign .Confirms the. Triumph *of the- Soviet War Plan,—) Survey of the jnilitary situation- revealing tho success of the Soviet strategy in stopping Hitler. 1921 El Caucaso, Objetivo dc- Alta Significacidn Politioa, Militar y Econ6mica, ante la.Futpra' Ofensiva. contra la U.R.S.S*’ MUNDO (Madrid), April 5, 1942,. v.3,.no.100:523-525,. (The Caucasus, of Groat Political, Military and Economic Signifi- cance, is tho Objective of the Future Offensive Against Russia*—) 1922 . Caucasus Tight Estimated, by. Stanley Washburn. ' CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept.-Oct, 1942, v.51,no,5:15-16. > Discusses Russian reserves, and the possibility of Germany taking ' • • ■ the Caucasus. 1923 Citadel of the Caucasus. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEED- INGS (Annapolis, Md.), Nov. 24, 1942, v,68,no.477*1639-1641# Discusses geography and value-of Cossack Country, including Caucasus Mountains. Describes German objectives in this area. 1924. The Defence .of Poland, by K. Norwid Nrugebauer. (Translated Into English by Peter Jordan). London, M. I. Volin, 1942. 228p., maps, diagrs., tables. Intended to be an outline for a complete historical study. Based ,i(iainly on the. .reports of participants and such documents as are at present available. ... , , • . * 1925 Duel for Europe: Stalin Versus Hitler, by John Scott,- Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1942#, ix, 381p. A realistic account of the struggle between Stalin and Hitler for the mastery of described by the author as a "dog- / oat-dog fight." 1926 La Deuxi6me Campagne d*Et6. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Aug. 15, ‘ 1942, v,4,no,22*250-257. (The Second .Summer Campaign.—) Analysis of the second Nazi summer campaign in Russia and of the .Soviet defensive tactics, 1927 Egypt and Russia, by Stfeate-gicus. (p.seud.). THE SPECTATOR (London), Hot. 6, 1^00^67,426-526. l-is cusses the activity on the Russian and the Egyptian fronts. Believes that Hitler is foolhardy to attempt to cross the high "7 passes of the Caucasus in the winter and points out the' effect a British defeat of Rommel will have on German strategy* FXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cont.) I92G Exploded Myths* by Albert Rhys Williams. SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (Rev; Work) , May 1942., v. 11:12^14,33* The recent feats of-the Red Army have exploded several myths '.about Soviet Russia; "the Muzhik myth," that the Russian peasant is incapable of handling machinery; "the chaos myth," that the Soviet Union has no cultural unity; the myths of bungling bureaucracy and spiritless masses, 1929 First Year of the German-Soviet War, by Max Werner. «UEW REPUBLIC (New York), June, 22, 194-2, v. 106; 853-854. Says the Russian defense has not solved, for the democratic coalition, the’ problem of the offensive but has made the solu- tion possible* 1930 The First Year of the War, by 'Sergei EV Kournakoff. SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), July 1942, v.2«17,32. Reviews the first year of the war on Soviet territory. Urges the setting up of a second front in Europe by the United Nations. 1931 German Campaign in Poland, Sept, 1 to Oct. '5, 1939. Issued by’TJ. S. Army Chief of Staff. Washington, U. S. Govt, Print. Off., 1942. 36p. This digest of military operations gives the strategy, initial dispositions, operations and lessens to be learned from the Polish campaign. Includes 3 large maps. 1932 The Gorman Invasion of Poland; Polish Black Book. London, Hutchinson, 1941. 128p., illus. Published by the authority of the Polish Ministry of Information, , ■ ■ this volume contains documents, authentic eye-witness accounts, .and over l00 photographs concerning the German invasion of Poland, 1933 German Miscalculations in 1942 Russian Campaign, by Professor A.' S. Ye ru sa 1 imslog. CAV.AIRY JOURNAL (Wa shingt on) , Nov. -Dec • 1942, v. 51, no.6:36-37, illus. Discusses German strategy and tactics in their operations at Stalingrad and in the Caucasus. Relieves that Hitler’s plan of routing the Red Army has collapsed. 1934 Hitler Contra Stalin. La Ease Decesiva de la Guerra Mundial, [by] Victor Serge. Traduccion de Enrique Adroher. Mexico, Hditiones Quetzal, 1941. 226p. (Hitler Versus Stalin. The Decisive Phase of the World War.--) Attempts to make an objective analysis of the Russo-German war. Believes that the surprise attack of Germany, while placing Russia at a temporary disadvantage, will eventually unite the country in effective resistance. A concluding chapter discusses the trend of world events after the war, in the event of various possible contingencies. XXY, RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cont.) 1955 Hitler’s Risk, Russia’s Peril, by Max Werner. NEW REPUBLIC (New .York), Aug. 3, 1942, 'v.107,no.5:136-137. Analysis of the strategy on the Russian front to show that Hitler’s stake and the risk he is taking in this campaign by far surpass any possible gains he may make. 1936 H0w Rus'sia Prepared: U.S.S.R# Beyond the Urals, by Maurice Edelman. New York, penguin” \8obks ,1942. 127p., map,. Detailed account of how the Soviet State prepared to defend its existence from the time of its creation to the attack by the Germans- 1937 in Russia Now, by Walter Citrine. London,. R. Hale, 1942. 154p. Compiled from, the diary the author kept during his recent visit as a member of the Trades-Union Congress Delegation to Russia. Author urges all-out aid to Russia. I 1958 ' Karkov Is Just the Beginning, by Max Werner* NEW REPUBLIC (New York), June 1, 1942, v.106;755-756. ■ Analysis of Russian and German military strategy* 1939 The Luftwaffe in Russia, by V. L. Gruberg. FLIGHT AND THE AIR- • CRAFT ENGINEER ("London), Oct. 8, 1942, v.42,no, 1765:385-387, illus., ‘maps. Describees the air fighting on the Russian front, and the battle for Sevastopol. 1940 Moscow War Diary, by Alexander Werth. New York, Knoff, 1942, 297p* A behind-the-scene picture of the war in Russia as observed by a foreign correspondent. V/ w 1941 Neizbezhiiyi Razgrom' Gitlerpvskoi Germanii,' by A. Losovskii* BOL’SHEVTK (Moscow) , Feb. 1942, no.3;30-45. . (The Inevitable Destruction of Hitler Germany,w) Account of the German ‘attack on Russia, -the miscalculations of Hitler in launching the attack, the failure of Hitler’s policy to isolate Russia, and other factors leading to his downfall. 1942 J.Ofensiva Alemana u Ofensiva Sovietica? [by] Luis G. Wanguemert. CARTELES (Havana), March 24, v.23;2o-21. (German or Soviet Offensive?—) Author speculated on the timing of, and the initiative in the Russian theater of war* 1943 Only'the Stars Are Neutral, by Quentin James Reynolds* New York, Random House, -1942. 29Sp. An American correspondent relates his experiences and obser- vations at the Russian front during the early months of the German invasion. •* • •. 1944 'Outlook for Russia,.by Max Werner. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), Sept. 7, 1942, v.107:274-275. Review of Red Amy resistance to date, and- the outlook for Russians in- the new fall German offensive* XXV, ' RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN 'EUROPEAN FRONT (cent.) xj v W 1945 Pepvyo tri Meslatsa V.elikoi ptechestvennoi-Vpiny Naroda Protiv Gitlerovskoi Gennanii,; [by] Etrw Jarpsiavskii.' ISTORICHESKII 1HURNAL (Moscow), 1941, no.10-11:14-36, (The First Three Months of the Great War of the Soviet People Against Hitlerite Germany.--)' Considers the reasons why Hitler declared war on Russia, the military course of the war, German and Russian claims, the political aims of Hitler in declaring the war, the international political events of the first three months, and Soviet aims in the war. 1946 Poland Three Years After. New York, Polish Information Center, 1942. 16p. , * Ac.coxint of ,the Polish campaign, thfr fighting which the Poles are now doing; and the economic and political Situations in Poland today. 1947 Poland»s War Effort. ■ POLISH FORTNIGHTLY REVIEW (London), Aug. 15, 1942, (no vol),no.60sl-8.. Speech made by General Sikorski on military tasks.and military policy, with supplementary notes on three years of Poland’s armed struggle. * * O' W A 1948 Porazhenie Fashistskikh Voisk pod Moskvoi, by J Mints. ISTORICHESKII ZHURNAL (Moscow), 1941, no.12:19-30. (The defeat of*the Fascist Army Near Moscow.--) Describes the various attempts made by the Germans to capture Moscow in 1941, the nature of the battles, Russian resistance, and Hitler*s » eventual failure. 1949 Razgrom Nemetskikh Injperialistov i ikh Armi.i Neminuem, by A. Leont*w Pod Znamenem Marksizma (Moscow)', 1941, no.9~l0:16-31. (The Destruction of the German Imperialists is Inevitable—) A V ' general discussion of the difficulties Hitler is encbuntering in the war with Russia,, in the realization of his war aims, and in the attempt to control Europe. 1950 Round Two in:Russia. Did the Red Army Learn What the Nazi Taught Last Summer, FORTUNE (New York), May 1942, v.25:80-82, diagrs. An analysis of the fundamental strategies o£ the Nazi and Red armies in the 1941-1942 campaigns, and an explanation of the summer successes and the, winter failures of the Germans. 19-51 Russia and Japan, by Maurice Hindus. Garden City, y. Y*, Doubledsy, Doran, 1942, 254p, Describes Russia’s resistance to Hitler, Japanese relations under the Soviet government, clashes between Russia and Japan, the reason for an eventual War between the two nations, and industrial and transportation conditions in Siberia. 1952 Russia Aroused. Ricture Story, by (lime.) Maxim Litvinov* CORONET (Chicago), Sept. 1942, v.12,no.5:55-70. Tne wife of the Russioh Ambassador tells in picture's and captions the story of her country’s heroic resistance. XXV, RUSSIA AND TEE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (oont.) 1955 Russia at War, by G*eorge Soloveytchilc. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London;, Dec, 19-1-2, v.132,no,790:264-269, Praises the Russian war effort, analyzes its psychological character and compares.it with Russia’s conduct of other wars in which she has been engaged, 1954 Russia at War, Twenty .Key Questions and Answers, by Vera Micheles Dean, New York, Foreign Policy Association, March 194-2, 96p. (Headline Books, no,34,.) Answers twenty questions about Russia at war, including ques- tions about Russia*s foreign police; the strength of her army; ways in which aid can reach Russia; Axis plans for Russia; her present attitude toward the idea of world revolution; and her participation in postwar reconstruction. 1955 Russia Fights On, by Maurice alindus, London, Collins, 1942, xiv, 265p* Depicts the courage and steadfastness of the Russian people of all classes, who have united to expel the invader from their country, 1956 Russia Readies Siberian Forces for Allied Blitz on Japan. AIR NEWS (New York), July 194-2, v.3,no. 1:8-11,38, Explanation of Soviet Russia’s preparation of planes and other materials for the defense of Siberia, which is organized separate- ly from the Russian forces in the West, 1957 Russia Resists, by Pat Sloan, London, Frederick Muller, 194-1. 117p. Study of the Russian defense which summarizes the lessons up to the seventh week of the German-Soviet War, 1958 The Russian Batticfront, by C. L. Sulzberger, LIFE (New York), July 2c, 1942, v.13,no,3:78-80,82. Account of Russian war activities, on the front, in the factories, and in daily life; by a New York Times correspondent. 1959 The Russian Enigma, by William Henry Chamberlin. HARPERS FAGAZINE (New York), Aug, 1942, no,1107j225-234. Reviews American opinion of Soviet Russia:- her preparedness for war, her foreign policy, her religion, and nationalist feeling. 1960 Russian Newsreel; An Eye-Witness Account of the Soviet Union at War,' by Charlotte Haldane, London, Secher and Warburg, 1942. 207p. An Englishwoman’s account of what she saw in Russia in 194-1: food and drink, queues, rationing, and shops; problems of evacua- . tion; the scientific and cultural life of the people; and the morale of the army, 1961 The Russian Winter Campaign, by Paul Muratoff. MESSAGE (London), June.1942, no.8:6-15. Reviews and analyzes the campaign from December 1941 to April 1942. “ . , XXV. -RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cent.) * 1962 Russia’s Fight For Time,' by Wilbur W. White* ’CURRENT HISTORY (Hew York), Oc't. .1942, v*3,no. 14:'94-99. Reviews the most important battles and e\rents chronologically and states that despite Russia’s heroic efforts she has been thus far unable to stave off the German pressure* Believes that Russia now faces the greatest crisis since the German invasion# i» • . ' . 1963 Russo-German War (7 pts.), by Conrad'Hv Lanzav FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), June-Dee. 1942, v.,32,no*6-12»434~440;512—521, 629-635J716-722j767-773,*840-845J903-910, A day-by-day account of the fighting on the Russo-German fronts ' which analyzes the strategic and tactical aspects of the struggle* 1964 Shooting the Russian War, by Margaret Bourke-White. Now York, Simon and Schuster, 1942, 298p* Pictorial record portraying both the home front and the battle- front. Both photographs and text are the work of ono of America’s loading photographers who 'reached Russia May 1941, and was permitted to go to the front. 1965 Siberia’s phony Peace, by Ernest 0* Hauser# ' SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 16, 1942, v.214:11,57. First hand report of border conflicts between Russia and Japan and speculations concerning future relations between the two countries* 1966' Siberia’s Role in Soviet Strategy, by George Cressey* JOURNAL OF GEOGRAPHY (Chicago), March 1942, v.31j81-88, Discusses economic developments, military prospects, and natural resources of Siberia* 1967 Soviet Artillery vs. Nazi Artillery, by Maj* 'Alexander Petrov, FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Baltimore, Md*), Doc. 1942, v«32,no*12j 915-917. * Sayb anti-artillery action is one of the basic tasks confronting the Soviet Army in its present war against the Germans. 1968 Soviet Asia — Democracy’s' First Line of Defense, by R* A. Davies. ' ’ and Andrew J.iSteiger, New.. York, Dial Press, 1942, 384 p., illus. On the premise that Soviet Asia "is the only land front outside of China where democracy’s armed forces can operate on a. vast scale against the the authors undertake to-acquaint ■ • * the reader with this region. 1969 Soviet Engineers in an Offensive, by Major V. M. Avilov* MI LIT ARY ENGINEER (Washington), Dec. 1942, v.34,no,2o6»610-612. Tells of the plan, reconnaissance, assault, and consolidation of a position by a Soviet rifle regiment, with an attachment of a company of engineers, on the Southern front in May 1942, XXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cont.) 1970 The Soviet Far Rest and the Pacific 'Tar, by Andrew Grajcfcmzcv. FAR EASTERN SURVEY (New York), May 4, 1942, v.11:105-110* • Discusses arguments in favor of Russia*s attempting to preserve the peace on her eastern front. Tells what the United States •should do to try to keep the Japanese from starting war against Russia, 1971 Soviet-German far: .Results and Prospects, by William Homy Chamber- lain. RUSSIAN REVIEW (New York), April 1942, v.1:3-9, Pevicws the major events of the struggle to March 10, 1942, speculates on the cause of the turn in the tide, and submits four factors responsible- for the tenacity and relative success of the Soviet resistance, 1972 The Soviet Occupation of Poland, with an Introductory ‘Tote by J, B. Morton. London, Free Europe, 1940. (Free Europe Pamphlet no. 3) Deals with the Soviet occupation of Poland and is based on facts gathered from many Poles and Ukrainians who after their escape ' testified as to what they witnessed during the preceding months, 1973 The Soviet People at War, by Alvah Bessie. New York, American Council on Soviet Relations, 1942. 46p. Discusses the resistance of Russia against Germany, the spirit of the army and the people, the role of women and children in defense, guerrilla warfare, the- scorched earth policy, and Russian morale, 1974 Sewjctrussland, cine Bclagerte Fcstung. DEUTSCHE ViEHR (Berlin), May 29, 1942, v.46;339-340. (Soviet Russia, a Besieged Fortress.—) Discusses the increasing difficulties of Soviet Russia in getting material help caused by . the German blockade of hor harbors and roads. 1975 Stalingrad: City into Fortress, by Dr. Alfred Vagts, INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan 1943, v,52,no.1:44,45. Reviews the siege of Stalingrad with reference to the physical and psychological effect of a modern city used as a fortress. Indicates that Now York City n ight prove effective in the same ■vay, 1976 Stalingrad Epic, by Wilbur White. CURRENT HISTORY (Now York), Nov. 1942, v.3:183-187. Discusses the Battle of Stalingrad as a second Verdun. Inter- prets the importance of the Russian resistance in the final outcome of World War II. 1977 Stalin’s Order of the Day on May Day, 1942, WORLD SURVEY (New York), May 1942:3-8. Text of Stalin’s order of the day to the Rod Army on May Day, 1942. 7XV, RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cont.) 1978 M. Stalin*s Speech on the Eve of the 25th Anniversary of the Revolution, BULLETIN- OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS (Royal Institute of International ‘Affairs, London), Nqv. ' 14, 1942, v,.19,no,23: •1021-1023, ■ Discusses organization of the home front, and the defensive and offensive operations of the Red Army during the last year# 1979 Strategy and Tactics of the Soviet-German War, by Officers of tho Red Army and Soviet War Correspondents,' London, Hutchinson, 1942. 14 8p, ~ • Accounts of the important battles in; the war are given and the , . > performances of tho various fighting forces are analyzed, 1980 0 Tckuschcm. Momenta Velikoi Otpcho’stvennoi Voiny, [by] 0, Aleksandrov. BOL*SHEVIK (Moscow), Jan. 1942, no.5:22-4-2. (On the Present Moment of tho Great War for the Fatherland,--) t Reviews the course of the Russo-German war for the first sin months. Discusses the special military characteristics of the war, the conditions favoring Germany at the outbreak of tho war, the efficacy of Soviet resistance, and the behavior of the Goman army in Russia, 1931 "Too Big to Beat,” by C..L, Sulzberger. RAC LEAN * S (Toronto), July 15, 1942, v,5,no,14;5-7,35. Expresses belief that Germany will be unable to defeat the Russians next winter. Reviews the great campaigns of Russian history; tho eastward movement of Russian war*plants in this war; Russians removal of fifth columnists; and her determina- tion to v/in. 1982 Turnabout in Russia. FORTUNE.(New fork), Doc, 1942, v,26,no.6; I02~l08, maps. Discusses the changed methods of both the Russian and the German strategists. Questions whether the Nazis can win by economic attrition, since they failed last year in their "war of annihila- tion." 1933 The U*S,S.R. and the Anglo-Sovibt-Amcrican 'Fighting Alliance, by Joseph 'Stalin. COMMUNIST (New York), Dec. 1942, v.21,no.11; 963-975, Speeches and documents by Joseph Stalin in which tho Russian interpretation of the Anglo-Sovict-Amcrican Alliance is set forth, 1984 The U.S.S.R,;.- Its Present World Position, by Professor Robert j. Ferner. ’ CALIFORNIA MONTHLY (Berkeley), Dov. 1942, v,49,no.3; 12-13,45. Describes Russia Is.strategic position and shows how it militates against Nazi Germany’s aim to dominate Europe and - the adjacent seas,-"* r-:- ■ XXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (oont.) 1985 U.S.'S.R. : The Strength of Our Ally. London, Lawrence and Wishnrt, . 1941. Grp. Facts, photographs, and pictorial statistics illustrating Lh'c military, economic, and cultural progress of the Soviet Union. 1986 Vladivostock Is at the Ready. -NAUTICAL MAGAZINE (Glasgow), May 194-2, v. 147:293-295,. Comments on Vladivostock as an immensely powerful port. Says that her strength and the nature .of her defensive and olfensive powers arc a jealously guarded secret, KJ ■> V' M /-N 1987 Voenno-Morckoi Plot v Velikoi Otechestvcnnoi Voino, [by] V. Inlcolcv, BOL’SHEVIK (Moscow), Feb. 1942, no.4-36-43, . (The Russian Navy in the Great War for the Fatherland.—) Describes the role of the Russian navy in the present war and its activities in Russian waters, in the Baltic Sea, and in the Black Sea. .... . 1988. _The Voice of Fighting Russia, by Lucion 2’aharoff. Now York, Alliance Book Corporation, 1942, 336p, A first-hand account of the war in Russia. 1989 Wc Are Holding Out, by AjChuyanov. SOVIET WAR NEWS (London), Oct. 5, 1942, no. 378-1. Speech by the Secretary of the.Stalingrad Committee of the Bolshevik Party describing the defense of Stalingrad. f 1990 Bye Made a Mistake.,.* Hitler. Russia’s Amazing Defence, by Lucion Zacharoff. London, John Lane The Bodley Head, 1942. 156p. M. Zacharoff, a native of the Ukraine, provides the reader with a key to many mysteries of the Russian defense. 1991 We’re in This With Russia, How to Do Business with Stalin, by Wallace Carroll. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1942. 264p, Relates personal experiences as a frce-lancp journalist in Russia during the German offensive against Moscow; and discusses the question, "What policy should America and Great Britain pursue toward Russia now and after the war?" 1992. I'Hic.t Will We Say About Russia? by Dorothy Thornes on, . PROGRESSIVE EDUCATION (New York), Nov. 1942, v,19,no.7:368-371. Says the prime requisite for victory is to keep Russia in the war, fighting until Winter. Nrgos all possible help for the Russian people, 1995 ' What Makes Russia Fight; by Vladimir D, Kazakevich. FRATERNAL . OUTLOOK (Now York), Nov. 1942., y.4,no, 10:3-6, Salutes the U.S.S.R. on its twenty-fifth anniversary, as a good neighbor and good ally. Discusses the importance of Soviet-Amcri- can friendship and the second front. XXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cont.) I 1994 Where the Storm Broke; Poland''From Yesterday to Tomorrow* [By] Stanlslaw Strzetelski. New York, Roy Slavonic publications, 1942. 257p, A polish journalist tells of Hitler’s efforts to enlist Poland as an ally in an anti-Russian campaign; of the surprise attack on Poland; and finally of Nazi occupation: He makes suggestions for Poland’s postwar regeneration._ XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN 1995 The Abyssinian Campaigns; the Official Story of the Conquest of Italian East Africa. Great Britain, Ministry of Information* London, H. It. •Stationery Off., 1942. 143p. (The Array at Aar). 1996 Action in North Africa, by 'Henry S. Hillard. AMERICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (U* S. Dept, of State,-Washington), Dec. 1942, v.19,no.12:6 5 7-640,6 90,6 91. Discusses the part played in the United States'Army invasion of North Africa by members pf the American Foreign Service. 1997 Active Service With Australia in the Middle East. ’ Canberra, Board of Management of the Australian War Memorial, 1941. 128p. An account of Australian action in Africa, Greece, Crete and Syria, published for the Military History and: Information Section, A.I.F. (Middle East). Colored illustrations. 1998 Air Power Did It, by Frank Gervasi. COLLIER’S (New York), Opt, ■ 17, 1942, v. 110,no. 16:13,7.6-78. • A description of the significance of a-ir power in halting Rommel’s drive on Suez. 1999 The Allies Establish ‘a "Second Front." THINK (New York), Dec* ■1942, v.8,no,12.18-23* Sketches' some of the details of the Allied French North African invasion. - 2000 Allies Gain New Supplies in North Africa, by Ernest S. Hediger. • FOREIGN POLICY BULLETIN (New York), Nov. 20, 1942, v.22,no*5:2-3. Tells how the Allies have come into possession of airfield 'and ports strategically located along the Coast of North Africa. Points to- the valuable, mineral output of French North Africa that will be available to the Nations. .2001 American Military Operations in French North Africa* Messages of President Roosevelt to Officials of France, .Portugal, Spain, Algeria, and Tunisia; and Replies. BULLETIN (jj. S. Dept, of State, Washing- ton), Nov.. 14,- 1942, v. 7,no. 177. Publication 1834:904-914, 2002 American Offensives Open "Side-Door" to Germany, by Howard P. Whiddon Jr.' FOREIGN POLICY BULLETIN (Foreign Policy Association, New York), Nov, 13, 1942, v.22,no*4:1-2. Analysis of the strategy involved in the North Africa campaign* 3QCVI. AFRICA, TEE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) 2CCS America’s First Quisling, by Freda NATION (Now York) , Nov* 21, 1942, v.155,no,21:529-530. , Discusses Parian’s position and work as civil and .military chief of the new Free French Empire. 2004- /.rk Royal. The Story of a Famous Ship, by Herbert Russell* London, John Lane the' Bodlev Head, 1942. 92p, , illus. A commemorative volume in which the story of the ship's memorable exploits arc related. 20C5 The Axis Invades Egypt. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept, 1942, v,32,no,9j689-692. Evaluated the British forces in Egypt, and describes the fight- ing between British and Axis forces during June and July, 194-2. 2006 Balkan Base, ECONOMIST (London), March 28, 1942, v. 14-2': 414-415. Views the Balkan situation and speculates on the possible contri- bution of the Balkan countries to the German war effort, 2007 Battered Malta, a Thorn in Enemy’s Side. BULLETINS FFOI BMITAI1T (New Work), April 22, 1942, no.86:7-10* Says that Malta has passed its 1,500th raid and yet there is no sign that its defenses are weakening, 2008 The' Battle of Egypt, by Strategicus, pseud. SPECTATOR (London), Oct, 30, 1942, n.v.,no,5966:4ol-4o2. Analyses' the factors involved in the Battle of Egypt, 2009 The Battle for Egypt, by Clare Boothe. LIFE (Chicago), July 13, 1942, v.13,no,2;74—82, illus. Reviews the battles of Libya and Egypt, and calls the desert region a tactician’s paradise. 2010 The Battle of Libya, CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept,-Oct. 1942, v.51,no.5s21, illus. Discusses the use of tanks and motorized high-speed Armored troops in the battle of Libya. 2011 Belgian Congo at War. New York, Belgian information Center, 1942. 65p, Various articles, with illustrations, on the military and economic war effort of the colony. . 2012 The Belgian Congo Fights the Axis, by Henri Fast, JOURNAL OF NEGRO LIFE (Now York), Sept. 194-2, v*2o,no,9:268-270, Recounts the activities of the Belgian Congo troops in the Ethiopian campaign and their part in the present fight against the Axis .powers, * 2013 Beyond the Caucasus: Oil and India, by H. G, Quaritch Males. SIGN (Union City, N. j.), Jan. 1943, v,22,no.6:342-345, illus. Discusses the effects if Germany conquers the Middle East,- XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST* AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cent.) 2014 The Brilliant Exploit's of Greece. . GREAT BRITAIN AND TEE EAST (London), Jan. 1.0, 1942, v;58:6, • * Tells of the continued anti resistance in Greece# 2015 Bri'ti sll Si Amarines Strike in the Mediterranean. NEPTUNE (London) , * Jan. 1942;12-15, Says evidence of British submarines’ vital work is most apparent in the Pied iter rnnean where they arc cutting the /axis life-line to North Africa. ‘2 016 The Campaign's of Wave 11; The Inner Story of the Empire in Action, by Donald CowieSecond Part?** September 1940 to September 1941. London, Chapman and Hall, 1942. 25ip., illus., maps. First documented record of Gen. Wave115s famous Middle-Eastern, African and Balkan Campaigns, as told by a New Zealander* The blunders- as well as the brilliant strategy are noted# 2017-- " Con Africa Fuera de su Alcance Hitler Quo da Sitado en Euro pa,' by Isaac ' Abeytua. HOT (Mexico, D« F.) , Nov. 21, 1942, v.21,no.500: 20-25,61. (With Africa Out of His Reach, Hitler Is Beseiged in Europe.—) Review of the North African situation, with a discussion of the personalities involved and the political and military implica- tions of the occupation. 2018 Crossroads of the Old World, by Murray Harris. • YALE REVIEW (New Haven), Winter 1942-1943, v.32,no,2:350-365. Shows how essential control of Egypt and the Suez, plus North African key points, is to an allied victory. 2019 Death at My Reels, by David Walker. London, Chapman and Hall, 1942. 256p. Tells of incidents witnessed during the German attempt to gain control of the Balkans. Condemns Nazi treachery. 2020 The Defense of Africa, by Albert do Vleeschauwer. BELGIUM (New York), June 1942, v.3:183-185. Discusses the help given by the Belgian Congo to the'war effort and also the necessity for the United Nations to protect the Belgian Congo as a source of precious raw materials. . 2021 The Defence of Egypt,' by Field-Marshal Lord Birdwood o'f Anzac. TABLET (London), Sept, 12, 1942, v.180,no.5340:124-125. Discusses the outlook- in the Near and Middle East. Expresses * - the opinion that North-Africa can bo taken and made into an impregnable Allied position. 2022 The Defence of 'Turkey. . ECONOMIST (London), Sept. 26, 1942, v.143, . no.5170r378-380. Explains success of ..the Turkish Government in retaining a neutral o status; while*defenses are strengthened. XXVI. AFRICA, THE HEAR EAST, .AND TEE LIED I TEHPANEAN (cent.) 2-025' Defense Will Lose the Hear East, by 'Alexander Kirally# NATION (New York), July 4, 1942-,- v.-155 :6-7. • Declares the Lybiah cri'iiipnign the inevitable result ok the in‘- *■ effectiveness of defense against a carefully prepared attack# 2024 The Desert Training Corps," by George E Patton, Jr. CAAALRY JOURNAL (Washington) , Sept.-Oct, 1942, v. 31,no. 5:2-5, Ulus# Discusses army life, training, and tactics in the desert# 2025 Desert War, by Russell Hill. New York, Alfred A. Knopf, 1942. 3l0p., illus , maps Writes from first-hand experience of the -second British in- vasion of Cyrcnaica. 2026 Destruction of an Army. (2 pts.) INFANTRY JOURNAL ( Washington), July-Aug. 1942, v.51,nos.1-2:12-25;42-5S, maps and illus# Tells the story of the destruction of the Italian army by Gen. Wave11 in the Libyan campaign. (An account of this campaign was issued by Ct. Britain Ministry of Information under the same title "Destruction of an Arm/.11 ■ \ 202 7 A Dutch Sea Hero of the African Invasion. KillCICERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), Nov. 3c, 1942, v,2,no.40:4-5. Story of the audacious seamanship and great courage of the Dutch sea captain and Allied troops In the successful landing of the British First Army in Bougie Bay. 2028 "The End of the Beginning," by Donald W. Mitchell, NATION (New York), Nov. 21, 1942, v,155,no,21:536-537. Discusses the recent invasion of North Africa. 2029 The Enemy in Africa, by Major Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Nov.-Dec. 1942,- v. 51,-no.-6:16-17, map. The author, United States Senator from Massachusetts, was sent to Egypt as an observer last Summer and tells of his experiences while participating with other American tankmen in action on the Libyan-Egyptian f rent, 2030 Entente in the Levant. London, Franco-British Publishing Co, 194-2, 47p., illus. (Series Entente) One of the Entente Series which contains various articles deal- ing with the Near-East and its occupation by the Free French ... Forces. (Bilingual, French and English.) 2031 l*Entente on Afrique, London, Franco-British, 1942. 63p., illus., map. (Text in both French and English. (Entente in —) Discusses the Free-French Amy, the role of the Kerch nit Navy # and the airways of Free France* 2032 The Epic Story of Malta, by General- Sir William Bobbie# LISTENER (London), Oct., .1, 1942, v.28,no. 716:429-430. Describes conditions in Malta, the most densely populated country in the world, as serious, and tells how human endurance has triumphed over a lack of material resources. XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) 2033 IJn Episodio Jtecisiv®, by Isaac. .Abeytua, HOY (Mexico, D. F.), Nov. 28, 1942, v.21,no.301:30-32. (A Decisive Episode.-*-) Reviews the background of the Forth African campaign and discusnms the history of the region. 2034 The Fall of Italian East Africa, by Eric Rosenthal., London, Hutchinson, 1941. 88p, Account of the campaign in East,Africa, June 1940 to November 1941, 2035 Fighting in Abyssinia, by J. Gifford ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Aug. 1942, v.44,no,2j223-229. Report of the fighting in Abyssinia against the Italians. In- cludes a map showing the area of the campaign, 2036 The First '"Second Front," by Sidney B. Fay. CURRENT HISTORY (New York), Dec. 1942, v. 3,no.16*288-294, Comment on the opening of the second front in North Africa. 2037 Flight for Freedom? The Story of the S.A.A.F, and Its Aces, by Arthur L, Gavshon. Johannesburg, Electric Printing Works, [1941]. 135p, Tells how the South African Air Force brought to a successful conclusion the military campaign in Italian East Africa. 2038 The Free French Cameroons, by Therese Tony Mayer. GEOGRAPHICAL MAGAZINE (London), May 1942, v.15;21-29. historical sketch of Free French Equatorial Africa, including government activities during the past few years, and stressing the strategic importance of the Cameroons. Illustrated. 2039 French African Manpower, by j, Paar-Cabrera-. COIMONWEAL (New York), Dec. 18, 1942, v.37,no.9s225-227,' Describes the fighting qualities of various North African ethnic grbups in the French Colonial Armies, 2040 From North Africa To- NEW MASSES (New York), Nov, 24, 1942, v.45, no.8:4-5. Discusses possibilities for the Allies to get at the most vulner- able part of Europe; and the results of the Allied offensive so far, and speculates on the next steps to be taken, 2041 General' Smuts? Wider Command, SOUTH AFRICA (London), Oct. 31, 1942, v.21c,no.2808:275. Comments on the unification of military commands of South Africa and Rhodesia under General Smuts. / 2042 Gibraltar est Fret. LA GUERRE ILLUSTREE (London), Aoril 1942; 10-11, (Gibraltar is Ready,—) Describes the fortifications of Gibral- tar, which are still being strengthened. t (illustrations) XXVI. AFRICA, THE HEAR EAST,.AND THE MEDITERRAiTEAN (cont.) 20.1-3 Greece Against the Axis; by. Stanley Casson. London, T-Iamish Hamilton, 1941, 2Q7p,, 'illu?* Describes the efforts of Greece, first to avoid the unequal con- flict, ’and second to defend herself when invaded by Italy and Germany. 2044 The Greeks Turn the .Tide, by Raymond Offroy, Former French Consul at Salonika, London, Hutchinson, [1942], 16p. Text of a lecture given on March 3, 1942, which attempts to show how the Greek will to resist brought about the collapse of Hitler’s Mediteranean plan. 201-5 Guerillas in Albania, by Anton Logoreci. FREE EUROPE (London), Nov. 6, 1942, v.6,no.78;155. Describes Albania’s resistance to Fascism since April 7, 1939. 2046 La Guerra en Africa, by Luis G. Wanguemert. CARTALES (Havana), . Nov.,15, 1942, v,23,no,46:20-21, maps. (The War in Africa,—) Interpretation of the military events in North Africa and Libya, 2047 The Harbors of Africa, by George F, Deasy-* ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY (Worcester, Mass.), Got, 1942, v.18,no.4:325-342. Discusses the present military significance of African ports. Foresees increased commercial importance•after, the war and ex- amines the harbor facilities .of that continent. 2043 Hitler’s Fortress Has No Roof, by Willson Woodside, SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), Dec, 19, 1942, v.58,no.15:12,13. Analyzes Mediterranean campaign including roles of Turkey and Spain, Shows that air power can. leap over Hitler’s " restwalln and "Southwall" to strike at German home front. 2049 Hitler’s Last Hope, by Ernest Phillips... London, W. H. Allen, 1942. 63p, (A Hurricane Book) A factual survey of the Middle . war-zone and Turkey ’ a vital strategic position, with a special chapter on Turkey’s military strength. 2050 Hitler’s Second Front, by Tv H, Thomas. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), NovA 1942, v,170,no.3:43-47, ' ' Analysis of the significance of the front in Egypt, and of the military reasons for German success, 2051 How Africa Changed the War, by Herbert Eos inski. NATION (New York), Dec. 5, 1942, v, 155,no,25;612-614. Discusses the strategic importance of the African campaign in the total picture of the war. XXVI.' AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND TEE MEDITERRANEAN (oont.) 2052 IIpw Africa Changes the War, by Max Werner. 'THE NEW RErUBLIC (Mow York), Nov. 23, 1942, v.I07>no;21j662-663. Points out what the African campaign means in terms of strategy, and in the final outcome of the war. 2085 ' Mow Montgomery Smashed Rommen, by Alan Koorohoad• ■ SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Dec. 5, 1942, v.215,no,25:15,95. Describes the personality of General Montgomery and analyzes the desert battle that resulted in a United Nations* major victory* 2054 The Iraq Levies at Habbaniya, by A. Graham. ARMY QUARTERLY i (London)* Atig. 1942, v. 44,no. 2 :249-255. Gives a description of Habbaniya and the British forces there, with a short survey of the political situation and events which led to the outbreak of hostilities. 2055 Libya: Our Defeats Start in Whitehall, by Tern Wintri'ngham. PICTURE POST (London), July 4, 1942, v.16,no.1:18-19* Analysis of the Libyan defeats to show that better.war material is needed and also a Parliamentary commission to see that they are produced. 2056 Life in Gibraltar, by H. R* Rower. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Asag. 1942, v.44,no.2;277-281. Reports on life in Gibraltar in wartime, which present unusual problems of military, physical, social, and mental frustration. 2057 Malta at. Day, an Eye-Witness Account, by R. Leslie Oliver* London, Hutchinson, 1942,. Ic8p., illus. Description of bombardment of Malta and of how her population has adapted itself to life lived largely in underground rock tunnels. 2058 Malta Won*t Sink, by John R, Newmark. CONTEMPORARY REVIEW (London), Sept. 1942, no.921:174-178. Brief account of the siege of Malta, 2059 Mediterranean Curtain Raiser. FORTUNE (New York), Jan. 1943, v,27,no,1:168-172,177-188* • • A review of the war during ‘1942, ' Tells of the .beginning of the Allied offensive in the Mediterranean. 2060 Mediterranean Prelude, THE AND TIDE (London), Nov. 7, 1942, v.23,no.45:881-882, Reviews the sixAweelc pori-od since Egypt was entered and discusses possible further moves of the Allied forces. ' 2061 The Most Valuable Ground on Earth, by Edgar Snow, SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), July 4-/ 1942, v.215*9-10,82. Cabled report from Calcutta concerning the importance of Allied holding of the region bordering the Persian Gulf. Emphasizes also the importance of the Alaskan bridgehead as a military supply line. XXVI. AFRICA, TEE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cent.) 2062 New Facts and Some Reflections on, the Sahara, by .Jean Gottmann. GEOGRAPHICAL REVIEW (New York) , Oct. 1942,, v»52 ,no,4:659-662'. Brief explanation of the rainfall and flood conditions, and their effects in the Sahara desert area. 2065 Nor Any Victory, by Ray Brock. New York, Reynal and Hitchcock, 1942. x, 35Ip. An American correspondent’s account of how Germany overran the Balkan. States and of the Italian*attack on Greece. 2064 Noh.th/-frica* Second Phase. SPECTATOR .(London), Nov, 2o, 1942, no.5969:473-474. Speculates on Hitler's intentions and plans regarding the occu- pation of North Africa by the Allies'*. Examines some of the possibilities and their repercussion. 2065 North Afrioa; Springboard for Final Defeat of Axis. UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), Nov. 20, 1942:15-17. Reviews the -significance of the North Africa campaign in the Allies global strategy. 2086 Oil, B’lood and Sand,' by Robert L. Baker. New York, D. Appleten Century, 1942. £00 p. A close examination of the economic, political,, and military conditions in the Middle East. Describes the Axis, plans for the Middle East and the economic and political penetration which has already been accomplished, together with the steps taken by the United Nations to defend-this region. 2067 Palestine at the Cross Roads, by Riley F. Ennis. FIELD1 ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Baltimore), March 1942, v.32;234-239. Describes geography, military situation, the Syrian campaign, and speculates on the' future of Palestine. 2068 Potential ’’Front" in the Balkans', by Cecil F. .Melville, FREE EUROPE (London), June 5, 1942, v.5:135. Review of the discontent in the Balkans Which is expected to break out-into‘open revolt when Germany sustains a major military , reverse. * ' 2069 A Raid Against Rommel. PICTURE POST (London), April 25, 1942, v.15:7-13. Illustrations'showing the full story of a paid by British forces in the Libyan desert on German communications. 2070 La Rebelion de los Eurdos, Instigada por Rusia, Amenaza al Iran,* al Irak y a Turquia. MUND0 (Madrid), April 12, no.101:566-568.' (The Revolt of the Kurds, Instigated by Russia, Threatens Iran, Iraq and Turkey.--) XXVI, AFRICA, THE' NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (opnt.) 2071 The -Role .of .'French .Africa, by WenTl Bonnet, ERSE- WORLD (New York), ** 'Dec. 1942, v* 4, no3 *2*09-2 1q* . Comments on the African campaign and the place of;French troops in future fighting, 2072 Sahara War, by Ben Lucion Burman, SATURDAY EVENING-.POST (Phila- delphia), May 23, 1942, v,214:26-27* ‘ ■' / . Account by an eye-witness of the'Free French and their camel corps South of Libya* 2073 Sangre y Arena, -NORTE (New York), Nov. 1942, v.3,no*1:14-17, illus* (Blood and Sand,—) Survey of some of the factors in the Lybian success of the British and comments on the strategic importance of the victory* 2074 Second Front on the Atlantic, by Robert Groetsch, FREE WORLD (New York), Dec, 1942, v*4,no,3:211-214, Considers Albania and Jugoslavia as the best areas for invasion of continental Europe. Believes revolt is imminent and many trained soldiers from these countries will assist in the attempt, 2075 Serbiia pod Gnetom Germanskikh Okkupantov, by N* Pv Franich* Moscow, Naulc SSSR, 1941, 29p, • (Serbia the Oppression of the German Army of Occupation.—) Contains a brief sketch of Serbian history from its ori, ins up to the founding of the present Kingdom of Yugoslavia, and describ- ' os the struggle of the Serbian people against involvement in the present war, the policy of the Tsvetkovich government, the agree- ment with, the USSR, the occupation of Serbia by the Axis, and the planned destruction of the Serbian people by Germany. 2076 South Africa and the War, by H«B*D* Blauvelt, AMERICAN OXONIAN (Cambridge), April 1942, v,29:78-82, Summary of a broadcast made in South Africa.by the author on July 10, 1941, after his return from Ethiopia, 2077 South Africa’s War Effort, by George II, Swingler. BULLETINS FROM BRITAIN (London), Fob, 11, 1942, no.76:7-l0. Shows how South Africa has become a vital part in struggle against Nazism, 2078 Spring Cleaning in the Balkans, by C. E. Black, CURRENT HISTORY (New-York), May 1942, v, 2.210-213". Account of some of Hitler's difficulties in the Balkans and Hungary. 2079- -A Test of Sea-'Power .Commander Anthony' Kimmins Describes the Occupa- tion of Algiers. LISTENER (British Broadcasting Corporation, London), Nov. 19, 1942, v*28,no,723:643-644, 2030 There’s a German Just Behind Me, by Clare Hollingworth, London, Seeker and Warburg. 1942, 300p. Book describes events in the Balkan States from the fall of Prance in 1940 to the beginning of the war with Russia, a year later. XXV!, AFRICA, THE NEAR .EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (copt.) 2081 They Sought .Out Rommel.; a .’Diary of the Libyan’ Campaign, From Novem- ber 16th to December* 31st, 1941. London, H. M* Stationery Off., 1942. 72p. ('The Army at War) 2082 ..Tobruk, by David Larr. FJELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Baltimore), March 1942, v.32:203-207. Describes Tobruk under siege. 2003 El Tunel Submarine de Gibraltar, by Eduardo Isaac Hernandez. ■ • .* TAJC (Madrid), .Jan. 31, 1942, v. 3,no.:88t2, illus. (The Submarine Tunnel to Gibraltar.—) Analysis of the problems of constructing the projected tunnel and a review of preliminary work'already completed. 2084 Turkey’s Place on the Axis Timetablei by Leigh White apd Winston Burdettv SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), JulyTH, 1942, v. 215, no. 3:15,73-74, ... . - Discussion of- Turkey in .relation to the war situation. Believes that Turkey and the Middle East arc in grave danger of being overrun in 1942, although Turkey will resist an invasion. 2085 El Ultimo Jiron del Imperio, by 'Isaac Abeytua. HOY (Mexico, D. F.), Dec. 19, 1942, v.21,no,304:30-33, (The Last Shred of Empire.—) Discusses the geography, history and strategic importance of French Someliland and explains its capitulation to the Fighting French. X - i 2086 Vanguard of Victory, by Conrad Norton and Ulys Krige* Pretoria, Union of South Africa, Bureau of Information, 1941. 54p., map. Short review of the South African victories in East Africa, 1940-1941. 2087 . The Vigil of the Desert Patrol and.the Quattara Depression; Froblems of the Arid Region Tillich. Lies South of El Alamein. . • rILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS '(London), Sept, 5, 1942, v,2ol,no.5394:264-265. Illustrations and comment on activities of t’he desert patrol of the British army in Africa, 2C88 Victory in Egypt and .African Campaign, by Winston Churchill. VITAL SPEECHES" OF THE DAY (New York), Dec. 1, 1942, v.9,no.4:98-l04f Full text of speech by Winston Churchill delivered in Parliament, London, November 11, 1942. ,£089. ...War in the Sun, by James Lansdale Ecdson; Being Some Account of a War Correspondent’s Journeys, Meetings, and What Was Said to Him * in the Middle East, India, Burma and West Africa During 1941-1942, London, V. Gollancz, 1942. 392p. Appraisal of British strategy.in the theatres of -war visited by .. the writer. .> XXVI.' AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, pND. TEE MEDITERRANEAN (cant.) 2090 Warming up in 'North Africa, by Wilbur W. White. CURRENT HISTORY ■ (New York) ,• Dec* 194-2, v,3,no/* lp:286-287. Discusses the preliminaries'to the-North African campaign# 2 091 Wave'll in the Middle East, by H. Bowen-Rob-inson* London, Hutchinson, 1941. 236p# * 4 . Account of British campaigns in Greece, Libya, and Abyssinia between June 1940 and March 1941. 2p92 Wie Palaestina Rustet. AUFBAU (New York), June 26, 1942, v#8j3 (How Palestine Arms*—) Correspondent in Tel Aviv discusses schemes of mobilization and strategic possibilities of defense in Palestine, as proposed by the' Jewish Agency for Palestine and the Jewish National Council . -.2093 "Wings Over Olympus,” by T. H. Wisdom. London, George Allen and Unwin, 1942, 229p., illus, phot., mrrps. ‘ The story of tho Royal Air Force in Libya and Greece# 2094 # Yanks Dish It Out in Africa, by E. R. Elliott. WEEKLY REVIEW (New York), Nov, 24, 1942, v#7,no#47:8-9, map. Describes the courage and high spirit of the United States soldiers as they fought in Africa# i XXVII# INDIA AND THE MALAY PENINSULA 2095 Action in the East, by 0»Dowd Gallagher. New York, Doubleday, ' Doran, 1942, xiii, 300p. Tells of the war in the Par East from the fall of Singapore to the fighting in Burma and the capture of Rangoon# 2Q9g Los Birmanos de Forma Analoga a los Tailandeses Desean la "Neuva Asia" y Cooperan con el Jap6n# HONDO (Madrid), March 29, 1942, v# 3,no.99:486-488# (The Inhabitants of Burma as well as the Siamese Aspire to a "New Asia,” and cooperate with the Japanese.—) 2097 Burma Mission, [Part I], by Clare Boothe. LIFE (New York), June 15, 194-2, v. 12: 94-96., Lifers correspondent reports on General Stilwell and his staff as interviewed in Burma. 2098 Burma—Next Move in Far Eastern Strategy? by Lawrence K# Rosinger. - FOREIGN FOLICY BULLETIN (New York), Dec. 18, 1942, v.22,no#9:1,2. Considers the problem of Burma as a hew land, front against Japan and the feasibility of invading it for the purpose of opening the Burma Road and to .prevent Japan from consolidating her posi- tion in southeast Asia. Refers to difficulties of such, an at- tempt, and the political aspects of an invasion effort. XXVII, INDIA AND THEJ.IALAY PENINSULA (cant.) 2 099 The Burma Tragedy and China, by: 0. K.- Green. FORTNIGHTLY (London), June 1942, v, 151:421*-435, • Evaluates the consequeric.es.> of. .’febe loss of Burma and the lessened assistance to China* Believes that China will yet be a major c factor in defeating Japan arid urges that China be treated frank- ly as an equal, 2100 Burma*s Value- to the 'Japanese, by Clarence Hendershot. FAR EASTERN SURVEY (New York), Aug. 10, 1942, -v. 11,no. 16.: 176-178. Describes Burr.ia*s value to the Japanese in raw materials for her industries, in rice and oil for her armies, and in providing a strategic' military position for bottling up China and threaten- ing India. . ... 2101 Calcuttaj a Tempting Prize, by Arthur Gaunt, TRIDENT (London), April 1942, v.4:622-624. Tells of the strategic value of Calcutta as a terminus of the highway by which materials will go to China; as terminus of several vital railways; and as a valuable airport. Calls it the most strongly protected- city, in India today. 2102 Ceyloni Key Point of Defence in the Indian Ocean. CROAT COLONIST (London), May 1942*267-268, (illus.) Discuss-es the. reasons, which-may tempt Japan-to attack Ceylon and - describes its strategic position. 2103 Ceylon: Key to Victory, by R, W» Korrier. HARVARD' GUARDIAN (Cambridge), July 1942, v.6;3-8. • ■ • • • ■ A.nalysis of the Axis'*"grand strategy, in which the conclusion is reached that Ceylon is the key to victory and that to hold it in the United States fleet should be moved to the Indian Ocean. 2104 La Chute de. Singapour. ..REVUE UNIVERSELLE (Vi.chy) , Feb, 25, 1942, n.s.,no.28<255-261. (The Fall of Singapore.—) Discusses two articles published before the fall' of Singapore, one by Rear Admiral Yates of the United States, advocating; the defense of the Atlantic by the United fleets, the other by Ward Price, pleading for the defense of Singapore. 2105 The Defense of India, by H.' G. Quartich Wales. FREE WORLD (New York), June 1942, v.3:27-29. Notes the strategic position of India in the world battlefront and considers the. chances of defending it. 2106 Grim Glory, by Gilbert Mant. Sydney, Currawong, July 194-2, 77p, The story of the battle at Bakri and Parit Sulong fought by tho Australian forces against the Japanese in Malaya. 2107 How British in Burma Escaped a Jap Trap, by Jack Bolden. LIFE •, ■ . . - (New York)., May .18, 1942, v.l2:24-29, illus. Describes the British .retreat from oil fields amid heat, hunger, thirst and treachery. XXVII. INDIA AND. TH33 HAIAY PENINSULA (cont.) 2108 is India Impregnable? by Victor Bayley, London, Robert Vale, 1942. 284p. * * . Examines the possibility of invasion of India by air, sea, or land; of danger from Japan in the Eastj the defenses of India* munitions and communicationsj and the type of campaign invaders may have to fight because of geographic conditions'* 2109 japan’s Drive Against Burma, by Donald Cowie. SPHERE (London’), Jan. 10, 1942, v.168:46-47. Description of the area in which’ Japan’s attack is developing. Map of Siam and Burma. 2110 Land Fighting in Asia, by Donald W. Mitchell. NATION (New York), June 13, 1942, v.154:682-684. Examines the facts to discover the causes of the disaster in Malaya and in Burma, with a view to learning what action to take in the future. 2111 En el Oceano Indico se Kalla la Clave de Esta Guerra. MU1TD0 (Madrid), May 10, 1942, v.3,no.105:47-50. (The key to this war lies in the Indian Ocean,—) ' ‘ l i 2112 Perimeters in Paragraphs, by Conrad" H. Lanza. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept. 1942, v. 32,no. 9*685-689. Detailed description of the campaign in Burma in April 1942, 2113 Por qu6 Cay6 Singapur? by V. Guarner. MUNDO LIBRE (Mexico), May 1942, v, 1,no.4:59-65.. (Why Did Singapore Fall?—) Attributes the defeat to lack of energetic,, efficient, and competent high command. 2114 Singapore and After. A $tudy of"the Pacific Campaign, by (Lord) Strabolgi. London, Hutchinson, 1942, 158p., illus. Traces Japanese aggression from 1897 to 1942. Explains the plans of the naval and military cliques for conquest in the ’ East, and gives an account of the campaign in the Pacific. 2115 Singapore II, by Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), March 1942, no.903,B.oW scries:240-243. Reviews the fundamental reasons for the loss of Singapore by the British. 2116 Singapore—wip Lange Noch Englische Zwingburg in Fernost? by Hubert Zuerl. WISSEN UNI) MUEIR (Berlin), 1941, no.6:214-218. (Singapore.—How Much Longer an English Stronghold in the Far ■; East)--) Doubts the impregnability of Singapore after the trans- fer. of the Far Eastern naval squadron to the Mediterranean and ■of units of the Royal Air Force and Fleet Air Arm to England* 2117 gpot-light on > , AIR CADET (Ottawa), May 1942, v. 1:4-5,23,29. Deals with therracenagainst time in transporting aircraft, men and munitions to 1ndia, and of the possible fall of India. XXVII. INDIA AND THE MALAY PENINSULA (cont.) 2118 Strategy at Singapore, by Eugene Nerbet Miller. New York, Mac- millan, 1942. viii, 145p. - -> v . ...... An account of the reasons behind the construction of the Singa- pore base, of the history of the base itself, and of the signifi- cance in world affairs — political and military as well as naval. 2119 Suez to Singapore, by Cecil Brown. Hew York, Random House, 1942. 545p. , The book contains descriptions of desert fighting in Africa and of guerrilla warfare in Malaya, the sinking of the Repulse and * the Prince of and of the author’s endless battle against censorship and officialdom. 212c Thailand — Key:to the Coming Attack of Japan, by H. G. Quaritch Wales. ASIA -(New York), Sept. 1942, v.42,no.9;529-532. Suggests a plan for defeating Japan by taking Timor, Ambon, the northern arm of the Celebes, the Philippines, and Thailand, after which Japan itself can be successfully attacked. 2121 Two Years of War. INDIAN INFORMATION (New Delhi) , Jan. 1, 1942, v.10:3-39. Special section tailing how India is building, a. modern fighting force. Reviews the organization, equipment and training of the army, navy, and air force of India. Illustrated. 2122 The War at Sea, by Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), June 1942, v.151, n.s.:459-462. Discusses wan, at sea in the area near India. Stresses the value of unified command of air, naval and military forces. 2123 War for a Continent, by Wousaofong. FREE WORLD (New York), Oct. 1942, v.4,no.1:30-33. Surveys the political, economic and military situation in the Far East during 1941-1942. Finds that the West has lost "face" in the eyes of the peoples of Asia. s ' *♦ , 2124 , The War Moves East, by Strategicus, < [pseud. ] .London, Faber and Faber, 1942, 234p. Covers the military events of the war from the fall of Smolensk to'that of Singapore* 2].25 We Are Still Taking nA Hell of a Beating.” FORTUNE (New York), Aug. 1942, v.26,no.2:112,114,116. Editorial discussion of the war situation in China, criticizing specific points of the Administration’s past policy in the Far East. 212.6 Yunnan:[ In the Path of Japanese Invasion, by Ti Chu Hung. - AMERASIA (New York),, Aug, .1942, v.6,no.6:264-268. Describes the geographic and economic.situation of the Yunnan province in China, Considers it the logical land base from which the Cvii-hed Nations nan dislodge Jr. nan from Tndn—P.Vii nr... XXIX* JAPAN AMD THE SINO-JAPANESE' WAR 2127 Attack on Japan, by Hoffman flicker son.; ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), Sept,-Opt, 194-2, v.2S,no. 134:283-286.. , Discusses the position of Japan in delation to possible attacks on her’by the United Nations. 2]2 8 The Battle for the Peking-Hankow Railway', by Tisheng Yen. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Sept.-Oct. 1942, y.51,no.5:52-60* Describes the topography, strength of the armies, and various phases of the battle, - 2129 Chennault Fights to Hold the China Front, by Jack Beldenk. LIFE (New York), Aug, 10, 1942, Vvl3,no.6:70-77. Account of the tactics and achievements of tjie newly appointed commander-in-chief of the China Task Force.. Outlines also some of the obstacles he must still overcome, 2]3c .China and Japan, 3d ed. London, Royal institute of International Affairs. Oxford University ’Press, 1341. 163p., maps. (Chatham House Information Papers, no.21 A) First published in 1938. ■* Gives an historical survey of the principal events. of the Sino- Japanese conflict, the political and economic ,.events, in both coun- tries leading up to this conflict, and the economic effect of the war on China and Japan. 2131 China and the United Nations, by William Brandt. AMERASIA (New York), June 1942, v.6*187-190. States the conditions that-enabled Japan.to wage a campaign against -China*s Southwest at this time, its strategic aims, and the counter-measures indicated, 2132 China. What You Want to Know,' by W, J. Thomas. Sydney, Austra- lia, Bookstall Co., 1942, 63p. Handbook of facts about the resources, government, and political and military situation in China. 2133 China Will Never Quit, by Richard J. Walsh and Pearl S, Buck, * CHRISTIAN SCIENCE: MONITOR WEEKLY MAGAZINE SECTION (Boston)., Oct. 17, 1942:5,14. Reviews the wars in China during the last eleven years, and pre- dicts that hard fighting in-this war will bring victory to China, 2134 China*s New Crisis, by Anna Louise Strong and others. London, Fore Publications, (1941?). 62p. ..... Six articles discuss the Kuomintang, the Communist situation in China and danger of a split in China fostered by Japanese* 2135 China*s Place in the Present orld Struggle, by Hu Shih, A Howard Crawley Memorial Lecture Delivered before the Faculty and Students Wharton .School of Finance and- Commerce, University of Pennsylvania Press, 194-2, 14-p. XXIX. JAPAN AND THE--SING-JAPANESE WAR' (cont.) 2136 Chinn’s Role in the Pacific War, by Miriam *‘S. Farley, /FOREIGN POLICY BULLETIN (Foreign Po-licy Association, New York) , March 20, 1942, v.21:2~3« I ' Tells.of the severance of the only existing line of communica- tion between the United States and China, a possible Chinese s coynter-offensive, and discusses whether China can hold out if foreign aid is sharply curtailed, 2137 China’s Struggle, by Alison Gut Awn ite. GEOGRAPHICAL MAGAZINE (London), May 1942, v.15:10-17. Reviews the four and a half years of struggle between Japan and China, and discusses tho’present position of China, 2138 China’s .Weapon:' Wits. Tho Third Battle for Changsha Illustrates the Strategy.of the.Sidewise Offensive With Which China Has Coun- tered Japanese Guns. FORTUNE (New York), Sept, 1942, v.26,no.3* 97-lOOs illus. Reviews tho history of China’s war with Japan and attributes China’s survival at this time to her superior knowledge and use of strategy as well as her sharp wits in devising counter of- fensive s. 2139 Chungking-Chin'a Vordem Ende. DEUTSCHE WERE (Berlin), May 9, 1942, v.46,no.22:290. (Chungking, China, Faces the End.—) Predicts the end of China after the conquest of Burma and the blocking of the Burma Road. 2140 Como Hace la Guerra el 'Japon, by Cecil -Brown. HOY■(Santiago), Sopt. 10, 1942, v.11,no.564:40-44. (How Japan Wages Far.—) Description of Japanese military equip- ment and battle techniques. 2141 The End Is Not Yet, by Herrymon Maurer. London, William Heinemann, 1942. 2424p. Story of China’s resistance to Japanese aggression ds told by a former member of the staff of Nanking University. 2142 Far Eastern War, 1937-1941, by Harold 3. Quigley. Boston, World Peace Foundation, 1942. 369p,. Presents a comprehensive re.cord of -the Sine--Japanese War from the attack on the Chinese at Lukouchiao on July 8, 1937, to December 7, 1941. .. 2143 Generalissimo Confident America Will Deal With Japan, an address by Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek. THE CHINA MONTHLY (New York), July- ; Aug. 1942, v. 3, no:,,®: 5-6. ' . . ’ i ' A radio transcript of the! address delivered July 7, 1942 to the Chinese people by Generalissimo Chiang Kai-shek on the Fifth Anniversary of'China’s war of resistance to the Japanese agression. XXIX.- JAPAN AND THE-SINQ-JAPANESE WAR (coni,) 2]/Ai- Here Come the : Flying/Tigers; -by..Walter Pentecost. LIBERTY (New York), July 25, 1942:9-11,42-44. Intimate account of air warfare in China, by one .who supervised the maintenance of .P-40s for the Flying Tigers. 2145 How -Japan Plans to Win, by Finoaki Matsuo. Poston, Little, Brown, 1942. 323p. The Japanese plan of attack and time-table of strategy against the United States as written for Japanese home consumption by a Japanese Naval Intelligence Officer and published in Japan in October, 1940, under title, "The Throe-Power Alliance and a , United States-Japanese War. .2146 How Will the War End for Japan? by M» Searlc Bates, ■ PAR EASTERN SURVEY (New York), July 13, 1942, v.11,no.14•155-158. . Discusses the likelihood of Russia entering the war against Japan; the necessity for defeating the Japanese air force and army; also, the leadership of Japan after the war; and the disarmament of Japan, • 2147 I Flew for China, by Captain Royal Leonard. New York, Doubleday, Doran, xx, 295p. An account of six years of ftying for the Republic of China and of the author’s experience as personal pilot for Generalissimo Chiang Kai-Shek* - . 2148 Is China the Number One Front? by Philip J. Jaffe. AMERASIA (New York), Aug. 1942, v.6,no.6:255-263. Reviews China’s struggle with the Japanese, and- considers that the Chinese should be taken into the councils of the United Nations as a major partner. Concludes that the strategy of feating Hitler before concentrating on the Japanese is the best. 2149 Japan and the Pacific Theatre of War, by Jack Chon. London, Lawrence -and Wishart, 1942. 75p., appendix. Survey of the Pacific war situation and the internal Japanese situation. 2150 Japan Drives' On, by Edward W.. Mill. CURRENT HISTORY (New York), Aug. 1942, v.2,no.12:421-426. Describes China’s war needs, the American Volunteer Group in China, the air offensive of the United Nations from Australia, the battle of Midway, the situation in the Aleutians, Japan*s advantages in World War II, and the value of the aircraft carrier. 2151 Japan Still Moves Ahead, by Edward W. Mill. ■ CURRENT HISTORY (New York), May 1942, v,2:189-196, Reports the last days of Bataan; activity on the Burma front and the threat to India; threats of Australian invasion and the corre- lative defense effort. Notes certain Japanese disadvantages. XXIX. JAPAN AND THE SINO-JAPANESE WAR (cont.) 21 B2 Japanese Frenzv, by Simon Hareourt-Smith. London, Hamish Hamilton, 1942, ix, 217p.., map, * Principally concerned with the' events of- the last eleven years in the Far :East, since the Japanese-seizure 6f Manchuria. 2155 Japanese Penetration in Asia, by Frederick O'Connor. ASIATIC REVIEW (London), July 1942, v.38,no.155•327-332. Traces the course of Japanese penetration into Asia during the last fifty years. 2154 Japan's Sea-first policy, by Edict Janeway. ASIA AND THE AMERICAS (New York), Dec. 1942, v,42,no,12:676. Analyzes the Japanese strategy of seizing all necessary island approaches to the continent, before undertaking the completion of the conquest of Asia. 2155 The Last Hours in Tokyo, by Joseph C. Grew. -VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), Sept, 15, v.8,no.23:714-717. „ Gives personal observations of the operation of the Japanese war machine and declares that both it and the Japanese military ' caste must be crushed, 2156 A New Digest of Japanese War Conduct, Compiled by Shushi Hsu. Shanghai, Kelly and Walsh, 1941. 275p. (Prepared Under the Auspices of the Council of International Affairs, Chungking.) The writer attempts to show that Japan, in the brutality of her warfare against China, has fallen below the standard required of a member of the Family of Nations. 2157 People Versus Japan, by Norman Soong. CHINA AT WAR (New York), May 1942, v.8;18-19. How the Chinese people foil the Japanese invaders as told by a former editor of China Fortnightly. 2158 Puede Ser Invadido el Japon? by Domenech Ybarra. TAJO (Madrid), March 14, 1942, v»5,no.94:4-5, illus,, maps. (Can Japan Be Invaded?—) Analysis of strategic positions and military 'potentials in the Pacific; 2159 Report .from Tokyo,.by Joseph C. Grew... New York, Simon and Schuster, 1942, 88p. ■> ' • Report on the Pacific situation containing an analysis of Japan's policies and the nature of the Pacific War. 2160 Report on the Canadian Expeditionary Force to the Grown Colony of Hong Kong, by Right Hon. Sir Lyman p. Duff, G* C. M. G., Royal Commissioner, pursuant to Order in Council, P. C. 1160. Ottawa, E. Cloutier, Printer to the King, 61p. XXIX. JAPAN ANP THE SINO-JAPANESE WAR (cont.) 2161 Suetsugu’s Fence — Key to Pacific Strategy.,- by G. W. "Tarnecke. pyCIFIC AFFAIRS (New York), Dec.' 1942, 15,no. 4:430-449. Analysis of Pacific strategy indicating that the key to victory lies in: (i) reconquest of Pacific islands, (2) blockade against Japan proper, (3) reopening of South China ports to supply China and initiate a land offensive. 2162 We Tigers Were Tough,.by Dick Rossi. ■ SKYWAYS (New York), Dec. 1942, v.4,no.2:20-23,66,66-69, Description of the activities and accomplishments of the American Volunteer Group of flyers in the Far East. 2163 What Can We Expect from China? by Edgar Snow, SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Aug. 8, 1942, v.215,no.6:19,67-68. Radio report from Chungking on conditions in China. Finds that the people are relieved now that other nations are fighting Japan, inflation is growing rapidly, hoarding is universal, military strength is immobilized and Japan has only one-third her 1939 forces in China at present. 2164 wro Men Ti Tfai Tu (Our Attitude),' by Eva Sykes-Snicer. WORLD •• REVIEW (London), Sept. 1942:33-36. Says that China1s resistence to Japan has been successful in two ways: Chiang has never risked his whole army; and successful guerrilla warfare has been organized within the Japanese lines. XXX. PACIFIC A. General 2165 Sea Power in the' Pacific, 1936-1941, by Werner B- Ellinger and Herbert Rosinski. -Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1942. 80 p. A selected bibliography of books, periodical articles, and naps, covering the period from the end of the London Naval Conference to the beginning of the War in the Pacific. No foreign language items except those available in translation are listed. 2166 A Selected Bibliography of Pacific Area Naps, by C. H. MacFadden* ‘ New York, American Council of Pacific Relations, 1941, xxiii, 107p. {Studies of the Pacific, no.6) A selected 'annotated bibliography of the maps of the Pacific basin lands. 2167 China Bears the -Brunt, by Edward W. -Mill. CURRENT HISTORY (New York), Sept. 1942, v.5,no.13;22-26. Reviews the war of the Pacific to date, showing that the Chinese have borne the brunt of the hostilities. XXX. PACIFIC (tfont'O 2168 Free French Colonies in ..the Pacific War. LA LETTRE DP LA FRANCE .LIBRE (Londoh), April 1942/ no;17»8-12. •• ■ . 5hows strategic importance to the Allies of French Colonies in the Pacific. Contains map. , 2169 La Guerra en el Pacifico, by Bermudez de Castro. REVT3TA DE AERONAUTIGA (Madrid), June 1942, v.8,no.19:393-395. (TTar intthe Pacific.—) Analysis of Japanese success, attribut- ing it primarily to the willingness to die on/the part of the soldiers- . ' 1 2170 Inside Asia, by John Gunther. New York, Harper, 1942. 6o?p. A revised edition, containing material on the Pacific war and United States strategy in the Pacific. 2171 Jiu-jitsu dans le Pacifique. LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), April 17, v.3:450-459. (jiu-jitsu in the Pacific,—) Discusses the military strategy of the Japanese in the Pacific and the manner and extent to which it has been carried out. 2172 Mistakes I Saw in the Pacific, by Representative Melvin J. Maas. AMERICAN MERCURY (Concord, N. H.), Jan 1943, v.56,no,229:5-14. A Member of Congress, recently returned from active duty in the pacific, pleads for a unified command. 2173 The Pacific Front in the ’Global War, by James S. Allen. COMMUNIST (New York) , Dec. 1942', v.21,no. 11* 1012-1020. Analyses the political and military significance of the Pacific front. 2174 Turn in Pacific Conflict? Effect of Change in Command. UNITED STATES NEWS (Washington), Nov. 1942*20-21, map. States that in pushing back the Japanese, the struggle for island , , bases will be the key to future strategy, and believes that the setback for the' enemy was’ due to the offensive tactics of our younger leaders. 2175 United Nations Assume Political Offensive in Pacific, by Lawrence F. Eosinger. ' FOREIGN POLICY BULLETIN "(New York)', Oct. 16, 1942, v.21,no. 52:1-2., Discusses '’rendell Willkie!s recent trip to the Far East5 and the military position of the United Nations in the Papific, 2176 War and Peace in the Pacific, by Cyrus' H. Peake. * FAR EASTERN QUARTERLY (New York), May 1942, 1,no;3:253-276, Classified and annotated bibliography of selected books'. ‘2177 The' Waf in the Pacific, by Edward'W. Mill. CURRENT HISTORY (New York), Nov. 1942, v.3:187-190. ; - Discusses the military and naval activity of the United States and Japan in the North and South Pacific since August. Also comments upon the stalemate in China,. XXX.. PACIFIC (cont.) 2178 We Must Win the Pacific', by W. B. Courtney. COLLIERS Ohio), Dec. 26, 194-2, v, ll0,no.26:14,15,66,67, map. Contends that, whatever happens elsewhere, the Pacific Ocean re- mains our own special unshared front, where America’s production, strategy, skill and valor must stand the acid test alone# : ' B. North’ Pacific 2179 Alaska — Key to Pacific Strategy, by R. C. Fay. OUR NAVY (Brooklyn), Mid-July 1942, v.37:4-7. Describes the physical characteristics and strategic importance of Alaska. 2180 Alaska: Pivot of Strategy, by Julius C. Edelstein. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), May 11, 1942, v.106:625-627. Analysis of Alaska*s potential military development. . ' ! « • 2181 Alaska Under Arms, by Jean Clark Potter. New York, Macmillan, 1942. 2 00p. A report which stresses the need for over-all planning and coordi- nation in territorial management. 2182 Alaska, U* S. Springboard Against Japan, by 0. II. Brandon. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), July lo, 1942, v.19,no,14:221. Discusses the strategic importance of Alaska to the United States. 2183 As I See It1 by Charles- Benedict. MAGAZINE OF WALL STREET (New York), Aug. 22, 1942, v.70,no.10:473,520. Discusses the possibility *of an attack on Siberia by Japan in the near future* 2184 Attack Upon Pearl Harbor by Japanese Armed forces. Report of the Commission Appointed, by the President of the United States to in- vestigate and Report the Facts Relating to the Attack Made by Japanese Armed Forces Upon Pearl Harbor in the Territory of Hawaii on Dec. 7, 1941, U. S> Senate, 77th Cong.., 2d sess. Washington, U. S. G-ovt. Print. Off., 1942, 21p, (Senate Doc. no. 159). 2185 Back Door to Alaska, by Jack Paterson. MAGLEAN * S MAGAZINE (Toronto), Sept. 1, 1942: 12-15,30. Describes preparations to fortify Alaska. 2186 Battle of Alaska, by Bemiece Cox. ALASKA LIFE (Seattle, Wash.), Dec. 1942, v.5,no.12:24-26. Describes the Battle of Alaska from the first bombing of Dutch Harbor, June 3, 1942.. 2187 Checking the Japanese Record, by James 0. Vosseller. U. s« NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.), April 1942, v.68:515-520. Discusses the attack on Pearl Harbor in the light of Japanese history. XXX. PACIFIC (cent.) 2188 Hawaii at War! Pictures — Story — Features. How ilraerica’s Mid- Pacific. Territory Met the Test. Compiled Prom Official Soorces' and Statements. Honolulu, Honolulu Star-Bulletin, 1942, 62p., illus. "189 Iceland of the Pacific, by Ben Fast. ESQUIRE (Chicago), March 1942, v. 17:27,119-123, .. Discusses the strategic importance of Dutch Harbor, Alaska, in the Alaskan defense program and in the Pacific front, and describes its social life. 2190 pi Jap6n Intentara, Seguramente, Alejar el Peligro Quo para el Re'presenta Vladivostok. LKJNDO (Madrid), April 26, 1942, v.3, no.103;667-668. (Japan Will Undoubtedly Try to Eliminate the Danger which Vladivostok Presents to Her.--) 2191 Life on Midway. LIFE (Chicago), Nov. 23, v.13,no,21:118-122, illus. • * Describes the way of life of the Marine garrison after eleven months of war. The outposts of .Midway are manned twenty-four hours a day and scouts and dive bombers keep up a ceaseless patrol. 2192 North Pacific Front, by Buel W. Patch* EDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS (Washington), May 28, 1942, v.lj345-360. Appraises the possibility of war between Russia and Japa n in East Asia, and examines the position of Alaska in strategy of the North Pacific. 2193 Oahu on the Eve of Attack, by R.- A. ,Ellsworth, FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington)9 May .1942, v.32:3 66-375. Sketch of the Hawaiian Islands. Factual data ,is given on re- sources, military possibilities, and' changes which have result- ed from increased military personnel. 2194 pinners on America, by Emil Lengyel. THIS '.'SEEK (New York), Oct. 11, 1942:12,14. Describes the strategic importance of the Aleutians and ofADakar. 2195 The Red Rain Of Battle, by John S. Thach. COLLIER’S (Springfield, Ohio), Doc. 7, 1942,. v. 110,no. 24:16-17,44-47. Recounts the story- of what happened to the Japanese fliers at the Battle of Midway Island. „ . . • i • • * 2196 Remember Pearl Harbor) by Blake Clark. New York,, Modern Age Books, . . 1942. 127p. An eye-witness account of the- Japanese attack. 2197 To Japan Via the A leutians, by Donald Cowie. QUEEN’S QUARTERLY (Kingston, Ont.), Summer 1942, v.49:139-145. Discusses history and geography of the Aleutian Islands and their strategic importance in the war as a base from which to attack Japan XXX, PACIFIC (cont.) 2198 ; Torpedo Junction: With the Pacific Fleet from Pearl Harbor to Midvray, by Robert J. Casey. New York, The Bobbs — Merrill Co., 1942.'.. -419p. , illus. An account of the. recovery of the United States Navy from the disaster at Pearl Harbor to the victory of Midway, by the >. veteran War correspondent of the Chicago Daily News, 2199 Upton Close Looks at the Fourth Year of the War. ' MO FI E-TAJ) 10 •.GUIDE (Chicago), Nov, 21-27, 1942, v. 12, no. 7:5,35. Upton Close, expert in Oriental affairs, writing before the occupation of French North Africa, urges concentration of American offensive power in the North Pacific, 22QO. The U.S.S.R. and Japan, by Vera Micheles Dean, FOREIGN POLICY DEPORTS (Now York)," July 15, 1942, v,18,no,9:110-119. Considers the possibility of a Japanese attack against far eastern Russia in 1942, and emphasizes the importance to the *. United States of developing as rapidly as possible all lines ‘ of communication with the Soviet Artie and the Soviet' Far East. 2201 -The War in Alaska, by 0. L. Andrews. ALASKA LIFE (Seattle, Wash), Nov* 1942, v.5,no,11:5-6' Gives the historical, geographic and economic background of the Japanese invasion of the Aleutian Islands. 2202 Will Russia Have to Fight on Two Fronts’-? by Joseph palmer. FREE EUROPE (London), April 10, 1942, v.5:119,124. Says the monsoon period may any day bring war by Japanese against Russia, 2203 The ’’Yorktown,” by Com. Irving Day Wilt sic. UNITED'STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis, Md.), Nov. 24, 1942, v.68,no.477; 1622-1625. Relates the story of the sinking of the aircraft carrier "York- town." C. South and Southwest Pacific 2204 The Advance' Across the Owen Stanley Range. SPHERE (London), Oct. 31, 1942, v.171,no.2232:146-147, illus., diagrs. Describes the pursuit of the Japs across the "Gap” in hew Guinea, during the Allied offensive from -Fort Moresby towards Buna. 2205 Americans in Battle — No. 1. Campaign in the Java "Sea, by Fletcher Pratt. ' HARPER*S MAGAZINE (New York), Nov. 1942, v.185,no.1110: • 561-574,. ' A narrative prepared with the cooperation of the Navy Department; as the Hirst of a series of accounts of great engagements in which American forces have been involved in this war. ■XXX, PACIFIC (cont.) 22 06 Anzcvcs Into Battle, by 1'ahu' Hole. London, Eodder and Stoughton, 1941. 471p. . Describes the contributions of the Australians and New Zealanders in this war on the battle front and on the home front, armament production, and the political and economic situation in Austra- lia cud Now Aoaloud. 2207 Australis, ROUND TABLET, (London), June 1942, no. 127:416-422. Reviews AructraliaNs adjustment to danger of invasion, and her attitude toward Britain. Reports also on reinforcements from Ajnerica and their reception in Australia, 2208 on the Firing-Line, by C. Hartley Grattan. ASIA (lew York), July 1942, v.‘42 ;424-426. Discusses four interrelated factors in the military problem of Australia* planning resistance to invasion; retaining control of the surrounding islands and wresting from the Japanese those they now have; retaining control of the sea lanes from the east and west; and launching an all-out offensive against the Japanese. 2209 'War Effort; Some Facts and Figures, Issued by: Department of Information, Canberra, July 1941. 31p. -Emphasis on production and armed forces. 2210 The Battle of the River, by John -Jersey. LIFE (Chicago), Nov. 23, 1942, v.13,no.21j99-106, illus. Describes a typical Marine engagement in the mud and jungle of Guadalcanal.. 2211 Beginning of Jap End, by Rear Admiral Clark II. Woodward, U. S. Navy. A.LASKA LIFE (Seattle), Jan. 1943, v. 6,no. 1;26,59-61. States that the defeat of the enemy fleet near the Solomons opens a nev/ road to United States forces in the Pacific A.rea an’d fore* casts a major offensive against Japan at some future date# 2212; Corregidor. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v/32 *553-555. Compares the Japanese and American accounts of the capture of Corregidor, 2213 Epopeya de Manila, by Luis Humber.to Delgado. Lima, Peru, Latino .America, 1942, * 51p. (The Epic-of Manila,—) L tribute to the courage of the Philippines, written by a Latin Aanerican author. 2214 Finale Bataan, by Conrad II.. Lanza. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), July 1942, v.32•550-553, Reviews American and. Japanese accounts of the capture of Bataan. 2215 First Lap on Tokyo, by Frank D. Morris. . COLLIER*S .(New York), Oct. 10, 1942,-v.110,no. 1'5’:17,56-57, Describes the battle of the Solomons, XXX. PACIFIC (cent.) 2216 Foreign Naval News,' by Jay Launer. CNR NAVY (Brooklyn), May 1, 1942, v,36:10-11. Disastrous Java sea campaign proves need of greater cooperation - of Allied navies« Names and data on ships lost in the Java battle and those scuttled at Sure baya base, with illustrations, are given. 2217 The Future of the Southwest Pacific, FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), May 1942, v,32•360-661. Discusses Japanese military strength and location of her army divisions. 2218 The Heroic Defense of the Phillipines, by Warren J. Clear. READERSS DIGEST (New York), July 1942, v.41:1-4,155-168. The story of the phillipine campaign is told by a United States 'Army officer who participated in the struggle. 2219 Hidden Key to the Pacific, by illard Price. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC MAGAZINE (Washington), June 1942, v.61:759-785. Tells history of the Micronesian islands and outlines their economic and strategic value. Illustrated. 2220 i Saw the Fall of the Philippines, by Carlos P. Romulo. New York, Doubleday, Doran, x942. .323p,, illus. * ' Personal account of the Philippine campaign written by an aide to Mac Arthur i. 2221 The' Importance of Melanesia, by Howard Snyder. CUR NAVY (Brooklyn), Nov. 1942, v*37,no,11:4-6,8,67. . •' Discusses the importance of Australia as a last continental base, the •strategic location of Melanesia, naval warfare today, and the battlo of the Solomon Islands, 2R2.2 Issues Posed' by Australia, by C, W. Warneckc. AMERA3IA (New York), Feb. 1942, v,5:521-529. Discusses war strategy, particularly the conflicting theories as to where the war should be prosecuted with most vigor. 2223 Los Japoneses Estdn Occupando Todas las Islas Pilipinas, Futuro Bastidn do Su Dominio en el Pacifico. MUNDO (Madrid), April 26, , 1942, v.3,no,103:669-670. (The Japanese Occupy the Entire Philippine Archipelago, Future Bulwark of Their Dominion in the Pacific.—) 2224 Lessons From the Far East, by MStratogicus," pseud. SPECTATOR (London), March 13, 1942, no.5933:249-250. “ Contrasts the Malay and Luzon* campaigns. 2225 Lessons of Bataan, by Milton A. Hill. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washing- ton) , Oct. 1942, v.51,no.4:8-21. Advocates mure rigorous battle training for American soldiers; recommends more*'equipment of certain types; and describes the Battle of Bataan, and the Japanese methods of fighting. XXX* PACIFIC (cont.) 2220. MacArthur in - Australia,' "by Alzadcv. Comstock. CURRENT HISTORY (New York), Hay 1942, v#<*rl9.6-!197. , , Acccur/r of events in Australia since General MacArthur*s 2227 MacArthur on Tar. 'With an Introduction and Editorial Notes t>y Frank C. ' didrop. New York, -Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1942, 417p. * ' . • . ; Contains reports and speeches by General Douglas MacArthur showing hi§ philosophy concerning v/r r and his practical work in the building up of the United States,Army, Concluding, ; paragraphs, by the editor, deaf.with the Philippine campaign. 1 . ’ -.11 . «. 2228 Men 'on Bataan, by John Kersey, New York, Alfred A.,Ynopf, 1942. 315p, Contains a sketch of General MacArthur1s life, describes the life of the soldiers and-civilians on Bataan during the siege, hnd gives a complete "military history of the siege- of the Bataan'peninsula. 2229 "No Tears Out There — Just Blood and Sweat," KNICYSRBCCHER •■'' WEEKLY (New York), June 0, 1942, v. 2:14-17. Story of heroism of Americans and natives in the battle of Batavia, Quotes Dr. '/alter A, Foote, IT. S. Consul-General who left Batavia just before.the Japanese entered. 2230 Pot a Man Whimpered, by David S. Oman, SATURDAY EVENING-- POST , '(Philadelphia), Dec. 12, 1942, v.,215,no.24:113-114, iljus* Describes the fight between United States Marines and the * Japanese at an offensive by General MacArthur indicate this move by Japan. 2233 The Philippines Calling, by Louis C. Cornish. Philadelphia, Porrance, 1942. ;xii, 313p, A leader of the, Independent ■ Church' claims that the Philippine Archipelago is absolutely essential to the defense of the United. States and Canada. . XXX. PACIFIC (cont.) 23/1- Ramparts of the Pacific, by Hal left Abejid*. Garden City, N. Y., Doubleday, Doran, 1942-, 332p. ' - * ■ '- Discusses the economic 'and military situation in Australia and New Zealand, in the Netherlands East Indies, and the Philippines at the outbreak of the war in the Pacific; the present military and political situation in Japan, Malaya, and the Japanese Pacific mandates; the' Japanese aims in China and in the Pacific; and Japanese aviation* 1235 Sea Power Soars to Conquer, . by Hanson’T* Baldwin, SEA POWER (pew York), July 1942, v. 2,no,7:9-11. Calls the Coral Sea Battle, the turning point in the pacific, also the first great naval engagement in which no ships fired, at other ships.- Discusses functions o-f airplane carriers, 2236 La Seconde phase du Conflit du pacifique, [by]' Charles Duvivier. REVUE UNIVERSELIE (Vichy), April 10, 1942, no,31:511-518. (The Second Phase of the Pacific Conflict,—) Asserts that Japan will retain the initiative in the second phase of the Pacific war against Australia, New Zealand and India, as she did in the first. 2237 The Situation in the Far East, by F* Rowan Robinson, THE FIGHTING FORCES (London), April 1942, v.l9:7-&* Analyzes the military position of the Japanese and the Allies in the Far East,' 2238 Solomons Spearhead1 by F. 0. Cooke. LEATHERNECK (Hew York), Oct. 1942, v.25,no.10:13-18,61, illus. Tells the inside story of the United States Marine’s taking of the first Jap held territory in the Solomons. 2239 They Were Expandable, by W, L* White, New York, Harcourt, Brace, 194-2, vii, 205p, The story of four officers of Motor Torpedo Boat Squadron 3 which went into action at the beginning of the Philippine Campaign and whose survivors evacuated General MacArthur from Bataan* 2240 This is Port Moresby, by John Lardner, SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), .Oct. 17, 194-2, v,215,no. 16* 11,113-114. • • Description of the port, its occupants, and its significance in the war* 224-1 U. S. Wins First Round in Solomons, At Heavy Cost, by Lawrence E, Rosinger. FOREIGN POLICY BULLETIN (New York), Nov. 6, 1942, v.22, no.. 3. 2p. Discusses the Japanese losses and withdrawal of their fleet in the counter offensive in the Solomons and comments upon the next move of Japan in the Pacific. Points out that in spite of air superior- ity in the battle, the United States suffered severe naval losses, 22a-2 The "Unknown War" in the Solomons, ‘by Willson Woodside, SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto, Ont.), Nov. 7, 1942, v.58,no,9S12-13. Gives reports from eye-witnesses on operations in the Solomons. XXX, PACIFIC (cent.)* V V J 'J 2243 Voina na Tikhom Okeane, [by]- G. Voitinskii. I3T0RKLNSHII • SEURNAL (Mosccw) , 1942, nc.3-4:68-81. '• (The War in the Pacific Ocean.—) Surveys the course of Japan*s expansion in the* Pacific 1937 to the end of 1941| the significance of the Japanese conquests; Japan’s aims, especially in respect to China; and its role on the Axis side.- 2244 War in the East. FORTUNE (New York), Dec. 1942, v.26,no.6:96-100, 227-234, illus. Reviews the-war in*the Pacific to date. Concludes that though Japan may still be tactically superior to us, the United Spates need only continue the fight age.injt.Japan to beat her. •*2245 The War in the Pacific, by Admiral Sir Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Nov. 1942, no.1911, n.s.:327-329. Says Japanese strategy is based on principle of securing positions for their naval forces and advancing from one position to another step by step with each foothold well secured. Relates this basic principle to the action in the South Pacific. 2246 Why the Marines Took the Solomons, by Alexander Kiralfy* SEA POWER (New York), Oct. 1942, v*2,no.10:12-14. An analysis of the objectives, technique and significance of the Solomon Islands invasion. 2247 You, Me — and This War. Sydney, Consolidated Press [1941]. 221p Investigates the problem: "What is Australia doing to organize, for maximum defense, her manpower, resources and morale?" Compil- ed by a special research staff of the Sydney Daily Telegraph. XXXI. PANAMA, CARIBBEAN, AND SOUTHEAST PACIFIC 2248 British Possessions in the Caribbean Area: A Selected List of References. Compiled by Ann Duncan Brown Under the Direction of Florence S. Heilman, Chief Bibliographer* Washington, D. C., U. S. Library of Congress, Division of Bibliography, 1943. ( In Process, Mimeographed) 2249 The Evolution of Caribbean Strategy, by Charles Moran. UNITED STATES NAVAL -INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), March 1942, v.68: 265-373. Account of trade and politics in the Caribbean area, and the vital and growing strategic importance of the Caribbean area to the United States. 225C A List of References on Western Hemisphere Defense. Compiled by Helen F. Conover. Rev. ed., Jan. 28, 1942. Washington, D. 0 ♦, U. S. Library of Congress, Division of Bibliography, 1942. 39p. mimeo- graphed. XXXI.• PANAMA, CARIBBEAN, AND SOUTHEAST PACIFIC (cent.) 2251 Panama Canal and- Panama Canal Zone’; • A Selected List of References. Compiled by Ann Duncan* Brown Under the Direction of Florence S. Heilman, Chief Bibliographer. Washington, D. C., IT. S. Library of Congress, Division of Bibliography, 1943. 57p, 2252 Panama Jungleers, by Walter Devenport. COLLIERS' (Now Tori') , April 11, 194-2, v. l09s 15,49-51. • Account of the men who guard the Panama canal. 2253 This Hemispheric Problem, by Paul . Narnia. SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (Lancaster), April 25, 194-2, v.55;45?-4S2. .• Tells how each of the Americas has been moving toward a plan of mutual assistance in defending this hemisphere from outside in- - fluences, and outlines the part of education in the coming de- cade. (Bibliographies of the *'rorld at Yrar No. IX) Supplement No. 2 TUT LIBRARY OF CONGRESS LEGISLATIVE REFERENCE SERVICE CONDUCT OF THE ’TAR January - Ray 1943 Selected and Annotated Bibliography on the Operations cf the Armed Forces in the "Tar T.'ashingtcn, D. C. 1945 PREFACE These "Bibliographies of the "ForId at. War" are periodical cumula- tions of a weekly annotated index of material relating to the war in its various aspects. This material comes into the Library of Congress and into some of the Departmental and specialized libraries in Washing- ton. It represents a selection from several thousand periodicals, books and pamphlets. In making the selection, emphasis is placed on the economic and social aspects of the war effort, since the current index is prepared as a joint project of the National War Agencies and the Library of Congress, Increasing emphasis is placed on the impact of the war upon political conditions and institutions. Stress has always been laid upon postwar problems. Highly technical engineering, military, and medical articles and books are net covered. The cumulations as a whole have been brought together under ten subject divisions, noted below. The basic cumulation covered the first year of the project from April 1, 1941 to March 31, 1942, The first series of supplements cover the period from the first of April 19*1-2 to the end cf the year. Supplement pc. 2 herewith covers the period Jan- uary through May 1943, The titles cf the separate cumulations indicate roughly the coverage of each of the bibliographies* I'. Political Developments and the v“ar II. Agriculture in a.oar Economy III, Natural Resources and Raw Materials IV. Industry in Wartime V, Labor in Wartime VI. Economics of War VII. Civilian Defense VIII. Social and Cultural Problems in Wartime IX. Conduct of the War X. Postwar Planning and Reconstruction LIBRARY 'OF CONGRESS- Legislative Reference Service CONDUCT OF THE WAR Sup p1ernent No. 2 CONTENTS Page • . . PART ONE: 'REFERENCE -MATERIALS — i — ... — ——- — - ' I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, YEARBOOKS, AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES , . 5 •II-. • BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES, AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS 7 III. PERSONAL NARRATIVES , . . . . 10 Pi’JRT TITO: OPERATIONS OF THE AAR IY, DEFENSES, FORTIFICATIONS, BASES, AND AIRPORTS . . 14 V. PROCUREMENT 15 VI. ORDNANCE AND MUNITIONS ' . 17 VII,* SUBSISTENCE AND SUPPLIES , . . 23 VIII. COMMUNICATIONS 30 IN. TRANSPORTATION • 'A. General . . • • 32 ' * ■ > B. Air ....... . 33 C. Land . ' A .......... . 35 D. Water, Including Convoys * 37 X. • MARITIME COMMISSION, MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING.AND SHIPBUILDING . . , . 39 ‘ X'f.' MI LI I ARY, SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS*' • ‘ • A. General 41 B. Army * ■ * - * • 1. General .................... 46 * 2, Commandos and Rangers . . . , 48 3, G-2--Army Intelligence and Reconnaissance . • .49 1 * - * -4 Guerrilla Warfare ............... 56 • • ■ • 5. Tank Warfare', 51 C. Navy, including Coast Guard and Marine Corps * * • • . 1. General 54 2. Submarine Carfare ...... 57 D. Air 1. General . .......... 59 2, Bombers and Bombing .... ......... 65 ■ ■ ■ Page XII. SPIES AND SABOTAGE * 69 XIII. ANIMALS IN THE WAR 70 XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR ' A. Chemical Warfare" ....... 71 B* Meteorology » • « . 73 C. Map-reading and Navigation ............. 74 D'» Photography and Blueprints • - . 75 E. Camouflage ............ • . 77 . . . F. Miscellaneous . .......... 78 XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAIl A, Military Hygiene, Health Measures, and Sanitation • . 80 B. Medical Treatment, Hospitalization, 'and ‘Medical Supplies 188 0, Psychiatry and Neuro-surgery. ............ ]96 D. Rehabilitation 100 XVI. CASUALTIES A. Prisons, Prisoners, Hostages, and Repatriation • * . 102 B. Mortalities 103 PART THREE: ARMED FORCES: ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING XVII,. PUBLIC RELATIONS, CENSORSHIP, AND THE PRESS 104 XVIII. .WARTIME LEGISLATION, MARTIAL LAW, AND ADMINISTRATION OP OCCUPIED TERRITORIES 105 XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL .A A. Mobilization ............ 110 B. Selective Service Ill C. Training 1. United States ‘ 115 2, Other Countries ...... « . 125 .XI., ORGANIZATION AND- EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES A. Army * 1. United States 126 2. Other Countries 129 3* Navy * • . . . 1. United States . • . . ... . . .... . • . • * 135 2. Other Countries 138 ... C. Air Services ‘ . ‘ ' .... , . _ 1. United States 141 . . . 2. Other Countries 142 D. Women ’ s Scrvic es 1. United States .... . • 146 2. Other Countries 149 XXI.. PAY WkLLOWANCES, PENSIONS, AND RELIEF . ; 1*0 Page XXII. WELFARE A. Religion. ... . . . . .••••» 151 B. Morale and Recreation ...... 152 C. Red Cross, U.S.C., and Other Organizations ...... 156 PART FOUR; THEATRES OF EAR: CAMPAIGNS AMD BATTLES XXIII. NORLD BATTLEFRONTS: GENERAL . , 158 XXIV. EASTERN EUROPE iJD THE ATLANTIC 160 XXV, RUSSIA AMD THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT- 165 XXVI. AFRICA, THE REAR EAST,'AND THE MEDITERRANEAN 170 XVII. INDIA AND' THE MALAY PENINSULA 180 XXVIII. JAPAN AND THE SINO-JAPANESE RAJi v , • 182 XXIX. PACIFIC < A. General ..................... 185 B. North Pacific ............. 188 C*. South And Southwest Pacific . , . 190 XXX. PANAMA, CARIBBEAN, AND SOUTHEAST PACIFIC . . . . 192 CONDUCT OF THE WAR PART ONE: REFERENCE MATERIALS I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, YEARBOOKS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES Address by Lord Halifax. BALTIMORE (Baltimore Association of 1 Commerce, Baltimore), Dec. 1942, v.36,no.3:9-12. Text of an address delivered by the British Ambassador to the United States before the Maryland Branch of the English-Speaking Union, December 7, 1942 reviewing the events of 1942, the present war situation, axis propaganda and the minorities issue# 2 Air Hews' Yearbook, edited by Phillip Andrews. New York, Duell, Sloan, 1942. 264p., illus. The editor of "Air News" has assembled in this volume the best work of the aeronautical photographers. The illustrations, supplemented by documentary text, give a memorable picture of aviation the world over. 3 The Annual Register; A Review of Public Events at Home and Abroad for the Year 1941, edited by K. Epstein. London, Longmanfs Green 1942. xii, 478p* Chronicles the most significant political and military event# both at home and abroad* 4 ASLIB War-time Guides to British Sources of Specialised Information. No. 3. Electrical Engineering and Telecommunications, July, 1942. London, Association of Special Libraries and Information Bureaux, 1942. 16p. 5 Chronology, Nov. 24-Dec. 7, 1942. BULLETIN OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS (London), Dec. 12, 1942, v.19,no.25:1144-1169. Lists important events of military or political significance. 6 A Diary of World Affairs; The Three Last Aggressions, Volume II. (April 6th, 1941-December 11th, 1941), by Marcel Hoden. Translated from the French by Mable Hauck. New York, Penguin Books, 1942. 173p. An analysis of world events by the Foreign Editor of the French daily newspaper "France," published in London. 7 Electrical and Radio Dictionary, Including Symbols, Formulas, Diagrams, and Tables, Prepared by Carl H, Dunlap and Enno R. Hahn. Chicago, American Technical Society, 1943. Rev. and Enlarged Edition. llCp., illus* 8 An English-Japanese Dictionary of the Spoken Language, Compiled Originally by Ernest Mason Satow and Ishibashi Masakata. South Pasadena, p. D. and lone Perkins, 1942. 1530p. 9 The First Three Years of the War; a DayRecord [by] Harold Hobson. London, Hutchinson, 1942. 260p. (A Saturday Book Special Volume) I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, YEARBOOKS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES (cont.) 10 First Year of the United Nations, by Michael Straight. FREE WORLD (New York), Fob. 1943, v.5,no.2;103-108. Discusses the machinery of the United Nations and analyzes its first year*s achievements and weaknesses, 11 The First Year of War — and the Next* MODERN PLASTICS (Easton, Pa.), Jan. 1943, v.2o,no,5:43-47,49-51,148,150. Describes the increase in applications for war purposes by the plastic industry, including its military, naval, ancl aircraft production, and>.future uses of plastics* 12 Handbook of Emergency h'ar Agencies, by the U. S. Office of War * Information. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., March 1943. 143p. 13 Index to the National Geographic Society»s New Map ‘of Africa* Washington, National Geographic Society, 1943. Sip. 14 Japanese-English Dictionary of Sea Terms, by Lt. Cdr. C. Ozaki* Berkeley, University of California Press, 1942. 731p. (Photo- graphically reproduced and printed by offset in the United States of America. 15 A Ja.panese Handbook for Sailors, Soldiers, Marines, [by] 'Herbert C* Lee. Richmond, Va.# Herbert C. Loe, 1942* 48p., illus. Contains a practical vocabulary, 16 Kenyusha*s New English-Japanese Dictionary on Bilingual Principles. Okakura yoshisaburo, General Editor. Tokyo, Kenkyusha. Berkeley, University of California, 1942, 2513p. (photographically Reproduced and Printed by offset in the United States of America)• 17 Melanesian Pidgin English — Grammar, Texts, Vocabulary, by Robert A. Hall, Jr. Baltimore, Linguistic Society of America, 1943, 159p, (Special Publications of the Linguistic Socic.. of America) This text is identical with the edition published for the United States Armed Forces Institute, Madison Wisconsin, by the Linguistic Society of America and the intensive Language Program of tho American Council of Learned Societies 18 A Military Chronicle, by Jule's Menken NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Jan. 1943, v. 12o,no. 719s65-72, Discusses the Russian offensive in November and December and the details of Russian military strategyjalso deals with developments in North Africa and in the Far East. • # . - 19 One Yoar at War, by Harold Keen. INSIGNIA (San Diego), Winter 1942, v.4,no.4:10-11,33. Briefly reviews military events of 1942. 20 Progress of the War, by the Rt. Hon Winston Churchill. HUTCHINSON*S PICTORIAL HISTORY OF THE WAR (London), Ser. 18,no.1:1-7,29. I. ATLASES, CHRONOLOGIES, DICTIONARIES, YEARBOOKS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES (cent.) 21 'Record Of The First Year Of ‘Y.r At Home And Abroad. ■ ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v. 89,no.15:56-65* Gives account of the first year of the United States* participation in World War IT, prepared from official sources and official state- ments. Photos, illus. 22 A Record of the War; The Eleventh Quarter, April 1, 1942 - June 30, 1942,... 269p., illus* 23 This War: From Pearl Harbor to Tomorrow) by James W. Bell* Evansville, Indiana, Keller-Crescent Co., 1943. 51p., illus., maps. A day-by-day story of the first fifteen months of America at '.Tar* 24 Three Years of Warfare at Sea, by C. H. Spilman. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Dec. 1942, v,68,no.12: 1704-1709. Examines losses of naval vessels among, the belligerent governments in combat areas during throe years of warfare at sea* 25 U. S. Government Publications and the War: Ax Selected List, by Carl H* Melinat. THE BOOKLIST (Chicago), Dec. 15, 1942, v*39,no,7, part 2:153-175. Annotated bibliography issued as a supplement to the Booklist* , * * 26 Victory Sourcebook, by Commander R. E. Lambert, Freeport, Tew York, Readers* Reference and Research Bureau, July-Aug. 1942, 172p. Contains information on the military conduct of the war, produc- tion, camouflage, alien employment on munitions contracts, post- war planning and war films. •27 Wr.r Draws Closer to Our Dominions and Colonics* SECOND GREAT WEIR » (London), Doc. 15, 1943, no,47:1881-1886., photos. Reviews the most important military events in. 1941 as far as the Dominions and Crown Colonies were concerned, and the war effort of the Dominions and Crown Colonies in this period. II. BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES, AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS 28 Air Comment ary, by Group in W. Helmore. London, George A. lien and Unwin, 1942. 9Op., illus. Broadcasts reprinted by courtesy of the British Broadcasting Cor- poration, tell of heroic exploits of the R. Ax. F. Portraits of aviators by Eric Kennington. 29 DeGaulle, by D. WV Brogan. NEW REPUBLIC (Now York), Fob. 1, 1943, v.108,no.5:143-147, Relates the history of the DeGaulle movement. 30 Famous American Flyers, by Chelsea Fraser* New York, Thomas Y. . C.rowoll, 1942380p. Biographies of outstanding American aviators. II. 'BIOGRAPHIES, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES, AND PORTRAIT COLLECTIONS (cont.) SI Jtos -Fosnoycurs — D6fc.ite Militaire de In France, Armistice, Centre- Revolution. I - Gamelin - DaiadLer - Paul Raynaud, par Pertinax. New York, editions de la liaison Franoaise, 1943. 373p. (The Grave Diggers — Military -Defeat -of France, the Armistice, Counter-Revolution. I - Ganelin - Daladier - Paul Reynaud•—) Andre Gcraud, writing under the pseudonym "Pertinax," discusses the part the above-mentioned .leaders took in the fall of France. 32 Les Fossoyeurs -- Defaite Militaire de la Franco, Armistice, Centre- Revolution.' II - Petain. New York, Editions de la Raison Prnncaiso, 1943. 516p, (The Grave Diggers — Military Defeat of France, the Armistice, Counter Revolution. II - Petain.--) 33 From Many Angles; An Autobiography, by Major-General The Right Hon. Sir Frederick Sykes, London, George G. Harrap, 1942* 592p,, illus., maps, diagrs. Embraces the wide range of Sir Frederick Sykc Sts activities which included: the organization of the British air corps during the first Morld lvar, also the organization of the Machine Gun Corps and the beginning of the Tank Corps. . 34 General Sikorski, by F. C. Anstruther. London, Barnard and Vestwood, 1942. 24p. 35 General "Topey" Spaatz, by Lincoln Barnett. LIFE (New York), April 19, 1943, v.14,no.16:73-76,78,81-82,84., photos. Discusses the background, training, personality, home life, ex- perience in Aorid Aar I and present duties in Africa of General Spaatz, 36 General Aavell, On the Art of Generalship, by Captain Cyril Falls, BRITAIN TO-DAY (London), May 2, 1941, no.52;4-7., photos. Contains a biographical sketch of General < 82 Rasp Goes Down — Chaplain .Recounts Epic of the Sea, by Lieut. Merritt F. Rilliams. FORTH (New York), March 1943, v.108,no.3: 18-19,3.3. The personal experiences of the Rasp's chaplain, formerly a canon of the Washington Cathedral. 83 Re Landed at Dawn; The Story ’of- the Dieppe Raid, by A. B. Austin. Now York, Harcourt, Brace, 1943. 217p, The story of the operations at Dieppe written by the correspondent of the London Herald who .accompanied the expedition. The account is significant in a war in which amphibious operations against heavily fortified coasts must play a crucial part. PART TVO: OPERATIONS OF THE FAR. IV. DEFENSES, FORTIFICATIONS, AND AIRPORTS 84. Airdromes Overseas, by Stuart C* Godfrey MILITARY S ;GI. EER (Vashhngtcn), May 1943, v. 35, no. 211: 213-217. Describes the buildinV of airdromes over seas, primary requisites for a field, personnel and technique for speed, and fields in the Aleutians, England, and -orth America* 85- ..The Airport, by Charles K. Arey. .Prepared with the Cooperation of the Civil Aeronautics Administration; Sponsored by the Institute of the Aeronautical Sciences. Pew Yorh, 194-2. 35p. (Air-Age Education Series) 86. Airport Lighting Under Y'artime Conditions, by G. J. Jkktcr. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 62, no,2, 64-67, figures. Discusses the lighting of airports in compliance with wartime restrictions. Distinguishes betwee n normal wartime operation of lights and black-cut operations. 87, Airport Paved During -Vinter. YE STERN CONSTRUCTION NE.TS (San Francisco), Feb. 1943, v 18, no,2: 59-60 Describes preparations for building on. airbase in the Pacific Northwest. 88 American Airbases Across Africa, by E.-( R , Littler and "7, A. Creamer ENGIFEERING NE S-RECORD (New York), Feb.11,1943, v.130, no.6:152-134. Discusses construction methods and materials and type cf structures used in American airbases in Africa. 89. "Flight Strips" Their Development from 1935 to 1942, a selective Annotated Bibliography, prepared by the Army Air Forces Library, Washington, D.G. 1942. 15p, (Mimeo.) 90. Fortificaci.dn Modema, [by] Coronol Conrado Arnade. REVISTA MILITAR (Ejercitc do Guatemala, Guatemala City), July-August 1942, v. 19, no.7 and 8s 184-189. (Modern Fortification,—) Describes modern concept of fortifications, particularly as it applies to the extensive American defense zone. 91. Materials and Methods for Military Airport Construction, Compiled and Edited by B. M. Ross [Aurora, 111,, Barber- Green, 1942] 11Ip. (B-G Manual lOOl) 92 Navy Construction in Theaters of Operation. ENGINEERING NEWSrREC0Fj5 (New York), ‘Feb.. 11, 1943, v. 130, no. 6? 123-125. Ulus Discusses the construction work of the Seabees in theatres of military operation IV. DEFENSES, FORTIFICATIONS, BASES, AND AIRPORTS (cent.) 95. Lr. Nuevr. Agression Ingle sr. a Madagascar, pr.ro. Ocuparla per Complete, Tione un Co.ro.cter Notamorrte Defensive.'' MUNDO (Madrid), Sept. 20, 1942, v.o, no. 124: 85-87. (The New English Agression fo.r Complete Occupation of Madagascar is Obviously of a Defensive Character.—) 94. Soil-Cement Pavement for Desert Airbase, ENGINEERING NEVS- RECOED (New'York), Doc. 31, 1942, v. 129, no. 27: 49-53. Illus. Outlines step-by-step the methods of soil cement paving, and laboratory and inspection control ’followed in building a desert army airbase in a hurry. 95. Technique for the Rapid Repair of Airport Runways and Military Roads, by Irving G Mayor. ENGINEERING AND CONTRACT RECCED Feb’. 24, 1943, v. 56, no. 8: 56-57 Discusses the best’ materials and methods to be used in the rapid repair of runways and roads for military'purposes. 96. yast Air Base Built in Record Time. COMNIERCIAL AVIATION AID AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION (Toronto), Jan. 1943,. v. 5, no. 1: 38— :.-2, 44, photos. Describes the building of on of the world’s largest airports V. PROCUREMENT. . ' . 97. Allocations and Priorities Guide, 14th Rev. Ed. Chicago, Coordinators Corporation, 1943 48Op. Section I contains ’information concerning the work o:. the Array and Navy Munitions Board and the War Production Board in the procurement of war materials under the priorities regulations. 98. Army and Navy Procurement; Supplement to Coordinators ‘Tar Contracts; Features Army and Navy Procurement; How the War Production Board' may Help You; "Smaller 'Tar Plants Corporation” procurement Methods;' Factors Considered in Awarding Contract’s; Aids tc Small Business Chicago, ■Coordinaoors Corporation, 1943. 2Cp. 99. Centralized Procurement and Distribution of Canned Fruits and Fish, by Captain Joseph ,H. Rankin. QUARTERMASTER RRYIEM (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.22, no.2*67, 122-123. Discusses the duties of the California Quartermaster Depot as procurement center for canned fruits and fish for the Army o.nd other branches of the armed forces. ICC. C$|p; How Material -and Production Controls *"ork, prepared by the Research Institute of America, Leo M. Chorne, Editor-in-chief... with the Assistance of the Editors of the Institute’s Business and’ Defense Coordinator... New York, The Research Institute of America, Inc., 1943. lOCp. : 1 " ’ V. PROCUREMENT, (cont.) 101. A Cominission in the Amy Exchange Service, by John IT. Wingate. JOURNAL OF RETAILING (New York University School of Retailing;* New York), Dec. 1942, v, 18, no 4: 99-101, 128# Presents the qualifications required for arm- merchandising positions and gives addresses of field procurement offices. 102. U. S. Government Advertiser.' Federal Procurement Digest; ’’hat, 'Then, Where fend How the U. S. Government Buys. A List of Contracting and Purchasing Offices of the United States Govern* ment. Washington, U. S. Government Advertiser, 1943. 4th ed. 36p. 105. ...Priorities and Ailocation^erv^co* • (New York) Prentice- Kail, Inc., 1942, (boose-leaf cumulative publication) 104. Proceedings, Eleventh Annual Meeting, Controllers Institute of /unerica, Held at Palmer House, Chicago, September 21, 22, 23, 1942. Nov; York, Controllers Institute of American, 1942. 247 p. Addresses -and discussions demonstrate the vital part which controllership is playing in the total war effort. Some of the most important topics discussed were: Coast Account- ing and War Production; Renegotiation of War Contracts; Price Control Problems Under GMPR; the 1942 Federal Re- venue Bill; and Post-War Controllership. 105. Procurement (Enlisted Men*s Course). Prepared by the Quarter- master School, Camp Lee, Va. U. S. Army. March 1, 1943. 505 p. (Mineo.) Contains procurement regulations, information on contracts, bonds, negotiated purchases, all aspects of the procure- ment and purchase of supplies, federal, state and local taxes, contract provisions concerning labor, priorities, and miscellaneous purchase instructions. 106. The Raw Material Controls, by G, D. Worswick, London, The Hereford Times, Ltd., 1942. 15p. (The Fabian Society. Tract Series no. 257). Objects to the Controllers having had per-war interests in the materials they contrl. Holds that the control of raw materials should be taken out of the Ministry of Supply and transferred to the Ministry of Production. 107. Raw Materials Distribution, by Lieutenant William H# Wendel, fS-C.) U.S.N.R-., UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Jan. 1945, v. 69, no, 1; 81-88. Exraluates four methods of determining the raw materials requirements of the Navy by the Army and Navy Munitions Board, V. PROCUREMENT, (cont.) 108. Renegotiation of Tar Contracts, by Theodore Wesley Graske... New York, Baker, Voorhis & Co , 1943. 41p ' 1 This booklet, designed primarily as a guide for the lawyer representing clients in the matter of renegotiated • * government contracts, gives a-bibliography on the sub- ject, the text of Renegotiation Agreement, text of Renegotiation Law, and a general discussion of the application of the lav/. 109. Sources of Supply, Procurement, and Distribution. Cambridge, Graduate School of business Administration, Harvard Univer- sity, Army Supply Officers Training School, 1943. Various paging, Organisation charts. A syllabus for the course in military procurement, offered ■at Harvard University, VI ORDNANCE AND MJNITIONS 110. Adapting Hull Structures to Overcome Bombs and Torpedoes. MARINE JOURNAL (New York), Jan. 1943, v« 7-0, no. lj 21-26, illus. Discusses construction details for hulls which will make them less vulnerable to bomb and torpedo attacks. 111. ANC-5 Strength of Aircraft Elements.Issued by the Army- Navy Civil Committee on Aircraft Design Criteria, Under the Supervision of the Aeronautical Board (Revised Edition - December 1942). (n.p.) (n.d.) various paging. A handbook for"the use of manufacturers supplying air- planes for both commercial and military use. 112. Armament, by Comm. Norman Wyatt Ellis. FLYING (Chicago), Feb, 1943, v. ;32,- no. 2: 189-190, 256, 258, photos. Gives the history of use of guns, bombs, and armor in airplanes. Armored Infantry in Armored Operations', by James C. Crockett. * 'CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v, '52, no. 1: 22-24, photos.' Shows that the success of armored operations depends on the' support of an air force and a body of armored infantry. Describes the duties of the latter. 114, An Armored Train in Defensive Action, by Captain v. Porozov. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v. 52, no, 1: 16-17, photos. “ 1 •' Cites some episodes in the-.war on-the-Russian front which illustrate the tactical employment of armored trains. 115. SCIENCE NEWS LETTER (Washington), Fob. 13, 1945, v. 43, no. 7: 100. Explains the way the armored train has been operating success- fully in Russian campaigns and recommends its adoption in the American army. VI ORDNANCE AND MUNITIONS (Cont.) 116. Army Equipment; Ce.no.dicm Work Co-Ordinated With Other United Nations, CANADIAN METALS AND METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES (Toronto), Feb. 1943, v. 6, no,. 2: 25-27. Reviews in some detail the policy of Germany with regard to and during the war. Contrasts it with Canadian policy which started the war under a .handicap, but is now making good progress, 117. Army-Navy Ordnance. . Norid *s Best. FIREPC'.TUR (U. s. Army, Ordnance Department, Washington), Feb. 1943, p, 3-5., illus. Tells of the cooperation between the Army and Navy in producing various types of ordnance, under the direction of the Army-Navy inanitions Board, Mentions some of the weapons produced by the United States which arc superior to those possessed by our enemies. 118. The Catapult, by Comm. J. A. Haley. FLYING (Chicago), Feb, 1943, v. 32, no, 2j 137-168, photos. Discusses the history of catapults, their advantages and importance' and the types of catapults now is general service. 119. Fiberglas Goes to War. TEXTILE FORUM (Raleigh), Feb, 1943, v. 2, no. 3: 6-7, 22-23, 30. Discusses the development of fiberglas and its use by the armed forces for such things as insulated wire in bombers, air filters, sutures, pitch change motors, heat insulation, and many other items. I2p. Firepower for Victory, by Maj. Gen Levin H. Campbell, Jr. ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), May-June 1943, v, 24, no. 138: 493-495. Describes the basic organization of the De- partment for research and development, production, field service, and the training of ordnance troops. Discusses the development cf such 'weapons as the 117 tank and the 155-mm. gun. • 121. From Shotguns to Co.nnon, Parts I and IT, by Bert Ley son, AIR TECH (New York), Jan. and Feb. 1943, v, .2, nos.l and 2: 12-14; 42-46, 49, Discusses aircraft armament types for this war and the last war. 122. Fundamentals of Artillery Weapons. Ordnance School Text. Aberdeen Proving Ground, Reproduction Plant, Tho Ordnance School, Aug. 1942. 82p,, illus., diagrs, (Bibliog.) 123. Las fu;eieas maquinizadas en algunos. ejereitos K* Stro. REVISTA MI LI TAR DSL PERU (Lima), Sept. 1942/. v. 39, -no. 9: 1-14* Mechanized Forces ’of Various Armies, - Deals mainly with the German ! ■ divisions and their Timerican counterpart. 71 ORDNANCE AND MONITIONS (Cent.) 124. German Nadials.- FLIGHT (London), Dec. 3, 1942, v. 42, nc. 1771: 603-607, ‘illus., diagrs. Describes the B.N.W. 132K, 132II c.nd Bramo Fafnir 323 P-1 aircraft engines which were installed in enemy aircraft. The general features and layout of all three types are described. 125. German Siege Guns of the Two World Wars, by Willy Ley* CCAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb, 1943, v. 86, no. 1: 13-20, tables, photos. Lists types of German heavy ordnance in World War I and speculates on the possibility of adaptation of older'types in the prosent war. 126. Gun Care and Repair; A Manual of Gunsmithing, by Charles Edward Chapel, First Lieutenant, U,s. Marine Corps, Retired. New York, Coward-McCann, 1943. xii, 454p. illus. The construction and manufacture of modern weapons of war- fare, such as the Garand rifle, the Springfield rifle, and the Thompson submachine gun are described and illustrated by drawings. The care and repair of theso weapons is also treated. 127. Gun Production in Canada. CANADIAN EXPCRTER (Montreal), Feb. 1943, v. 13, no. 2; 6-7. A summary of the text of the report of Subcommittee No. 3 of the Special Committee on War Expenditures of the House of Commons on "Gun Production", as published in "Votes and Proceedings of the House of'Commons of Canada" on duly 16, 1942. 128. The Lentz Standard Marine Engine, Its Origin, Development, Ad- vantages together "with a Collection of Experiences, by Direktor Ing. Wilhelm Salge, Berlin. Translated by / If. V. Nelson, Division of Economics and Statistics, United States Maritime Commission. Washington, Jan. 1943. 54 p. (Mimeo..), illus. diagrs. 129. Machining Coast Defense Guns. MODERN MACHINE SHOP (Cincinnati), April 1943, v. 15, no. llj 132-134, 136, 138, illus. Describes some of the operations involved in the making of the 16-inch gun, which is used at many strategic points * in our coast defenses. 1 130. Manual of Explosives, Military Pyrotechnics and Chemical War- Fare Agents; Composition, Properties, Uses, by Jules Bebie. New York, Macmillan Company, 1943, xiii, 171 p. VI ORDNANCE AND MUNITIONS (cent.) 131 Many Problems to Bo Solved in Heating a nd4 Ventilating Military Aircraft, by Albert A. Arnhym, • HEATING PIPING AND AIR CrNDI TI’NING (Chicago), Feb. 194-3, v. 15, no. 2 j 69-72, Compares the heating and ventilating of airplane cabins, particularly those, of the military -type-, with air condition- ing of ground, structures'. Indicates that the provision of essential comforts' for military flight crews have become ♦ ■ major problems of air design due to altitudes, speed, and temperature. 132 Marine Diesel Handbook, by Louis P. Ford. New York, Diesel • Publications, 1943, Second, Printing, vii, 833p., illus, diagrs. • A treatise on the principles ftypes, construction operation and maintenance of "compression ignition" engine. Diseusscs its use in government owned vessels — the Navy and Coast Guard — -as well as its use by the United States Army in transportation and construction work. . 133 -Marine Diesel Oil Engines; A Manual of Marine Oil Engine Practice. 6th Edition, in Two Volumes, Officially Approved' and Recommended for Study by the Board of Trade, bv J. W. M* Southern, Glascow, Scotland, James Munro, 1941# 2-vole., 12o5p., illus., diagrs. Contains exhaustive notes,and sketches descriptive of the principle, construction, and running of largo marine sets, also faults, with their cause and remedy. 134 Marine Engine and Fire Room Guide, by D:obert H. Jacobs and E. L. Cady. New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1943. xii, 74rp,, illus., diagrs. A handbook cn operation and maintenance of machinery aboard ship. An enumeration of the duties of each man and t what he is expected to know is followed by discussions on piping, valves, packing, bearings, lubrication, etc. Especia.lly valuable is the information,- given on Liberty Ship engines. * - * 135 Die Maschj.henwaffoil im D;ahmen dcr Taktik, by. von Dr. Gustav Danikcr. Berlin, E. 3, Mittlcr and Solm., 1942. 133p. (Machine Weapons in the. Field of Tactics.—-) 136 Mechanics in the Army, by Lt. Col. C. F. Buck, Jr. I.KTCR (New York), Jan, 1943, v.79,no,1:32,8 1943, v,8,no,28-31* Discusses the load and floor space of troop transports, con- version of troop transport and supplies airplanes to passenger carriers and freighters after the war, and postwar civil air transport ' 272 War Shipping in the Pacific Area, by Vice Admiral U. IT# Green**' c slade, U-S.N* PACIFIC.MARINE REVIEW (San Francisco), April 1943,,v.40,no*4:76-77. Discusses the logistic problems that complicate our war efforts in the Pacific, and the cooperation of the Army, Navy, and War Shipping Administration in supplying food and fuel to the Pacific area;- * i ‘ ' * • 273 Will We Never Learn by Experience? by John-L. Bogert. MARINE JOURNAL (New York), Jan, 1943, v,70,no.1:30-33., illus. A.dvoca,tes the building of the. proposed Florida Canal in order to provide easy water access to the Eastern Atlantic seaboard from Texas ports. X, MARITIME COMMISSION, MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING AND SHIPBUILDING 2 74 LfA«tion de la Marine Marchande, par le Capitaine Wietzel* BULLETIN (France Combattante, Forces Navales, London), Lee, 194-2, [n.v.],no.lls12-13. (The Role of the Merchant Marine) Discusses the importance of shipping to the Allied war effort and emphasises the con- tribution being made by the French Merchant Marine* 2 75 The American Shipbuilding Effort, by Rear-Admiral Emory S. Land. SHIPBUILDING AMD SHIPPING RECORD (London) , Feb. 4-, 1943, v. 61, no.5;l07-l08., table, p,l08. Gives statistics on the number of ships built in the United States in 1942, and tells of training of workers. 2 76 The American Shipping Effort, Pt'. 8. NAUTICAL M/IGALINE Feb. 1943, v. 149:84-90. A discussion of the various types of ships being built in the United States indicating the figures for 1942 and the activities of certain shipyards. 277 Arc Welding and 'Mar Production; Important Applications of High- speed Technique to Work in the Shipyards. PRODUCTION AMD ENGINEERING BULLETIN (Gt, Brit. Ministry of Labour and National Service, London), Dec, 1842, v.2,no.3:131-138. Suggests briefly some of the ways in which arc welding and high speed technique might assist the country’s productive effort. 278 Clarifying Merchant Marine Laws, Feb. 22, 1943. Report to Accompany H. R* 133, Senate. Committee on Comkierce* ' Washington, U» S. Govt, Print. Off., 1945. 26p. [u. S* 78th Congress. 1st sess., Senate. Report 62). A report on the bill (H.R.1S3) to amend and clarify certain provisions of law relating to functions of the "J>r Shipping Administration. The basic scope and philosophy of the measure is to preserve private rights of seamen while utilizing the Merchant Marine for public wartime benefit. 279 An Engineering Interpretation of the Economic and Financial Aspects of American Industry. Volume V, The Shipbuilding In- dustry and the Logistics of Amphibious Warfare. ' New York, George 3. Armstrong, 1943. 50p., illus., tables. Contains, estimates of shipbuilding capacity of the Axis Powers and of the United Nations. Treats of the two func- tions of logistics; i*e., production and transportation* Discusses postwar prospects in the maritime and shipbuild- ing industries. 280 The Merchant Marine, by E. S.. Hochuli, ILLINOIS JOURNAL OF COMMERCE (Chicago), May 1943, v.25,no.5:14-15,19,23,24. Discusses the important wartime gap the Merchant Marine fills and also mentions the training of the Merchant Marine, and the opportunities it offers for a career. X. MARITIME COMMISSION, MERCHANT MARINE, SKIPPING AND SHIPBUILDING (cont.) 2 81 Merchant Marino Officers’ Handbook, by Edward A. Turpin and ' Million A. MacEwen. New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1943, 812 p. The two main purposes of this book are: to serve as a well- indexed, practical reference book for everyday use on ship- board; and to give the essential information required for the new Bureau of Marine Inspection and Navigation examina- tions, 282 Modem Marine Engineer’s Manual, Volume II, Editor-in Chief, Alan Osbourne, U. S. Maritime Commission. New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1943, Various Paging, illus,, diagrs. Volume II of a practical hand-book of marine engineering, 283 Naval Architecture as Art and Science, by C. 0. Liljegren', Naval Architect, Cornell, Cornell Maritime Press, 1943, 2l2p., illus., diagrs. Part I plans to instruct beginners in the elements of ship drafting; Part II, for more advanced students, analyzes the problems and theories confronting the naval architect; and Part III contains an extended discussion of what produces efficient ships. 284 The Naval Side of the l.’ar, by Rear-Admiral H-. G, Thursficld* SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Feb, 11, 1943, v.61, no,6:125, Discusses the operational aspect of fast merchant ships versus slow merchant ships, 285 The Red Sea Gamble, by Frank J. Taylor. NAUTICAL GAZETTE (New York), April 1943, v.133,no.4:29,51,64, Defends the contracts which the Maritime Commission entered into with American steamship owners to transport war supplies to ports' on 'the Red Sea. 286 A Steel Lifeboat for Tankers. * SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Feb,-At 1943, v.61,no» 5 j 1Q3-1Q4. Discusses special provisions for lifeboats in the war emergency and gives details of a steel lifeboat for tankers to minimize fire dangers, 287 Transactions of the Institution of Naval Architects, Edited by C-* V, Boys. . .Volume 84, London, Henry Southern, 1942, xxxii, 231p,, illus.diagrs. Contains papers giving the results of the most recent researoh technical problems connected with the construction and pro- pulsion of ships, 288 United States Merchant Marine Cadet Corps. U. S. 'Tar Shipping Administration, U. S. Govt. Print. Off*, 1942, 62p., illus. An information booklet for prospective officers in the United Sta.tes Merchant Ma„rine, telling of the traditions of the service and the type of training given cadets. X. MARITIME -COMMISSION, MERCHANT MARINE, SHIPPING AND SHIPBUILDING (cent.) 289 Valor Quo Represents. la Marina Mercante Dentro de una 'Taci6n en Guerra, por'el Capit&n Julio'Luna. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO, MARINA Y AERONAUTICA (Venezuela, Ministerio de Guerry y Marina, Caracas), Sept. 1942, v.12,no.23j251-280. (Value of a Merchant Marine to a Nation at War.—) Discusses the importance of the Merchant Marine during wartime with Specific reference to the problems that would confront Chile in the event of its Involvement in conflict. 290 Vice-Admiral Land Reports to the Nation, by Vice-Admiral Emory S. Land, U.S.N* MARTHE JCURNAL (New York), Jon• 1S45, v. JO. no.1:18-19,37. „ ,Surveys the accomplishments of American shipbuilders in 1942 and compliments them upon their production. 291 We Fight with Merchant Ships, by M. B. Palmer. New York, Bobbs-Kerrill, 1943. 3o7p., illus.' The story of the Merchant Marine;-— how it has been built up since Pearl Harbor, how the crews are trained, and how the supplies are transported, Contains stories of individual .heroism. 292 You and Your Ships; A Guide to Merchant Navy Paver, by A. C. Hardy... London, Nicholson and Watson, 194-2, 159p., illus, diagrs. . A story of ship types and their functions, containing numerous illustrations. Describes the various kind of ships that make up a convoy, tells how they are built, -what they are like inside, and.what work they normally c arry out in time of peace. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE; STRATEGY AND TACTICS A. -General 293 Algunas Ensenanzas do la Guerra Presentc, por Luis Felipe Llovera Pac2. REVISTA MI LI TAR' (Bolivia, Estado Ha yor General del Ejdrcito, La -Paz) , .July, Aug. 1942, .-v. 7,no.63:75G-756, (Some Lessons From the Current War.—) Considers organiza- tional and tactical aspects of the war. 294 Are We Winning the Hard Way? [by] Major Malcolm' Wheeler- Nicholson. Now York, Thomas Y. Crowell, 1943, xv, 256p., maps. The author considers the- plan to storm the "irrorld Island" fortress of Europe a mistake. He thinks that our main danger stems from the Orient, and that our major operations should first take place in* the Pacific. XI, MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY /JD TACTICS (cont.) 295 Casablanca, and the Asia Front. AMERASIA (New York), Feb. 1945, v.6,no,14:483-485. Discusses achievement's in the military sphere of the Casablanca Conference, Discusses also the political situa- tion and failure of the Conference to clarify political issues. 296 Changement d'Objectify LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Nov. 16, 1943, v.5,no,25:11-18. (Change of Objective,—) Reviews the strategy of the mili- tary and political policy of Germany, emphasizing 'the shifts imposed upon it by the failure to liquidate Russia* 297 Coming Allied Offensive, by Prime Minister Winston Churchill. VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New York), March 1, 1943, v.9,no.l0: 294-301, Speech delivered to the Rouse of Commons by the prime Minister of Great Britain February 11, 1943, in which Mr* Churchill told of the discussions at Casablanca with President Roosevelt. 298 El Dificil Arte del Mando, por Andr6 Maurois, DEFENSA (Mexico D, F., Mexico), March 1943, v.3,no*21;21. (The Difficult Art of Leadership.--) Surveys the functions •and problems of command and outlines the requirements for good leadership* 299 Don't Blame the Generals, by Alan Moorehead, New York, Harper and Brothers, 1943. xiv, 312p. Tells the stpry of General Auchinleck's defense of North Africa from August 1941 to August 1942, Tells of Rommel's penetration into Egypt, the panic in Cairo and the near-loss of the Suez.Canal, Tells of events in Persia and of the Cripps mission to India. 300 Gencrnlidades Sobre Patrullas Montadas, por Capitin Enrique Sandoval Castarrica, EL SCLDADO (Mexico,' Estado' Mayor Presi- dencial, Mexico D. F.), April 1942, v.19,no,1*9-15. (Notes on Mounted Patrols—) Discussion of the function and operational tactics of mounted military patrols# 301 Die Grundlagen der Politik und Kriegf\lihrung Frankrcichs by Bremer. -• MI LITAERWIS SEN S CHAFT LI CHE RUNDSCHAU (Berlin), 1942, no.1:1-32, (Foundations of France *s --Military and Political Strategy,—) The author claims that France reached the acme of her de- velopment in the 19th century and has now- suffered a com- plete .military, political and spiritual defeat. 302 La Guerra Irregular, por Capitdn J6sus de Leon Toral. 'REVISTA DEL EJERCITC (Mexico, 'Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico D* F.), July 1942, v.22,no.4;,7-16, (Irregular Warfare.--) Defines irregular warfare and dif- ferentiates it from formal combat. XI. MILITARY SCIENCEJ STRATEGY AND TACTICS (oont.) 303 La Guerra Moderna Totalitaria, por Tte . Heberto Morales L, EL SOLD AD O' (Mexico Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico D. F.), April 1942, v.19,no.1:22-25. (Modern Totalitarian Warfare.--) Describes the industrial and military mobilization necessary for modern total war, 304 jlandbUch. der Neuzeitlichen Wehrwiss c ns chapter [by] Hermann Francke. Berlin, Walter de Gruyter and Co., 1939, 451p. v. 3, Part 1. Die Kriegrmarine. . • (Handbook of Modem Military Sciences, v. 3, Part 1, The Navy. —) 305 Hqndbuch der Neuzeitlichen We hrwi s s e' ns c ha ft er [ ] Hermann Francke. Berlin, Walter de Gruyter and Co,, 1939. 451p, v.3, Part 2. Die Luftwaffe, (Handbook of (Handbook of Military Sciences, v. 3, Part 2, The Air Force.—) 3C6 Hitler’s Last Year of Hope, by Peter Saar.’ NATION (New York), April 10, 1943, v.156,no.15:513-517. Maintains the blitzkrieg is the only strategy adapted to the German geographic, economic and military situation and that the Allies must give Germany no breathing spell to recuperate from the Russian defeat. 307 How S0ft is the "Soft Underside"’ of Europe? by Major N#’ F. Silsbee. FLYING ACES (New York), March 1943, v.43,no.4: 10-12,77-80., photos, map. Gonsiders whether a‘final military decision .in Yforld War II can come from an all-out air offensive followed by a concentrated land invasion. 308 How to Break into Europe, by, Alexander Kiralfy, SEA PCM'ER. (New York), May 1943, v,3,no.5:18-20,32, map. Discusses the most"logical sections of Europe for the main second front. Believes that the coasts within easy roach of the*British Isles furnish-the best second front possibi 11- ties, providing the defenses are .not found to be toe strong. , : X «•’>' '*J • - . , . 309 How 0ur-Ehemi6s Fight; Part I* Styles- in Strategy, by Gordon . Cooper,'-'' NATION (New York), Mav 15, 1943, v. 156,no*2C: 696-698. ( r Discusses principles of military strategy, defines strategy, and the effect of successful strategy on morale of soldiers. • - : - .5 . . 310 How Cur Enemies Fight; Part II; Japanese Battle Technique, by Gordon Cooper. NATION (New York), May 22, 1943, v.156,no.21; 731-733. ■ ~ ‘' , • Discusses the military strategy that Japan lias used in "\rorld War II. Describes Japan’s use of air, sea, and land forces * in combifiation, Japanese offensives against key defense < positions, the mobility of Japanese forces, use of surprise, and concentration of‘combat power* XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY iJD TACTICS (cent,) oil How T'fo "Till Invr.de Europe, by Martin Agronsky. ’ AMERICAN MAGAZINE (New York), May 1943, v. 135,no. 5 *34,121,map# Analyzes the global strategy and important turns of tho war and points.to the mao of Europe where it will be possible for the United Nations to strike next so as to make for an Allied invasion. 312 The Living Thoughts of Clausewitz, Presented by Col, Joseph I. Greene, Editor, The Infantry Journal, New York, Longmans, Green, 1943, (The Living Thoughts Library). The Prussian General Carl von Clausewitz’ thoughts on war (1816-1831) are considered in the light of recent events. They cover the nature of war, the theory of war, strategy in general, offense and defense, and war and politics, 313 Modem Warfare, Its Character, Its Problems, by General A, Sikorski. London, New York, Hutchinson, 1942, 176p, 314 Moment of Truth; A Idealistic Examination of our Aar Situation, by Charles Sweeny. New York, Scribner’s, 1943. of5p. A veteran of four wars, the author examines tho plans for an invasion of k"‘c stern Europe and finds them impracticable - because of the difficulty of transporting men and materials* He favors an invasion by way of Iran, and a combination of Russian and American forces'. 315 The New Tactics, by Paul Scott Mowrer. HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), Feb. 1943, v.186,no.1113:297-307, Considers the new battle tactics that are being employed in Acrid Aar II. 316 The Next 2rr Days, by Stratcgious. SPECTATOR (London), March 12, 1943, no,5985*237-238, * Discusses German strategy in Russia and Tunisia, and the implications of the recent changes in the German Navy in expectation of an Allied 'offensive on the Continent within the next 200 days. 317 One Aar, One Future. ’ NET REPUBLIC' (New York), Feb, 1, 1943, v.108,no.5:136. Discusses the value of a Supreme Aar Council for the United Nations. 318 Ou'r Aar Effort to Date; Problems of Offensive “arfare, by Vice * Admiral'J. A, Greenslade, U.S.N, VITAL SPEECHES (New York), Feb. 15, 1943, v.9,no.9*283-286. Summarizes United States policy‘toward Japan prior to Pearl Harbor. Discusses strategy in the Pacific, including Japan’s plan of attack, the value' of the battle-ship, unity of command, and progress made to date. Believes we are entering upon a third and victorious phase of the war* XI, MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 319 The Primary Object, by Admiral Sir Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Feb. 1943, no,914, new series:115-122. • Believes that the primary object of the war at the present moment is to gain command of the sea. Argues that all air- craft engaged in direct operations of war at sea should be an integral part of the navy. 320 Los Principios de la Guerra en su Aplicaci6n Tdctica, por el • Capitdn Rafil de Zaldo y Peon Contreras. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO, MARINA Y AERONAUTICA (Venezuela, Ministerio de Guerra y Marina, Caracas), Sept. 1942, v.12,no.23:187-211. (Principles of Warfare in Their Tactical Application.—) Discusses basic theories of military science. (Reprinted from "Revista del Bj.6rcito" de Mexico) 321 Rae6n y Necesidad del Gabinete de Guerra, por Juan MarineHo. REVISLADE LA IIABANA (Habana, Cuba), Nov, 1,942, no,3;276-279. Urges the formation of a Cuban war cabinet in order to in- crease the efficiency of the nation's war effort, 322 The Strategy of an Unfolding Allied Offensive, by Joseph Rosenfarb. ANTIOCH REVI Eli (Yellow Sprints, Ohio) , 'Tinier, 1942, v.2,no.4:571-590. Says the decisive factor is not two or more fronts but over- powering' strength of coalition of industrial-military power. Considers North African and Near Eastern operations strategi- cally sound because they attack enemy at weakest points. 323 Strategy of the ’-Tar in Asia, by Lawrence E, Rosinger. FOREIGN POLICY REPORTS (Foreign Policy Association, New York), April 15, 1943, v.19,no.3:26-35. Explains the strategy of the United Nations in determining to fight the European war to the finish before fighting the war in Asia, 324 The Strategy of the War. XII, ROUND TABLE (London), Sept, 1942, 110.128-463-468. Estimates the degree of success of each of fs three great blows in 1942; his U-boat; offensive, the v/r.r in Libya and Egypt, and the war in Aus'sia. ,Also reviews the ac- complishments of the Japanese. 325 Total Tar Power, by E. J. Kingston-McCloughry.' JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL UNITED SERVICE INSTITUTION (London), Nov. 1942, v.87,no.548j 326-327. Describes total war as the combined force of air power, sea power, land power 'and civil power. 326 Triumph dor Krie'gskunst, edited by Tilhelm Teiss. Munich, Franz Ehor, 1941, 254p. (Triumph of the aLrt of Warfare.—) The year of war, 1940, in selected articles by leading generals, reprinted from the Volkischor Bcobachter. XI* . MI LI T.uRY SCIENCE* STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent.) 327 ., .Vcrnichtungskricg, [by] Kurt Fervors'. Dusseldorf, . ' Volkischer. Verlag Gmbh. [1941.]. p 188, (War - of Annihilation. —) 328 War Management in Washington, September 1942. Albany, Citizens Bureau cf Governmental Research, Inc., of Now York State, 1942. 24p., charts. Criticises the present war management and advocates c: war cabinet as a means of closer control by the President. 329 We Can Win This War, by W. F, Keman, Colonel, U. S. Army, Boston, Little, Brown and Co., 1943. 175p. A criticism of the strategy so far adopted by the United Nations in attacking the periphery of the enemy rather than shooting directly at his heart. The book deals in concrete terms with some of our failures and suggests a pattern for victory. 33C ‘ ihat Holds America Back, by Joseph H. Spigclman. HARPER *S MAGAZINE*(New York), Jan. 1943, v.186,no.1112:113-122, States that the American war effort is being hampered by the incompetence and irresponsibility of the whole war administration. Advocates a new dynamic nationalism which would result in new leadership and reorganization# 331 What Should be our Air Strategy Against Germany? Columbus, American Education, March 4, 1943. (Bulletin of America’s ■ Town Meeting of the Air, no.43) Speakers agree that bombing alone will not defeat Germany and that land invasion is necessary in the end# B* Army 1, General 332 Antiaircraft Artillery v/ith the Field Forces, by Lieut. Col, . D, S. Eller thorps. / CCA ST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April* v, 86,no* 2 *45-49,. Discusses the function's, capabilities, and limitations of antiaircraft artillery, 333 Antiaircraft Mobility, by Lt. 'Col. Dc suit sky.' COAST ARTILLERY , JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Fob. 1943, v.86,no.1:4-8,, photos. ,■ Describes Gorman methods of air attack and the counter manoeuvers Which Soviet antiaircraft units he.ve found most .successful. 334 Antiaircraft Spotting Apparatus, by Capt..Donald L. Lewis. . CCAST ARTILLERY JGUIcNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb, 1943, v,86, no.l:54-56 , diagrs. A technical article describing a method by'which visual observation may be accurately paired with camera data to give a true picture of the results of antiaircraft target practice. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 335 Artilleria Sobre Via Fdrrea, por Luis Florez.' DEFENSA (Mexico D, F., Mexico), March 1943, v. 3,no.21:65-67. (Artillery Mounted on Railway Trains.—) Describes the ■ organization, equipment, and tactical employment of a rail- road artillery unit. 336 Artillery Today; the British Find the Light’ Howitzer a Versa- tile Weapon, by Maj. Gen. H. Rowan-Dobins on. ’ ARMY ORDNANCE (Amy Ordnance Ass *n. , Washington) , Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.24,no.136: 73-76., illus. Describes various types of light artillery used b;y the British and the Germans and concludes that a satisfactory combination is the light howitzer, flanked by the pack howitzer and medium, artillery. 337 Cossack Tactics, by I "ajor P. Slesarev. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.52,no.1:4-8., photos. Describes the tactical employment in the Red Army of the Corps of Cossack Guards. 338 The Employment of Corps Artillery (2 pts.), by Col. John J. Burns, F. A* FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), March- April 1943, nos.3-4:208-211*283-290* Analyzes use of corps artillery in various types of opera- tions, with considerable discussion of the artillery commander’s staff, organization of command and types of available weapons, 339 Machine Gun Fire in Flank Attack,” by Gapt. S. Leonov.’ CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.52,no.1:40., photos. Describes an episode in which the Red Army used a machine gun platoon to draw enemy fire and detract attention generally from Fed forces attacking on the Gorman flank. 34C Mortar Fire by the Red Army, by Lt.” Col’. 'Sobolev. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1'943, v.52,no.4:66-68. Describes technique of mortar fire under different condi- tions, giving examples from the experiences of the Red Army* 341 The Row Tactics, pt. 1, by Col. Conrad H. Lanza. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v.33,no.4: 261-265. Says the most important changes are in the large increase in artillery and armored troops* Describes the battles of the Don River and El Alamoin which furnish examples of the new tactics for initiating a pov/crful offensive. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 342 El Pelot6n de Combatcj Razones T&cticas y Tc'cnicas do su Existcncia, por Cap, Miguel Torres Contreras'. • 1 EL SCLDADO (Mexico, Sstado Mayor Prcsidcncial, Mexico D. F.), June ’ 1942, v.19,no.3:11-14, \ : (The Combat Platoon: Tactical and Technical Reasons for Its Esistence,—) 343 Ski Track on the Battlefield, by . A. Firsoff, M, A.,. New York, A. S. Barnes*.x, 158p., illus. An account of the campaigns in Finland, Russia, Norway, the Alps and the Balkans, which traces the development of the ski as pc. rt of the modern military machine* Contains also such.developments of ski-warfare in the United States and Canada as do not divulge military secrets. 344 Small Patrols ’"rock Havoc, by Capt, M. Scdyakin. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.--Fcb. 1943, v, 52,no, 1:44-45*, photos. Cites incidents from the war in Russia in support of the claim that well-trained small groups may do the enemy more 'harmthan frontal attacks by larger units. 345 The- Reconnaissance Troops of the Infantry Division, by Lieut. Col. J. D*A. Anderson. THE ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Nov. 1942, v.45,no.1:47-54. A study of recent developments in reconnaissance work of Infantry. 346 With Blood, Sweat, and TNT. FORTUNE (New York), Feb. 1943, v.27,no.2:121-124,150., illus. Discusses the important work of combat engineers and specially trained assault infantry in eliminating mines and tank traps and otherwise preparing battlefields for the advance of the infantry. 34-f Das Nachtgefocht; die Ausbildung dor Infanterie fur das Gefecht bei Dunkol'heit im Bewogungskriege,' von Artur Boltse'... 2., Neubcarb.' aufl. • Mit 7 Skizzcn im Text. Berlin, E. S, Mittler, 1940. 154p* (Night Fighting for Infantry.—) • 2. Commandos arid Rangers 348 Commando Raids' During '1941. SECOND GREAT WAR (London), Dec. 15, 1943, no*47:1887-1892., photos. Describes new principles in combat training, a ‘raid on the Lofoten.Islands,- a landing at Bardia to secure information, ’attacks on Rommel*s forces in Africa, combined operation at • • ‘ ’Spitsbergen, and a raid on'Faagso and Maaloy. 349 Commando Stuff, by Nat Fleischer. New York, C. J. 0*Bricn, 1943. 128p. A training manual which explains the hand-to-hand fighting tactics of the British Commandoes and.the American Rangers, XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent.) 350 Germans Train "Anti'-Commandos." CAVALRY JOURNAL (Vashington) , March-April 1943, v.52,no,2;56-58. Describes Nazi training instructions issued by the German Air Ministry, August 2, 1942 in anti-commando fighting. •* Describes equipment, training, and some means of defense. 351 Mountbatten and His Commandos, by Villi am Bayles, * AHEUI CAN MERCURY (New York), Feb. 1943, v.56,no.23o*182-189. Describes the head of Britain1s Department of Combined Operations, and the training that he gives to the Commandos. 352 Unarmed Attack and Defence For Commandos, Home, Guards,' and Civilians, by the Vo ridf s Authority Major Leo MeRaglan.••167 Illustrations With Instructions on Vhat Even*one Should Know and Learn. [London] Harrison and Sons, 1942. 3. G-2-«Army Intelligence and Reconnaissance 353 Cavalry - Employment of Mechanized Reconnaissance Elements, by Lieut. Col. Jay C. Vhitehair. MILITARY REVIEW (Command ' and General Staff School, Ft. Leavenworth), May 1943, v.23,no.2; 24-28. Shows how a lightly-armoured mechanized reconnaissance unit should bo employed in 'securing information not available to the air reconnaissance. Stresses the fact that this unit should not be used for combat purposes except in emergencies, 354 The Development of Combat Intelligence, by Lieut. Col. James F. Howell. MILITARY REVIEW (Command and General Staff School, Fort Leavenworth), May 1943, v.23,no.2:3S-43. The purpose of this article is to show fcov. the system used in the American Army,in the development of combat intelligence, functions. 355 Liason and Intelligence, by Col. G. A. ‘ado... Aldershot, Gale and Poldcn, n.d.', 35p. (The Gale and Poldcn Training Series) illus,, maps. Describes the work of tho liaison officers and of the intelligence officers and contains training notes. 356 S-2 vs, tho tfchrmacht, by Lt. Col. John R. Lovell. COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb, 1943, v.86,no.l: 44-49., photos, diagrs. Presents an outline of essential information for the combat intelligence officer when on tho battlefield against German or Japanese forces. 357 El Servicio do Informaci6n, por Manuel .Estra.do. ’DEFENSA (Mexico D. F. , Mexico), March 1943, v.3,no.21*35-38. (The Intelligence Service.—) Outlines the objectives, organization, and techniques of the intelligence service on tho field of battle. XI. , MI LI TALI SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont*)- 358 Vehicular Reconnaissance, by Lieut. Col. Brainarcl 3, Cook* CAVALRY JCTJRNAL (iTashingt on) , Jar.. -Feb. 1943, v. 5 2, no • 1; 51-59* Lists and discusses at some length twenty-two rules for jbhe guidance of reconnaissance commanders. 4. Guerrilla Warfare 359 An American Method in Hand-to-Hand Combat, Devised by Edward C*Donne 11 and Dri Hal Stevens... Hew York, Street and Smith Publicationst cl943, 82p, 36C An Ancient Science Applied in Modern Airfare, by Horace H. Smith. ' /AFRICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington), Feb. .1943, v.2C,no.2s78-8C,88,9C-92. Discusses the history and art of hand-to-hand fighting* ' Reviews training in various schools in Japan# , J‘ ‘ 361 Combat Jiu Jitsu for 0ffon.se and Defense, by S. R. Linck* Portland, Stevens-Ness Law Publishing Co., 1943* I26p., illus. 362 Europe Against Hitler5 Part II: The 'Guerilla Fighters, by John A. Gerber and Alfred Kantorowicz. NATION (Now York)* May 8, 1943, v.156,no.19:666-669, Describes guerrilla fighters in Poland, Yugoslavia, Czecho- slovakia. Considers also the resources of these countries in labor and raw materials. 363 Fieldcraft, Sniping and Intelligence, by Lt.-Colonel M.'A.D* Armstrong...5th cd. Aldershot, Gale and Poldcn, 1942. 223p., illus. Contains information on musketry, camouflage, care and use of telescopes, sniping, patrolling, and treatment of prisoners. 364 Flying Guerrillas, by John Kobler. 'SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 15, 1943, v.215,no,46:24-25,71,73., photos. Discusses the work .of the Civil Air Patrol in conveying ships, bombing U-boats, dropping serum, and rescuing , fliers. 365 The Guerrillas of Yugoslavia — As Seen Through Racists Eyes, by Stephen Clissold. ■ CENTRAL EUROPEAN rBSERVER (London), Fob. 5, 1943, v.ar,nQ,3:41-42., ■ Discusses who the guerrillas of Yugoslavia are, their tactics and strategy 366 Jackpot Guerrillas, by Hal Mills. AMERICAN LEG AMT MAGAZINE (Chicago), May 1943, v.34,no.5:1C-11,62-64., illus. Pays tribute to the irregulars or' guerrilla -fighters in China, whose work behind the Japanese lines has done more than any- thing else to save western Asia for the United Rations. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 367. Lightning Ju-Jitsu, by Harry Lord... New York, New Power • . publications, 1943. 96p., illus. 368 ... Nahkampf Technik, [by] Jacques Leutenegger. Solothurn, Buchdruckeroi Vogt-Schild a. g., 1941. 12-9p. (The Technique of Hand-to-Hand Fighting.—) 369 Practical Unarmed Combat, by M. Foldcnkrais... with 79 Illus- trations from Original Photographs. London and New York, F* Warne, 1942. 9 5 p. 37C Unarmed offense, Pt. II, by Capt. Rex Applegate. INFAI'TTRY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v.52,no.4:47-52., illus. Discusses various offensive tactics without the aid of arms, such as chin jab and trip, sitting neck break, ear concussion blow'-, kicks as " coup de grace," neck pressure points, Japa- nese strangle hold, front strangle, throws, and other tactics. 371 We Are Guerillas; An Account of the Work of Soviet Guerillas Behind the Nazi Lines, London, Hutchinson and Co., [n.d.] 64p. "Soviet War Nows" Books No. 3. Published by .Authority of "Soviet War News," issued by the Press Department of the Soviet Embassy in London, Tolls how guerrilla detachments are formed, how they secure arms, their methods of fighting, and the effectiveness of their work. 5, Tank Warfare 372 The Advance and Attack of German Armored Formations in Libya, 1941-1942. by Col. H. B. Latham. CAVALRY JCURNAL (Washing- ton), March-April, 1943, v.52,no.2:53-55. Describes the methods of Gcman tank warfare, method of fight- ing. if attacked on the move 373 The. Antitank.Subaltern* • FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan. 1945, v.33,no.1:31-38. Discusses all phases of an antitank regiment commander * s duties. 574 Are We Cut-Tanked? by S, S, Hammersley. SPECTATOR (London), March 19, 1943, no.5986:263-264. Deals with the mechanical development of British tanks, and compares the relative qualities of tanks of the Allied and Axis forces. 375 Armoured Lighting Vehicles in 1942 ENGINEER (London), Jan. 1, 1943, v.4538:15-19., photos. Describes some problems which confront the designer of tanks. Reviews American tank progress. XI. 'MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.)_ 376 'Artillery :'ire Age.'inst German Tanks, by Major Azarov* CAVALRY JCUIAIAL (Washington) , Jan.-Feb . 1943, v. 52 ,nc. lj41-42. , photos. Tells how artillery may be used most effectively against tanks. 377 Artillery Support for Tanks, by Cn.pt. 1 r. A. Young* ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Nov. 1942, v.45,no.1:69-75* 'Discusses the -importance of artillery support against anti- tank weapons* 378 El 9anon Antitanque Aleman de 88' mm. REVISTA MILITAR DEL PERU (Lima), Sept, 1942, v.39,no.9:37, (The German 88 mm Anti-tank Gun.—) 379 El Combate dc las Grandes Unidadcs dc Tanques, por cl Gorone1 V. Guarner y el Mayor J. Guarner. ' DEFERSA (Mexico D« F., Mexico), March 1943, v,3,no.21:25-29, (Combat of Great Tank Units.—) Discusses the tactical problems involved in conducting large-scale tank operations* 38C Enemy Antitank and Tank Tactics, by Lt. Col. Frank L* Lazarus. ClAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.86, no,1:38-41., photos. Describes the practices of the Germans and Japanese, •381 The Fast-Developing Tank, by Donald Cowio. SPHERE (London), Feb. 27, 1943, v. 172,no.2249:274-275., illus. Traces the evolution of the tank as a weapon, stressing the progressive increase in armor and fire power. 382 Fuel Bottles as Tank Destroyers, by Major I'i. Protscnko. ■ CAVALRY JGUIiNAL (Washington), Jan,-Feb. 1943, v, 32,no. 1:26., photos. Condensation of an article describing the operations of the "tank destroyers" of the Red Army, small groups of soldiers » especially trained in the destruction of tanks by means of fuel bottles. " • n 383 Die Minensuc.hwaffe im Kampf Gegen Polcn 1939, von’Kapitan zur * -see upd Kommodoro. Friedrich Ruge, .mit 18 Abbildungon auf - Tafeln und- Einor fiber sichts skizzc. .Berlin, S3. 3. Wittier, 1941. 32p> ... ■ (Mine-Finders in the Campaign Against Poland,—) 384 Organization of a Tank Attack, by Captain A. Bandik, Rod' Army. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April, 1943, v,52,no,2; 38-40 , illus. \ Gives .a detailed description of organization and. execution of a.Soviet tank attack by which an extremely well prepared German defense system was recently smashed XI, MI LI TARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AID' TACTICS (cont.) 385 Our Tanks Meet the Test, by Maj. Gen, C. L, Scott* ARMY CRDNANCE (Army Ordnance Ass’n., • •ashington) , Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.24,no.136:67-71. , illus. Praises in detail the performance of our various types of equipment in desert warfare* 386 Die Panzertruppen und ihr Zusammen Virken mit den Andcren Waffen, von Heinz Gudenan.. • 3. aufl., mit 16 Abbildungen auf Tafeln* Berlin, E. S, Mittler, 1940. 50p., illus. (The "Panzer" Divisions and Their Cooperation With the Other Branches of the Army.—) Reprints of articles which appeared in "Militarwissenschaftlichen Rundschau" in 1935* The author, an Armenian tank expert, strongly advocates the upbuilding of this branch of the German army. 387 Red Army Tanks in Winter, by N. Corotneff. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb, 1943, v. 52,no. 1:9-13., photos. Gives a set of rules for the use of tanks under winter con- ditions. 388 ...Die "Roten Teufel" und ihr Fommandeur, [by] Hans Christem. Munchen, Zentralverlag der NSDAP., F. Ehe'r Nachf. [cl941]. 168p. (The "Red Devils" and Their Commanders.—) Refers to C-erman tanks. 309 Russian Tank and Antitank Tactics, MARINE CORPS GAZETTE (Washington), May-June 1943, v.27,no.2:45-50., illus. Discusses organisation of tank attack, cooperation between tanks and sappers, infantry tactics against tanks, and artillery fire against enemy tanks. 390 Salvage and Supply of Tanks in Battle, by Lieut. Col A* Afonskyk, Red Army, CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April 1943, v.52,no:2-50-51. A cable from the department, USSR, Moscow, describing the repair of tanks during battle and the safe evacuation of damaged and wrecked tanks after the engagements. 391 The Supply‘of a Mobile Division in Open Country, by Col. J, G. Cowley. MILITARY REVIEW (Command and General Staff School. Ft. Leavenworth, Kansas), June 1943, v.23,no.3*21-24. Explains the difference between the British system and the standard United States set-up for an armored or motor divi- sion. The advantages of the British system is extra mobility and raclius of operation within the division; the advantage of the United States system is more divisional froedon and economical use of transport. Sg&i Tank Ambushes, by Major. B. Tretyakov, Rod Amy. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April 1943, v.52,no.2:46-49,, illus. A cable dispatch describing tank ambushes used as defense against German attacks, also the use of ambushes in offen- sive operations. XI. .MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 393 . VQrmarsch nit Panzern; Nachrichtenmanner bei den Kampfen im von Otto Julius Schober, mit Aufn'ahmen des Verfassers. Muhlhauqen/Thur., G. Danner [1941]. 112p, (Advance With the Tanks.—) Personal narrative# 394 White Mammoths; The Dramatic Story of Russian Eanks -action, by Alexander Poliakov.. [Translated from the Russian by Iforbert Guterman]. New York, E. p. Dutton, 1943, 189p,, illus. The author, who accompanied the tanks and was killed October 1942, tells the story of the giant KV*s, which went into action in the winter campaign of 1941-1942 and launched a surprise attack on the Germans. C. Navy, Including CpostAGuard and Marine Corps 1..General 395 Are Sub Flat-Tops Practical? by David C. Cooke. PLYING ACES (New York), Jan, 1943, v.43,no.2:50-51,73-74., illus* Discusses submarine aircraft carriers, and the possibility that the United States may be building them before long. 396 The Battle Wagon Fights Back, by Capt. Thomas L* Gatch, TJ.S'.N* SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 1, 1943, v.215,no.44* 9,10,61-62., photo. Considers the effectiveness of battleships against planes. Describes a fight between a new 35,D00-ton battleship and Japanese dive, bombers and torpedo planes. 397 British Midgets Do Big Job. MOTORBOAT (New York), Nay 1943, v.40,no.5:14-15,38., photos. Describes attacks launched by British flotillas which fought within two or three miles of the Nazi-occupied coast of France. 398 The?Carrier, by Rear Adm. Frederick'Sherman, FLYING (Chicago), Feb.. 1943, v.32,no,2:78-80,229-230., illus. Discusses the striking power of the aircraft carrier and its future possibilities, as well as its present importance in the war, 399 Cpastal Command at War , by * Squadron-Leader Tom, Dudley-Gordon*; Foreword by -Sir Philip B. Joubort de La Ferte London, Jarrolds Ltd., [n.d.]. 191p. Describes the work of the Costnl Command in the defense of Great Britain. 4-00 Coastal Command; The Air Ministry Account of the F-rt played by Coastal Command in the Battle of the Seas, 1039-1942# New . York, Macmillan Co., 1943. 143p., illus. Describes the work of the uoastal Command, in which Britain’s , Royal Navy cooperates with her Royal Air Force, in protecting .. the ..ocean c.onvoys, seeking and destroying enemy ships and planes, and in making rescue flights and performing secret missions. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY END TACTICS (cont.) 401 The Coast Guard. FLYING (Chicago), Feb.,1943, v#32,no.2: 114-116,280,288., photos. Relates the history of the Con-st Guard, outlines and dis- cusses its present activities. 4q2 The Coast Guard Goes to a jVire by gob Greenock. FIRE * ENGINEERING (New York), Feb. 1943, v.96,no.2:64-67,87-88., illus. Pictures the equipment and training of men of the coast guard for fire protection of the waterfront during the war. Fireboats and fire barges powered by outboard marine trac- tors, are used# 403 The Coast Guard in the War, by Claiborne Pell, Lt. (ig) UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS .(Annapolis), Dec. 1942, v.68,no.12:1744-1746. Discusses the war-time role of the Coast Guard# 404 The Coast Guard’s Program on Port Security, by Rear Admiral Stanley f. Parker, TJ. S. Coast Guard. PROCEEDINGS, TWENTY THIRD ANNUAL MEETING AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE, SECTION I (New York), Nov. 9-Nov. 12, 1942, v.23:61-63. Describes methods by which the United States Coast Guard protects ships, harbor installations, and the persons thereon. 405 The Coming Offensive in the Pacific, by Donald W. Mitchell# NATION (New York), April 3, 1943, v. 156,no. 14:482-4-83. ■ Believes that the strong carrier force which we are build- ing may be the surprise weapon for the coming offensive in the Pacific. ) * / 406 The Development of Linelaying. SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Feb. 4, 1943, v.61,no.5:110. Traces the development of minelaying from its introduction by the Danes, its use by the British the Russians, Germans and the French. Stresses' the importance of the mine as a major weapon in World War II. 407 Flottan; det nya Forsvaret, [by] G. Them. INDUSTRITIDNINGEN NOKDEN (Stockholm), Oct. 7, 1942, no.40:333-334. (The Navy in the New Defense.--) Discusses the lessons learned from the naval operations in this war, and also the various types of Swedish war vessels. 408 How Naval Battles Are Fought. SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), March 1943, v.168,no.3:100-103,137# Traces the strategy of naval battles as they are fought today. Describes some-of the naval battles of this war# 409 Is the Battleship Obsolete? by Platt W. Dockery# OUR NAVY (New York), Mid-Jan. 1943, v.37,no.16:4-6,56-57# Gives facts and figures about battleships in the present war. XI, MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY END TACTICS (c-ont.) 410 The Naval Side of the War, by H. C. Ferraby. SEIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECOIN), (London), Doc. 31, 1942, v.60,no.27« 609-610. • ( . Discusses the success and failures of Allied naval operations in 1942. 411 Naval Warfare; An Introductory Study, by Commander Jon C re sure 11, Royal Navy, Brooklyn, Chemical Publishing Co., 1942, 2nd rev. ,ed. xiii, 293p. , maps. 412 Outboards in the War. MOTORBOAT (New York), March 1943, v.46, no.3 j48.' ( . Tells how the outboard motorboats"arc used in war to trans- port men and machines for Commando operations; speculates on their use for speed-landing operations. * ‘ . l. ». 413 Picket Pa.trol, by Avery W. Smith., a .MOTOR-BOATING (New York), Feb. 1943, v. 71,no.2 j26-28.-, photos. Describes the Coast Guard’s use of private yachts and sail- ing vessels as auxiliary naval patrol vessels. 414 Ships’ Lifeboats and Davits, by ErnCst W, Blocksidge* INSTITUTE OF MARINE ENGINEERS TRANSACTIONS (London), Feb. 1943, v.55,Part 1*1-18, Describes the requirements in Britain for lifeboats during war and peace. Summarizes the progress made in the last twenty years and makes further suggestions for improvement in lifeboats. 415 "Smoke Eaters" °F the Navy, by A. D, Rathbone, IV* SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN (New York), April 1943, v.168,no.4:150-153., illus. Indicates how selcctpd crews-are trained to fight fires at sea, 416 Some Signposts from the Naval Events of 1942, by II* C. Ferraby* ENGINEER (London), Jan. 1, 1943, v.175,no.4538:2-4. Discusses the vulnerability of warships, particularly carriers, to air attack, new types of sea-borne aircraft, the develop- ment of the small motor torpedo boat, and the all-round strength of 'the Royal Navy* 417 The Story of the Coast Guard; Men, Wind, and Sea-[by] Riley Brown. ,. City, N; Y., Blue Ribbon Books, 1943. 266p. Tells of the heroism, achievements and traditions of the United States Coast Guard, tho oldest arm of our protective forces. 418 The Tactically Cruiser for Modem War, by Peter Marsh Stanford. • UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Dec, 1942, v.08,no. 12:1698-1703. Discusses the best type of cruiser for modern warfare. XI. MI LIMY SCIENCE t STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 419 Warships of World War II; The Battleship Still Essential for Control of the Sea, by F, J, McDiarmid, BARRON'S NATIONAL BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL WEEKLY (New York), March 8, 1943, v.23, no,10:18. Discusses qualities of the battleship that make it unique and effective among warships, and compares' United States ships with those of its Allies and enemies, 420 Warships of World War ll» New American and British Aircraft Carriers Provide Superior Force, by F. J. McDiarmid,' * BARRON'S NATIONAL BUSINESS AND.FINANCIAL,WEEKLYl(?o$ton) / Fob, 16, 1943, tw23,no,?i-!6. (Article 2) Enumerates the carriers in service and those so far lost by the United States, Great Britain, Germany, end Japan, 421 We Must Have Battleships, by J. K. Taussig. OUR NAVY (New York), April 1, 1943, v,37,no.21*4-6* Discusses and emphasizes the importance of superiority in the sea. Reviews battles in the southwest Pacific to prove that both air power and sea power are equally important. 2, Submarine Warfare 422 An American Sub Invades Japan, by Jack S. McDowell, COSMOPOLITAN (New York), May 1943, v.114,no.5: Tolls the inside story of how Lieutenant Commander Thomas Burton Kinkring ordered his American submarine to proceod inshore to the Japanese Coast, 423 Death to the U-BoatJ by Donald E, Keyhoo. 'THIS MEEK (Sunday Journal, Now York), Feb, 7, 1943:4-5,, photos. Discusses the selection of pilots in the Civil Air Patrol, their hours of work, and duties, Destroyers in World War IIj Increased Difficulty of Construc- tion Has Brought Into Use New Types of Submarine Hunters, by F. J. McDiarmid. BARRON'S NATIONAL BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL WEEKLY (Now York), April 19, 1943, v.23,no.16:9. 425 The Development of Anti-Submarine Measures, SHIPBUILDING AND SHIPPING RECORD (London), Feb. 11, 1943, v.61,no.6:152, 137. Describes counter measures that have been taken against the submarine menace such as torpedo nets, other nets of various kinds, and depth charges. 426 Fishing From the Sky, by Captain Harold B. Ingersoll, ' AIR FORCE (U. S'. Army Air Forces, New York), May 1943, v«26,no,5: 4-5., illus. Explains new techniques in aerial warfare which have been developed to combat the U-boat menace. XX, MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 427 Peril From the-Deep. SCHOLASTIC (Dayton), Feb, 22-27,v.42, no.4:3-5., illus. Views the German submarine campaign as the most important obstacle to early allied victory and explains some of the problems of this type of warfare. 428 The Submarine War, by George Fielding Eliot. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (Hew York), April 1943, v.21,no.3:385-400. Analysis of the present strategy of the war, revealing the necessity for winning the struggle against the submarine in the Atlantic. 429 To Block the Submarine. NEW REPUBLIC (New York), Feb. 1, 1943, v.108,no,5:137. Discusses the effectiveness of German submarines last year, and asks that the American Navy and Maritime Commission try •new means of blocking German submarines. 430 The U-Boat' Campaign, by Sydney R. Fremantle-. CONTEMPORARY REVIEW (London), &nrch 1 943, no.927;135-138, Believes that the present submarine menace is similar to the situation at the end of 1917, but with England in a loss favorable general position, discusses measures to be taken for the defeat of the submarine through offense, active • defense,•and passive defense. 431 U-Boats and Auxiliary Cruisers, by Admiral Sir Herbert Richmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London)', Karch 1943, no.915,n. s.: 181-184. Urges that an effective and consistent campaign be waged against the U-boats, that the speed of merchant ships be in- creased and that a greater number of ships be built. 432 U-Boat Tactics and the Answer, by H.- G. Thursficld. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Feb. 1943, v.120,no.72c:114-121, Reviews the development of the U-Boat since the last world war, claims that Germany has placed her greatest•reliance on the ultimate success.of the submarine campaign, and states that the answer lies in a. greater increase ‘in the number of escort vessels and protective air planes. '433 The Underseas Front.- CURRENT HISTORY (Now York), March 1943, v.4,no.19-21-24; -■ , • ' A ■' Reveals the seriousness of the submarine campaign to the * Allied cause, the-lag in production.of escort vessels, and suggests several solutions to the problem of Axis submarine warfare. t ■ % ' • 1 ’ . f 434 Up Periscope, by David Masters... London,- Eyre and Spottiswoodc, 1942. 176p. An account of the British submarine service; the training of its personnel; and its functions in battle. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY MD TACTICS (cont.) 435 We Raid the Coast of Japan, by Slade Cutter. AMERICAN (New York), March 1943, v. 135,no. 3:26-2'7,94,96-98. Account by a submarine officer, 436 West to Japan, by John Field. LIFE (New York), March 15, 1943, v.14,no.11:84-86,88,90,93*94,96., photos. Describes the experience of the men in a United States sub- marine which patrolled the Japanese coast and sank 70,000 tons of Japanese shipping. • 437 Where Every Man Is A Hero, by Doug Wilson. OUR NAVY (Brooklyn), Mid-April 1943, v,37,no.22:16-13. Discusses the special training given to submarine crews, the importance of youth in the selection of a crow, and the quali- fications necessary for the men on submarine duty. 438 Why Submarines Remain Small, by M. J. Massey. SPHERE (London), March 20, 1943, v.172,no,2252:374-375., photos. Discusses the ability of the smaller submarines to crash- dive, and their ease of movement, as compared with larger submarines. D. Air 1, General 439 Air Power and ’The Duration1, by J, M. Spaight. C.B*, C.r.E'. * ‘ QUARTERLY REVIEW (London), April 1943, v 280,no.556; 192-203. Believes it is unwise to -count on an all-out air offensive, if there is danger of losing the war at sea, and urges the pulling together of the two services, 440 Air Power in 1942, by Major F. A. de V. Robertson, V* D. FLIGHT (London), Dec. 31, 1942, v.42,no, 1775:708-713,, illus. Relates how British aviation changed from the defensive to the offensive during the year 1942, 441 Air Strategy Spells Air Strength, by Leonard Engel. SFYWAYS (New York), April 1943, v.2,no.4:27,36,37,68,69. Considers and discusses German air strategy, and British air strategy in World War II. 442 Airborne Tactics, by Major F. 0. Kiksche. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), May 1943, v.52,no,5j22-27. Discusses the organization of an army air corps and its complementary service in support of land forces. Outlines tactical use of the support of air fleet in an offensive 443 Aircraft Spotter, by Lester Ott. 1943 ed. New York, Karcourt, Brace and Co., [1943] XU MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (oont.) 444 The American Doctrine of Air Power, Pt 1, by Nathaniel F-. Silsbee. AVIATION (New York) , Feb. 1943, v.42,no,2;112-115, 405,406,409-4l0,414,417., illus. Describes the development of America’s theories of war in the air and tells when and where such doctrines originated. 445 The Army’s Flying Windmill, by Col. H. F. Gregory# AID. FORCE (U. S* Army Air Forces, New York), March 1943, v,26,no.3:6,29. Describes the Sikorsky helicopter, how it operates and what it might do in warfare. 446 As a Test pilot Sees It, by J. D'. Clark. AIR FACTS (New ’York), Jan. 1943, v.6,no.1:20-24. Offers suggestions fo'r the construction of an improved type of pursuit plane* 447 Aviation in Support of Ground Troops, by Col, Wilfred H* Hardy. MILITARY REVIEW (Command and' General Staff School ,• Ft# Leaven- worth, Kansas), June 1943, v.23,no,3:5-10., diagrs# 448 Barrage Ballons, by Lieut Col. Bernard L. Smith. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2.111-113,298-299., photos. Describes the types of balloons being used in World War II, and barrage balloon squadrons. 449 Building Model War planes, by Emanuel Stieri. New York, Duell, Sloan and Pearce, 1943. 90p., illus., diagrs. ’■ ' Contains basic plans prepared by the Army and Navy, in co- operation with the Bureau of Aeronautics and the Office of Education, to assist in the building of model war planes, needed in .the defense effort. 450 Can Air Power Alone Win? by Bon Russell. FACTS (Chicago), Feb. 1943, y.2,no.2:1-9. Discusses.the effectiveness of.air power in war and con- cludes that aviation is an invaluable fighting factor. 451 Combating German Parachutists, Translated by M. Corotneff. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.52,no.1:48-56., photos. . Describes the tactics of German parachute troops and ways in which they may be combated. . 452 Consideraciones Acerca del Problema del Tiro de la Artillerxa Antia6rea, por Teniente Carlos Fabre Banos. .REVISTA DEL . (Mexico,- Estadc Mayor. ’Presidencial, Mexico D> F») , April 1942, v.22,no.1:12-17. (Remarks on the Problem of Anti-Aircraft Artillery Range.—) Discusses the basic factors in determining range. . XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 453 Defense of An Airdrone, by Lieut. Col. Paul B. Nelson# MARINE CORPS GAZETTE (Washington), May-June 1943, v;27,no,2; 58-62. r * ' Presents detailed principles for the employment of anti- aircraft artillery troops in airdrome and small area defense. Discusses concealment and cover, plan of action, defense troops, tactics, and complexities. 454 La Doctrina de Guerra Aliada Frente a la Blitzkrieg Germana, por Aureliano Alvarez Coque. DEFERSA (Mexico D. F#, Mexico), March 1943, v,3*-no4 21; 17-20. (Allied War Strategy Against the German Blitzkrieg#--) Describes the psychological and military weapons with whioh the Allied Nations are combating the German strategy of 4 blitzkrieg. \ r 455 Plighting the Aircraft Maintenance War, by Reagan C. Stunkel* AVIATION (New York), Dec. 1942, v.12,no.42;118,119,344,347,351, 352,355. Describes the work of the Air Service Command In establishing permanent and mobile air bases, assembling parts, equipment and trained personnel, and air transport to deliver them where needed. . 456 Flight Without PoY/erj The Art of Gliding and Soaring, by Lewis B. Barringer, Glider Specialist, Air Staff, Headquarters of the Army Air Forces. New York, pitman, 1943. 221p., illus., diagrs. Gives the background for soaring and gliding, then describes the fundamentals behind the art of soaring — design, con- struction, meteorology, and instruments. An authoritative analysis of the newest addition to our air strength, .the troop carrying gliders. 457 Flying the Curtiss '‘Commando," by Herbert 0. Fisher# SPCRTSMAN PILOT (New York), April 1943, v.29,no.4;14-15. % ' Gives directions for the successful flying of the Curtiss "Commando." 458 Frontal Attack in Air Combat, by Major N, Denisov# CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.52,no.l< 47 v Describes methods by which Soviet fliers ram. German planes without destroying their own. 459 Grasshopper Guerrillas, by James L. H. Peck. AIR PROGRESS (New York), June 1943, v.2,no,6:30-31,70-71. Describes the great servied rendered by the army air forces with the light plane. Tells of the Grasshoppers doing duty in Tunisia now and how they met the test some time before we entered the war. Speculated on the possibility of using swarms of these agile light planes loaded with infantry# XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: ‘ STRATEGY AND TACTICS (oont.) 460 Ground Crows. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no#2: 129-130,300., photos* ' Describes ground crew work and emphasizes its importance. Tells some of the outstanding things which plane crew members have done'in World War II. 461 Helicopter At War# AIR TECH (New York), April 1943, v#2, no.4;21,65,66. Describes the appearance and flying characteristics of the helicopter which is not a practical military vehicle. 462 Helium P'or Hitler, by Lieut.' Fred Tupper, Jr. AIR NEWS (.Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.4,no.2.48-49,62., illus. Says the worth of the blimp in modern warfare is not measured only by the number of submarines she destroys but by its ” scare” menace. The blimp is considered the ideal antidote to the submarine. 463 Latest Nazi Warplanes, by Lester Ott and William C, Hoff, SKYWAYS (New York), June 1943, v.2,no.6;35-47., illus* Illustrates and describes the latest Nazi aircraft. 464 Lighter-Thau-Air, by Capt.T. G. W. Settle. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v,32,no.2•184,266,272., photos. Discusses the use of blimps in World Wars I and II, their effectiveness in anti-submarine patrolling and escorting, as well as the use of. balloon barrages 465 Loading and Cruising, Frepared for Aircraft Flight Crews... Preparation, John J, Ford; I1lustrations,Anthony Barone, Washington, Airlines War Training Institute, 1943, 134p# 466 The Model Plane Annual, 19*43; edited by David C. Cooke and Jesse Davidson. New York, Robert M, McBride, 1943# 224p., illus. In photographs and text the detailed steps of airplane building, and flight are followed. Reviews the model plane work now being done by boys and girls at the Langley Field experimental laboratories, .and shows how modeling leads naturally into other branches of aviation. 467 Of Instrument and Things, by Robert N. Buck. AIR -ACTS (New York), Jan. 1943, v,6,no.1»7-19. Discusses in detail techniques of instrument, flying# 468 Our Air Offensive Has Begun, by Major Nathaniel Silsbee, ‘ 'FLYING ACES (New York), Jan. 1943, v.43,no.2:lo~13,68-70., photos. Compares the air power of the United Nations with that of its enemies. XI, MILITARY SCIENCE; STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 469 The pack Howitzer Hits the Silk, by Cc.pt. Lucian B* Cox and ! Lieut. Herbert E. Armstrong, FA. ' FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v»33,no,4:257-260. Discusses the development of parachute artillery and the training course of the Parachute Test Battery authorized by the War Department, February 24, 1942. 470 Parachute Riggers Manual, Prepared by Post Schools [by Leslie F. Hald and Robert R. Beck]. ' Sacramento Air Depot, McClellan Field, Cal., 1943. 40p., illus. (Processed). Stresses the fact that upon the efficiency of the -parachute rigger depends the life of the flier who bails out* The course comprises the history of parachutes, their construc- tion, maintenance and storage, and a section on nomenclature, 471 Paratroopers Are Tough by Lieut. Seth Ealton. CC!3.!ERCIAL AVIATION AND AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION (Toronto), March 1943, v.5, no,2;38-42., illus. Indicates the requirements to be met by paratroopers, the tough routine training of Canadian paratroopers, and tells how the first jump feels. 472 Paratroops, by Major F. 0. Miksche. New York, Random House, 1943. xvi, 263p., charts, diagrs. , Clarifies the organizational and tactical problems created by para troop warfare. Discusses the- composition and duties qf airborne division, problems of landing and ensuing ground fighting, and finally the defense measures for meeting such attacks. 473 Paratroops, the History, Organization and Tactical !,’se of Air- borne Formations, by Captain F. 0. Mische, with a Preface by Captf Liddell Hart. London, Faber and Faber, 1943, 164p., maps, diagrs. Traces the development 'of the airborne idea: shows how air- » •*- borne forces were ‘utilized in the Low Countries, in the Balkan Campaign, and in Crete. Discusses the tactical use of air- borne troops and the organization of the defense against them. 474 Problems of Global Air War, by Nathaniel F, Silsbee, ID CHAUICAL ENGINEERING (New York), May 1943, v.65,no.5:313-320*, maps, photos. Describes the growth of the Air Transport Command, discusses the quality of American airplanes, the classes of bombers, our heavy bomber production program, and the overhauling and servicing of our planes in global warfare, 4?$ Roof Over Britain; The Official Story of Britain*s Anti-Aircraft Defences, 1939-1942, Prepared for The War Office and The Air Ministry by The"Ministry of Information. London, H. y. Stationery Off., 1943. 88p,, illus. Tells how Grcat Britain has worked out a defense barrage of lights, anti-aircraft guns, balloons, and planes* XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 476 Scout Observation,' by Comm. M. K. Fleming, Jr. FLYING (Chicago) , Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2:89-90, Discusses some of the things that scout observation pilots have done in World War II. 477 Shooting *Chuters,* by Richard Chase. SKYWAYS (New York), April 1943, v.2,no.4:28-43,72. Describes training and tactics of paratroopers. 478 The Story of Flying, by Archibald Black, Rev. ed. New York, Whittlesey House, 1943. xiv, 272p., illus.' A chronicle of man’s conquest of the air# This edition contains material on developments of aviation in the Second World War. 479 Stratosphere Flying (Aeronautics) Including Navigation for Emergencies, by 'Capt. E. Cecil Evans Fox. Vol. 1, Complete Astro-Navigation, Special Edition for The Fighting Forces. Toronto, The Aeronautical Institute of Canada, 1942. 64p., illus., diagrs. 480 Tactical Development in Warfare, 1942, New York, British Information Service, 1943. lOp. (Press Service, R.2234.) Press Release 2254 gives the full text of the report on "Tactical Development in Air Warfare in 1942," issued by the British Air Ministry, December 3o, 1942. 481 This Exciting Air; The Experiences of a Test Pilot, by Boone T. Guyton... New York, .Whittlesey House, 1943, 2l9p., illus. Tells why a man becomes a test pilot and why he sticks to it. The author began his flying in the Naw, later tested planes for the French Government in 1939, and is now test- ing planes for the Eni.ted States Government. 482 Tres Aspectos del Paracaidismo Militar, por el Cap. do Acr. Dr. F. Garcia Romero. REVISTA MILITAR (Bolivia, Estado Mayor . General' del Ej6rcito, La Paz) , July-Aug. 1942, v. 7*,no.63,64; 701-706. Discusses the problems of personnel supply and equipment that must be met in order to give Bolivia an effective parachute corps. 483 The Use of Air by Flight-L'ieut. V E. R', Blunt... London, Fhorson’s Publishers, Oct. 1942. 169p. An analysis of air power, its uses, and the principles on which its use should be based. 484 "VS-300 Helicopter," by Igor I. Sikorsky. PROCEEDIMCS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OP ARTS AND SCIENCES; PAPERS ON POST-WAR PROBLEMS (Boston), Oct. 1942, v. 75,rro. 1*21-22. Gives a brief description of the V3-300 helicopter and its usefulness. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cent ) 485 Wanted: True Air Strategy, by Major Alexander P. de Seversky. AFRICAN MERCURY (New York) , May 1945, v. 56,no. 233: 552-571. Shows that the basic ideas of the advocates of air power have not been accepted nor put into practice. Asks that we have unity of command in the air, and that air power be given equality with the other services, 486 War Gliders, by N* D. Ryder, . FLIGHT (London), v*43,no.1782; 171-174. Describes the new tactics of "vertical envelopmentj" trainers and troop carriers; and some American and British types in production. 487 The War in the Air, by Norman Macmillan. WAR IIJUSTRATED (London), Nov. 13, '1942, v.6,no.141:342., photos. Compares the R.A»F. and Luftwaffe. Discusses the changing character of air war. 488 The War in the Air, by Sir R, Ellington. ARMY- QUARTERLY (London), Nov. 1942, v.45',no. 1;34-42. The Marshal of the R.A.F. discusses developments on the air front of the war since mid-summer. 489 War in the 'Air. ' FLIGHT AND AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London), Jan. 28, 1943, v.43,no.1779:85-87. , illus. Discusses allied help to Russia, the pursuit of Rommel, small, but vi'eious raids on Britain, and Amy-Air coopera- tion in Burma. 490 The,War in the Air; Oct'obcr-December 1942, by Marshal of the R. A. F., Sir Ellington. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Fob* 1943, v»45,no.2;159-166. Discusses various' attacks made by the R.A.F. and the fading of Axis air power# 491. Winter 'Air War, by Leonard Engel. AIR NEWS (Chicago), Feb, 1943, v.4,no.2:23-26., illus. . _ Describes the changes in air warfare during winter months over the two European battlefields. In Western Europe and in Soviet Russia, fighting has been shifted from daylight to night operations. Says atoms produce greater hazards than the enemy# 2. Bombers and Bombing 492 America fs Air Forces ‘ Attack, by Major'Nathaniel' F* Silsbee# AIRPLANES (New York), March 1943, v.8,no.3:7,17. States reasons why American heavy bombers have proved successful in raids on Germany and also'discusses factors handicapping them# XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 493 Aerial Bombardment of Civilian populations, by Charles' E. Noyes. Washington,' Editorial Research Reports, Aug*.15,.1938,»v,ll, no.6:99-114. Written in 1938, this report considers the international law relative to aerial bombardment; reviews the history of aerial bombardment; the legal and practical defense against it; and questions its strategic value. 494 Bombardier; Tom Dixon Wins His Wings With the Bomber Command, by Henry B.' Lent. Illustrated With Official photographs, IT. S. Army Air Forces. New York, The Macmillan Co,, 1943. 171p., illus. Describes the training of a bombardier in the United States Air Corps, 495 Bomber Pilot, by Squadron-Leader Leonard Cheshire, lendon, Hutchinson, 1942?. 136p., illus. This book tells the story of many bombing flights over enemy territory', the Ruhr, Cologne, Berlin, etc., covering the period 1939-1942. 496 Bombing Europe Key to Nazi Defeat, by John A. Ward. AERO DIGEST (New York), April 1943, v. 4-2 ,no.4:109-111,142,277. Believes that the transfer of German war production to the European East makes necessary the' shift of important air power from England to Soviet soil. 497 Bombs for Blasting Berlin, by Vincent R. Whitenight. MACHINERY (New York), April 1943, v.4-9,no* 8j 168-180., illus*, diagrs. Gives a technical description and analysis of the construction of bombs and d03cribes industrial plants engaged in the fabri- cation of cylindrical products from steel plates. 498 Consideracioncs Sobre Kdtodos de Bombardeo por el Capitdn C.A.P-T. Gabilondo. REVISTA ‘ MI LI TAR (Bolivia, Estado Mayor Senof'dl'dbl Ejercito, La Paz) , July-Aug. 194-2, v. 7,no. 63,64:691-699. (Considerations on Methods of. Bombardment.—) Technical aspects of the problem of effective aerial bombardment. 499 Deadly Attacker, by Leslie Bryc'e* ’ AIRPLANES (New York), March 1943, v.8,no.3:10-11,19., illus. Describes the"new'dive-bomber, Curtiss A-25, delivered to' United States Army Air Forbes by Curtis-Wright Corporation. 500 The-Fabulous Fortress, by Keith Ayling. AIR. PROGRESS (New ‘ York),'Feb.' 1943,; v. 2,no. 2*. 8,9,70. Describes the performance of the Boeing Flying Fortress. 501 Ford Applies Mass Production to Big Bombers', AMERICAN MACHINIST (New York), Feb. 4, 1943, v.27,no.3*93-108., illus. A complete discussion of mass production methods applied to the big bombers in lord’s Willow Run assembly line. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE; STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 502 GermanyTs Fewest Fighter Bomber, by M. W. Bourdon. AUTOMOTIVE AND AVIATION INDUSTRIES (Philadelphia), v,88,no.7:34-37,, illus. A description of the long-range Messerschmitt No. 21C A-l, its equipment and guns. 503 Inventory for a Blitz, by Robert W. Marks. ESQUIRE (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v. 19,no. 2 ; 57;137,138. Discusses our present preparations to blitz Germany 504 Must We Fill Neutrals? by Oswald Garrison Villard. ' CHRISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), April 21, 1943, v.SO,no.16:483-485. Deplores the bombing of civilians by the British and Americans in such towns as Rotterdam and discusses protests .that have been made against it by British Friends and others. 505 The Night Fighter, by Lawrence Scott. SPHERE (London), Feb, 6, 1943, v.172,no.2246:178-179., illus. Describes the airplanes used by the night fighters, their equipment, and the men who pilot them. 5C6 Our Bombers Meet the Test, by James L. H. Peck. AIR-AGE (New York), April 1943, v. 1,no.3:14-16,73-74., illus# Discusses‘what our designers have done to make our bombing aircraft close to being impregnable,' despite our own and foreign criticism of their qualities. 5c7 Pattern Bombing, by James L. H. Peck. FLYING ACES (New York), March 1943, v.43,no.4:14-15,72-73., photos. Corrects various misconceptions in regard to mass bombing and precision bombing and discusses formation flying that lends itself to many variations of attack on targets. 5c8 Post-War Aviation, by Air-Commodpre L.E.O, Charlton. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Eeb. 1943, no.914, new series;Sl-87. Reviews bomber' developments during the war and. forecasts its adaptation for*the long-distance type of cargo ship required for postwar needs. 509 La Produccion Belica de Alemania ha Sido Afectada por la R.A.F. COMENTARI03 Y' DOCUI ENTOS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico, D. F.), v.4, no.71;664-673. * ‘ " ‘ ‘ (War Production of Germany Has Been Affected by the R.A.F.—) Analyzes the affect of R.A.F. bombardments, particularly in the Ruhr Valley. 510 The Promise of Air Power, Pt. I, 'by'Tom Ashley. SOUTHERN ' FLIGHT (Dallas), March 1943, v. 19,, no. 3 • 16-17,20,33. Discusses air power’s starting point, the first goals, chart- ing air force missions, and justification for day bombing. XI. MILITARY SCIENCE: STRATEGY AND TACTICS (cont.) 511 The Promise of Air Power, Pt. II, by' Tom Ashley, SOUTHERN FLIGHT (Dallas), April 1943, v.19,no.4:22-24,, photos. Discusses the emphasis laid on heavy bombardment in World War II, and the development of medium bombardment aviation in the United States. 512 Return at Dawn; the Official Story of the New Zealand Bomber Squadron of the R.A,F. from June 1939 to July 1942, by Hilary A, St. George Saunders... [Wellington, E. V. Paul, Government Printer], 1942, 52p., illus. An account of the New Zealand Bomber Squadron’s fighting over Norway, England and France; also of the offensive against Germany. 513 Robot Stuka, by Alexis Dowydoff. AIR PROGRESS (New York), March 1943, v.2,no.3jl3., diagr, A brief description of the automatic bomb dropping and pull- out me'chanisma which the Nazis have incorporated into their Stukas. 5H£ Statistical Review for October-December, 1942 and Janauary 1943, ROYAL AIR FORCE QUARTERLY (London), March 1943, v,14,no.2s 94-108,, photos. Reviews the bombing attacks of the Royal Air Force from October-December 1942, through January 1943 on enemy-occupied territory, on shipping, and on Germany and Italy, 5X5 Volcano Island, by J. M* Spaight...Late Principal Assistant Secretary* Air -Ministry. London* Geoffrey Bles, 1943. 144p., illus. . England’s air offensive and bombing techniques and objectives are discussed. The effectiveness of England’s raids on the continent are shown by photographic records, 5IE' The War in the Air, by Major Oliver Stewart, INDIAN AVIATION (Calcutta), Nov. 1942, v.26,no.11>269-271., photos. States that it has not yet been proved that very heavy bombings cannot cripple a nation. Attributes Germany’s failure to bomb Britain out of the war in 1940 to under- estimation of the quantity of ammunition necessarv for such an undertaking. 517 Why Day Bombing Will Win, by James L: H. Peck. AIR PROGRESS (New York),.March 1943, v,2,no,3:21-23,65.66., photos, diagram Claims that American planes have proved themselves capable of the daylight' precision bombing which is necessary to smash German industry. . • . . XII. SPIES AND SABOTAGE 518 '"Bushido;" the Anatomy of Terror, by Alexander Pernikoff. I Jew York, Liveright, 1943. 284p. * An account of the technique of terror practiced by the , ' 'Japanese when they occupy new territories. The author states that he has based his story on the manuscript of a Lussian youth who became an unwilling agent for the Japanese when they invaded Manchuria. 519 Espionage, por B.' Luis Campos Gamier. EL SOLDADO (Mexico D. F.), Aug.-Sept. 1942, v.19,nos.5-6:51-52. (Espionage.—) Eiscussion of the utility and operation of espionage. 520 How FJe Learned to Kill Traitors; Part I, by Leo Pin-Fei. HARPER'S MAGAZINE (New York), May 1943, v.186,no.1116:565-572. Describes experi'cnces of Chinese saboteurs in killing Jap leaders in China, 521 Laws Relating to Espionage, Compiled by Elmer A* Lewis, Supt. of Document Room, House of Representatives. Washington, TJ, S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 29p. 522 The Making of a Nazi Saboteur, by 'John Martin, IIARPERJS 'MAGAZINE (New York), April 1943,’v.186,no.1115:532-540, Describes the indoctrination of Herbert Haupt and Wolfgang Wergin by their parents.' in Nazi philosophy; their training at the saboteurs1 school in Germany; and their movements prior to their arrest in the United States, 523 Offensive .on the 5th Column Front, by Albert E. Kahn. CURRENTS (New York), March 1943, v.l,no.1:7-ll. Discusses the thirty-three pre-Axis propagandists facing trial on federal charges of conspiring to sabotage the morale of American Armed Forces. 524 The Other Germany, by Heinrich Fraenkel. London, Lindsay , Drummond, 1942. 144j), ,g..iLlus. A collection of news, items which the Nazi press has allowed to be printed, showing sabotage and other forms of opposition to the Nazi regime within Germany. The author wishes to show how this vast body of. opposition may best be used as a weapon in the coming offensive by the-United Nations. 525 Puissances Occultes du Japon; III. ' FRANCE ORIENT (Delhi, India), Oct. 1942, v»2,no.18jl27-134, (Occult Powers of Japan.—) Discusses the organization and operation of Japanese espionage in the United States, the Philippines, Malaya, and Mongolia. 526 Sabotage, by Lawrence Wolfe. London, Nicholson and R’at son, 1942. 19 Op. Demonstrates that sabotage on the Continent represents one of the main battlefronts and one of the foundations of the eventual victory of the United Nations. XII. SPIES AND SABOTAGE (cont.) 527 Sabotage and America’s Minorities, by Joseph S. Roucek, WORLD AFFAIRS INTERPRETER (Los Angeles), Spring 1943, v.14, no.lj45-66. States that subversive individuals do not predominate in • any American minority group, and analyzes activities of various minorities to prove this point, 528 Sabotage on Yugoslav Railways. MODERN TRANSPORT (London), April 17, 1943, v.49,no.1257:12. Insists that the sabotaging of the Yugoslav railways had been a major feature of guerrilla operations and that it has dealt severe blows to Axis communications. 529 Silent War of Polish Railway Workers. POLAND FIGHTS (New York), March 20, 1943, v.3,no.34:3-4. Discusses the importance to the Germans of the Polish rail- way system and of Poland*s communications generally, con- , ditions of work and pay on the railways in Poland, sabotage and destruction of railway materials by Polish workers, 530 The Silent War; the Undergrond Movement in Germany, by joh B, Jansen and Stefan Weyl (pseudo.) - Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1943. 357p. " A factual account of what is going on inside Nazi Germany, so far as this is known and can be told. Both authors (who arc writing under assumed names) are intimately con- nected with the underground movement. 531 ...Special Report on Subversive Activities Aimed at Destroying Our Representative Form of Government.•.Report. Special Com- mittee House of Representatives on Un-American Activities. Pur- suant to H. Res. 42c, IT. S. 77th Cong... Washington, U* S.' Govt. Print. Off. 16p» (u. S, 77th Cohg,, 2d sess. House.Rept. 2748) 532 U-Bobt-Spionage’. ’ SCKWEIZER ILLUSTRIERTE ZEITUNG (Zotingen), Oct. 7, 1942, no,41j5-6. (U-Boat Espionage.—) illustrates the importance of es- pionage in connection with the operations of submarines. Method used in the sinking of "Royal Oak." 533 What You Should Know About Spies and Saboteurs, by 'Till Irwin and Thomas M. Johnson. New York, W, W, Norton, 1943, 227p. Outlines the organization and operation of Axis agents in America and describes the--work of American civilian and military counter-espionage and intelligence agencies. XIII. ANIMAIiS IN THE WAR 534 El Caballo, Victima del Siglo, por el Teniente Jorge Basurto G. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO (Mexico, La Sccrctaria do la Defense Nacional, Mexico, D. F.), May y.'June, July, Aug. 1941, v.21, nos.5,6,7,8:382—385* (The Horse, Victim of the Times —) Evaluation of the mili- tary utility of the horse. . XIII. ANIIA.LS IX THE EAR •{ cent. ) 535 Care of Animals in the Jungle, by Co.pt. Benjamin F. Loach. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April 1943, v.52,no.2: 38-89. ' Describes the way' in which animals should be cared for in jungle warfare. Equipment, food, and care of injuries afe discussed, 536 Cavalry Patrols, by Capt. Enrique Sandoual Castarrico. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April 1943, v.52,no,2; 67-70. Describes the functions of a cavalry patrol in the Mexican army, the duties of the commanders, and the conduct of the patrol during the mission. 537 Dogs Go to War, by Eleanor G. Pierce. NORFOLK AND iESTERN MAGAZINE (Roanoke, Vo..), April 1943, v. 21,no 4:154-155,192-193. Discusses the training of dogs for defense and other services by the Quartermaster Corps of the United States Army*' Gives details of training procedure and care given the dogs, 538 Dogs of War Are Doing Their Bit- in National Service, MORLD PETROLEUM (East Stroudsburg, Pa,), Feb. 1945, v.14,no,2;40-42. Tells how the Continental Oil Company employs the historic breed of mastiff dogs to protect its properties. Explains how dogs are being used by the array and industrial concerns to share in guard and patrol duties. 539 Handling, Feeding and Care of War Dogs. Notes From ’’Training Memorandum Number 16” Issued by Headquarters, Hawaiian Dcpart- 'rnent. ' "MILITARY REVIEW (Command and General Staff School, Ft. Leavenworth) , v.23,no.2:60-63. 540 La Misi6ivdel M6dico Veterinario Dcntro do Nuestro Ej6rcito, por He man Carrillo Gil. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO (Mexico,1 Fstado 1 Mayor Prcsidencial, Mexico D. F.), July 1942, v.22,no,4:63-64, (The Mission of the Veterinarian in Our Army.—) History and importance of the veterinarian ih'the Mexican army. •XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR A. Chemical Warfare 541 La Agrosi6n'Quimica, por 'Aguetin Ripoll. . LEFENSA (Mexico D. F., Mexico), March 1943, v.3,no.21:61-§4. (Chemical Attack.—) Describes the apparatus for personal protection against gas attacks. 542 A Check List, Civilian Defense Collection, Section D - Subsection 5: Chemical Wr_ r f a r o -D e c o nt am in a t io n, Prepared by Che rlcs H. '“entz. Washington,. IJ. S. Library 'of Congress, Reference Dept., March 1, 1943. 17p. (Processed). XTV, SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 543 Chemicals on the Battle Front, by Edgar 1/1. QueenyL TECH ENGINEERING NEWS (Cambridge, Mass.), Doc. 1942, v.24,no.l: 5-7. Discusses the contributions of chemistry and the chemical industry in providing entirely new materials of strategic war value and in helping to convert old materials into more effective weapons. 544 Chemistry in Warfare, Its Strategic Importance, by F# L. Hessel, IT. S. Hcsscl and, j. W. Martin . .Few and Revised Edition... New York, Hastings 1942. 179p,, bibliog, Describes the role of chemistry in th,e production of military equipment. 545 ...First Lid and Nursing for Gas Casualties. Issued Jointly by the Ministry of Nome Security and the Ministry of Health. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1942. 45p* ([C't* Brit, Lir Raid Precautions Dept.] Lir Raid Precautions Handbook, no.2 (3d ed.) 546 The Gas Mask. U. S. Office Chief of Chemical Warfare Service, War Dept, Washington, Nov. 1942. 2op., illus. (CWS Educa- tional Booklet no.l) Describes various types of gas masks, beginning with those used prior to and during World War I.' Profusely illustrated. 547 Gas to Save Lives. STEEL HORIZONS (Pittsburgh), n,d*v.4,no.5: 13-14. Discusses the many uses of compressed -gases in warfare. 548 Die Grundlagen der Gasabwehr, mit Praktischen TJebungsvorschlagen, von dr. W, Kinttof.,, Berlin,' C.*. Hoymann, 1941, 176p, • (The. Fundamentals of &c.s Defense.—) 549 La Guerrh Quimica, by. Lndrds Mayer.' TEMLS ELSGIDOS (Buenos Lines), Oct. 1942, v 3,no.4:278-282.. (Chemical Warfare.—) Discusses the techniques of chemical warfare .and the protection of the civilian population from * ' chemical attacks. 550 La- Guerra .Quimica, por Santiago J, Philimorc. RSVISTL DEL BJERCITO (Mexico, Estado .Mayor Prosidcncial Mexico, D. F#), July 1942, v.22,no.4:21-29, (Chemical ™'arfa re.—) Discussion of military gases and their use in World War I. 551 Mechanism of Lotion of Ordinary War Gases, by David F# Marsh. QUARTERLY OF THE PHI BETL PI MEDICLL FRLTERNITY (Menasha), Nov. 1942, v.39,no,3:2o2-2o4. A pharmacological discussion of the mechanism of action of war gases. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECT'S OF THE ’ AH (bout.) 552 Nb&ious Gases and the Principles of Respiration Influencing Their Action, 2nd and rev. ed., by Yandell Henderson and' Howard W. Haggard. New York, Runhold Publishing Corp., . 1943. 294p. (American Chemical Society Monograph Scries) 553 Japanese Use of Chemicals: A Report on Chemical Warfare Tactics Used Against the Chinese People, MILITART REVIEW (Command and' General Staff School, Ft, Leavenworth, Kansas), June 1943, v.23,no.3t61. (Reprinted From the Chemical War- fare Bulletin, Oct. 1942), 554 The Tactical Use of Smoke (For USe at the Chemical Warfare School Only). Pamphlet no.lO, U. S. Chemical Warfare 'School, Edgcwood Arsenal, Mary land, Nov. 1942., illus., diagrs. Gives general theorj/- of blanketing smoke and its tactical application in warfare. B. Meteorlogy 555 Aerology, by 'Comm. H. T. Orville. ' FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2:140-142,288., illus. < Describes the duties of the Navy aerologist. 556 Aerology for Pilots: Flight Preparation Training Series, Published Under the Supervision o'f the Training Division, Bureau of Aeronautics, U. S. Navy, New York, Mcgraw-Uill Book Co., 1943. 167p., illus. 557 The Air Almanac, 1943. May-Aug, Prepared by H. II* Nautical Almanac Office on Behalf of the A ir Ministry. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1942. 248p. and appendix. (Air Publi- cation 1602) 558 Hurricanes; Their Nature and History —Particularly Those of the Indies and the Southern Coasts of the United States, by Ivan Ray Tannehill, Chief of the Division of Synoptic Reports and Forecasts, U, S. Leather Bureau. Princeton, Princeton University, 1943. x, 265p., illus., diagrs., charts. 559 Selected Bibliography on Meteorology and Related Subject's. Washington, U. S. Weather Bureau, Library. Jan. 2o, 1943, 31p. (Processed) 560 Wartime leather Prophets,- by Leonard Engel. AIR NEWS (New York), April 1943, v.4,no.4:10-13,50. Describes the organization and work of the Weather Directorate, /the meteorological organization of the Amy Air Force. 561 Weather Guide for Air Pilots, by Elbert Lee Eaton*., 'New York, The Ronald Press, 1943. Revised Printing, ix, 92p», illus., charts. A guide book on weather designed for aviators and executives who lack the time to make an exhaustive study of meteorology. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 562 Weather Principles; Prepared for Aircraft Flight Crews [by] Airlines War Training Institute. Washington, Airlines War Training Institute, 1943. If6p., diagrs. C. Map-reading and Navigation 563 Air Navigation, by Herbert S. Zim. Illustrated with Drawings by James MacDonald and With Photographs. ' New York, liarcourt, Brace, 1943. 324p., illus., diagrs., maps. Presents the subject of airplane navigation in terms under- standable to the laymen. 564 Air Navigation, by 3. R, Hamilton... New York, The Ronald Press, 1943. 175p. diagrs., map. (Nelson*s Aeroscionce Manuals) Intended primarily' as a training manual for men who intended to enter the R.A.F. 565 Air Navigation, by P, V. H* ‘Weems. 3d ed. New York and London, McGraw-Hill, 1943. xii, 406p , illus., maps, charts* Surveys the principal methods of air navigation — piloting, dead reckoning, radio position finding, and celestial naviga- tion. This edition is written especially for the purpose of emphasizing practical navigation under war conditions. 566 Air Navigation; Fart Two. Introduction to Navigation. Under the Supervision of the Training Division, Bureau of Aeronautics, U. S. Navy. New York and London, McGraw-Hill, 1943. 81p., illus., charts, diagrs. (Flight Preparation Train- ing Scries). 567 Air Navigation; Part Three, Dead Reckoning and Lines of Position. Flight Preparation Training.Series; Published Under the Supervi- sion of the Training, Bureau of Aeronautics, U. S. Navy. New York, McGraw-Hill, 1943. 77p., illus., diagrs. 568 Approach to Foreign Map Heading, Part n, by Robert B. Rigg, Cav. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v.33,no,4:243-254., maps, charts, illus. Discusses map symbols, Russian maps, maps of Arabix-spoaking countries, Chinese maps, Japanese maps, and notes on geographi- cal terms, 569 The Army Map Service: It Helps to Guide- Our Lighting Forces with Aid of Lithographic Presses, by Col. W C. Johnson. NATIONAL LITHOGRAPHER (New York), April 1943, v.50,no.4:16-18. Tells how the work of the Army Map Service is accomplished with the aid of the lithographic press and skilled workers under the supervision of Army officers. 570 Astronomical Navigation; A Handbook for Aviators, [by] 7. M. Smart...Regius Professor of Astronomy in the University of Glasgow. London, New York, Longmans, Green, 1942. 12Cp., diagrs. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS CT THE WAR (cont.) 571 Celestial Navigation, Prepared'by Aircraft Flight and Ground - Crews. Washington, Airlines War Training. Institute, 1943, 122p., diagrs. 572 Celestial Navigation for Aviators: Short Graphic Method, by Clarence H. True...Balboa Heights, Canal Zone, 0#»E> True, 1943. 28p. Outlines a new simplified method for determining approximate position. 573 The Complete Air Navigator, Covering the 'Syllabus for the First Class Air Navigator’s License, by D, C. T. Bennett. 4th ed. London, Sir Isaac Pitman, 1942. xvi, 37Sp. 574 Cugle’s Practical Navigation, by Charles II. Cugle. Now Edition,' Thoroughly Revised and Brought up to Date by I. J. Stephens. New York, E. P. Dutton, 1943. xv, 7oGp, "The purpose of this book is'to lay before,the student all the rules and problems in navigation used in everyday work at sea, with short definitions of the theory of navigation and other useful information that the young officer should know. ” 575 Elementary Air Navigation, by R. K. Vandevord*••Aldershot, Gale and Polden, 1942. 80p,, figures. 576 The Essentials of Air Navigation, by F. G. Brown..• Sydney, Angus-and Robertson, 1942. xvii, 419p., illus., diagrs, 5 77 Learning to Navigate [bv] p. V 5. Weems and William C, Eberle, New York, Pitman Publishing Corn., 1943. xiii, loop., illus. 578 Radio and instrument Flying; Instructor Manual, by Charles A. Zwong... Rev. ed. Forth Hollywood, Cal., Pan American Navigation Service, 1943. 2o2p., illus. (processed) R. photography and Blueprints 679 Aerial Photogrammetry,...A Syllabus for Use in an Engineering Science, Management War Training Course Offered at the University of Chicago. Prepared by F. J. pettijohn. Chicago, Distributed by University of Chicago Bookstore, 1943. Various paging. (Processed) 58CP Aerial Photographs; Their Use and Interpretation, by A. J. . paroley. 'New York, Harper, 1942. xix, 203p., illus., diagrs. (Harper’s Geoscience Series) 681 Map and Aerial photo, raph Reading-Complete. Harrisburg, Pa., The Military’-' Service Publishing Co., 1943. 182p., illus., maps, diagrs. Gives the complete Sto ry of map and aerial photo reading for• field use. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OP THE WAR (oont.) 582 Map Interpretation With Military Applications, by Will icon C. Patman, Department of Geology, University of California at Log' Angelos. New York and London, McGraw-Hill, 1943. 67p., illus., diagrs. Selected List of References. The purpose of the book is -to provide a background for understanding the significance of the landscape as it is represented on maps. It is designed primarily for R.C.T.C* . Army and Navy students, and comprises the study of terrain features as represented on contour maps and on aerial photo- •graphs. 583 Medical Art and Photography Enlist for the Duration. JOURNAL OF THE BIOLOGICAL PHOTOGRAPHIC ASSOCIATION (Milwaukee), March 1943, v.11,no.3:100-102. Discusses Army and civilian needs for medical photography. 584 Medicofilm Service of the Army Medical Library, Its Purposes and Plan of Operation, Together With a List of More Than 4000 Abbreviated Titles of Medical Periodicals Currently Received by This Library, Washington, U. 'S. war Do£t. Army Medical Library, Sept. 1940. 26p. (Processed). Lists the items available to research workers through the loan service of the Army Medical Library. 585 Military and Naval Maps and Gridsj. Their and Construction, by William W. Flexnor and Gordon L. 'Talker. New York, Prvden Press, 1943, 93p., illus. 586 Photogrammetry. 3rd cd. (by) E. Oakley Sharp, New York, John Wilay, 1943. vii, 129p*, illus., diagrs. Presents an exposition of the fundamental principles in- volved in both terrestrial and aerial photographic surveying; (2) a d iscussion of the application of these fundamental princi- ples to map making 587 Photographic Activities of the Army Signal Gorps, by Frank Cunningham, COMMERCIAL PHOTOGRAPHER (Cleveland), Feb. 1943, v.18,no.5:151-156., photos. Describes the training o,f Amy photographers and such activities as the photographing of V-mail, the filming of training movies, and the making of propaganda pictures. 588 Photography, by Capt.' L. A. Pope. FLYING (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v.32,no,2:132-134,275., photos. . Dispusses the. importance of’the Navy photographer to the war effort, 589 Role of Projectionists' in the.U. S. Army INTERNATIONAL PROJECTIONIST (New York), Dec. 1942, v.17,no.12j10,22., illus. Discusses the selection and training of projectionists' of the United States Amy Motion Picture Service theaters. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent,) , r E. Camouflage 590 Camoufla';;c "is a Must, By Lieut. George Bradshaw* AIR FORCE (U, Sc Amj[ 'Air Faroes, Few York), March 194:3, v.26, no.3:14-16., illus* Sets forth some rules of camouflage which every member of the forces in combat zones should obey. Lays particular stress on the 'desirability of leaving no tracks. * " . 591 Camouflage on the Soviet Front, by F, Fizelov, MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), April 1943, v.35,no.210:171-172. Says that fighting on the Soviet front has proved that ’ camouflage Is one of the most important branches of military engineering. Describes the use of camouflage on the Malinin front and on river crossings, in Russia. 592 Camouflage Planting,' by Marjorie Sewell. AMERICA I CITY (Now York), April 1943, v.58,no.4:52-54. Discusses the advantage of using natural foliage for camou- flage and indicates the best type of trees and shrubbery to use and how to plant them. i 593 Camouflage, Theory and Practice: A Summary, by Milton S. Fox, The Cleveland Museum of Art. • Cleveland, Cleveland Museum of Art, Jan. 1943. 24p., (Bibliog.) (Processed). 594 Camuflajc, por Armando Alvarez Maytcrena, REVISTA DEL EJERCITO (Mexico, Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico D, '.), July 1942, v.22,no.4;39-4 6. i (Camouflage.--) General consideration of the art and techniques of military camouflage. 595 Protective Concealment for Airfields and Other Fixed Installa- tions. December 1942, TJ. S. -ear Dept. Washington, u. S. Govt, Print. Off,, 1942. If4p., illus. (Technical Manual no. 5-266) 596 * There*s More to It Than Moots the .Eye. CANADIAIT Alb CADET (Toronto), April 1943, v.2,no.7;12-13,25r28. Reveals the role of. .the aerial camera in 'put-tin.:; old- ■ ■ fashioned camouflage "on the spot." Describes 'lew tech- niques in camouflage to escape detection by the camera. 597 War Paint, by Major K "P... Breckonridge. . ; EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May* 1, 1943',' v.215,no.44:26.., photos. Discusses the effective use that has been made in "'orId War II of splotched and patterned knee-length jackets, smeared and painted faces, and "sniper suits*1 - by Germans,. Japanese, and /mericans. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE rrAR (cent.) F. Liscellaneous 598 The American Technical Mission, by Gaganvihari L. Mehta. SCIENCE AND CULTURE (Calcutta), Sept. 1942, v.8,no.3:99-103. Discusses the visit of the American Technical Mission to India during April-lay 1942, for the purpose of study of India’s war production and the possibility of its develop- ment with American, aid, 599 Bacteria in Aerial •Warfare, by Lucien Zacharoff. AIR-A-GE (New York), April 1943, v. l,no,3:30-32,64-66., illus. Cites authentic documents to prove that Germany, a.nd Italy arc elaborately prepared to use deadly microbe weapons through aircraft. Speculates as to whether the Axis, in desperation over t'hc continued attacks by the' United Nations, will resort to bacteriological warfare. 600 Bacterial Warfare, by Col. -Leon A Fox. JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v.2 8,no.5:539-553. Discusses various fatal diseases and methods of transmitting them and indicates the practicability of employing such- diseases in bacterial warfare. Also indica.tcs that modem military sanitary precautions make the use of bacterial warfare quite difficult. 601 • Cryptography; The Science of Secret Ariting, by Laurence Dwight Smith* New York, A. A. Norton, 1943* 164p,, diagrsi A systematic presentation of the basic elements of crypto- graphy, with typical examples of method and procedure. Makes clear the importance of cryptography to our armed forces. 602 Mathematics and>the Maximum Scientific Effort in Total Mar* by Dr. Marston Morse. SCIENTIFIC MONTHLY (Lancaster, Pa.), Jan. 1943, v«56,no.1:50-55, . -Scientific analysis of mathematics as a basic factor in winning the war. Emphasizes the importance of mathematics in-the scientific research for military and industrial purposes. 603 Mechanical Vibrations; Theory and Applications; An Introduction to Practical Dynamic -.Engineering Problems in the Structural Field, by -R. K, Bernhard. • * New York, Pitman'-publishing Corpora- tion, 1943* 139p., diagrs. Part I treats physical phenomena and their significance .in engineering dynamics. Part TI takes up measuring; technique, •typical- dynamic measuring instruments, and dynamic testing methods, A special section dca.ls with "Mechanical Vibra- . tionc of Bridges." XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont,) 604 Proceedings of War Service Meeting of Association of Consulting Chemists and Chemical Engineers, Inc. At Headquarters of Electrical Testing Laboratories, Inc., Dec, 7, 1942. New York, Association of Consulting Chemists and Chemical Engineers, 1942. 29p. Purpose of meeting was to consider the assistance being rendered by independent consultants and laboratories in the war effort and exploration of means of rendering greater service. 605 Quimica Milit'ar, by Hector Luisi. Montevideo., Imprenta Militar, 1942. 341p* ' (Military Chemistry.--) Deals with chemical warfare both form the offensive and defensive viewpoint. 6*06 Research and the i:Jar Effort, by Vrnncvar Bush. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (New York), March 1943, v,62,no.3:96-102. Discusses the importance of the relationship between scientists, engineers, and the armed services in the development, produc- tion, and the use of weapons, and the work of the Office of Scientific Research and Development and other agencies. 607 Science Looks Ahead, by Professor A, M. Low, with Contributions by Julian Huxley, 0. G. Grey, G. E. T. Eyston [and others], London, New York, Oxford University Press, 1942. 64-0p., illus. A broad survey of the field of applied science, explaining what has been achieved in the past and suggesting possible lines of future development. Section III is entitled "Science and the Ear." 608 SAE Handbook, 1943 Edition. New York, Society of; Automotive Engineers, 1943. 810p.,^illus,, tables. 609 Technology and the Economics of Total War, by Lymen Chalkley. Washington, American Council on public Affairs, 1943. 34p. Reviews the work of the various scientific boards which the Government has set up to further the war effort and calls attention to the difficulties encountered in aligning tech- nology with the new economic trends. 610 Technicians, by Lieut. Fred Tupper, Jr. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2•174-176,254-255., photos. Describes the training and work of the aviation technician. 611 Television Manual, by F. J. Camm, With 94 Illustrations* Rev. ed. Brooklyn, N* Y« Chemical Publishing Co., 1943. 224p., illus. A practical handbook on all branches of television, includ- ing the latest stereoscopic color television■system. XIV. SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent.) 612 Wehrwissenschaftliche Quellenkunde. Vierteljahresbeilage der Zeitscrift. DEUTSCHE WEHR (Berlin), July 17, 1942, v.G,no.2. 5 Op. (Source Material on Military Science.--) A bibliography » published in quarterly installments as a supplement to the magazine XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR A. Military Hygiene, Health Measures, and Sanitation 613 Allergy, Anaphylaxis and Immunotherapy; Basic Principles and Practice..., by Bret Rattier, F. D. Baltimore, The "rilliams and Wilkins Co., 1943. xi, 834p. A treatise presenting the fundamental principles and practice governing the use of antisera, vaccines, toxoids, blood transfusions, blood substitutes and sulfonamides, in the prevention of infections diseases and of the allergic phenomena resulting from their use. 614 Army Manual of Hygiene and Sanitation, 1*943. (Reprinted With Amendments (no.1),194o). Great Britian War Office, London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1941. 293p., illus. 615 The Army’s Contribution to Industrial Hygiene, by Lieut. Col. A. J. Lanza. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND THE NATIONS HEALTH (Albany,. N. Y-), April 1943, v.33,no.4:317-318. •' ■ .Reports on the establishment of an Occupational Hygiene > ’ ' Branch in the Surgeon General’s office to supervise sanita- . tion and industrial hygiene in government-owned, contractor- operated industrial establishments. > t ■ t 616 Blueprint for Health in the Tropics, by Capt. Lucius 7,r• Johnson. : . HTGEIA (Chicago) April 1943, v 21,no.4:260-261,281-233. Discusses the effect tropical climate has-on-the human body and gives a few simple rules of diet and sanitary precautions that will make' it possible' for the average person to live healthfully in the tropics. 617 Caring for the Navy’s Health, by uapt'. Lucius W. Johnson, JOURNAL OF LABORATORY,AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (-St. Louis), Feb, 1943, v.28,iio.5:554-563. Discusses naval health activities on shore, activities in ships and overseas, naval medical institutions, and medical department personnel. 618 Coast to Coast Survey of Drinking Conditions in and Around Army A.: Camps. U. S. Office of War Information. •. Washington, TJ*' S, Govt, Print. Off., Dec. 30, 1942. -32p. •; (CWT.Report no,l). -- , Concludes that no American army in histoiy has been so orderly and that there is not excessive drinking-among troops and drinking does not constitute a serious problem* XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 619 "Demountable” Amy Camp Plants of Substitute Materials, by Walter Joharmesen. SEWAGE WORKS ENGINEERING AND MUNICIPAL SANITATION (New York), Jan, 1943, v.14,no.lj13-14. Discusses the advantage of this type of sewage unit for army camps, and its construction from substitute materials. 620 An Effective Military Venereal Disease Control Program, by Major B Albert Lieberman, Jr. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.3,no.2:174-185. Presents a control program, of venereal diseases comprising education, prophylaxis, case finding, etc., and the re- commendation of certain desirable administrative measures. 621 Effects of Increased Flying Time on Aviation Instructors, by Capt. 'John E. Dougherty. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), March 1943, v.3,no.3:297-3o2• Describes a fatigue study on twenty instructors selected at random for training'groups of the Air Corps Basic Hying School, Randolph Field, to ascertain the effects of the in- creased flying hours on the instructors. 622 Elements of Military Hygiene. IT. S. Medical Field Service School, Carlisle Barracks, Pa. 2d ed., 1942. 272p. • A text book prepared for the use of students at the United States Military Academy, dealing with elements of military hygiene and first aid, with special emphasis on the re- quirements of field service and military aviation. 'In- cludes some material on human anatomy and physiology. 623 The Eleventh Pan. American Sanitary 'Conference, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, Sept. 7-18, 1942, by Hugh S. Gumming. BULLETIN OF THE PAN AMERICAN UNION (Washington), Jan. 1943, v.77,no,l: 23-28. A brief survey of the resolutions passed by the Conference relative to health, and civilian medical services, and hou sing. 624 Fit Men Fight BestJ by Harvey Holman. ROTARIAN (Chicago), April 1943, v.62,no,4;16-18., illus. Discusses the strict precautions the Armed Forces take over- seas and in the United States to prevent the spread of disease among the soldiers. 625 Funcionamiento del Servicio de Sanidad en la MovilizaciSn, por el Cap. Enrique Sandoval Castarrica. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO (Mexico, Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico D. F.), Aoril 1942, v. 22,no.l:61-66. (Functioning of the Sanitation Corps During Mobilisation.—) Reviews sanitation problems involved in the process of execut- ing the military operation of mobilization; suggests methods for meeting them. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OP THE WAR (cont.) 626 Keeping Fit for Flying; An Analysis of Important Factors Influencing the Health and the Efficiency of Civil Airman. Hew York, pan American Airways System, Feb. 1943* 325p, (Processed) . Treats of the effects of flying on the human organism, the consequences of lack of oxygen on the nervous system, the importance of diet and exercise, the influence of alcohol and smoking, and the care of health in the tropics. 627 Keeping the Marinos on Their Toes, by Lieut. Otto B» Schuster, U«S.N«R« ' MERCK REPORT (Rahway, N* J.), Jan. 1943, v.52,no.l: 4-8., illus. Describes cures for foot ailments caused by marine training* 628 Law Enforcement in Venereal Disease Control From the Standpoint of the Health Officer, by. John H« Stokes. VENEREAL DISEASE INFORMATION (U. S. Public Health Service^-Washington), Nov* 1942, v.23j393-4o2. (Reprint no. 191). 629 Learning'to Fight Tropical.Diseases, by Ella Hason,jaeger and Helen Buck. TRAINED 1-TORSE AND HOSPITAL REVIEW (Now YorF)7 March 1943, v.110,no.3:187-190., chart. Contains explanation of a chart which deals with tropical diseases. Chart headings are: principal way- the disease is spread;' incubation period; period of communicability; degree of transmissibility; products for immunization and treatment; and control measure’s, 630 The, Louse in Relation to Typhus Fever, by Melville D. Mackenzie, JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL* SANITARY INSTITUTE (London), Oct. 1942, v.62,no.4:177-182. Discussion of the spread of typhus fever from one human being to another-through lice, and the practical measures to be , .taken in avoiding infection. Recommended readings for further study. 631 Marriage, Morals and' "Tar, by Richard Malkin, New York, Arden Book Co. , 1943. '245p* A candid inquiry into morals in wartime. This book shows the effect of separation oh married coupled, the effect of •the lack of normal companibhship on the young, unmarried men and women, and discussed the problem of venereal disease and legalized prostitution! 632 Medical Problems in the RCAF, by Group Captain J. W. Tice* JOURNAL OF AVIATION MEDICINE (Saint Paul), Feb. 1943, v.l4,no,l; 4-9. Describes the work of medical officers in selecting members of the Royal Canadian Air Force, treating physiological problems, problems of nutrition, handling rations, and pre- venting exposures to poisons such as lead. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent.) 633 poisonous Reptiles of the World* A Wartime Handbook, by Doris M. Cochran. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, March 19, 1943. 37p* . illus* (War Background Studies no.10. Publica- tion 3727). Tells of the' distribution of poisonous reptiles in the world and describes the chief sorts. The appendix contains first- aid information. 634' Prostitution and the War, ty Philip S. Broughton* hew York, public Affairs Pamphlet no.65) Discusses means of controlling venereal diseases through local and national action. / 635 Results of Serological Blood Tests for Syphilis on Selective Service Registrants, Based on the Second Million Reports Re- ceived During the Period April 16, 1941 to Aug. 31, 1941, for Registrants Examined in Accordance with the Provisions of the Selective Training and Service Act of 194c. Washington, U. S. Public Health Service, Oct. 1942. 428p. 636 A Review of Chiropody in the Services. CHIROPODY RECORD (Chicago), Dec. 1942, v.25,no.12*257-258. Reviews some of the important activities of the chiropodist while on duty with the armed forces. 637 The Role of the Mental-Hygiene Clinic in a Military Training Center, by Harry L. Freedman. MEHTAL HYGIENE (New York), Jan. 1943, v.27,no,lj83-121. Discusses the function of a clinic in*a military training center, organization and personnel, method of procedure, types of cases handled and how some of them are disposed of. 638 Safeguarding the Health of American Troops Abroad. STA.TISTICAL BULLETIN (Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, New York), Dec. 1942,- v. 23, no. 12 :1-4:. Describes the health hazards faced by our troops abroad, especially those stationed in the tropics, and measures taken to counteract them. 639 Shock, Exhaustion, and Restoration in War, by George Crile, Otto Glasser and Daniel p, Quiring. CLEVELAND CLINIC QUARTERLY (Cleveland), Jan. 1943, v.10,no.1*3-9. Discusses the mechanism of war shock, its symptoms and causes. 640 Social Hygiene and Defence Forces, by Socrates Noronha. INDIAN . JOURNAL OF SOCIAL WORK (gombay), Dec. 1942, v.3,no.3:257-275. Deals with t he serious social and economic consequences of venereal disease, its toll on the health and efficiency of the armed forces, and suggests measures for its control and .prevention. XV.- MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 641 Split Seconds Spell Superiority; by Brigadier General Luther S. Smith. SKYWAYS (New York), Feb. 1943, v.2,no.2j22-25,75, Discusses the importance of physical training and physical fitness to the airplane pilot. 642 Teaching of Physical Medicine in Relation to the War Effort, by Frank H. Yrusen' and Earl 'C. Elkins. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), April 1943, v.3,no,4:367-385. Discusses the need for trained physical therapy physicians for the war effort, and the facilities for training them, ■“v r\j 643 Las Tropas de Sanidad de las Pequenas Unidades en Campana, por Tte. Coronel Guillermo Suarez Torres. EL.SOLDADO (Mexico, Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico D. F.), April 1942, v,19, no.1*16-21., illus. * (Small Unite of the Medical Corps in.the Field,--' Outlines the function of the medical corps on the battlefield. 64.4 The Use of Vital Recores in Military Service — The Navy, by • C. S. Stephenson, Rear Admiral, Medical Corps, U.S.N* and C. W. Churchill, Lieut. (j.g.), H-V(s), U.S.N.R.' AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEALTH (New York), March 1943, v.33,np,3;231-238. Describes the Navy,s Vital Statistics System which is de- signed to give some measure of the:effectiveness of recruit- ing examinations, and a current picture of health conditions, 645 War, Famine and Pestilence, by Paul R.' Cannon. SCIENTIFIC MQNTHLY (Lancaster, Pa.), Jan. 1943, v.56,no.1*5-14, Historical review of famine' and pestilence as consequences of war and recalls the First World War when Germany found . that empty stomachs do not win wars. Warns against depend- ing too much oh psychological warfare and blitzkrieg. 646 Water in Military Campaigns, by Edward Bartow. JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL EDUCATION (Providence, p. I.), April 1943, v.2o,no.4: 167-170., illus. • * Gives,a resume of experiences with water supplies in World War I, including water supplies at base sections, water supplies' for hospitals, quality control, and methods of .analysis. 647 Water, in the- De-sort, ' SPHERE1 (London), March 2o, 1943, v. 172, no.2252'-365. , photos. Discusses the water shortage in North Africa and problems of importing quantities of water by sea for the troops there, 648 "When Brothels Close, V. D. Rates Go Down,” by Bascom Johnson, jr. JOURNAL OF SOCIAL HYGIENE (New York), Dec.,1942, v,28, nov9:525-535. A study of the principal places and sources of veneal in- fections among Army personnel in El Paso and surrounding areas. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAP (cent.) B, Medical Treatment, Hospitalization, and Medical Supplies 649. Activities of the Naval Hospital at Pearl Harbor Following the*Japanese Air Raid of December 7, 1941: Comments on the care of Battle Casualties, by Capt, Reynolds Hayden, M. C. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SURGERY (New York) , May 1943, v.4-0,no.2: 161-181. Discusses treatment of patients suffering from shock; acute surgical cases; special regional surgery; burns; blast in- jury or concussion of the lung; and general procedures for victims of air raids. 650 Adaptation of the Civilian Doctor to Anny Practice, by Lieut. Col. Guy W. Wells.' PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL JOURNAL (Harrisburg), Feb. 1943, v.46,no,5;459-462, Discusses the military training given to doctors in the Amy and urges doctors who arc eligible to apply for-a -commission. Describes the importance of medical men to the-war effort in their capacitjr as doctors and as morale officers. 651 An Appraisal Of the Medical Department at War, by Major General James C'* Magee. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Fob. 1943, v« 92,no.2:113-119. Enumerates notable achievements in medical and surgical- treatment after Pearl Harbor, by the Medical Department. 652 The Amy’s Medical Field Service School and Its War Training of Medical Officers, by Col. Edgar Erskine’Hume * JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (Richmond, Va.), Jan. 1943, v.28,no.4*388-417, Discusses need for medical officers, military medicine as a specialty, development 'of schools of the Army Medical Department, objectives of Field Service School, courses of instruction, departments of instruction. 653 -Aviation Dentistry, by Barnet M. Levy. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ORTHODONTICS AND ORAL SURGERY (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v.29, no.2 :92-95. Discusses the new field of aviation dentistiy which the war has necessitated and discusses its scope, 654 Aviation Medicine, by Lieut. Col,. W, M* Scott, M.C. JOURNAL OF THE OKLAHOMA STATE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Oklahoma City), March 1943, v 36,no.3:93-95. Describes tho qualifications of a Flight Surgeon; his duties; ■and some of the unusual aspects of his work. 655 Aviation Medicine, by David N. Grant, Brigadier-General, A.U.S. Air Surgeon, HOSPITALS (Chicago), May 1943, v. 17,no.5;25-27. Discusses various special health problems which relate to aviation, such as emotional strains, pilot fatigue, lack of • oxygen, and vision at different altitudes. Discusses avia- tion mdeic-ine from.a preventive standpoint. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 656 Aviation Medicine, by Louis Hopewell Bauer, M. D., Consultant to the Civil Aeronautics Administration and to the Committee on Aviation Medicine of the National Research Council...[Repro- duced from Oxford Roose-Leaf Medicine With the Same Page Numbers as in That Work]. New York, Oxford University Press, 19431545-595., bibliog, 657 Basic Principles Involved in t he Plans and Arrangements' of Our Naval Medical Service, by Near Admiral Ross T* McTntirc. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 1943, v. 92,no.2:120-129. Discusses basic principles involved in medical arrangements ■ for warfare at sea, on the land, and in the air- 658 Bleeding for Oar Country, by Joseph Weroch. FACTS (Chicago), Fob. 1943, v.2,no.2:58-61. Discusses the vital part blood plasma is playing in the war. 659 Blood' and Blood Substitutes for Emergency Use, by George H. Smith. CONNECTICUT STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL (New Haven), Oct. 1942, v.6,no.10:786-792. Explains the utilization of blood, native or processed, in emergency treatment of shock and hemorrhage. Stabilization of materials and simplification of methods now permit any well-trained physician to administer blood transfusion. 660 Blood Croups and Transfusion, by Alexander S. Wiener... 3rd ed,' Baltimore, Charles C. Thomas, 1943. xix, 438p., illus., diagrs. Contains in compact form the available knowledge concerning blood grouping and blood' transfusion. 661 Brazilio.n Army Medical Chief Urges Increased Echange of Special- ists. BRAZIL (Now York), Jan. 1943:13-14. Discusses an increased exchange of military specialists be- tween United States and Brazil. 662 British Ambulance Trains for Allied Armies. MODERN TRANSPORT (London), April 17, 1943, v.49,no.1257:7., illus. A number of ambulance trains to be used by both the dnited States and the British Armies are being constructed under lend-lease in shops of the British mainline railways. 663 Burns, Shock, Wound Healing and Vascular Injuries; Prepared Under the Auspices of the Committee on Surgery of the Division of Medical Sciences of the National Research Council. Phila- delphia and London, W. B. Suandors, 1943. .• xvi, 272p. Those texts are highly recommended by the Surgeon Generals of the United States Army and Navy. They present in compact form essential, up-to-date information regarding military surgery. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 664 Casualties and Medical Problems of Tank Warfare, by Daniel L. 'Borden. MEDICAL ANNALS OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.12,no.2«43-5o. , Discusses the types and locations of wounds likely to occur in tank warfare. Suggests ways of removing wounded from tanks and’ emphasizes the importance of the doctors’ understanding tank tactics. 665 Civilian Physicians and the Soldiery by N. ft. Booher, Major, Medical Corps. JOURNAL OF THE INDIANA STATE MEDICAL ASSOCIA- TION (Indianapolis), March 1943, v.36,no.3:161-162, Discusses the problem of the civilian physician who is re- quested to treat a soldier or his family; the attitude of the Army toward such practice; and the treatment of civilians by the Army medical officers. 666 Civilian -Physicians in OCD-USPHS; Affiliated Unitsetc Give Army Temporary Local Assistance in Military Emergencies. HOSPITALS (Chicago), May 1943, v. 17,no.5:31-34. Explains the plan to organize affiliated hospital units of physicians by selected hospitals and medical schools at the invitation of the Office of Civilian Defense and the United States Public Health Service to provide balanced medical ' staffs for Emergency Base Hospitals in the coastal states. , Lists the institutions invited. ■ 667 Clinical Usefulness of Plasma. THERAPEUTIC NOTES (Detroit), Jan. 1943:3-3., charts. Gives history of the use of human blood plasma, summarizes , its advantages, and tells when and how it Is used, 668 Comments on Aviation Medicine for the Navy for 1942, by Captain J. C. Adams (MC) USN, JOURNAL OF AVIATION MEDICINE (St. Paul, Minn.), April 1943, v. 14,no.2:71-74. Discusses aviation medical research, its operational accomplish- ments, the flight surgeon during enemy action, and the train- ing of flight surgeons as pilots. 669 The Diotietei in a Large Army Hospital, by Major Wallace M. Johnson. JOURNAL OF THE /AFRICAN:-DIETIC ASSOCIATION (Chicago), April 1943, v. 19,no.4:284-286. Shows that the dietician who enters Army service must realize , the necessity of conforming to Army customs and regulations, 670 The Dietician In a Small'Army Hospital, by Lieut Richard T. Viguers. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN DIETETIC'ASSOCIATION (Chicago), . April 1943, v. 19,no.’4:282-284, .. Discusses the duties and-responsibilitie s of the dietician in a small Army hospital. Indicates that the- duties are large- ly technical and professional rather than administrative. t — ’ . j XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (oont.) 671 L Drug That May Decide a Campaign, by Walter H, Return*, * SATURDAY NIGHT (Toronto), April 17, 1943, v.: 58,no. 32 :29. Discusses the effect of the Japanese occupation of Java upon the world supply of quinine and methods that have been used to increase our small supply of this strategic drug. 672 Dysentery and Diarrhea in Wartime, by Sir P. H. Manson-Bahr. M. D. MODSRN MEDICINE (Minneapo1is), March 1943, v•11,no•3 s 51-52. Describes new drugs used in the treatment of acute and chronic bacillary dysentery, which was the second most im- portant war disease in the last war. 0 • 673 Effects of Centrifugal Acceleration on Living Organisms, by George C, Ham, M. D. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Jan# 1943, v. 3, no.1:30-56. Describes effect on aviators of types of acceleration which occur in aircraft maneuvers. Stresses need for studies of the physiologic effects and pathologic changes in human subjects resulting from centrifugal acceleration# 674 Essentials of Syphilology, by Rudolph H. Eampmaier.• .With Chapters by Alvin E. Keller, M. D., J. Cyril Peterson, M. D. 87 Illustrations. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott, xvi, 518p, 675 Estudios de Patologia Tropical, por el Dr. David E. Iriarte. Caracas, Venezuela, Impronta de la Loteria, 1942. 81Sp,, illus. (Studies of Tropical Pathology.—) A Study of tropical diseases by a professor of bacteriology and parasitology of the University of Caracas. 676 First Aid and Pharmacy Strengthen the Russian AMERICAN _ ' DRUGGIST (New York), April 1943, v.167,no.4:32,96,98,IOC. Quotes the director of the Russian Aid Organization as saying that the American drug industry has helped to raise a’ fight- ing army of over 2,000,000 men for the United Nations# 677 First Aid Treatment for Survivors of Disasters at Sea# U. S. Navy Department, Bureau of Medicine and Surgery, -Washington, U, S. Govt; Print Off., 1943. 17p, Deals with general first aid principles and with aid for those suffering from thirst, starvation, immersion foot, frostbite, sunburns, eye inflamations, mental disturbances. * * -y 678 First and Second Interim Reports of the Medical personnel Priority Committee.r,Great Britain Ministry of Health. London, E. M. Stationery Off., 194-2. 12p. Recommends varrous measures of saving and utilizing medioal man power for uso in the armed forces. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont. ) . 67$ Flight Surgeons — Unsung Heroes of America's Fighting Forces, by"Rue1 McDaniel, THE WAR DOCTOR (New York), Nov, 1945, v.l,no.7:8-9, Indicates how important the work of the flight surgeon is to the well-being of our air forces 680 The Flying Ambulance, by Col, A. W* Williams. MPLITARY SURGEON (Washington), April 1943, v. 92,no,4:443-4.4£3# Traces the development of the ambulance from its origin in the Napoleonic Wars to the present use of airplanes for this purpose, 681 Flying Doctors, by A, C. H» Purthrey, HYGEIA (Chicago), May 1943, v„2lno.5:352-353,362., photos. Discusses the problems which medical officers are investigat- ing,, such as fatigue, blacking out, anoxia and "bends," as well as other complaints of flyers, and the improvement in flying conditions which their work has brought* 682 Flying Men and Medicine; The Effects of Flying Upon the Human Body, by E. Osmun Barr, New York, Funk and Wagnalls, 1943. Xv, 254-p. The story of aviation medicine is here told in simple English. The need for good eyes, good nerves, a good digestive system and good respiratory system is explained. Contains informa- tion of value to the prospective flyer. * 683 Fractures of the Jaws and Other Facial Bonos, by Gloim Major.., With Chapters on Radiographic Technic, by Lester M* J» Freedman., and War Aspects of Jaw Fractures, by Arthur Dick, •," Tith 225 Illustrations. St. Louis, C V. 'osby, 1943. 446p,, illus. 684 The' General Mission of Military Aviation Medicine, bv Prig. Gen. David N. W. Grant. JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v.28,no.5:577-585, Discusses problems of personnel and training in the expansion of aviation medicine to fit the needs of total war. Also discusses various types of medical problems presented by aviation. 685 God Vclikoi Etcchcstvonnoi Voiny i .Sovotskoe Zdra.vook iranenii . A SOVETSK IA MEDPTSINA -(Moscow) , Nov, 7, .1942:3-5,. (A Year of the Great National War and Soviet Health.—) Describes the role of Soviet medicine on.the battle front - aid to •wounded -, in the•dvacuatiop of hospitals, maintenance of health and sanitation among the civil population# 686 Health of the Army; Work of the.Royal Army Medical Corps in the Middle East. HUTCHINSON * St PICTORIAL HISTORY OF THE WAR (London), series 19,no,4;77-79; Discusses the diseases common among the troops in the Middle East and. their treatment. Compares the degree of efficiency attained by the-Medical Corps in this war with the breakdown of medical services in the East during World War I* - / XV.' MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent.) 637 Hospital Ship, by Comdr* Mackey ‘Lewis, u*S.N., and Josef Israels, n/ SATURDAY EVENING" POST- (Philadelphia), April 3, 1943, v.215,no.40:26-27,66,68., illus. Discusses the equipment, personnel, end advanced medical practices used aboard the Naval hospital ships. 688 Hospitals on the High Seas, by Roy L/ Peppcrburg. SEA POWER (New York), Jan. 1943, v. 3, no. 1*. 12-14. Describes the hospital ship on the U.S.S. Relief. 689 The Hospital Yearbook; 1943 Hospital Purchasing Pile... Chicago, The Modern Hospital, 1943. 21st Edition. 1023p. The Editorial Reference Section contains several articles on Postwar Hospital Planning, also one on Economics in iJar Time. 690 Life savors, by Mildred Danforth Kibble. AMERICA!'! LEGION MAGAZINE (Chicago), May 1943, v.34,no.5*20-21,54,60-61. Discusses the extent to which the various sulfa drugs arc saving life and limb in this war. Describes the almost magic help of the sulfa drugs in the evacuation from Dun- kirk, 691 Malaria in '/Airtime, by P. H. Manson-Bo.hr/ MODERN MEDICINE (Minneapolis), Feb, 1943, v.11,no,2:86-87. Describes four types of malaria and symptoms that must be recognized by military doctors, also suggests treatment. 692 Manual for the Microscopical Diagnosis of Malaria in Fan, by Aimee Wilcox. U. S. public Health Service.' Washington, U. S. Govt. Print Off. , 1943. 39p. , illus (B'ibliog.) (national Institute of Health Bulletin No.180) Designed to aid the student of malaria and the mieroscopist in the diagnosis of the disease, 693 Manual of 0:xygcn Therapy ‘Techniques.'. . ,by Albert H. Andrews. Chicago, Year Book Publishers, 1943. 191p., illus. 694 Manual of Standard Practice of Plastic and Maxillofacial Surgery; Prepared and Edited by the Subcommittee on Plastic and Maxillo- facial Surgery of the Committee on Surgery of the Division of Medical Sciences of the ‘National Research Council and Represents? tives of the Medical Department, TJ. S. Army... Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1942, xiii, 432p., illus. 695 The Medical Department.of the United States Army. THE AAR DOCTOR (Now York) , Nov, 1942, * v. 1,no. 7:3-5. .Discusses the varies activities of the United States Army • Medical Department. XV, ' MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 696 Medical- Handy Men, by Roger Kafka. SSL POWER (New York), Jan. 1943, v,3,no,lj9-11* Deals with the -training and work of the pharmacist’s mate of the Unitod States Navy Hospital Corps, 697 The Medical Miracle of Russia, by Howard W, Blake sloe# QUARTERLY OP THE PHI BETA PI MEDICAL FRATERNITY (Winter), v,39, no.4:275-277, • Reveals*the remarkable recovery rate (98.5 per 100) of Russian wounded, attributing it to the excellent organization of the medical corps, 698 Medical Parasitology; A Laboratory Manual, by I. Jacques Yetwin,.. Medical Technologist, American Society of Clinical Pathologists.., 3rd ed. Waltham, Mass., I. Jacques Yetwin, 1943, 130p., illus. A manual intended for use in a course given in the second year of the medical curriculum. The course ks been lengthened and the manual has been revised because of now aspects of medical parasitology and tropical medicine to be dealt with because of the vast areas of the world involved' in the globeli war. 699 Medical Service in Mountain Warfare, by Captain Alejandro Radbil. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), March 1943, v.92,no,3:264-267. Outlines and discusses the peculiarities of mountain warfare, and their influence on military tactics. 700 Medical Service in the Red Army, by Brigade Medical Officer I. N* Zavalishin. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb, 1943, v.92,no.2:189-193. Describes Rod'Army methods of giving prompt attention to wounds in the Field' Hospitals, and Russian army practice in tho first World War. 701 Medicine in War, by A. N. Richards. HEALTH (Mountain View, California), JanA:1943, v-. 10,no. 1:6-7. ■ Describes some of the research projects being carried on by the Medical Corps of tho Amy and Navy. 702' Military ASpCCts of Allergy, by Philip Blank, U. S. Army, JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v.28,no.5:609-618. Analyzes the problem of allergy confronting the Army Medical Corps and indicates the percent of-.allergic soldiers requir- ing care in tho armed forces. 70S Military Medicine,-by Ralph H,- Major, Jr. YALE S'CIENTIFIC MAGAZINE (New Haven), Feb. 194-3, v. 17,no. 3 :7-9. Describes training, research in military medicine problems of transportation, air warfare and medical equipment. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 704 Military Preventive Medicine and the Environmental Hvgicnc of the P-or Effort, by Major M* C. Samuel Ross. PACIFIC COAST JOURNAL OF NURSING (San Francisco), Dec. 1942, v.38, no.12:716-720. Discusses military preventive medicine and the importance of preventive medicine to the war worker as well as to the service man. 705 Miracles of Military Medicine [by] Albert Q. Maisel. New York, Duel, Sloan, 1943. xiv, 373p. Prepared with the advice and criticism of medical men in the armed forces, this book is 'a popular exposition of mod c rn mi 1 it a ry me d i c inc. 706 The Navy Dental Officer in Peace and War, by Captain A* Knox. ANNALS OF DENTISTRY (Baltimore); v.l,n.s.,no.4:165-171. Describes work of dentists in various branches of the Navy including, work in dental clinics aboard ship. 707 A Nov/ Field — Aviation Medicine, ROCHE REVIEW (Nutlcy, N. J»), Feb. 1943, v.7,no.5:153-169. Deals with the history and problems of aviation medicine, qualifications for aviation personnel, psychiatric problems, and the flight surgeon!sduties. 708 The 1942 Year Book of Dermatology and Syphilology, edited by Fred Wise and Marion B. Sulzberger. Chicago, The Year Book Publishers, 1943. 664p., illus. 709 Nutrition in Aviation’Medicine, by Lieut. Howard R. Bioman, Medical Corps, U.S.N.R. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.3,no.1;1-19., chart. Discusses the relative importance in the aviator*s diet of protein, carbohydrate, fat, minerals, vitamins calorics, and the like. Also discusses the storage and preparation of foods, air sickness, and other topics. • 710 Operative Oral Surgery, by Leo Winter ..Professor of Oral Surgery, New York University*•• With 1211 Text Illustrations Including 10 in Color. 2nd ed. St, Louis, C. V. Mosby, 194-3* 1074-p* 711 Orthopedic Subjects; Prepared and Edited by the Subcommittee on Orthopedic Surgery of the Committee on Surgery of the Division of Medical Sciences of the National Research Council. Phila- delphia and London, W.- B. Saunders, 1942. 306p., illus. (Military Surgical Manuals, National Research Council, no,IV) 712 Pain Blackout, by Myron Stearns.' SATURDAY EVENINS POST (Phila- delphia), Jan. 2, 1943, v.215,no.27:20-21. . Shows how new drugs and gases, plus new methods of administra- tion have revolutionized the science of anesthesia. Points out how many lives are saved and how pain is being avoided by use of new drugs. XV.. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE AAR (cont.) 713 Pathology and Treatment of War Wounds, by Sir Almroth E. Wright. ' London, William.Heinbmann Medical Books, 1942. viii, 2c8p,, illus. (Researches' from the Inoculation department, St. Mary’s •Hospital, London, w.2) 714 Physicians in Uniform. MEDICAL. MARKETING (Rutherford, p. J.), Feb. 1943, v.2,no.5:l-2. Considers how many more physicians will be needed in the armed forces in the near future, and the’ relocation of practicing physicians to acute shortage areas. 715 Pioneering in Plasma Service, by J. W. Davenport. MODERN HOSPITAL (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.60,no.ls62-64. Discusses technical and administrative problems connected with the preparation of plasma and the management of a plasma•center. 716 The Principles and Practice of War Surgery, With Reference to the Biological Method of the Treatment of War Wounds and Fractures, by J. Trueta.. .With Introduction by Owen H* Wangen- steen. . .With 144 Text.Illustrations. St. Louis, C. V. Mosby, 1943. 441p. 717 Problems of the Army Pharmacist, by Norman K. Kutlor. ’ AMERICAN PROFESSIONAL PHARMACIST (New York), Anril 1943, v.9,no.4:230-231, 242. 718 Recent Advances' in the Use of Human Serum and Plasma, by Maurice Hardgrove, M.‘ D. WISCONSIN MEDICAL JOURNAL (Madison, Wis.), March 1943, v.42,no.3j298-3o2. Discusses the serum versus plasma controversy and indicates . the civilian and military uses to which each may be put. 719 The School of Aviation Medicine — And the War, by Brig. Gen. Eugen G. Reinartz. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), March 1943, v.92,no.3:233-242. Discusses the relationship between certain basic principles of aviation medicine and success in the design, operation, and- piloting of aircraft. ' 720 Some Problems in*Aviation Medicine, by Ashton Graybicl, M. D. JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v.28,no.5:690-596. Discusses selection of pilots, lack of oxygen, decompression . illness, acceleration, airplane sickness, and other problems Of.aviation medicine. 721 Soviet Medicine in Wartime, by Bernard Kotcn. HYGEIA (Chicago), April 1943, v.21,no.4,:268-270,280. Discusses various methods of immediate treatment performed at the front and behind the lines in Russia 'and indicates the . number of .lives that have thus been saved* XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 722 Streamlining Military Medical Care, by Harold C. Lucth. HYGEIA (Chicago), March 1943, v.21,no^3:194-195,216-217.,photos. Discusses the progress that has boon made since 1940 in the care of the wounded, prevention of disease and physical better- ment of the soldier* 723 Studies on Stored Blood: X Complement, Iso-Agglutinins and Agglutinogens, by Andrew Crosbie and Harold Scarborough* EDINBURGH MEDICAL JOURNAL (Edinburgh), Dec. 1942, v.49,no.12; 766-772., tables, (Bibliog.) Reports the results of certain serological observations* A technical article for physicians. 724 A Survey of Allergy in a Station Hospital, by Capt* Philip Blank* MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Apiil 1943, v.92,no*4:419-423. Asserts that the disposition of cases seen in an allergy clinic is far more important than the "actual treatment. Evidences of environmental conditions, sensitivities and past history arc all important in deciding the disposition of a case. 725 Syphilis and the Armed Forces. North Carolina State Board of Health. Raleigh, April 1, 1943. 4p. (Mimeo.) (no*. 158 - New Series) Text of a broadcast delivered by William H. Richardson, States that syphilis is controllable* Galls for more coordi- no.tod effort between communitiec and health authorities and tells of a campaign prompted by the American Social hygiene Assoc is. tion. 726 Tetanus* in War-Time; LANCET (London), Dec. 26, 1942, v.243, no.6226;15-16. •Discusses wartime conditions that cause tetanus, and methods of prevention and treatment. 727 Tetanus 'Toxoid and Its Use in the United States Army, by Major Arthur P. Long, M. C. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF PUBLIC HEnLTH AND THE NATIONS HEALTH (New York), Jan. 1943, v.33,no.1:53-57. (Bibliog.) Explains the program for tetanus prevention in use in the United States Army, describes the reactions encountered and finds the results satisfactory. 728 Tratamionto 'do las Heridas del Abdomen, par Coronol 7. H. Ogilvicw, REVISTA DE LA SANIDAD MILI TAR (Cuba, Ejecito, Seccridn de Sanidad del Estado Favor General Ciudad Militar) , Oct., Nov., Den. 1942, v. 6*,no. 4:318-329. (Treatment of Abdominal Wounds.—) Reprinted from the Journal ' of the R.A.M.C., British, Dcccmbembcr 1941 issue. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE FAR (cent.) 729 Treatment of Fractures, by Guy A. Caldwell. New York, Paul B. Hocbcr, 1943. xii, 303p., 92 illus. Chapter Bib1io graphie s• This work by the Professor of orthopedic surgery. Tulane University, stresses the treatment of Compound fractures .which are frequent in war time. 730 The Treatment of Shock, by R, YU Raven.General Editor, The Rt. Hon. Lora border... London, Oxford University, 1942. xii, 96p., illus. (Oxford War Manuals) Records the results of recent experimentations of clinicians in the treatment of shock resulting from war wounds and air r a id c a sna 11 i c s . 731 • Tropical' "-odicinc in the vy, by Rear Admiral .Ross T. Maclntirc. AMERICAN JOURFAL OP’ TROPICAL MEDICINE (Baltimore), March 1943, v.23,no.2:141-146. Discusses the practice of tropical medicine by the members of the Navy Medical Corps, and the training of Reserve Officers for the treatment of tropical diseases required by a global war. 732 Two Thousand Tons of Blood, by Charles U. Coggin, Jr. RED CROSS COURIER (Washington), March 1945, v.22,no.9;3. Discusses the effectiveness of blood plasma in the war effort and the need for 4,000,000 pints of blood in 1943. 733 United States Naval Medical Bulletin; for the Information of the Medical Department of the Navy. Division of Publications, The Bureau of Medicine and Surgery. Bimonthly. U. S. Navy Dept. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off. , 1943. 734 Venereal Disease In the Armed Forces, by M. C. Ribbon. EDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS (Washington), Jan. 9, 1943, v.l,no,2: 23-36. Tells of the control gained over the rise in the rate of venereal disease in the Armed Forces. Reveals a higher prevalence of venereal disease in civil life than in the - armed forces. Explains the newly modified Army policy to mean that men with uncomplicated infections which have been rendered noncommunicablo, arc now accepted and assigned to military units. 735 'Victories of Army Medicine; Scientific Accomplishments of the Medical Department of the States Army, by Edgar Erskino Hume, Col. Medical Corps, United States Army. Philadelphia, J* B. Lippincott, 1943. xiv, 250p. Sketches the. history of the United States Army Medical Depart- ment from 1775 to 1943. Tells of the notable achievements of the Amy Medical Department, including the control of yellow fever, typhoid fever and smallpos, modem .purification of drinking water, use of ultraviolet light in tuberculosis con- trol, studies;in ventilation, nutrition and diet. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cont.) 736 War and Medicine, by Henry E. Sigerist, K. D. JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (St. Louis), Feb. 1943, v.28, no. 5-:5ol-538. Discusses the history of military medicine and indicates the good end bad effects of war on civilisation, 737 War Medicine, by Orlen J, Johnson, M. D., Col, Leonard C. Rown- tree and others. PENNSYLVANIA MEDICAL JOURNAL (Harrisburg), Dec. 1~94~2, v.46,no-, 3:191-203* Discussion of medicine and the war which includes Wartime Medicine and Selective Service, The Medical Profession’s Part in the War Industrial Effort, and Question and Answer Period of Symposium on War Medicine. 738 War Medicine - Shock. ' PHYSICIAN*S BULLETIN (Indianapolis), March-April 1943, v.8,no.2:55-37, Defines shock and describes various types of treatment, in- cluding tho use of plasma, whole blood transfusions, saline crystalloid solutions, gum acacia, and casein* 739 War Surgery of the Eye, by H. B. Stallard. MODERN MEDICINE Feb. 1943, v. ltyno.2s80* Describes the posterior route for removal of foreign bodies from the eye. 740 What About an Army Pharmacy Corps? by Goerge Urdang, * AMERICAN PROFESSIONAL PHARMACIST (New York), April 1943, v*9,no.4:225-227, 244,246. Traces the development of pharmacy as a. profession through tho Revolutionary and Civil Wars and ’World Wrr I and concludes that the present type of pharmaceutical work in the American armed forces is lagging behind that available to civilians. 741 The Work of the Medical Eicld Service School, by Col, Albert S. Dabney. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington)* Feb. 1943, v.92, no.2:178-185., charts. Describ-es courses of training offered at the Medi'cal Field Service School at .Carlisle Barracks, Pennsylvania. C* psychiatry and Nouro-Surgery 742 Aids to tho Investigation of Peripheral Nerve Injuries [by] * Medical Research Council, Nerve Injuries Committee]* London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1942. 48p. , illus. (M.R.C* War Memoran- r dum No.7) An atlas intended .to help those less experienced in the examination of patients with .legions of peripheral nerves. 743 The Effect of Noise and Vibration on Certain Psychomotor Responses, by Don Lewis. Washington, TJ. S. Civil Aeronautics Administra- tion, Jan. 1943. 87p., illus., mimeo. (Restricted) A report on research conducted at The State University of Icwa, Iowa City. XV, MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE YEAR (cent.) * 744 ■ A Follow-up St.odv of Selectors Rejected for Psychiatric Reasons, by Alfred' P. Solomon, M. D, DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM (Chicago), March 1943, v.4,no,3:78-81. Suggests that re-examiners of those rejected for psychiatric reasons be given authority to recommend the rejectee for a * service in the armed forces, either limited or unlimited, for which the rejectee is psychologically and physically qualified, 746 Human Ucuroanatomy, by Oliver S. Strong and Adolph Hlwyn. Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 1943, x, 417p., illus#, diagrs, 746 Military Psychiatry, by E, Hadley 'and others# PSYCHIATRY ■ (Washington), How 1942, ar.5,no.4*543-550., tables. Discusses the question of age as a factor in the psychiatric v suitability of selectees’, 'Statistics, 747 Military Psychiatry — Ages 18 and 19, by Benjamin I# Wciniger# PSYCHIATRY (The William Alanson White Psychiatric Foundation, Washington), Feb, 1943, v.6,no,1*89-97, Gives a preliminary report of the work undertaken in coopera- tion with the public school system of Montgomery County, Maryland, to find out how much information teachers had that wouId be of value in estimating the mental health and stability of the youths under their charge, as applied to military service* 748 Ncuropsychiatric Program for a Replacement Training Center, by Lieut, Col. Leland E, Schrcibcr and Major Julius Schreiber, Medical Corps, U.S.A. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Jan, 1943, v. 3, no.1:20-29. Gives a brief description of typos of ncuropsychiatric disorder, and lists five phases of a ncuropsychiatric program for .a replacement training’ center. Stresses need' for a pre- ventive ncuropsychiatric program for military«usc, 749 Neuroses fry Soldiers, by Ca.pt, Leon L. Altman, WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), March 1943, v.3,no,3:267~273. Discusses the use of a hypnotic drug as an adjuvant to sug- gestive psychotheraphy of hysterical * disabilities among soldiers, Fives cases illustrating this method of treat- •; • -ment and results, discusses the role of suggestion in the * . origin and treatment.of) hysterical disabilities# 750 Neurosis do los Aviadorcs,' ppr Mariano R. ‘Oastcx, German Orosco and Eduardo L. Capdchourat. < ' REVISTA IFEDICA (Buenos Aires), TJoo. 1942, v. 28,no. 327; 171-178. • (Neurosis of Aviators.—) Describes the effects of flight on the nervous systems of aviators and outlines a technique ' T '.for preventing and'curing nervous‘ailments ffdm which they suffer. ' 1 * • «. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR (cent.) 751 Neurosurgery end Thoracic Surgery; Prepared and Edited by the Subcommittee on Neurosurgery and Thoracic Surgery of the Committee on Surgery of the Division of Medical Sciences of.the National Research Council. Philadelphia, '7, 3. 'Saunders, 1943. xvi, 3l0p., illus. 752 Neurotic Casualties in the Field. LANCET (London), Doc, 19, 1942, Vo 263,noo6225:729• Suggests that personnel for the Army be more carefully selected and placed, since many men susceptible to breakdown should be eliminated through early examination* 753 Neurosurgery and Thoracic Surgery; Prepared and Edited by the Subcommittees on Neurosurgery and Thoracic Surgery of the Committee on Surgery of the Division of Medical Sciences of the National Research Council. Philadelphia and London, W. B, Saunders, 1943. xvi, Slop., illus. (Military Surgical Manuals, National Research Council, no. VI) 754 Psychiatric Aspects of Delinquency in the Navy, by Crawford N. Bagans, M. D. DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM (Chicago), March 1943, v.4,no,3:82-84. Suggests a plan for dealing with disciplinary cases have some psychiatric condition, based on an accurate determi- nation of the facto involved in every violation of regulations. 755 Psychiastic Tests for Military Loaders, DELEWARE STATE MEDICAL JOURNAL (Wilmington), Dec. 1943, v.14,no*12;240-243* (Medical Society of Delaware). Digests a speech by Dr. Emilio Mira, chief Psychiatrist for the Republican Army in the Spanish Civil War, in which he advocates psychological tests for officers and describes those given by the Germans, 756 Psychiatry in the Navy-,' by Capt, Forrest M* Harrison* WAR MEDICINE '(Chicago), Feb. 1943, v,3,no.2:113-138* - Reviews some of the most common psychiatric problems cn- tcountered in the Navy and describes the Navyfs accomplish- ments in the psychiatric field. 757 Psychology for the Fighting Man. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), March 1943, v*52,no. 3:28-37. . a Deals with officer-soldier relations, mobs and panic, and the psychological c-ffcct of rumors. 758 Psychology for the Fighting Man; Hearing as a Tool in Carfare. March 1941, v.4,no*3:109-112, Discusses action taken by the Canadian government to provide for the problems of demobilization and discharge of the forces during and after the present war. Deals with, the present problems of discharged men, special measures to as- sist in the civil re-establishment of ex-service men, and the strengthening of administrative machinery, 772 Medical and Hospital Service Experience with Disabled Veterans of World War II, by Charles M. Griffith, M. D. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.92,no,2•135-.4Q. Describes the means by which the Veterans’ Administration expects to provide for the treatment and care of disabled members of the present armed forces. XV. MEDICAL ASPECTS OF THE WAR. (cent.) 773 The Medical Bulletin of the Veterans' Administration* U* S. Veterans’ Administration, Jan. 1943, Washington, U. S* Govt. Print. Off., 1943, v.19,no.3. 117p* Contains special‘Articles end case reports concerning methods of dealing with.various diseases and injuries* 774 Pensions,and Rehabilitation Services for Disabled Ex-Servicemen in the U. S.S.R , by Denis A. Cooper. SOCIAL SECURITY 'BULLETIN (IT. S. Social Security Board, Washington), April 1943, v,6,no.4: 22-24. Summarizes provisions for drafted personnel and volunteers, for commissioned officers, noncommissioned officers and en- listed specialized personnel. Sketches the program, for vocational rehabilitation. 775 plan for Reconstruction; A Project for Victory in far and Peace, by W. IT. Hutt. London, Kogan Paul, 1943. viii, 32Sp* The book begins with drafts for three Bills read1; to be introduced into Parliament. The remainder of the book ex- plains the plan embodied in these Bills. Ho first sketches the institutional requirements for efficient pursuit of a long total war. and then describes a way of turning from war to peace. Security forboth capital and labor are emphasised. 776 Push for ■Disabled World War II Mon, by Omar B- T'otchum. FOREIGN SERVICE '(Kansas City), April 1943, v.3o,no.3:lc-11,39-40. Discusses H.R» 1749 and S. 230 and other proposed legislation pertaining to hospitalization, domiciliary care, and burial benefits to world War II veterans. 777 Rehabilitating the War Injured, by Henry Rodkey, SURVEY MIDMONTHLY (New York), May 1943, v.79,no.5:131-133* Examines the points of view of several powerful groups which have sought to influence rehabilitation legislation, md hafodtitnsibo Iona of tfcnir proposals* m . * ‘' x, «• • • 778 Report of Inter-departmental•Committee:on-the Rehabilitation :and Resettlomont of Disabled Persons. Presented to Parliament by Command'of Hi's Majesty,Jan. 1943. London, H« ¥• Stationery Off., 1943. 51p. (Gt. Brit. Parliament."Cmd. 6415) , . - _ . This final.report of the Committee considers the problem of rehabilitation under the following headings: eligibility, medical rehabilitation, post hospital rehabilitation, and re- settlement. 779 The U. „S* Army Induction Station Neuro-psychiatric Examination, by Leo A. Kaplan, M. 'D. DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM (Chicago), March 1943, v.4,no.3:74-77. Discusses the necessity for definite methods to be used in the establishment of practical standards for the selection of prospective soldier material of good psychiatric risk* XVI, CASUALTIES A. Prisons, Prisoners, Hostages, and Repatriation 780 Barrack 3, Room 12, by Marcel Hacdrich. Translated from the French, With Foreword, by Katherine Woods. Hew York, peynal and Hitchcock, 1943. 229p. This translation of a work by an unknown French prisoner purports to give a true account of life in the prison camp. It tells how eleven men, citizen-soldiers from as many walks pf life, kept their minds free while their bodies were im- prisoned. 781 City in Prison, by Joseph Alsop. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), Jan. 9, 1943, v.215,no.28;12,13,46,48,51. The first of two articles describing Sritish, Dutch and American nationals from Hong Kong in Japa.nesc custody, 782 The Conditions of Employment of Prisoners of War, The Geneva Convention of 1929 and Its Application. INTERNATICNAL LABOUR REVIEW (international Labour Office, Montreal), Feb. 194-3, v.47, no.2.169-196. A discussion o.f the problems arising in the employment of prisoners of war. The data is insufficient to show how far international regulations a.re being observed. The discussion is therefore theoretical ra*ther than practical, 783 Dachau. London, Gardner, 1942, 158p. An expose of the Nazi Concentration Camp air Dachau# Compiled from the notes of a prisoner who died.there. 784 El Mai Trato a los Prisioneros es Dcbido, M&s a la Ignorancia del Derecho, Que a la Pasion o Mala F6. MUNDO (Madrid), Nov. 29, 1942, v.3,no.134*502-504. (Bad Treatment of Prisoners is Due More to Ignorance of the Law Than to Passion or Bad Faith.—Surveys the status of war prisoners with particular reference to the recent handcuffing undertaken by the Germans and English. , 785 Nazi Black Record. POLAND FIGHTS (New York), April 5, 1943, v, 3,no-. 35:3-4. Discusses the concentration comp in Oswiecim, Poland, the national composition of the prisoners, and Nazi methods of killing prisoners. 786 En Noruega los' Nazis Tratan Brutalmente a los. Prisoner os do Guerra Serbios. COMENTARIOS Y DOCUMENTOS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico), March 1943, v. 7.,no. 75 :181-182. (The Nazis Brutally Treat the Yugoslav War Prisoners in Norway. —} XVI, CASUALTIES (oont.) 787 On Bohr.If of Prisoners of Far, by Huriol rent. ■ CONTSUPOEARY REVIEW (London), Doc, 1§42, no. 924: 352-356. Discusses the immense undertakings -of the British tied Cross and .St John War Organization and gives some of the features of its program for'prisoners of* war in England and abroad. 788 Prisoner of the Japs, by Gwen Dew. New York, Alfred A Enopf, 1943. viii, 309p. An American newspaperwoman's account of the attack on Hong Kong, its defense and ultimate fall, and the imprisonment of the American and English residents at Fort Stanley* 789 Prisoners Under the Lav/, by Tracy Strong. 'CPPISTIAN CENTURY (Chicago), April 14, 1943, v.60,no.15:455-457* Analyzes the Geneva Convention on treatment of prisoners of war and discusses the agencies engaged in bringing them relief and comfort. 790 Prisoners-of-War News. TRIDENT (London), April 1943, v.5, no.48:150-151., photos. Consists of notes compiled from information given either by prisoners or their friends and relatives about camps where .either Royal or merchant Navy Prisoners (officers and men) are confined, 791 Six Million Prisoners of War. FORTUNE (New York), Feb, 1943, v.27,no.2:109-110,1942,195,196,198,200,202. Discusses the treatment of prisoners of war by the various belligerents. Indicates that the international law regard- ing prisoners of war is observe'! in most cases. B. Mortalities 792 Germany’s Manpower Problem, by Albert Brandt, TOMORROW (New Y ork), May 1943, v. 2,no,9:17-21. Finds that the supply of men in the Reich from 1925 on has been approximately a half million per year. Discusses German manpower losses in World War II, gives information , on allied manpower, German forces from other countries, and Germany’s need for officers. 793 Prisoners in Africa, SPHERE (London), Fob, 27, 1942, v.172, no.2249:280. Reveals that 500,000 Axis troops have boon captured in Africa since the outbreak of the war. 794 The Stake in the Caucasus. SPECTATOR (London), Feb. 5, 1943, no.5980:117-118. Discusses the nature' and extent of German losses in the battle of Stalingrad, PART THREE: ARMED FORCES: ORGANIZATION AND TRAINING XVII. PUBLIC RELATIONS, CENSORSHIP AND THE PRESS 795 Amy Bureau of Current Affairs, by W* E. Williams* JCURNAL OF EDUCATION (Oxford, Eng.), Jon. 1942, v. 74, no, 870:21-, 26, Describes the way in which the Amy Bureau of Current Affairs is trying to help the service man in Britain under- stand what he is fighting for, 796 Fighting With Information: OWI Overseas, by Joseph Barnes. PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY (Princeton, N, J.), Spring 1945, v.7,no.1;34-45. Sets forth the principal aims of Overseas Branch of the Office of War Information, and describes the newly ostabi ' lishod administrative units which are trying to moot these aims. 797 The Goebbels Experiment; A Study of the Nazi Propaganda Machine, by Derrick Sington and Arthur Weidenfcld. London, John Murray, 1942. 260p., illus. An account of the propaganda organization of the Third Reich taken from documentary material, German wartime bradcasting and the Nazi Press. The authors have studied the scope, aim, methods, and effects of Goebbel’s machine. 798 Handbook of Emergency War Agencies. U. &. Office of War Information, March 1943. Washington, U. S. print. Off., 1943. 143p. 799 Lot the People Know, by Norman Angell. New York, The Viking Press, 1943. in, 244p. This book attempts to answer the questionings, doubts end * misgiving's in the minds of many Americans as to why we are ■ * in the war. 800 OH I Has a Job, by-Elmer Davis. PUBLIC OPINION QUARTERLY (Princeton, N. J.), Spring 1943, v.7,no,1;5-14. Sets forth the underlying philosophy and aims of those guiding public opinion activities of the government in this war* Discusses the duties and functions of the Office of War Information and its accomplishments. 801 Psychological 'Warfare; by Archibald Mac Lei sh.. FOREIGN NOTES (Chicago), Feb. 26, 1943, v.2c,no.4« 3p. Discusses the -true meaning’of -psychological warfare and con- cludes that it can be conducted only by those who direct the entire'war effort of the nation, and that in democratic countries, it can be conducted only with the support end understanding of the people. XVIII. PUBLIC RELATIONS, CENSORSHIP'AND TIP7 PRESS (cent,) 802 Psychology and tho War, by Steuart Henderson Britt. PSYCHOLOGICAL,BULLETIN (Evanston, 111.), Nov. 1942, v.39,no.9s 794-795. Gives notes on training interviewers for government atti- tudinal surveys and explains the program and procedures. 803 Straight Thinking in W-r Tiem, by Robert H, Thouloss. London, Hodder and Stoughton, 1942. 224p* An attempt to view rationally and unemotionally the various aspects of the present war; the causes of tho war; Hitler; the German atrocities; and war guilt and punishment# 804 UNITED NATIONS REVIEW (New York), Fob. 15, 1943, v.3,no*2. 88p* A monthly summary of documents on the allied fight for free- dom. Contains fcxeerpts from speeches and lists or press references. 805 War Information and Censorship, [by] Elmer Davis and Byron Price, Washington, American Council on Public Affairs, 1943. 79p.i Lhis booklet contains an article entitled ”War Information," by Elmer Lavis, and one entitled "War Censorship," by Byron Price. In the first article the Director of the Office of War Information describes the functions of his office, and in the second Mr, Price explains the nature end necessity for censorship in wartime. XVIII. WARTIME LEGISLATION, PARTIAL LAW, AND ADMINISTRATION 01? OCCUPIED TERRITORIES. • • • 806 The Articles, of War, Annotated, by Lee S* Tillotson, Col., J,A. G.D., U, S, Army, Retired. Second Revised .Ed, 1945'*' Harrisburg, Pa., The Military Service Publishing Co*, 1943, xix, 291p. Foreword: " The present Articles of War were enacted as a part of the Rational Defense Act of June 4, 1920, and con- stitute Chapter 36, Title 10 of the Code of Laws of the Hnited .States of America, 1934 Edition.” In this book the Articles are cited and an annotation follows each Article* 807 Bulletin of the Judge Advocate General of the Army; Cumulative' Index and Tables to Volume 1, 1942 and to Supplement, 1941, to the Digest of Opinions of the Advocate General of the * Army, 1912-194C* v. 1,no, 8:401-472. Washington, Lr. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943., tables. 808 Bibliography of Military Occupation, Part 1. The German Occupa- tion of France, 1870-1871; The German Occupation of Belgium, 1914-1918. Preliminary Compilation. U. S Board of Economic Warfare, Blockade and Supply Branch, Reoccupation and Recon- struction division. Oct. 13, 1942, 36p. (Mimco*) XVIII. WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIAL IAW (oont.) 809 Bibliography of Military Occupation, Part 2. ’Gorman Occupation of .Europe, 1939-19-12. Preliminary Compilation. U, S. Board of Economic Warfare, Blockade and Supply Branch, Beoccupation and Reconstruction Division, Nov. 194-2. 72p. (j'imco.) .810 Bibliography of Military Occupation, Part 3j Japanese Tech- niques. of Occupation, Preliminary Compilation* U. S, Board . .of. Economic Warfare, Blockade and Supply Branch, Rcoccupation and Reconstruction Division* Dee. 1942. 59p. (ilimeo.) 811 Can Congress Gear Itself To The Tasks of A Global 'far, by Robert C, Hartnett, AMERICA (New York), Jan, 9, 194-3, v.68, no. 14:374-375. Speculates on different -expedienth; for Congress to resort to in order to tone up its internal procedures and induce swift and consistent action* 812 Coast Guard Law Enforcement by Ridsdale Ellis. New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1943. xx, 203p. Defines the extent and limitation of the Coast Guard’s power, and contains sections on finding and interpreting the law .and enforcement practice and procedure. 813 The Constitution, Congress and the Army, by John'R. Craf*' SOCIAL STUDIES •(Philadelphia), Feb. 1943, v.34,no*2s79-82, Reviews the provisions of the, Constitution with regard to Congressional responsibility for the army and actions taken by Congross throughout our history including measures taken up to the time of Pearl Harbor. 814 Defense of Canada Regulations. (Consolidation), Issued by: Canada. Privy .Council, 1942. Ottawa, Edmond Cloutier, 1942. 90p, 815 Defense Regulations, Volume I.. ,12th Ed.' Sbpt. 17, 1942, ..London, H. M. Stationery Off.,1942, 518p. 816 Extract Translated From "Dcs Occupations Mi litaires on Dehors des Occupations de Guerre," par Raymond Robin, (Published in Pqris, 1913). Translated and Reproduced by the Division of International Law of the Carnegie Endownment for International Peace. Washington, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, 1942, .iv, 326p. (Processed). (Extracts translated’ from "Militarv Occupations Outside of Wartime Occupations,"--) Differentiates between military occupation in time of peace and belligerent occupation# Studies the.,problem from the historical and judicial view- points with the. purpose of making the task of the occupying forces less difficult and more equitable* XVIII, WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIAL LAW (cont.) 81'/’ A'General Court-Martial Trial, by Byrne A. Bowman, INSITRANCE COUNSEL JOURNAL (Birmingham), Jan. 1943, v.10,no.1:21-24. Advisee civilian lawyers in the techniques of practice in a military court. 818 A Guerra c a Administacao CixTil, [by] Cclso de Magalhaes. REVISTA DO SERVICO PUBLICO (Brasil, Dopartamonto Administrative do- Servico Publico, Rio de Janeiro), Oct. 1942, v.4,no«l»18-20 (War and the Civil Administration.—) Compares civil and military administration and discusses the importance of coordinating their' xntivitiLB during wartime 819 Inter-Allied Information Committee, London. Axis Oppression of Education, London, Inter-Allied. Information Committee, Oct. 1942, 2op. (Conditions in Occupied Territories a Series of Reports.».Ho.4) Reveals how the Axis power have made education an instru- ment of conquest. Testimony is introduced from each of the occupied countries of Europe, and from China and the Philippines as well, 820 Japanese Administration in Occupied Territories. CURRENT NOTES OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (Dept, of External Affairs, ' Canberra, Australia), Dec. 15, 1942, v.13,no.6:159-163. A statement by the Chief- of the Military Affairs Bureau of the Japanese War Office of tfco ton points which con* stitute the aim of Japan’s military administration in the occupied territories. i 821 The Jurisdiction Over the Members of the Allied Forces in Great Britain, by Egon Schwelb. (in, Czechoslovak Yearbook of Inter- national Law, 1942, London.) :147-171. 822 Laws' Relating to National Defense Enacted. Cong. . Compiled by Elmer A*. Lewis, Supt. of Document Room, House of Representa- tives. .. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 634p. 823 -Laws Relating to the Wa-r Department, Passed During the 77th Cong., 2d sess., Jan. 5, 1942 to Doc. 16, 1942. .v.4.9. U. S. Wc.r Dept. Washington, U. S. Govfc. Print. Off., 1943. 1052pf 824 Legalized Gangsterism, by Victor E. Devereaux. FOREIGN SERVICE (Kansas Citv), April i94 3, v, 3 0, ho, 8 • 6 - 7. A discussion of the. rise of Nazism- in Germany and the spread of Nazi terrorism in Europe. 825 Martial Law in California, by Col. W, A.. Graham. CALIFORNIA UiW REVIEW (Berkeley) , Dec. 1942, v.31,no.1:6-15. Discusses martial law and tho implications for California under the President’s Executive Order No. 9066. XVIII. WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIAL IAW (cont.) 826 Military Gov eminent, by Maj. Gen. Allen W. Gull ion, GAY ALRY JOURNAL Clashing ton) , March-April 1943, v. 52,no, 2*59-60, Describes what military government is, its objectives, wherein lies author it;-., its duties. Tells of the organization of schools ior the braining of military government personnel, 827 Military Justice and the Field Soldier, by Lieut. Col. Frederick E. Wiener. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1945, v.52, no,4:41-45c Describes the details of drafting charges against soldiers. Gives instructions to military lawyers as to details of pro- c cdure. 828 Multilateral Clearing Through Berlin, by Paul Einzig* THE BANKER (London), Dec. 1942, v,64,no.2o3;169-172, Discusses the function of the multilateral clearing system as applied by Germany to occupied Europe. 829 The Hazification of Vichy, France, by Pierre Tissier. London, Oxford University Press, 1942. 4op. (Fighting France: No. 1) Analysis and condemnation of the Vichy regime and of the Vichy government. 830 Military Police Functions, by J. V. Dillon. JOITPJiAL’CF CRIMINAL LAW AND CRIMINOLOGY*” (Chicago) ,. Jan. -Feb, 1943, v.33, no*5:372-380. Outlines wartime duties of the M.P. 851 0rganizaci6n de la Justicia Militar Francosa en Ticmpo do Guerra, Ricardo Calderon. 30LETIN JURIDIOO MILITAR (Mexico, Secretaria de la Defense Nacional, Mexico D. F.), Sept.-Oct, 1942, v. 8,no.9-10:403-409. (Organization of French Military Justice in Wartime.—) 832 Revenue Administration -- 1942; Proceedings of the Tenth Annual Conference of the National Association of Tax Administrators, Dos Moines, Iowa, June 7-l0, 1942. Chicago, Federation of Tax Administrators, 1943, 66p. Considers the problem of’ state taxes from various angles. One contribution entitled "The Army View” considers the problems arising from the state taxation of cost-plus-a- fixed-fee contracts, 833 Service in the Armed Forces as a Disqualification for Legis- lative Membership, Illinois, Research Department, Spring- fieldy Illinois Legislative Council, Sept, 1942, publication no.53. 13p. (Processed.) A-report pursuant to Proposal 164, sponsored by Senator Elmer H. Droste concerning dlial office holding. XVIII. WARTIME LEGISLATION AND MARTIAL LAV (cont.j 834' The Soldier and the Law, by John A. Me Cornsey and Morris 0. .Edwards. 2nd ed. 194'3. Harrisburg, pa. , The Military Service publishing Co., 1943. xii, 466p. -‘ho objectives of this, book as stated by General Eicholberger arc (1) to prevent military delinquency, and (2) to provide practical assistance to those concerned with the administra- tion of military justice. 835 A Soldier Looks at Military Government, by Col. E l'b ridge Colby. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), 1943, v.52,no.3:50-57. Discusses the functions of military government. Cites examples of United States military occupation in the last war. 836 Tax Facts for Navy Men; An Authoritative Resume; of How Federal Levies This Year Will Affect Men in the,Service. BUREAU OF ' NAVAL PERSONNEL INFORMATION BULLETIN '(u. S. Bureau' of Naval Personnel, Washington), Jan. 1943, no,310:13-15,65. 83? Venereal Disease, Prostitution and War. American Bar 'Associa- tion Committee on Courts and Wartime Social protection. Washington, Feb. 1943. 78p. (Processed), (Bibliog.) A compilation of information regarding state and local legislation for the control of venereal disease and the relation of the'federal government to these programs. Stresses the local nature of the problem and urges a legislative program on the part of the States. 838 Violators in Uniform, by Lieut. Col. Roy M. McFerchar. PUBLIC' SAFETY (National Safety Council, Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.23,no.lj6-7. Explains position of soldiers with regard to civil and military law. Considers it desirable to have both military and civilian police on duty together in the areas surround- ing army cam.ps, posts, or stations. Outlines duties of military police under such circumstances, 859 When Our Troops' Occupy, by Benjamin Alezin. HARPER * S MAGAZINE • (New York),- Fob. 1943, v. 186 ,no.1113;238-250. Discusses the traditional military government in hostile territory, problems which will arise in the occupation of countries during and after World War II, and instances of occupation up to date. Considers the territory which United States would be willing to occupy and administer, the merits and demerits of joint occupation, and the importance of under- standing on the part of occupation officials of local back- grounds. XIX. RECRUITMENT END INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL A. Mobilization 840 All-Out Mobilization for All-Out War, by Paul V. McNutt, • * ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, y,80,no.15* 70,163. Emphasizes the urgency of the manpower problems to meet the needs of industry and of the armed forces. 841 "Are We Building Too Large an Army?" . Washington, Ransdell, Inc., April 18, 1943. 14p. (American Forum of the Air, v.5, no.16) Discusses the need for an army of eleven million men, and the lack of manpower in essential industries. 842 The- Army and You. Washington, U. S. Govt, Print. Off., 1942, 28p., illus. A pamphlet designed to help the new army recruit make the change from civil to military life, 843 Manpower; A Summary of the British Experience, by Eric 'H. Biddle. Chicago, Public Administration Service, 1942, 28p, (Public Administration Service,’ no.84). Summarises briefly the British manpower program. Chapter one discusses some of the major aspects of the problem; chapter two outlines the main features of the program; chap- ter three' sketches the formulation of policy and discusses the organization of the. War Cabinet. 8*44 Fan-power Control in'New Zealand, by R. S. Parker, AUSTRALIAN QUARTERLY (Sydney), Sept. 1942, v.14,no.3:5-17, Pictures New Zealand’s conscription for military service at home aiid overseas, and her system of industrial conscription, noting it's comparative simplicity and regulations to prevent absenteeism and strikes. 845 Men 18 and 19 Enlistment Privileges in the Army of the United States. Prepared Under the Direction of the Adjutant General, U. S. Adjutant General*s Office. Washington, Recruiting Publicity Bureau, United States Army, 1942. 29p, 84B Mobilizacao Nacional, [by] Coronel Onofre Muniz..Gome's do Lima. CIJLTURA POLI'TICA. (Rio de Janeiro), Oct. 1942., v.2,no.20s 108-110, (National Mobilization,—) 'Stresses the need for the com- plete mobilization of Brazil. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND HOTCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 847 The Mobilization of the Home Front; The British Experience and Its Significance for the United States — A Report of the Ameri- can Public Welfare Association, by Erie H. Biddle. Chicago, Public Welfare Association, 1942. 47p, (public Administra- tion Service No. 81), Discusses the new role of civilian agencies in the mobiliza- tion of the home front. Contrasts the.administrative princi- ples of England and the United States but concludes that valuable lessons can be drawn by us from England*s exper- iences. 848 pro and Con? Is America's War Manpower policy Striking the Proper Balance Between Civilian and Armed Forces? CONGRESSIONAL DIGEST (Washington), March 1943, v,22,no*3s 83-96. Affirmative arguments are presented by Senator Warren R. Austin, Brig. Gen, Lewis B. Hcrshey, Paul V. McNutt, and Robert P. Patterson. The negative side is given by Rep. Charles W. Vursell, The Ohio State Journal, Westbrook Pcglor, Washington Herald, Senator H, II. Kilgore, and Herbert Hoover, 849 Procurement and Assignment Service for Physicians, Dentists, and Veterinarians. JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN- MEDICAL ASSOCIA- TION (Chicago), Jan. 30, 1943, v.121,no.5:350. An official statement from the Medical Corps of the United States Army indicating the procedure to be followed in pro- curing" medical officers for the Army during 1943. 850 Should We Have Armed Forces of Eleven Million? Columbus, Ohio, American Education Press, April 1, 1943, 23p. (Bulletin of America's Town Meeting of the Air* v.8,no.47) Participants include Hon Elmer Thomas, Hon Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., George Fielding Eliot, and Robert J. Watt* Dis- cusses the pros and cons of having armed forces of eleven million men in the United States. t B* Selective Service 851 Aircrew Selection, by Wing Commander II D. Mitchell* AMERICAN >JOURNAL OF PSYCHIATRY (Toronto), Nov. 1942, v.99,no*3:354-357. Discusses physical and educational standards required of aircrew personnel.,and the testing and training process. Stresses the importance of determining the personality make- up of prospective aircrew personnel XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 852 College 18-Year-Olds r.nd the Draft, by V. D. Perry# HIGH SCHOOL JOTJRNAL (Chapel Hill), Jan-Fcb. 1943, v. 26,nos.1-2j 22-26. •■ Describes the work of the Bureau of Military and Vocational • • Information, at the University of North Carolina in disseminat- ing information about the draft and the various armed services, answering mr.il from parents and counselling, sutdents. Finds the attitudes of the younger boys surprisingly mature. 853 Army Selectee’s Handbook for Those Men Vho 17rill Be Called for Duty Under the Selective Training and Service Act, by John R. Craf, First Lieut. Q.M.C., Army of the United States. Stanford, Stanford University Press,' California, 1943. 70p., illus. Answers the many questions which arise in the mind of the selectee’s mind concerning military service, and offers sug- gestions on planning his army career. 854 Deferment Hinges on Job, by Maj, Gen. Lewis B. hershey. MANPOWER REVISIT (U. S, Mar Manpower Commission, ’ Washington) , March 1943, v.10,no.3:5-7. indicates that dependency or minor physical defects are less important in determining whether a man of military age shall be exempt 'from service in the armed forces than the nature of his job. 855 Facts About Selective Service. INTERNATIONAL BLUE PRINTER (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.16,no.1:11-13,29,30* A release of the War Manpower Commission answering pertinent questions about selective service regulations and classifica- tions as Of Dec. 13. 1942, m V ' 856 Family Status of Men of Military Ago, by Paul C. click. AMERI CAN S C CIC LOGICA I, REVI EM (P ou ghke e p s i e , IT. Y.) , April 1943, v. 8,no 2:157^163. Statistics and tables showing the family status of men of military age in' the United States. 357 How the Army Avoids Misfits, by M. Fv. Go Id crib erg. CANADIAN •BUSINESS (Montreal), May 1943, v.16,no.5:62-64. Describes the M tests used to fit soldiers into the branches of the service for which they arc best qualified. 858 How to Become an Officer, U. S. Army, by Lieut. Col. Arthur Vollmer, Cav., U-S.A. * Now York, Hastings House, 1943# I02p, New Rev. Ed. Based on official far*Department Army Regulations and other Government Documents, which are either incorporated summarized, or cited, this handbook .is addressed to a preferred class of candidates suitable for officer material. XXX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 859 , Investigations of the National War Effort; Interim lieport r,, Committee on Military Affairs, of Representatives, lj. S* 78th Cong., 1st secs. Pursuant to K. Res. 30..• Washington, U. 3. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. '2Ip, ([iJ.S.] 78th Cong. 1st sess. .House Report 363). •The first interim, report filed by the special committee investigating selective service deferments of the house Military Affairs Committee, published April 15, 1913, 860 Military Discharge for Inadequacy, by Capt. David J». Flicker and Major Olon H. Coleman. NEW ENGLuND JOURNAL OF hEDICINE (Lbston), Jan. 14, 1943, v.228,no.2;48-52., figures* Report of 182 cases of discharges. 861 The Navy Adopts Selective Service. INFORMATION BULLETIN (U. S. Bureau of Naval Personnel, Washington), March 1943, no.312; 6£7,28. Tolls of the ending of a tradition in the Navy, as induction replaces voluntary enlistment for men 18 to 37. Describes the operation of the new system. 862 The Need for Accuracy In Conducting Hearing Tests in the Military Service, by Lieut. Col. Samuel Zwerling. illLITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.92,no.2:2o2~2o5. Presents the most common barrier’s to accuracy' in testing hearing and suggests ways of eliminating them* 863 Personnel Research in the Army. By Personnel Research Section, The adjutant General’s Office, v-ar Dept., Washington. PERSONNEL JOURNAL (New York), April 1943, v.21,no.10:349-355* Tells of the techniques and organization used in•classifying men inducted into the army. Lists and explains the tests now in use. 864 Personnel Research in the Army. II. The Classification System and the Place of Testing. ' PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN (Evanston, 111.), March 1943, v.40,no.3j2o5-211. Presents a resume of the Army classification svstern, the part which psychelogical testing plays in it, and a list of tests already developed by the Hers0nnel Research Section the •Adjutant General’s Office of the War Department* 865 Personnel Research in the Army, III. Some Factors Affecting Research in the Army. PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN (Evanston, 111.)* April 1943, v.40,no.4:271-278. 866 Personnel Research in the Amy, IV. The Selection of Radio- telegraph Operators. PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN (Evanston, 111,), May 1943, v.40,no. 5;357-371. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 866*a-.-Preferential Draft Treatment For Young Married Mon, by Dr, Constantino Panunzi'c, SCIENTIFIC MONTHLY (Washington} , April 1943, v.56,no.331;307-308. Indicates that the United States is in danger of a lowered birth rate if young men between the ages of twenty-two to thirty-six who aro married arc to be drafted. 867 proposed National Lrar Service Act, by'Senator Warren R. Austin. REPUBLICAN (Chicago), March 1943, v.8,no.2:4-5,24. Believes that legislation providing for a system of civilian selective war service is more in accordance with the American way of life than an executive order. 868 The Selection of Army Personnel, by Charles S, Myers'. OCCUPATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (London), Jan. 1943, v.17,no.1:1*5. Discusses the establishment of the Directorate of Selection of Personnel, its first work, selection of officers, and various liaisons and further work of the S.D.p. in Great Britain. 869 Selection of Military Aircraft Pilots, by wopt, Jose Raul Dclucchi, M. C. JOURNAL OF AVIATION MEDICINE (Saint Paul), Dec. 1942, v.13,no.4:234-244. Gives viewpoints on the professional selection and psychologi- cal examination of military aircraft pilots. Lists elementary principles of selection, and discusses psychological proce- dures in the selection of pilots. 870 Selection of Officer Candidates [by] William L. 'Woods, M. D., Lucicn Brcuha, M, D., and Carl C. Seltzer, Ph. S. Cambridge, Harvard University Press, 1943. 46p., illus. (Studies in the Relation of Personality to Field of Work) Describes a method designed to select young men who possess the fundamental qualities which will warrant their training as officers in our armed forces. The observations have made use of medical, physiological, anthropological, psychological, sociological and psychiatric techniques. 871 Some' Selective Service Aspects of -ntcrost to the Navy, by Capt. L. W. Hcssclman. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Dee. 1942, v.68,no.12;1671-1678* Presents' particulars about the Selective Service which affect the Navy. 872 The Status of Speech Defectives in Military Service, by Wendell Johnson. QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF SPEECH (Detroit), April 1943, v.29,no.2:131-136. Discusses the admission, rejection, and disposition of speech defectives in the Armed Forces. XIX. • RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.)‘ 873 Talent Tests, by Alice Rogers Hager. AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL (Few York) , March 1943, v. 19,no'. 6:20-21,48, Discusses the various types of aptitude tests given to aviation cadets in order to determine the aviation branch for which thoy are best fitted. 874- Wartime Problems of Selective Service, by Col. Leonard G. Rowntrcc. MILITARY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 194-3, v,92,no.2j 149-162. Discusses distribution of medical services in the face of national shortage of physicians and the impact of war on such Selective Service functions as physical examinations of draftees and medical student deferments. 875 ’What Are The Fittest? II. War Through The Glasses Of A Bio- logist, by Dr„ R, E. Coker. SCIENTIFIC MONTHLY (Lancaster, Pa.), Jan. 1943, v.56,no.1:62-70. •Refutes the theory that the term fittest has solely a biological import and deplores the fact that national and international policies were based on this fallacy. Dis- cusses varies aspects of war from a biological point of view. C. Training 1. United St at cs 876 The Adjustment of College Men to Military Life: Case Data, by John F. Cuber. SOCIOLOGY AND SOCIAL RESEARCH (Los Angeles), March-April 194-3, v.27,no.4:267-276, Cites as typical problems, the lack of contact with women, lack of democracy in army life, and a lack of information as tc the value of the part played by the individual to the war effort as a whole. Describes severs*! types of adjust- ment to these problems, 877 Annapolis Today, by Kendall Banning* Rev. cd. New York, Fund and Wagnalls, 194-2.' 264p., illus. Follows the career of a midshipman from the day ho’is sworn in till the day he graduates. Reviews the history, customs and regulations of the Naval Academy. 878 Army and Navy to Send 5,000 a Year Through Medical School, by Coleman B. Jones. MEDICAL ECONOMICS (Rutherford, '. J.), April 194-3, v. 20,no. 7*36-37,102,104,l06,l08. ■4 Describes the plan of the Army and Navy to train high-school graduates to become physicians in, five and'one-fourth years. 879 The Army Institute, by Col, Francis T. Spaulding. PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL CONVENTION OF THE NATIONAL UNIVER- SITY EXTENSION ASSOCIATION (Psnnsylvania State College, Harris- burg), May 18-20,1942, v.24:52-61. Discusses the organization of the Array Institute, the courses it offers, why they wro chosen, and the relationship between the Institute and the college courses. XIX, ‘ RECRUITMENT /HD INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 880 Army Institute Catalog. Prepared by Special Service Dicision, Service of Supply, U. S. War Dept. ‘ashingten, U, S. Govt, Print. Off,, 1942. 39p., illus., tables. Explains the functions of the Army Institute, lists the correspondence courses which it offers and tolls how to enro11 in them, 881 Aimy Specialized Training Program, SCHOOL AND COLLEGE PLACEMENT (Philadelphia), May 1943, v.3,no.4:48-52, Digests a speech by Colonel Herman Beukema, Director of the Army Specialized Training Division, in which he explains the aims of the Army’s Specialized Training Program, its curricula, method of selection and assignment of trainees, schedule, standards and discipline. 882 The Army Testing Program, by John R. Craf. CLEARING HOUSE (New York), Feb. 1943, v.17*no.6{323-326. Covers the various tests used by the array to classify men, the kind of questions and problems in each test# 883 The Army Trains For Preventive Maintenance, by Private Silnbn Bourgin. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Maroh-April / 1943* v.22,no.5:68,132-134, Describes the 'training given to army drivers and mechanics at the Quartermaster Replacement Training Center at Cramp Lee, Va. 884 Army Typists Help Win the War! ' BUSINESS -EDUCATION WORLD (New* York), March 1943, v.23,no,7s4l0-411. Discusses the importance of Army clerks and typists and indicates how'Quartermaster clerk-typists are trained at Camp Lee, Virginia. 885 The Amy's School for Its Lawyers, by Inzer B. Wyatt, AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION JOURNAL (Chicago), March 1943, v.29,no,3: 135-137,177. Discusses the organization, purpose, training, curricula and enrollment of the Advocate General’s School at the ’'University of Michigan, the army’s chool for lawyers, 886 Battle School, by Major J. G, E» Hickson.; BLACKWOOD*S MAGAZINE (London), March 1943, no.1529;204-213, Describes a course adjusting experienced officers to the tempo of. modern warfare. 887 Battle Training, (2 Pts.), by Col. John !j« Ay oft c. INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April.1943, v.52,nos.3-4:62-65, Shows that the conditioning of individuals and units for battle requires realistic training methods that reproduce situations similar to those of actual battle. XIX, RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 888 Bibliography of Aviation Education Materials, by.Catherine Cartwright and others. /'Mew York, Macmillan, 1942. 139p. (Air-Age Education Series), Annotated list of books and visual aids for the use of schools and libraries. 889 Bombs Away) by Marcus Griffin. NEW MEXICO (State Bureau of Publications, Albuquerque), Feb. 1943, v.21/no.2:7~9,31-32., i 1lus. Recounts the establishment of a bombardier training base at Carlsbad, II. M,, and describes the course of training given them. 890 The Civilian Pilot Training Program., by Edwin F. Smellie, PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNEAL CONVENTION OF THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXTENSION ASSOCIATION (Pennsylvania State College. Harrisburg), May 18-2o, 1942,_v.24:47-52, Discusses the conversion of the civilian pilot training program from a defense program to a war program, and indi- cates some of the developments which directly affect the relationships of the colleges to the C.A.A. program. 891 Colleges Will Help Army Training Program., by Wilbur C. Munnecke, DARTMOUTH ALUMNI MAGAZINE (Hanover, N. F.), March 1943, v.35, no,6:9-10* Describes the organisation, objectives, .and' requirements of the Army’s Specialized Training Program. Tolls of coopera- tion of colleges -in carrying out this program, 892 Draft’s Impact on Education, by John McGregor Littell.' LITIELL DIGEST (South .Orange, N. J.), 1943, no.28:1-19., inimeo. Discusses the detrimental effects the draft has had on higher education—on students and professors. Believes the federal program of taking over colleges to train personnel for the armed forces is a serious threat to our democratic way of life. . 893 Education in Uniform; The Army and Navy Programs for the Colleges, by Harold W. Dodds. ATLANTIC MONTHLY (Boston), Feb. 1943, v.171,no.2:41-45. Discusses the programs by which Army, Navy, and War Manpower Commission are enlisting certain colleges in the training schemes.' 894 Field Artillery School Catalog of Training Literature, lay 1, 1941. , Book Dept. <• Port Sill, Oklahoma, IT. S. Army Field Artillery School, 1941. 16p. 895 Flight Instructor, Covering the Standard Methods of Flight Instruction, With Explanations of Flight Maneuvers in Primary and Advanced Training, by Charles A. Zweng..• N. Hollywood, pan American Navigation Service, 1942, re'g. ed. 480p., illus. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION. OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 896 Flight Instruction in Wartime, by H. B« Jenkins. • AIR FACTS (New York), May 1, 1943, v. 6, no. 5:16-24* Discusses perspective in flight training, methods of cor- recting errors, making the student use his resources, and instructing as a profession. 897 Flight Principles; Prepared for Aircraft Flight and Ground • Crews. Washington, Airlines War Training Institute. 65p., diagrs. 898 Flight Training, by Lieut. John R, Hoyt. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2:170-173,275., photos. Discusses flight ‘training in the United States since the outbreak of World War II. 899 Going to..,0.C,S.; the Complete Course of All Officer Canidate Schools. Compiled by Nelso A. Voorhees, Martin Goldenring and Tino Snares. Harrisburg, Oa., The Military Service publishing Co., 1943. 142p. Contains information concerning Officer Candidate Schools for prospective entrants. 900 Great Lake's Naval Training Station, by Lieut. Comdr. J. reus sell Cook. SPORTING GOODS DEALER (St. Louis), March 1943, v.87, no.6:30-39. Discusses the varied athletic activities offered in- the pro- gram of the Great* Lakes Naval Training Station at Great Lakes, Illinois. 901 Hatching Thunderbirds, by A.. Wakefield Slaten. SKYWAYS (New York), May 1943, v.2,no.5:27-28,62.64. Compares the American and British systems of wartime aviational training and discusses the training received by Chinese stu- dents at Falcon Field, Arizona. 902 He’s in the Armored Force Now, by Capt. Addison F. Hc/hee, Jr. New York, R. M. McBride, 1942, 248p., illu's. Describes the training.of men in the tank corps. 90S He’s in the Paratroops Now, by A. D* Rathbone, IV. New York, Robert M, McBride, 1945. 19op., illus. Presents a picture of the Paratroop Batallions of the American Armed "Forces, their selection, training and duties. 904 High:School Flight Training. AIR TRAILS PICTORIAL (New York), March 1943, v,19,no.6j25,66. Indicates that the official trial flight-instruction program held in twenty-two high schools have proved practicable for high school students. XIX, RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cent.) 905 Hew to Prepare for Military Fitness, by Lieut. Col. Francois D*Eliscu.., Mew York, W, VI, Morton, 1943# 21Sp. A comprehensive manual covering physical testing, calisthenics, alterness dr.13 Is, wall scaling, tumbling, military track, war- time swimming, elementary .American judo, and disarming, 906 How to Shoot the U« s. Army Rifle; A Graphic Handbook on Correct Shooting* Washington, The Infantry Journal, 1943, 122p., illus. 907 Its All in the Books, by Major Jack W. Rudolph, MILITARY REVIEW (Command and General Staff School., Ft. Leavenworth), May 1943, v.23,no,2j8-14, The objective of this article is to show how important it is to master thoroughly the War Department Training Manuals, Passages from FM 31-20 (jungle Warfare are quoted and after each quotation an illustration is given from the Mew Guinea Campaign to drive home these lessons, 908 Khaki is More Than a Color, by M. H* E Harsden, Drawings by Corporal E. C. Kenney. • Garden City, Mew York, Doubleday Doran, 1943. 284p., illus. Explores every aspect of the selectee1 s life. Tells of the induction, training, and amusements of the average men in the United States Army. 909 List of Training Films, Film Strips, and Film Bulletins* Jan, 1, 1943. Washington, IJ. S, Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 280p. (U. S, War Dept. Basic Field Manual, 21-7). 910 Little Norway Makes Progress in Training. CANADIAN AVIATION (Toronto), Feb. 1943, v.16,no,2:72,74., photos. Describes the training which Norwegians of the Royal Nor- wegian Navy and the Norwegians Merchant Marine receive and the military camp at Little Norway in Gravenhurst and Huntsvi11e, Mus koka, Sll London. Let ter., by Ralph Michaelis. AIR NEWS (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.4,no.2 :32-34,62., illus. Describes the detailed, many-sided training of every member of the RAF. *He‘must be able to handle the flying controls as well as his radio apparatus, engines and guns. Tells of pluck and skills of RAF pilots, 912 Manual of 'Guidance for Young Airmen, a Manual for Assisting Schools to Guide and Counsel Young Men Interested in Aviation, Preliminary ed,... Prepared for the Air Training Corps of America. New York, N. Y., 1942. 45p. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.) 913 Marines Grow Wings at Jacksonville,by Capt. Thomas olcomb II, USMCR. MARINE CORPS GAZETTE (Washington), May-June 1943, v. 27m no.2:14-18., illus. Discusses the aviation training program of the Marine Aviation Detachment under the tutelage of the ITavv at the' Naval Air Technical Training Center at Jacksonville, Fla. 914 Medical Motion Pictures and the War, by Joseph P. Hackel. CLINICAL MEDICINE (Waukegan, 111.), Jan. 1943, v.50,no,l: 21-22. The President of the Medical Film Guild finds that private initiative has so far ereated most o.f the medical training films, for use in this country and Latin America. 915 Military Discipline, by Patrick S. Madigan and Malcolm J. Farrell. JOURNAL OF LABORATORY AND CLINICAL MEDICINE (Richmond, Va.), Jan. 1943, v.28,no.4:485-488. Discusses the purpose and importance of military disci- pline. 916 Military Ski Manual; A Handbook for Ski and Mountain Troops, by Frank Harper* Harrisburg, The Military Service, 1943. 393p., illus., bibliog, A practical, comprehensive book for the training of ski- troops written by a skier and Alpinist of international reputation. Illustrated with a large number of photographs furnished by the United States Army- Signal Corps. 917 The Naval Academy at War, by Rear Admiral J. R. Beardall, U• S.N. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no,15:81,172, Discusses the largest expansion program in its history which the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis has accomplished to meet the present war requirements. 918 The Naval Aviation Physical Training Program by William H. Sullivan, Jr. ' HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION (Washington), Jan. 1943, v.14,no.1;5-6,53-56., photos. Discusses the( development of the program and the sports it includes. 919 Navy Balloonatics,.by R. G. Picinich, Jr. FLYING ACES (New York), Fay 1943, v.44,no.2•18-19,63-64., illus. Discusses the use of the free balloon as a trainin' vehicle for future flying men of the lighter-than-air service, 92o' The. Navy Education System and the Education Officer, by Lieut. M.'W. Cagle. UNITED STATES NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), April 1943, v.69,no*4;488-490. Finds that the time of training can be cut from years to months if a program of systematic education is used to supplement, explain, and broaden the practical education. XIX. RECRUITMENT XUD INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cpnt.) 921 Navy Fitness Program Keeps Going-. SPORTING GOODS DULLER (St. Louis), Victory Number, Jan, 1943, v.-87,no,4• 63,66., photo. Describes the training given at the Navy Pre-Flight School at Athens, Georgia, in swimming, boxing, wrestling, man- to-man combat, military track, football, soccer, basket- ball, and gymnastics. 922 On Fencing, by Aldo Nadi. Foreword by Paul Gallico. New ■ York, G. P. Putnam*s Sons, 1943, 300p., illus. The techniques of fencing are explained-,also, its value as a sport, as a character builder, and as a weapon of warfare. 923 Our Navy*s Jekyll-Hydes, by Lieut.' Fred Tapper, Jr. RADIO NETTS (Chicago)’, Feb. 1943, v, 29,no. 2 :71-72. Discusses the training of the radioman-gunner. 924 Oxygen Sense, Issued by Training Division Bureau of Aeronautics, United States Navy, 1943, 18p., illus. Advice as to the proper dietary, rest, and training habits for the high-altitude flyer, 925 Paratroops, by Lieut, Col, Louis E. Marie. pLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2:106-108,294,296, Reviews the history of paratroops and tells of their present training. 926 A Plan Concerning High-School and College Inductees, by Frank S. Freeman. SCHOOL AND SOCIETY (Lancaster, Pa), March 13, 1943, v.57,no.1472:285-289. Urges that educational psychologists on the college staffs should be used to select the inductees who are to be assigned to colleges for specialized training. ■927 Pre-Induction Courses in Astronomy of Navigation, Map Interpre- tation, Mathematics, Meteorology, Physics: Proceedings of the Conference Held at Northwestern University, June 26-27, 1942. 39p. The Conference held at Northwestern University on June 26 and 27 considered the problem of what work in the above-mentioned subjects should be offered in colleges and universities for students who are looking forward to service in the armed forces. 928 A Preliminary Study of Certain Predictors of Success in Civilian Pilot Training, by E. Lowell Kelly and E. Ewart. 'Taskington, U, S. Civil Aeronautics Administration, Dec, 1942. 15p*, mimeo, A report on research conducted at Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.) 929 Premedic;?.! and Medical Education as Related to the United States Amy, by Brigadier Gen. Joe IT. Dalton.- JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Chicago), Feb. 27, 1943, v.121,no.9:633-635. . Outlines a program for medical and..premedical education of boys in the Amy for Amy Medical Servie. 930 Reconstruction in the Army. II. EDUCATION’S' Part, by Col. A. ,White. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Feb. 1943, v,45,no.2; 223-229. Discusses the importance of education in the reconstruction and resettlement of men in the armed forces, 931 ' RendozvausWith Destiny, by Jack Pepper. THE LEATHERNECK (Washington), Jan, 1943, v.26,no,1:14-18,68-70., illus. Describes in detail various types of training given marines at San Diego, California. 932 Some Educational Opportunities for Man and Women in the Armed Services, by Paul 3. Flicker. BULLETIN OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SECONDARY-SCHOOL PRINCIPALS (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.27,no.112:79-83. Lists the objectives of the A rmy Institute, tells methods . , of enrollment, cost and credits to be obtained, and how these credits may be applied in the postwar period. 933 Southeast Army Air Forces ’Training Center. AMERICAN PILOT AND AIRCRAFTSMAN (Charlotte, N. C,), A pril 1943, v*4,no.4: 7-16,19-26., illus., organization chart. Tells of the development of Maxwell Field, Alabama; the , men who developed it, and the type of training given there, including psychological training, pre-flight training, train- ing of navigators, aerial gunners, glider pilots, and mechanics. 934 So You’d Like to be an LTA Pilot.’ by William Herbert Randall. FLYING ACES (New York), Jan. 1943, v.43,no.2:24-26,73., photos. Discusses the part of blimps in World War I, their use in .. • guarding-the coast, .of-the United States at present, qualifi- cations and training of blimp pilots. 935 The Special Training Units of the Army, -by Morton A. Seidenfeld, PSYCHOLOGICAL BULLETIN (Evanston, 111.), April 1943, v.40,no.4: 2.79-281. , - . Describes the facilities in the A rmy provided for training of men with physical and mental deficiencies or the inability to read and write. 936 Teji Tips for Cadets, by Flight Instructor L. A, Shaver. AIR NEWS (Now York), Jan. 1943, v.4,no.1:48-51., illus. Gives pointers which' will help aviation cadets become better pilots in a short time. XIX.. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.) 937 ‘Training, Films, by Lieut. Thomas Orchard* FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2:179-180,272,275., photos. Suggests having more training films for pilots. 938 Training for Armored Warfare, by Major-General J* F* 0. Fuller. EARPER*S MAGAZINE.(New Yorh), March 1943, v.186,no.1114;411-414. States that the factors which differentiate tactics of today from those of yesterday aro the speed with which information can be collected and transmitted and speed of action* Descri- bes the training necessary to develop speed of thought and action. 939 Training Men for the Navy. COMMONWEALTH (Richmond), Dec. 1942, v.9,no.12:27-28. Describes the training provided for in the Fifth Naval District at the Atlantic Fleet Schools, Navy Chaplainst School, Armed Guard School, Mine Warfare School, and for the Naval Construction Battalions. . 940 Training Military Technicians, by Brigadier-Gen. Stephen G. Henry. S.A.E*JOURNAL (New York), March 1943, v.91,no.3: 17-22., illus. Discusses the $20,000,000 school system at Fort Knox which is training; soldiers to maintain, repair, and fight with tanks and armored vehicles. 941 Training Navy Chaplains, by Selwyn D. Ruslander. ' CURRENT RELIGIOUS THOUGHT (Oberlin, 0.), March 1943, v.3,no.3:8-9. Describes the' complicated and responsible function of the Navy Chaplain. Explains the Navy’s method of insuring the standard of its Chaplain’s Corps, through the Chaplain’s « School maintained at the Naval Operating Base, Norfolk, Va, 942 Training RAF RADIOMEN, by A.C.H» Purthrey. RADIO NETS (Chicago), May 1943, v.29,no.5:21,67-69., illus. Discusses methods which the RAF uses to train unskilled recruits into highly specialized radio mechanics and opera- tors. 943 Training Swimmers in the Armed Forces, by T. W. Sheffield. BEACH AND POOL (New York), Jan. 1943, v.17,no.1:11,16-13. (To be cont.) Presents some basic methods of training swimmers In the Armed Forces in large numbers during a short time. Points out some wrong methods of instruction also. 944 Training Technical Leaders for War, by Berman Beukema. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (New York), March 1943, y.62,no.3: 89-95., photo. Includes two articles giving details of tho recently formu- lated Army Specialized Training Program and the Navy College Training Program which have as their object tho education of officers, engineers, and other technical specialists for war service. , XIX. EECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 945 Training the Army C-round Forces for Combat, by Lieut, Gen, Lesley J. McNair, ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec, 7, 1942, v.80,no.i5:67y179. Analyzes the function and purpose of the Army Ground Forces, which consist of a headquarters and a number of subordinate units or commands. The main object is to create and train units so they are fit to .fight, 946 The U, S. Armed Forces Institute; An Invitation to Counselors, OCCUPATIONS (New York), March 1942, v.21,no.7:515-513. Discusses the program of the United States Armed Forces institute which enables men in the services to continue their education while in uniform, 947 The Use of Slide-films in Pre-Induction Training, by Lyne S, Metcalfe. EDUCATIONAL OUTLOOK (Philadelphia), March 1945, v.17,no.3:130-131. Discusses recommended procedure for the use of slidofilms in pro-induction training. 948 Using Your Navy Wings. • U. S. Bureau of Aeronautics (Navy Dopt.) - Washington, U. S« Govt. Print. Off., 1943, 2op, A booklet for Navy trainee flyers, describing the activities and purposes of various branches of naval aviation* Includes • a list cf aircraft and ship nomenclature. 949 .The Victory Corps as it Operates at University high School, by James A Curt,is, MINNESOTA JOURNAL OF EDUCATION (gt. Paul, Minn ), Jar;. 1945, v.23,no. 5 :187, Explains the function of the Victory Corps as it has been planned by the at University High School in- Minneapolis. Its aim is to help prepare students for eventual induction into the armed forces or work in somo essential war. industry. It is divided into air service, land service, sea service, community service, and production service. 950 Victory Corps Reading Containing pooks, Mainly Recent, on Issues of the War, Preparation for Military Service, and Activities on the-Ho me Front; With a Foreword by John’W* Studebaker, U. S, Commissioner of Education..'. Chicago, National Council of Teachers of English, 1043. 16p. A rea.ding list prepared for the purpose of aiding in the democratic organization of high-school youth for war-related preparation and service. . ■ „ . 951- Visual Education in the Navy, by Jean. Byers. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING (New York), May 1943, v.43,no.5:446-447. Discusses the use of films by the training division of the Navy in training its Nurses Corps and other members of~ the Navy. . XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (oont.) 952 Warfare Aquatics; Course Syllabus and Activities Manual, by Thomas' Kirk Curcton. 1 Champaign, 111., Stipes Publishing Co., 1943* 176p., illus* Covers such topics as water wrestling, swimming with guns and equipment, resuscitation and water first aid* 953 The War Preparation* An Analysis of Student and Teacher, by T* C* Mendonhr.il* ' YALE SCIENTIFIC MAGAZINE (New Haven), Jan. 1943, v. 17,no,2:13 * Describes the Yale plan of General Preparation for enlisted reserves* 954 The War Program of the University of Pittsburgh* PITT (Pittsburgh), Winter 1942-1943, fourteenth number:7-11* Reviews plans for institutions of higher education in the war effort, and tells of the nine items that have been recommended as a program for the University of Pittsburgh during the war* 955 West Point Today, by Kendall Bcnning. New York, Funk and Wagnalls, 1942, xii, 312p., illus. The history and background of this institution as well as the traditions and training of the corps are included* 956 Why Men Can Fly, by M. K. Chapin. New York, Reynal and Hitch- cock, 1943. X, 338p., illus* Offers a foundation for tho student's knowledge of aviation* 2, Other Countries 95i nA Book of the Rifle, by A. G. Banks, with c: 7'oreword by P. G.' Richardson* London, Jordan and Sons, 1942. 221p., illus. Go>js into the many refinements which affect the marksman*s success in attaining accuracy. Recommended as a training manual for sharpshooters. 958 Parachute Corps. ‘ .Lew York, British Information Services, 1942, 23p,, illus. Describes the training of the British paratrooper* 959 La Proparaci6n Militar para el Elemcnto Civil, per Caption Luis Silva Ballesteros. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO (Mexico, Estado Mayor Prcsidcncial, Mexico D.F.), July 1942, v.22, no.4*52-62. (Military Preparation for the Civilian.—) Outlines a program of pre-induction physical and moral conditioning for the civilian. 960 Training German Seamen. NAUTICAL MAGAZINE (Glasgow), March 1945, v.149*157-159* Discusses the German sea schools and methods of training. XIX. RECRUITMENT AND INDUCTION OF PERSONNEL (cont.) 961 Training, Grading, and 'Conditions of Service of Engineers of tho Merchant Navy. INSTITUTE OF MARINE ENGINEERS (High Wycombe,, Bucks.), Dec. 1942, v.54,no,Iljl47-148. Lists proposals advanced by the Council of the Institute of Marine Engineers# 962 Training the Luftwaffe, 'by *V. 'L. Grubcrg, •. FLIGHT (London), Dec. 10, 1942, v.42,no.17|1772*639-642. Discusses recruiting, commissions, training equipment, and advangedtraining of men for the Luftwaffe. XX. ORGANIZATION AND' EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES • A# Army'. 1. United States 963 America Comes Across, by Ian Hay. London, Hodder and Stoughton, 1942. 191p. An English journalists appraisal of Americanactions and reactions since entering the war. 964 America is Ready, by Henry L. &timson. •' ARMY ORDNANCE (Washington), March-April 1943, v,24,no.137*275-277# Surveys the strength of the Waited States Army in trained men and in equipment for modern combat. Points out the - weaknesses and shortcoming's that existed in the United States Army before the war. 965 The Amy Engineer s in Review, by Capt. Bu-rr W, Ley son# Hew York, E. P. Dutton, 1943, 2o2p., illus. Tells the story of the Engineer Corps .from its founding by Washington in 1766. Gives essential information about the training for, and work 'in this 'branch of the service, for those who may contemplate entering it. 966 Civil Engineer Corps, IT. S« Navy, by Rear Admiral L. B* Combs. MILITARY-ENGINEER (Washington), March 1943, v.35,no#2o9* 103-107, Tells of the origin of.this organization during the Revolu- tionary Aar, what it has accomplished,• and the type of men who have influenced its development. 967 Company Administration, Including Supply and Mess management, and Personnel Records, Including Personnel Office Organization and Procedure, by Lieut. Col. C.' M. Virtue, Infantry, U. S. Army. 12th od. Harrisburg, Pa.*, The Military Service Publish- ing 'Co., 1943. 403p. 968 Compilation of War Department'Goneral Orders, Bulletins, and Circulars, Jan. 1, 1943. U. S'. War Dept. Washington, TJ. S. Govt, Print. Off,, 1943. 697p# XX. - ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES, (cent.) 969 Decorations, Medals and Ribbons, INFORMATION BULLETIN (U. S, Bureau of Naval Personnel, Washington), March 1943, no. 312 j 35-44, , illus-. Summarizes regulations governing the issuance and war.ring of awards now designated for naval personnel, 970 An Engineered Victory, by T. G. James, MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), May 1943, v.35,no.211:227-234. . Describes the duties and work of an engineer in the United States Army. 971 Eyes -A.rs and Nose of the Army, by Stuart Rose. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April 1943, v. 52,no.2:64-66. Tolls what the cavalry contributes to the Amy and the importance of thocavalry. Gives examples of actual con- ditions under which the cavalry has saved battles, 972 Firepower, by Maj. Gen. L. H. Campbell, Jr. AMERICAN RIFLEMAN (Washington), April 1943, v.91,no*4:6*10,34. A review of Americats fighting might. 973 Genealogy of Wrmy Insignia, by Voltigcur. FACTS (Chicago), March 1943, v.2,no.3:63-67. Discusses the colorful background and development of narks ' of rank and organizational badges of the United States Army. 974 A Guide to U. 'S, Army Insignia and Decorations, by Gordon A. J. Petersen. Rev, ed. Prepared with the Assistance of Lieut. Rbbort H. Rankin. With Over 160 Illustrations in Color. Racine, A'is., Whitman Publishing Co., cl942,. 62p. 975 Insignia of the United States Armed Forces. NATIONAL GEO- GRAPHIC MAGAZINE (National Gcogra.pb.ic Society, Washington), June 1943, V.83,no.6:651-722,, illus. Presents first complete color reproduction of all approved • insignia, with full notes.on the designs and 'symbols. In- • - eluded are 991 illustrations in 32 pages of color. 976 The Advocate General!s 'Department of the United States Army, 'by..A. B. Butts. • MISSISSIPPI LAW- JOURNAL (University, Miss.), Jan. 1943, -v.15,no.2.113-126. (Biblio.) Deals with the organization, personnel, functions and duties of this department. : 977 Military Personnel Administration* the United States Army, by Major Reuben Horchow. PUBLIC PERSONNEL REVIEW (Chicago), April 1943, v.4,no.2:103-109. Discusses the following aspects of the Army personnel system: classification, recruitment,.placement, training, promotion, tenure and research. . ' . . . XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF TEE AHMED FORCES (cont.) 978 Modernization of the Army, by Hon. John J, McCloy. .ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL- (Washington), Doc. 7, 1902, v, 80,no. 15: 55,165. Defines modernization as implying new weapons, plane s^highly developed automatic weapons, tanks and motor vehicles for the ' Army, accompanied by tactics that reflect these new capacities. 979 Officers* Manual, by Col. James A. Moss, United States'Army.' 9th ed., Revised 1945. Mcnasha, -Disc., George Bant a, 1943, xviii, 363p. A Service manual consisting of a compilation of ”Customs of the Service,” Army requirements, and other matters of a uao- ful nature. 980 Our Armed Forces; A-Source Book on the Army and Navy for High- School Students; Printed by the U. 3. Infantry Association, in- Co operation with the U, S. Office of Education, Federal Security Agency. Washington, Infantry Journal, 1943. 128p., illus. 981 Problems Involved in Raising and Maintaining a Successful U. S. Army, by Harold W. Met z. CONGRESSIONAL DIGEST (Washington), March 1943, v.22,no,3•77-62., tablcs, . Estimates and recommendations as to what will be required to keep a successful armed force in operation. Considers what is involved in meeting the combined military and production requirements. 982 Public Administration and the Army; A Lecture Prepared by the Commandant,. Adjutant General*s School for delivery Before the National Business Teachers Association. ’ ADJUTANT GSNEFAL*S SCHOOL BULLETIN (Adjutant General * s School, Fort Washington, Md.), Feb. 1943, v.2,no.2:1-3,24, .Wf discussion of the work of the school which is grouped under throe headings: business management, personnel management and the management of reconds. Stresses the importance and urgency of progressive and effective methods. 983 Second Lieutenant *s Handbook, by John R. Craf. Stanford. Univer- sity, Cr.iif , t Stanford’University Press, 1943. 194p. Provides officer canditatcs and newly commissioned officers with essential information concerning their duties. 984 Services of Supply Organiza.ti.on .Manual, Feb. 15, 1943# U. 8. War.Dept., Services of Supply. Washington, U, 3* Govt, Print. Off., 1943, (Various paging) Approximatoly 30C pages. The Services of Supply Organization Manual, 1943, is promul- gated as the basic organizational directive for the Services of Supply, It contains the following organization charts; Organization of the Army, Organization of the Army Ground Forces, Organization of the Amy Air Force, Organisation of the Services of Supply, It also contains a complete coverage of the functions of the Services of Supply and of the Service Commands, through which the Services of Supply operate in the field. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORGES (cont.) 9%6 United-States Service Symbols, by Cleveland H. Smith and Gertrude R.' Taylor. New York, Du'ell, Sloan and Pearce, * 1942. 115p., illus, partly colored. A handbook which contains colored illustrations of the uniforms and insignia of the United States army, includ- ing such recently-formed units as ski troops and women's auxiliary units. 98 6 T.Tiat You Should Know About the Army, by Harvey 3. vord. New York, IT. 'A, Norton, 1943. 259p., illus. Presents the fundamental reorganization that has taken place in the Amy. Gives information concerning the duties of enlisted men and officers, the various so-called arms and services, the function of the General Staff and how modem war is conducted. 987 That You Should Know About the Signal Corps' [vv] Harry Moyer Davis and F. G. Fassett, Jr. Hew York, A. A. Norton, 1945, 214p., illus. In addition to the occupations resulting more or loss directly from the job of transmitting messages, the book covers such activities of the•Signal Corps as its experi- ments in meteorology and aviation, the making of training films and the taking of action pictures in battle# Australian Army Behind’ the Amy. • RYDGES (Sydney), Nov. 1942, v. 15,no. 11:671-672,696. Informative on the set-up of the Civil Constructional Carps of Australia,. - its duties, training and past achievements. 989 Bosqucjo do Algunos Problcmas Mil ite.ro s, por Luis R, Pentanes. REVISTA DEL EJERCITO (Mexico, Estado Mayor Presidcncial, Mexico, D. F.), April 1942, v.22,no.1:4-11. ' (Sketch of Some Military Problems.—) Reviews history of the development of the army of Mexico and outlines some of the present problems of the army. 99©' The British Army and the British Empire, II. The Soldier Hears of the British Cay and Purpose, by Trooper J. L. Murray, R.A.C, . GREAT BRITAIN AND THE EAST (London), March 13, 19.43, v.59, no,1659:26-26. Discusses the purposes, topics studied, methods of instruc- * tioivcf the Directorate of Army Education course on citizen- ship, and the aims of its citizenship course dealing with the Empire 2. Other Countries XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES ‘(cent.) 991 The British War Effort, by Admiral Sir R.p. Ernlo-Ernlc-Rrax. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL'UNITED SERVICE INSTITUTION (London), Nov. 1942, or.87,no.548:319-325* Believes that there is little hope for Britain to win the war until its sea power has been greatly strengthened, her fighting services coordinated, Allied strategy coordinated, and until there is a national effort commensurate with the urgency of tth situ- tion. 992 Building the Netherlands Armed Forces, by Bruce Kafaroff. KNICKERBOCKER WEEKLY (New York), War eh 22, 1943, v*3,no.4: 12-14., photos'. Describes the Netherlands Army, a force composed of Hollanders from every part of.the world and the formation of the Netherlands Registration Office in Now York. 993 Canada pt Far — A Summary of Canadats Part in the' Aar, Is- sued, by the Director of Public Information, Ottawa, no, [1] March 1941., tables, diagrs., monthly. Beginning With no. 13, a. Cumulative Number is Issued Every Fourth Month. • Contains official information and statistics on manpower in the armed forces and in industry, the production and export of materiel, wages and economic controls. 994 Canada at War, Issued bv Wartime Information Board, Ottawa, Dec. 1942. 19p, (No.19) Supplement to M Canada and the- People fs War." Includes information on Canadian infantryman, the Royal Canadian Navy, the Royal Canadian Air Force, and Canadian produc- tion of war materials. ■ 995 Canada*s Fighting Mon; An Address on the Opening of the Fourth ' Victory Loan Campaign, by Right Hon W, L. Mackenzie King, M. P. Prime Minister of Canada, Toronto, April 19, 1943. Ottawa, Edmond Cloutier, 1943. 15p.:- . > Discusses the military and industrial preparedness of Canada' and the magnitude of the task confronting her and her Allies. 996 The Canadian Army Overseas, 1941-1942, -by Major C. P. Stacey, Illustrated with Reproductions of Paintings and Drawings by British and' Canadian Artists, and Canadian Official Military .Photographs.- (Reprinted from CANADIAN GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL, Oct, 1942) Quebec, Canadian Printing and Lithographing Co,, 1942. 59p. Describes the organization of the Canadian Army, its life and • • training, and' 'its performance in England and on the Western European battlofront. 997 The Canadian Army System. ECONOMIST (London), Nov* 21, 1942, v.143,no.5178:637-638. Says the resignation of Brigadier General Harold J* Riley has brought to the attention of the Canadian people the need for reform.in the administration of the Canadian Army. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 998 Classification of Personnel in the British Army, by Douglas M. Kelley. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), April 1943, v.5,no,4: 386-392.' Describes the classification of personnel in the British army, 999 El Ejircito de cl Salvador. El! GUARDIA (TJ. 3. Office cf the Coordinator of Inter-American Affairs), n.d. ,v,2,no. 1: 24-25. (The Army of El Salvador.—) Describes the organization and efficiency of the urny of El Salvador. 1000 la Escuela Superior dc C-uerra dc Mexico, por cl Oral. Brig. D. E, M. Tomas Sanchez Hernandez, REVISTA DEL JERCIT'O (Mexico, La Sccretaria de la Defensa Nacional, Mexico, D, F.), May, June, July, Aug. 1941, v.21,nos.5,6,7,8:340-352* (The Mar College of Mexico.—) History and achievements of the War College during its ten years of existence. 1001 La Evoluci6n de Nuestro Ej6rcito* REVISTA DEL EJERCIT0 (Mexico, Estado Mayor Presidencial, Mexico, D. F.), June 1942, v.22,no.3;2-4, (The Evolution of Our Army.—) Describes the rapid technical and organizational improvement of the Mexican army, 1002 El General Guisan Habla del Ejcrcito Suizo. SUIZA INDUSTRIAL Y COMERCIAL (Lausanne, Switzerland), July-Aug. 1942, v.21,no,3: 13-14. (General Guisan Speaks of the Swiss Army,—) Summary of a recent interview with' the supreme commander of the Swiss armies revealing the state of preparedness of the military forces. 1003 Grossdeutsche Grenadiere im Kampf; Kameraden Aller Gauc in Eincm Regiment Beim Feldzug Durch Belgion und Frankrcich, von Oberleutnant Frits Fillies. Berlin, Zcitgeschichtc-vcrlag [cl941] 107p, (German Infantry in Battle; Comrades From All Districts in a Regiment in the Campaign through Belgium and France.—) 1004 La Guerre, dc Montana Exige Handos Id6neos, Unidadcs Muy Solidas y Una Perfecta 0rganizaci6n de los SGrvicios. MUNDO (Madrid), Nov. 8, 1942, v.3,no,131:379-382. ’ . (Mountain Warfare Requires Competent Command, Close Unity, and Perfect Organization of Supply.—) Describes the German Alpine units fighting in the Caucasus.■ H0G5- y cl Ej6rcito Alenin, by Alfredo Stern. COMENTARIOS Y DOCUMENIOS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico), March 1, 1943, v. 7, no. 75: 183-186. • ... (Hitler and the German Army.—) Refutes rumors about dissension between Hitler and his General Staff and asserts that he has always been supported by Prussian militarism. XX., ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (oont.) 1006 japan’s Military Masters: The Army in Japanese•Life, by Hillis Lory* Foreword by Joseph 0. Grew. : ~ Few York, Viking Tress, 1945, 256p. The realistic facts, about Japan*s capacity — in manpower and in national morale —to fight the "holy war" her military leaders have so long planned, are here told by a former American member of the faculty of Hokkaido Imperial Univer- sity. " < 10C7 The Korean Army, by Henry C, Kin* ' , MEM KOREA (Los Angeles, .... Calif.)., Jan. 28, 1943, v.35,no.1818*1. Discusses the possibility of Japan organizing a Korean army. 1008 La. M&quina do Guerra do Alomania, por John R. K0vcl'l# DEFENSA (Mexico D. F,., Mopcico), March 1943, v. 3,no. 21 • 83-86* (The German Machine,—) Discusses the tactical and strategic aspects of the German war technique, 1009 Mexico on Guerra, por I{. H. Lydenberg. DEFENSA (Mexico, D, F,, Mexico), March 1943, v.3,no*21:44* (Mexico at War.—) Impressions of an American concerning the war spirit of the Mexicans. 1010 , Mexico * s Fartin. the- -Tar, by General -Lazaro Cardenas. MODERN MEXICO (Now York), April 1943, v.15,no.11:7-8., illus# Sketches military: cooperation between the United States and Mexico, organization and training of the Mexican army, and ' the strategic and economic importance’ of Mexico# 1011 Das Nachtgcfecht [by Artur Boltzc. Berlin, S. E* Mittlor and Sohn, 1940. 154p* (Fight Combat.—) The training of the infantry for fight- ing in the dark in a war of movement. 1012 La. Nueva-0rganizaci6n.cn la Secretariate la Dofonsa Macional. REVISTA DEL EJERCIT0 (Mexico, Estado Mayor Prcsidencial, Mexico D. F.), Aug.-Sept. 1942, v.22,no.5,6;2-4. (New Organization of the Secretariat of National Defense.—) Discusses tho changes in Mexico*s military organization, to increase the efficiency of the service. 1013 Organization for Victory; Extracts from "Pravdd," Edited With an Introduction by Walter M. Holmes. London, Lawrence and Wishort, [1942], 8op. 1014 Folonia Continda Combatiend'o. C0MENTARI0S Y DOCUl'ENTOS DE LA GUERRA (Mexico, D. F.), Jan. 15, 1943, v*4,no.72:745-746. (.Poland Continues Fighting.—) Describes underground activity in Poland and reviews the direct aid being given the Allied Nations by Poles abroad. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 1C15 Das problem der Indisierung der Anglo-indischen Wehrmacht, by M. Austen. MILITAERW0CHENBLATT (Berlin), June- IS, 1942, v.126,no.51*1476-1478. (The Problem of the Indianisation of the Anglo-Indian Army.—) Tells of the reluctance of the British to train Indian of- ficers and of the growing resistance of the natives towards this policy. 1016 Recrutamento e Seleccao do Pessoal da AJrmada, pelo 1° Tenete Hor'acio de Carvalho. tDEFESA MAC I OilAL (Lisboa, Portugal), Oct. 1942, no.1q2*148-149.' (Recruitment and Selection of Personnel for the ITavy.—) Describes the methods of recuitment employed by the Portuguese navy. 1017 The Red Army. ECONOMIST (London), Feb, 27, 1943, v.144, no.5192:260-261. Discusses the development of the Red Army since the Revo- lution, under Trotsky and Tukhachevsky, reforms carried out by Stalin, and the political character of the Red Army. 1018 The Red Army Man — A British View. SOVIET RUtSSIA (New York), May 1943, v. 12 ,no. 1; 17-34. Discusses differences of oo.tacrn the Art-ilish soldier and the Russian Army man, the patriotism of the Russian, and the training of the Russian army. 1019 School for Generals. MEXJCAN-AMERICAM REVIEW (Mexico, D.F.), March 1943, v.11,no.3:12-13. the Information Courses for Oenerals preparatory to radical transformations in the methods, organisation and armament of the army. 1020 Scotland in Wartime, by Isobel Wylie Hutchinson. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC MAGAZINE (National Geographic Society, Washington), June 1943, v.83,no.6*723-743., photos, illus. . Detailed story of Scotland at war from the time that Mr. Chamberlain announced over the air that Britain was at war with Germany, through the first air raids by the Germans, the arrival of Bless, visit of Mrs. Roosevelt and the subse- quent happening, of the war up to the present, 1021 The Scottish Regiments of the British Army, Edited With an Introduction by Major Ian H Fackay Scobie. Ediburgh, Oiliver * and Body, 1942, > Hip. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT' OF THE ARMED FORCES (cent*)' * ' 7 ' f ' 1022 * El Serviqio de Isiformaciones en los Ejlrcitos, [by] Mayor Manuel Mo rein. ’ REVIS.I/;. DEL EJERCITO, MARINA Y AERONAUT ICA (Venezuela, Minl'steria de Guerra y Marina, Caracas), July 1942, v* 23,no.1S6;4174. (The Service of Information in Armies*--) Need, organiza- tion, operation and uses of the intelligence service in modern armies. 1023 Servicio de Voluntaries Para los' Frentcs de Guerra, by Bias • RoCca. FUNDAMjSNTOS (Havana), Nov. 1942, v* 2, no, 16: 557-561. (Voluntary Service for the War Front.—) Urges that Cuban . ,v volunteers be accepted for active service at the battlefronts. 1024 Soldier and Peasant in Japan: The Origins of Conscription, by B. Herbert Norman. PACIFIC AFFAIRS (New York), March 1943, v. 16,no.1:47-64. » Reviews the historical background of Japanese conscription, finding in the pro-Restoration society of Japan the basis for the present military caste. 1025 South Africa at War, Compiled by the South African Public Re- lations and Information Office. Washington, 1943. 52p., ; illus. An account of South Africa*s industrial, military and strateg- ic role in the war. Contains also a brief historical sketch of the country — its history, people and politics* 1026 South African Army 'Education at the Front, by Francois’ S. Gillie. ADULT EDUCATION JOURNAL (New York), April 1943, v.2,no,2;90-92. : Describes a comprehensive scheme of army education which is designed to interpret the basic’Social and’ political issues ' of this war to the men who are fighting it. 1027 Soviet Cavalry, 1918-1943, by Col. Gen. 0 I. Gorodovil’zov, . Red Army. CAVALRY JOURNAL. (Washington), March-April, 1943, v.52,no.2:18-23., illus. - . . ,’’An account of the growth of the Red Army cavalry with em- phasis on its present state of development and its use in the 1941-1942 campaigns’. 1028 SS Ih Army; Fourth Pillar of the Wehrmacht, by Dr. Iilfrcd Va gt s. INFANT RY JOTJRKAL 0 ?a s h ingto n) , May 194 3, v* 5 2 , no. 5: 8-17., illus. Recounts the origin, organization and policies of the German SS, its part in the Russian campaign, jealousy between the SS and the regular army and the possible future of the SS, as planned by Hitler. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cent.) 1029' Twenty-Five Years of the Red Army; The Five Phases, by Sir Paul Dukes. TABLET (London), Feb. 20, 1943, v.181,no.5363j83-89. Discuses the five periods in the history of the Red Amy coinciding with radical political reorientation, on the part of the Government* (1) the Civil Wars, 1919-1920; (2) the New Economic Policy; (3) Anti-Fascist Nationalism, 1929-1929; ' (4) the Russo“German Alliance; and (5) War with Germany. 1030 Two Years of War, Being a Summarv of Important Ratters "Connected With the Indian Defence Services, With Special Reference to the Year 1940-1941, Delhi, Government of India Press, 1941. 38p*., 'ill us,. Tells of the development of the Indian army, navy, and air force; the manufacture of munitions and the- supply system; and the operations and expeditionary forces-. 1031 Die Unbekannto Armee; Wesen und Geschichte des Ru'ssischen He ere s'. 2. Aufl. ZURICH, Hew York, Europe... Verlag, 1942, 177p., illus. (The Unknov/n Amy; The Nature and story of the Russian Military Organization. 2nd ed.—) This account of the Russian array begins in the 18th and 19th Centuries and carries through the Revolution of 1918 and the subsequent buildinr up of the Red Army. The author has been a first-hand observer for the past twenty years. 1032 U.S.S.R. Economy and the War. Speeches and Addresses Delivered at the First public Conference of the Russian Economic institute, Few York City - Oct. 2, 1942, by Robert D. Calkins, Robert J, Kerner, E. M. Kulischer [and others]. Edited by Robert JA Ferner, " University of California. How York, Russian Economic Institute, 1943. llOp., map. Discusses general economic and social problems and specific problems relating to the war, such as Russia's transporta- tion problems and military strength. o 1033- ...Die Waffenausbildung in der Flakartillerie; Ansgabc-fur den *. Kfinonier 2 cm Flak 30, Bearbeitet von Major Helmut Dcrpa. 4 Aufl. Hit 8o Abbildungen und Skizsen im Text, Berlin, E. S. Mittler, 1940. 142p. (Anti-Aircraft Artillery.—) 1034 Why Russia Will Win; The Soviet Amy, Naval and Air Forces are discussed, as well r.s the peculiarities distinguishing them from * those of other countries. . 'B, Navy 1. United States 1035 America’s ’’First” P'leet, by Critohell Rimington. YACHTING (New York), May 1943, v.48,no. 5;17-23,76-82. Discusses the diversified wartime and peacetime activities of the United States Caast Guard. XX. . ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FCHCES (oont.) 1036 Annual Report of the .Secretary .of the Navy - Fiscal Year 1942, U. -S» Navy Dept. Washington, UR* S. Govt. Print. Off*, 1942, 55p.%>. ’ " ' ' Report of thoa ctivities of the Navy DCpt, divided under three headin',?: _ General, the Np.-yy. Department, and Naval • Es,tablishin.e;i.r/C Notes expansion and reorganisation of older branches.and tno ore at ion of new branches to meet the war situation* 1037 Combat Engineers in the Marine Corps, by George’ E. Tomlinson. ENGINEERING NUTS-RECORD (New York), March 26, 1943, v. 130,no. 12: 64-67., photos.t : * Recount of the training and opportunities for service of the combat engineers in the 'Marine Corps. 1038 The Flffet Today, by Kendall Banning... 1942. Revised cd. New York, Funk and Agnails, 1942. xiv, 252p., illus. Traces the career of a navy recruit from his enlistment to his final place on board a war ship. Complete list of every fighting ship in commission. 1039 How Do We Stand on Naval Cruisers? by J'. ,-F. McDiarmidi BARRON*S (New York), April 5, 1943, v&23jno«14:t7* Indicates our present cruiser strength and that of Britain and compares the number and quality of our cruisers with those of our enemies• . 1040 Life Saving Equipment, by Comm* James E, Sullivan. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2•186-188,296., photos. Discusses rubber rafts, parachutes and other items of life saving equipment which tho Navy fliers -should have. 1041 La Marina on Accion ’ , EN GUARD IA (TJ. S. Office of the Coordina- tor of Inter-American Affairs) n.d., v.2,no. 1; 1-7., illus. (The Navy in Action.--) Survey of the tasks facing the 'United States Navy and a tribute to the service for the efficient manner in which it is meeting them. . ( 1042 Naval Administration, Compiled .by the Officors of the Department - of Seamanship' and Navigation, United States Naval Academy. Annapolis, Md., U, S. Naval Institute, 1942. 213p. 1043 Naval Reserve Guide, [by] Guido F. Forster and Edwin Laird Cady, .New York, Cornell Maritime. Press., 1943. vi, 339p., illus. • . .. . A complete survey of'life in the Naval Reserve, written as a -.guide'for men who* are ;qualifying for the service. 1044 The Navy Has Mings, by Fletcher Pratt; With a Foreword by Rear Admiral J. S. McCain. New York and London, Harper, 1945. xiii, 224p., illus. Presents a detailed picture of the Naval Air Aim, and describes and evaluates the role of aviation in the operations of the fleet. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF TIE ARMED FORCES (cent*) 1045 The Navy * s Air Arm., by Col*- Frank Knox. FLYING (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.32,no.2-47,266. Reviews the activities of Navy planes in 1942,- 1046 Cur Fighting Ships, by Mitchell D. Katz, Jr. Herbert C.' Lee and Edwin L, Levy. Now York, Harper, 1943. 102p,, illus#. Complete picture of our Navy today, from battleship to torpedo boat. Illustrated with official Navy photographs for every class of ship. Explanatory text for each class of vessel. 1047 Our New Pacific Navy, by Gilbert Cant. SEA' POSTER (New York), May 1943, v.3,no.5:23-25., photos. Believes that the United States has naval superiority in the Pacific. Discusses the ships and planes. .. 1048 Regulations for-the Security of Vessels in Port (with Notes). United States Coast Guard. Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 40p. 1049 Toodore Roosevelt and the Riso of the Modem Navy [by] Gordon Carpenter O’Gara. Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1943. x, 138p. * Tells how Roosevelt1s far-sightedness vras responsible for changes in ship construction ordnance, gunnery, fire-control, and personnel training which were eventually to make the American Navy second to none, 1050 Traditions of- the Navy, by Gcdric W. 'Lindas. Brooklyn, Our Navy Inc., 1942, 156p., illus. A compilation of miscellaneous information on the ceremonies, traditions, nautical customs, dress, Insignia and phraseology of the Navy, Fully illustrated. 1051 The United' States Coast Guard In the War, by Vice Admiral Russell R. Waesche. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington) , Doc, 7, 1942, v. 80,no. 15:42,-161, Describes the changes in the organization duties and- re- sponsibilities of the Coa st Guard since the war began. Says the most important change was the President’s order to trans- . fer jurisdiction over the Service -from the Secretary of the Treasury to the Secretary of the Navy, .1052 The United States Navy Today, by the Hon. Frank Knox# ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Deo. 7, 1942, v. 80,no. 15 :2 8,164.,dr.rt Discusses the Navy’s achievements in the building of ships since Pearl Harbor and in the sub-marine phase of the. war. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (oont.) 2, Other Countries 1053 Actually How Strong'is the Japanese Navy? — Part 2, by Jet cl: Blumonfield. OUR NAVY (New York), Mid-Jan. 1943, v»3V, no.16j16-19,61, Deals wiuh the approximate strength of Japan*s battleships, aircraft carriers, -cruisers, destroyers, ana submaries. Discusses tonnage, arms equipment, and building programs, and estimates losses and damages in the present conflict. 1054 The Dutch and Norwegian Navies, by Cr.pt. Jolm A. Dade# UNITED STATES' NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Feb. 1943, v.69,no.480j193-198. Describes the strength of the Dutch and Norwegian navies, and their participation in the war against the Axis. 1055 Das Ende dcr Jugpslc.wisch.cn Flotte in April 1941. MI LITAEBWOCHENBIATT (Berlin), July 3, 1942, v.127,no.l:2o. (The End of the Yugoslav Fleet in April 1941r—) 1056 Fighting Fleets, 1943 Edition, by Critchell Rimington, Associate Member, United States Naval Institute, ~rrlth Numerous Contributed Articles. New York, Dodd, Head and Co., 1943. xii, 312p., illus. (34-0 Photographs and Drawings) A survey of the navies of the world with particular emphasis on •the fighting craft of the United States Navy, designed for the information of the lay-reader. ‘This book explains the depth charge, torpedo, mine, range finder, and other arms and equipment used in naval warfare. Contains also chapters on naval-strategy, the airplane and the battleship. 1057 Foreign Naval News, by Jack Blumenfield. OUR NAVY (Now York), • March-1, 1943, v.37,no.19*24-26. Describes German submarine fleets, Italian and Japanese submarines. G0I71prrGS some of these with World 'Tar I sub- marines. 1058 ■ Ha nd e 1 s f 1 a a t on of Den Armen Verdenskrig c.v J. H* O'ldcnbroek. NORSK SJOMANNSFGRBUHD MEDLEMSBLAD (Brooklyn, N. Y. Feb. 1942, (The Merchant Marine in the Second World Ufar.—) Describes the work of the ‘Norwegian sailors in transporting supplies during the present war. ‘ 1059 H. M. Corvette [by] Nicholas Mensarrat, Lieutenant. AAT.V.R. Philadelphia, Lippincott, 1943. 189p., illus. The story of the corvettes — the sma-llPst ocean-going ggn* of-war and of their work*,during the winters of 1940 and 1941 convoying vital-supplies to Great Britain. 1060 His Majesty’s Merchant Navy, Compiled and Edited by paymr. Lieut. Cmdr. E. C. Talbot-Booth...2d ed. London, Sampson Low, [1942?], 556p. XX. ' ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 1061 His Majesty1s Ships; an Recount of the Ships in the Royal Navy, the Boyal Canadian Eavy, the Royal Australian Navy, the Royal Pew Zealand Navy, the South African Naval Forces, * • the Royal Indian Navy. London [Printed by Harrison and Sons, 1942], 95p. 1062 Italiens Flottc im Kricge. Dor Ausgleich in Fittelmcer, by Gadow, ’ DEUTSCHE WEHR (Berlin), Juno 2 6, 1942, v#46,no.26; 403-404. (Italy’s Fleet in the Far. The Balance in the Fdcitorranean. —) v An account of t.he vr.rious battles in the Mediterranean be- tween British and Italian units. 1063 Japan’s Eggshell Craisers, by Jay Launer. SEA POAER (New York), Feb. 1943, v.3,no,2:19-21., photos, table. Describes Japan’s cruisers, estimates the number, and com- - ■ pare$ them with those of the United States. 1064 Know Your Navy Fowl by Lieut. Francis k. Ford, U. S#' Navy (Retired). New York, Cornell Maritime Press, 1943, 84p., illus. A compilation of three hundred, questions and answers re- lating to the Navy# 1065 Life kith our Fighting Coast Guard, by Fr Bhrrows Colton. NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC MAGAZINE (Washington), Fay 1943, v#83, no.5:557-588., photos, map. Describes a C0ast Guard cutter, its crew, the history of the Coast Guard, its work, and the training given to mem- bers of the Coast Guard, 1066 Naval Construction in 1942, I, by Francis FcFurtric, A#I,N«A. ENGINEER (London), Jan. 1, 1943, v.175,no.4538:4-6., photos. A survey of types and numbers of naval craft added to the Royal Navy and to the navies of .the Dominions raid India in 1942. 1067 The Netherlands Navy Fights On, by Professor Dr. P#' 3# Gcrbrandy, - ARFY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no,15: ' 43,171. Tells of Netherlands continuing their fight along new lines under the guidance of Queen Wilhelmina and discusses and answers the questions "Why did Holland have a Navy” and ’ ’’’That has been strategy,” * \ * • *• 1068 One-One-One; Stories of the Navy [by] Eackforth-Jones. London, Hoddor, 1942. 223p. This collection of stories depicts the customs standards and humor cf the men of the Royal Navy. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT' OF' THE ARMED FORCES (cent.) .1069 - Poland ’ s Navy Fight OnJ’ by Walton L, Robinson... POLISH REVIEW (New York) j Eartfh 15, CL’943, v, 3,no.,10*4-6,14. Tolls what became of Poland’s Navy after th,o occupation of Poland by the Nazis, Describes naval engagements since that •tame and the fight that those ships and submarines are still waging a. ct t he Axis • 1070 The Red Fleet and-the Royal Navy,-by Karin Mitchell# London, Rodder and £ Laughton9 *■ 1942 *. 98p. Treats of too development ’of the Red Navy since the Revolu- tion; the role of the Red Navy in the Baltic, Black Sea, Far East, and Arctic; and the cooperation between the Red Navy and the Royal Navy. 1071 The Royal Navy; Some Account of Her Fanners, Cystems and Privi- leges, Edited' by E.'C. Talbot-Booth... London, Sampson Low, [1942]. 575p., illus. 1072 The Russian Naty, by Louis H« Barclay. OUR NAVY (Now York), Kid-Feb. 1943, v*37,no.37,no;IBs34^35. Describes the Russian navy and tells of some of its ac- complishments thus far in the war. 1C73 The Sea Cadet Corps, by J. E. T. Harper.' JOURNAL OF TEE ROYA] UNITED SERVICE INSTITUTION (London), Nov. 1942, v.37,no.543: 337-339. . Discusses the organization, training, aims and objects of the British Sea Cadet Corps.. 1074 The Soviet Blaok Sea Fleet, by Bruno 'GruenwaId• SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York) March 1943, v.11,no.11:22-23,34., illus. Discusses the naval strength of the Soviet Black Sea Fleet. 1C75 La Tragddie de Toulon. BULLETIN (Franco Combattantc, Forces Navales, London), Dec. 1942, [n. v. }.,no. 11* 8-9. (The Tragedy of Toulon.—) Reviews the scuttling of the French Fleet: contains official statement by General Dc- Gaulle and Admiral*Auboyneau. 1076 25th Anniversary of the Red Army and Navy. INFORM/. TIC IT BULLETIN (Embassy of’the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Washington), Feb' 23, 1943, no.17. 56p., illus. This special' issue is dedicated t'o the Red Army and Navy. It contains articles by authorities competent to discuss the organiza.tion and achievements of each branch of Russia’s , military services. 1077 ...Was Man Uber Die‘Eriegsschiffs-typen Wissen Muss. Berlin, W. Limpert-verlag [1942]. 64p. (What Che Should Know About Types of Warships*-—) XX, ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cent,) 1078 What's Left of the Jap Navy? bj' Leonard Engel, LIBERTY (Now York), Jan. 23, 1943, v.2a,no.4*12-13,59-60., illus., diagrs. Explodes popular misconceptions concerning the relative strength of the American and Japanese fleets. Describes the type of warfare waged in the Pacific. 10 79 Hill Benito's Navy Fight? by Charles A, Michie. SEA PCiTER (New York), May 1943, v.3,no.5:8-10., photos. Discusses the avoidance of decisive naval action on the part of Italians, the strength of the Italian Navy and its weak- nesses, the strength of the British Mediterranean Fleet, and possibilities of a naval fight between the Italian fleet and that of the United Nations. C. Air Services 1. United States 1080 Air Intelligence, by Comm. Frank A. ’’"end. FLYING (Chicago), Feb, 1943, v.32,no.2:163-164., photos. Discusses the work of the Air Combs t-'-ntelligonco which is charged wit'h the task of gathering and disseminating all battle data. 1081 The Aircraft Carrier—The Backbone of Aero-Sea "fanfare, by Lieut. Commander John A. Collett. UNITED STATES' NAVAL INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Dec, 1942, v.68,no.12;1742-1743. Discusses the' importance of the aircraft carrier to modern naval warfare. 1C82 Aircraft Types and Their Characteristics. FLIGHT (London), March 4, 1943, v.43,no.1784*iii a-b., diagrs. (Thirty-eighth of the Latest Recognition Series). Explains the designs of the Martin Mars and the Douglas Skymaster, 1083 The Airplane As a Battle kcapon, by Nathaniel F. Silsbcc, Major, U.' S. Army Air Force. AIR-AGE (Now York), April 1943, v, 1, no.3:6-7,74., illus. Says that the war to date has proved that a cooperating air force has usually been the decisive factor, and that no surface forces, land or sea, can hope for successful opera- tions without gaining control of the air. 1084 America at. far* AVIATION (New York), Jan. 1943, .v*42,no,l; 90,309. Discusses the strength 'of the' United States' air power in the first month of 1945. 1C85 America1 s Lighting Pianos in Action; Text and J'llustrations by Reed Einert. New York, Macmillan Co., 1943. 142p,, illus. (part co.). The portraits and brief accompanying text give a complete record of all American military pianos in action today. xx-. organization and equipient rF the armed fcrcss (oont.) 1086 Engineers With the Army Air Forces, by Stuart C. Godfrey, Brigadier General-, U. 8, Army. Air Forces, CIVIL ENGINEERING (Now York), Jan. .1943, v,13,no.1:7-10, Briefly deals with the task that confronts the Air Force engineers* Shows that aviation engineers must be ready to construct or reconstruct airdromes in the shortest possible time. - ' . - *■ t . J f 1C 87 Grganization of the Army Air Forces, by Major Nathaniel F. Silsbec. S.A.E* JOURNAL (Now York), Jan, 1943, v.51,no,1:42-46., chart. Gives the organisational set-up of the-Army Air Forces of the United States, * 1C 88 Service as a Medical Officer.in the U* s. Army Air Forces, by Gilbert Naylor. MEDICAL ECONOMICS' (Rutherford, N,j.), Jan. •- 1943, v.20,no.4:55-56,68,60,130,132-133. Liscusscs the training, duties, assignments, pay and rank of the doctors who join the United States Army Air Force. 1C 89 The Truth About the German Aircraft industry, by Leonard Engel, AIR PR’ CRESS (New York), Feb. 1-943, v.2,no.2 j4-7,72,73., illus. In the light of plant expansion and repairs, captive labor and utilization of the factories of fallen Franco, considers that German.aircraft production has passed its peak but is still formidable, 1C9C U.. S. Builds Overwhelming Air Power, by Robert FA ‘.Food, AMERICAN AVIATION (Washington), Jan. 1, 1943, v.6,no,15:15-16. Discusses the present and future air power of•the United States. , : f 1091 Warplanes of the World., by David C, Cooke. New York, Dell Publishing Co., 1943. 98p., illus. . Describes in detail the combat planes of the United States, Great Britain, Germany, Italy, Japan and Russia, 1092 War Wings; Fighting Planes of the American and British Air * Forces, by Dayid.C. Cooke...Revised 1943 ed. New York, .. , f Robert M, .McBride, 1943. 228p., illus. The complete record — .in both text and picture — of the fighting planes of the Democracies. ■2. Other Countries 1093 Aeronautics' in 1942,- ENGINEER (London), Jan. 1, 1943, v.175, no.4338:7-9., photos. ; # . States that Britainfs airplanes have always been superior . .. in'quality to those of Germany and are now produced in greater quantity as well* Describes some types of British aircraft which have distinguished themselves. XX, ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OP THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 1094 Aircraft Recognition; How to Identify British,' Nazi and Italian planes, by R. A, Saville-Sneath. 2d ed., Rev. and enl... New York, Washington,, Penguin Books, The-Infantry Journal. [1943] . 252p (An Infantry Journal - Penguin special S82) 1095 Britain’s Air Effort, by Oliver Stewart. FOREIGN AFFAIRS (New York), April 1943, v.21,no.3:440-451, Survey of the changing technical, strategic and tactical aspects of British Aviation. 1096 Britain’s Wonderful Air Force, Edited by Air Commodore F.F.M, Fellowes.. .With a Foreword by.Air Chief Marshal Sir Charles Portal... London, Odhams Press, [n.d.] 52op. .. illus* Tells has the R.A.F. is organized and recruited; how it is trained; how a bombing raid is planned and executed; and explains the strategy and.tactics of air fighting* 1097 Emplazada Para la■Lucha Final: La Aviaci6n Alemana Contra la Escuadra Inglesa. [n.p ,n,pub.,nT.d.]. 84p., illus. (Set For the Pinal Struggle; German Air Power Against the English Fleet.--) Pictorial review of German airstrength [Apparently£. German propaganda leaflet], 1098 ..•Entwicklung und Einsatz der Luftwaffe, von Obcrstleutnant Adler. Munster (Westf.) Coppenrath Verlag, 1941* 50 Grossdeutsche Reihe, Geschichte und Politik...) (Development, and se of the German Air Force.—) 1099 The Fleet Air iirm; A Short Account of Its History and Achieve- ments, by John Moore. London, and Kail, 1943. 140p., illus., maps. Part i of this book describes the Flt'et Air Am as it was at the outbreak of war and its development into a new and vital factor in sea strategy; Part II recounts memorable .g engagements in which the FlGet Air Am has participated. 1100 ...Der Fliegerschutze; ein Handbuch fur don Dicnstrunterricht, Bearbeitet von W. V. Cornberg..,2., Yollig Neubearb. Aufl* Mit 65 Abbildungen und Skizzen irci'Text.' -Berlin, ,;E. ,S. Mittler and Sohn, 1941. 73 Handbucher der Luftwaffe) (A Handbook for Airplane Gunners) 1101 From Bird Cage to Battle Planes; -The history of the ,R*A«.F* [by] Rhlph Michnolis. New York, Thomas Y* Crowell, 1943* 248p., illus. The author, a fighter pilot of the first WorId War, brings a wide knovNLedge of men and equipment to bear on this ac- count of the development of the Royal Air Force. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cent.) 1095 The Germans a Wasting Air Power, by Lieut* Gen. Henry H. Arnold, U,S- AIR SERVICES (Washington), Jon. 1943, v.28, noa1•10~13., photo s. Discusses the position of America's air and ground forces at present in World War II. 1096 Hitler's Hew Warbirds, by Davfd Q, Cooke, _ AIR PROGRESS (New York)., flay 1943, v. 2,no. 5 :4-7. , illus, . Discusses new designs and innovations in German military air- craft, 1097 The Jap Air Force, by William Winter.,. AIR TRAILS PICTCRIAL (New York), March 1943, v.19,no.6:15-17,50,52,54., illus. Presents latest information and historical data about Japanese military aviation plus drawings of representative Japanose aircraft. 1098 The King's Regulations and Air'Council Instructions for the Royal Air Force, With Appendices and Index 1942, London, ID II. Stationery Off., 1942. 3850p. (Air Publication 958) Regulations cover all aspects of the organization, train- ing, and' operation, of the Royal Air Force and its auxiliary services, 1099 Luftwaffe von Sicg nr*Sieg, [by] Peter Supf. Berlin, Im Deutschen Verlag, 1941, 221p. (The Air Force From Victory to Victory.—) Describes the role of the Luftwaffe and the various battles in which the Luftwaffe has participated - from the battle of Norway to that of Crete* HOC Messerschmitt 210; An Analysis of the Latest Luftwaffe Addition, by Paul Andrews. AIR NEWS (New York), April 1943, v*4,no,4: 7-9,56., illus., diagrs. L detailed description of the design end construction of the plane which has been destroying American and British aircraft with alarming success for more than a year, 1101 Moguchaia Sovetskaia Aviatsiia v Boiakh za Rodinu, [by] p. Kobelcv, Moscow, Ogiz, 1941, 55p. (The. Powerful Soviet A.viation in the Battles for the Father- land.—) Discusses the struggle for air supremacy between Germany and the AW lies in the present war, the creation of the Soviet Air Fleet achievements of its aviators, and the Soviet Air Fleet in.the present war, 1102 Norway' s Air Force. FLIGHT AND THE AIRCRAFT ENGINEER (London)', March 11, 1943, v.43,no.1785j255-256., illus. Tells how Norwegian pilots, trained in Canada, arc doing good work in their own squadrons in Great Britain, XX. ORGANIZATION. AND -EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 11G2 The RAF1S-'Atfjiy Cooperation .Command, by Keith Ay ling. AIR PROCRSSS (New York),.Fay 1943, v-2,no. 5:14-17,72., i1lus. Discusses the now offensive air arm created by Britain be- cause of'necessity. ? 1103 The Red Air Fleet, by Alexis Dawydoff. AIR TRAILS (New York), Feb. v,19,no.5;16-19. A survey of data on. the'Russian Air Force, presenting a picture of- some of. its tools and unusual tactics.-' 1104 Red Comets, by James L. H, Peck. AIR NEWS (Now York), Jan. 1943, v.4,no.1:24-28,76. D-lscussos Soviet air strength. Analyzes the efficiency of planes and pilots. 1105 Rise and Fall of' the Luftwaffe, (3 pts.), by Hauptmann Herman. ESQUIRE (Chicago), Feb.-April 1943, v.19,no,2-4:106-1C8J46,111, 112^42 These articles arc written by an anti-Nazi who helped to build Germany’s air force. He believes that, in spite of its long and intensive build-up, it will not have a decisive influence on the outcome of the war. 1106 Sintesis do la historic do la Aviacidn on 'Mexico. ' DEFFNSA (Mexico D. F., Mexico), March 1943, v.3,no.21:81-82* (Synthesis of the. ■uistory of Aviation in Mexico.--) R'6sum6 of the chronological development of Aviation in Mexico.- 1107 Soviet Military Aeroplanes, by James Hay Stevens. AIRCRAFT ENGINEERING (London), June 1942, v.14,no.160:152-159., illus. Discussosand illustrates bomber types, single-seater fighter typos, seaplane types, and also discusses ground attack and a rim.’- cooperation. 1108 What * s News in Aircraft? Edited by John’H. Day. CANADIAN AIR CADET (Toronto), April 1943, v.2,no.7;14*29. . Dos cribes new types of German and Japanese fighters; develop- monts in Allied dive-bombersj and now Miles trainers developed : for the R.A.F.‘ 1109 Wie -Terdo ich Offizier dor Luftwaffe? [by] Hermann Adler; Berlin, E. S. Mittlor and Sohn, 194-1, 37p. 3d od. (How Do I Bccono an Officer of. the Air Force?**-) Describes organization of the Luftwaffe, enlistment in this organiza- tion., and manner of becoming on officer candidate, and train- ing of officers. n i. ■ 1110 Wings in Exile: Life and Work of the .Czechoslovak Airmen in France and Groat Britain, edited by Holms Bones. Translated by • Robert Auty and Arthur R. Weit. London, " The C zochoslavak" Independent Weekly, 1942. 165p., illus. XX. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 1111 The Work of the Fleet Air Arm During the War, by Lieut* G. .F:. 1!.. Going, v JOURNAL'OF THE ROYAL UNITED SERVICE INSTITUTION (Lender), Nov. 1912, v. 87,no*. 548:307-316’,' Discusses the contribution’of*the.Fleet Air Arm of Great Britain in the maintenance of seaborne trade and communica- , tiers, the disruption and destruction of the enemy’s maritime trade, the enforcement of the blockade, and its cooperation r;i th the Navy and Army. 4- D, Women’s Services . I, United States 1112 . American omen in Unifown, by Mary Steele Ross* Garden City, • p N. Y», Qardor. City Publishing Co., 1943. 71p. , illus*. Contains complete description, duties, qualifications, and requirements of, twenty-seven women’s organizations — in- cluding twenty-seven official uniforms, insignia, and rank of all groups in full color. 1113 The Army Nurse Corps*in Time of War, by Julia 0. Flikke.' MILITALY SURGEON (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.92,no.2:174-178. Describes changes in the assigning of nurses to the Amy Air Forces, the now Army Nurse Corps uniform recruiting methods, and modification's in the physical requirements of the Nurse Corps. 1114 Army Nurses — In the Air, by Ruth Y- White. AMERICAN JOURNAL CF NURSING (New York), April 1943, v.43,no.4:342-344., photo. Describes the training given to Army nurses who are In the air evacuation units* 1115 Camarades de Combat [par] Florence Conrad.' Illustrations de Jean Pftg&s. New York, Brentano1s [1942]. 345p. (Comrades-in-Arms.—) The experiences and reflections of an American woman canteen worker during, the fighting at the front and later during the occupation of Paris by the Germans. ‘1116 Chinese Women at War,, CHINA AT WAR (Chungking), April 1943, v.JLo,no.4:26-28. Discusses the activities of the Chinese National Women’s War Relief Association which has been in operation for five and a half years. 1117 College Women and;the War; The Armed Services; War Industry; Technical Operations; Community Service. Proceedings of the Conference Held at Northwestern University, Nov. 13-14, 1942. 47p.. ' Contains papers on the opportunities’for woman in the war effort and the type of training necessary for them. X*. ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF TEE ARMED FORCES (cent,) 1118 'Hour Tho1 leaves Fit Into the Wa-r Picture, by Lieut. Comdr. Mildred H. McAfee, U.3.N.R. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dee. 7, 1942, v 80,no. 15:79,175:*. Describes the objectives of the program. Tells of develop- ments in the training schools and other activities. 1119 Navy Woman’s Handbook/ by Clolla Reeves Collins. bow York, Whittlesey House, 1943. .. xvii, 219p, Contains information relative to social usage in the bayy, and property rights of Navy women. 1120 The Negro Nurse and the War, by Estelle Massey Riddle.' OPPORTUNITY (New York), April 1943, v.21,no.2:44-45,92. Discusses the opportunities open to negro nurses in this war, student training programs, the distribution of negro nurses in the armed services and their activities. 1121 Negro Women and the WAAC, by Elizabeth C. Hampton. OPPORTUNITY (New York), April 1943, v.21,no.2:54-55,93. , Discusses opportunities for negro women in the LAIC, the training, qualifications, duties and salary. 1122 Nurses and the USO, by Pattie S, Smith. ' AMERICAN JOURNAL OF NURSING (New York), May 1943, v.43,no.5;462-463., photos. Discusses the orgenizatior o.f the 'U.S.O., its expanded activities, and services to the Army and Na-vy nurses. 1123 . ...Nurses in Action, by Col. Julia 0. Flikkc, Superintendent of the Army Nurse Corps. Introduction by Lieut. Col. L.' L, Gardner. Philadelphia, New York, Lippincott Co., 1943. 239-. (The Story of the Army Nurse Corps). Recounts the history of the corps from its beginning. Tells of nurses* work in all parts of,the present global war. A , section is devoted to training, customs, 'etiquette and the opportunities for a career in the service, 1124 Cur Girls in Uniform. LADIESr HOME JOURNAL (Philadelphia), Jan. 1943, v.60,no.1:63-69,72-73. . . Discusses the training of -recruits in the WAAC 8, the WAVES, and the training of a Navy nurse. • • W - 1125 Salute to the Navy by Hannah Lees. • SEA POWER (New York), Jan. 1943, v.3,no. 1:6-0. Describes the work of the Navy nurse at the front. 1126 "The WACCS in Administration, by Capt. William J. Podcli. QUARTERMASTER REVIEW (Washington), Jan,-Feb." 1943, v*22,no.2* 42-43,132-136. Discusses the various courses given WAACS by Ar y officers . at Des Moines to prepare them for administrative positions formerly held by the Army men. XX.- ORGANIZATION AID EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cent,*) 1127 WAAC Photographers, by Sally J, Davis. POPULAR PHOTOGRAPHY (Chicago), May 1943, v.12,no,6:52-33,92-93,95., photos* Discusses the selection, training, and work of the large " staff of photographers of the UAACs . 1128 The Waacs; With a Foreword by Oveta Culp Hobby, Director Women*s Amy Auxiliary Corps. New York, Harper, 1943. 243p* Contains all the information that a prospective WAAC should know,. gives an account of the basic training, specialized training, -and how to apply for and get a commission. 1129 ’HAVES in Naval Aviation Activities. Training Division, U. 3, Bureau of Aeronautics, U. S. Navy,' March 16, 1943. Crashing ton, U. S. Govt. Print Off., 1943. I6p. Contains detailed information useful to Commandin' Officers of naval aviation activities having NAVES' aboard arc. to YfAVE officers administering enlisted personnel, 1130 Women At War. GENERAL FEDERATION CLUBWOMAN (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.25,no. 5 ;26p*. This issue of the General Federation Clubwoman is devoted to every phase of women’s work in the war* women in military service, war industry, civilian defense, nursing, U.S.O. and voluntary work. 1131 Women Doctors in the Army', by Judge Dorothy TKenyon*. WOMEN IN MEDICINE (Washington), Jan. 1943, no, 79:9-10. Asks for the commissioning of women doctors in the Army Medical Reserve Corps on the same basis as men, and dis- cusses ’’legalisms” which have be on used to oppose this* 1132 Women in U.S.O. HIGHWAY TRAVELER (Cleveland), Fob.-March 1943, v.15,no.1:14-15,26-29. Explains why the United ServicesOrganization is needed and describes some of the ways that women volunteers help to make a United Services Organization club £ ,whomo away from homo.” " * r . 1 . ) • • • 1133 Women in War; A Complete-Guide to Service in the Armed Forces and War industries, by Herbert Burstein. New York, Service Publishing Co., 1943. IGSp., illus. Gives conditions of eligibility for the various branches of the service, rates of pay,- and -opportunities for training. * Gives•corresponding information for women in industry* Contains an appendix listing women's occupations in 1918-1919. 1134‘ The Women's Army - Auxiliary Dorps. THE AMERICAN FOREIGN SERVICE JOURNAL (Washington), Jan. 1945, v.20,no.1: 10-12• Describes training, organization, duties and contributions of the WAACs. XX, W ORGANIZATION ANDiEQUIPMt'OF THE ARMED FORCES (oont.) 2. Other Countries , » » >. •' ♦ «. xl35 Are Germany’s Battleships Expendable? by Alexander IWruliy, SEAPOWEE (New York), March 1943, v. 3, no. 3:10-12. Asserts that Germany’s battleships did not have a marked effect on the battle of the Atlantic but may become dangerous in desperation tactics designed to assure the success of the submarine campaign. 1136 Britain’s Air Women on Equal Footing. * ITATTONAL AERONAUTICS (Washington), May 1943, v.2Ino.5: 18 ,54. Women pilots>of the A.T.A. (Air Transport Auxiliary), fly any one of the 120 types of aircraft ferried to the R.A.F., from tiny moths to giant Fortresses.• 1137 The Fighting Women of Yugoslavia, by Elma Dangerfield. NINETEENTH CEMTURY AND AFTER•(London), March 1943, v.133,no. 793:130-132. Describes the physical and psychological conditions under which women live, and their •’part in making and distributing arms to the guerillas as well as in the actual warfare, ,1138 For Military Efficiency — The 1TAAC, by Col, CVeta Culp hobby, ARMY AMD NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v*80,no.15: ' 78-177. Describes the origin,-development and routine work of the Women’s Army Auxiliary Corps, 1139 No %me to Weep, by Dorothy M. Clarke, London, Robert Hale, 1942, 222p., frontis* part., illus. The account of life in France immediately before and during •the country ’s collapse and of the* adventures which befell the author and forty-five other women- of' the British Mechanized Army Corps, 1140 Palestine’s Women Soldiers, by Miriam: Shir. HADAS3AE NEWS- LETTER (New York), Sept.-Oct.’ 1942, v.23,no.1;14-16. Discusses the activities of the women recruits of the Auxiliary territorial Service in Palestine. 1141 Report of the Committee-on Amenities--and Welfare' Conditions in the Three Women’s Service's: Presented to'Parliament by Command of his-Majesty, Aug. 1942. London., ii; M. Stationery Off,, 1942.' 58p. (Gt. Brit. Parliament. Cmd. 6384). • \ ' J ■' * * 1142 Russian Women At War, by Ruth Carson. INDEPEMD)3MT WOMAN (New York/, April 1943, v.22,no.4:100-102., illus, ...Tells of an' interview with Elizabeth Eremin and Irena Silanova, two Russian doctors- connected with the Soviet Purchasing. Commission, in which they discuss the many tasks the Russian women are doing on the battle front and behind the lines. XX. 'ORGANIZATION AND EQUIPMENT OF THE ARMED FORCES (cont.) 1143 Soviet Women in! the War, by Jessica Smith SOVIET RUSSIA ' TODAY (New York) i A pril 1943, v.11,no.12:14-15,33. Describe s the work of Soviet women in the war and how they have managed to get into combat work. 1144 SPARS; ' Women’s Reserve of the U. S. uoast Guard Reserve, by Franklin R, Zeran. OCCUPATIONS (New York), March 1 943, v.21, no.7.539-541. Gives authoritative information on requirements, pay, and directions for making application to the SPARS, Women’s Reserve of the United States Coast Guard Reserve* 1145 TJ.S.O. Follows the •‘■'lag, by Largaret E. Tfuhn* WOMANS PRESS (New York), Jan. 1943, v.37,no.1:14,42. Tells of the work of the United Services Organization over- seas, with personal reports from British Guiana, Eawaii, and Alaska. 1146 Women doctors in the British Amy, by Louisa Martino ale," M.D* KEDICAL WOMEN *S JOURNAL (Cincinnati), Jan. 1943, v.50,no,l: 6-7. Discusses the duties of medical women employed with the Royal Army Medical Corps. XXI, PAY, ALLOWANCES, PENSIONS AND RELIEF 1147 The .Wnendod Soldiers1 and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act, by George TV Omacht.' MIKING AND METALLURGY (New York), Feb. 1943, v.24, no,434:3-6. Discusses the theory of the act of 1940, emphasizing the amendments of 1942, 1148 American Bankers Association. Analysis of Soldiers’ and Sailors’ ’ 'Civil Relief Act•of 1940, as Amended. New York, American Bankers Association, 1943. 2op. -149 An Analysis of the Soldiers’ and' Sailors’ 'Civil Relief Act Amendments of 1942, by Cassius A. Scranton. Chicago, Chicago Title and Trust Co., Feb. 1943. 38p. 1150 Cash Allowances for the Families and Dependents of Soldiers, Sailors and Marines, by Otto E. Pfciffenberger. An Explanation, with Tables' and Examples, of the Servicemen’s Dependents Al- lowance Act, New York, the William Frederick Press, 1943. 6op. 1151 Granting Credit to*- Service Man and Their Dependents in Canada, * ' by Robert J. 'O’Hagan. TRIE CREDIT WORLD (St. Louis, Mo.), March 1943, v.31,no.6:24-26,31* Describes the organization of the Dependents’ Allowance 'Board and the Dependents1 Board of Trustees and their functions. XXI. PAY, ALLOWANCES,- PENSIONS- AND RELIEF (cont.)' 1152 Income Tax and Army .Pa;/, by J. K» Doherty. 4th ed. Harrisburg, . Pa., The Military Services Publishing Co., [1942], 44p. . Explains how 'to make out income taxes, 1153 Legal -Protection for the Serviceman and His Family, b; Vincent Lo 'Lordo and Victoria Broun. -Pew York, Julian Ressner, 1943. 80p. ’ . Explains the benefits provided, by the new laws to protect the home and business of the Serviceman and his family. 1154 Our Army of Taxpayers — The Armed Forces, by Robert S. Xrolzman. , TAXES (Chicago), March 1943, v.21,no 3:158-140. Says this war is different from other-wars in that soldiers - must now pay income taxes on t :e wages of war. Tells of how the soldier's pay is subject to Pederal' income tax, if he earns more than his statutory exemption. 1155 Pay for Soldiers' Families, by Harry Henderson and Sam Shaw. COLLIER'S New York), May 22, 1943, v.lll,no.9:18,76. •Describes the Army Office of dependency Benefits, which is ■ now paying out $5jGC)C»©00 daily to families of the United States fighting men. Tells how this government war agency’ functions and says it will now be more important than ever, since the drafting of fathers of families has been ordered. 1156 Questions and Answers on the Second Seamen's War Risk Policy. IT. S. War Shipping Administration in Collaboration With the Maritime War Emergency Board, . Washington, XT. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1943. 15p. v r A pamphlet designed to help merchant-seamen understand the provisions of the..war risk insurance policies issued by the Maritime War Emergency Board. 1157 Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Ac.t, by j. Boyd Landis. DICKINSON' LA 7 REVIEW (Carlisle, Pa.), March 1943, v*47,no.3; ' 129-136. • Discusses various provisions of the Soldier’s and Bailor's Civil Relief Act qf 1940. •1158 . * .Soldiers' and* Sailors;1 Civil-Relief Act of 1'940 and idnendments of 1942 Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1942. 32p_. XXII. WELFARE A. Religion 1159 Conscientious Objectors the 'TorId Over, by Harold F. Sing. '’JAR REGISTER (Enfield, Eng.), Autumn 1942, no.48:3'~9. Reviews the position of conscicntiqus objectors. XXII. WELFARE (cont.) 1160 Environmental Influences Affecting the Decisions of Mennonite Eoys of Draft Age, by Robert Kreider. MENNONITE QUARTERLY REVIEW (Goshen, Ind.), 0ct. 1942, v. 16,no.4:247-259,275. Discusses the influence of the church, home, community, education and personal associations on Mennonite bovc as to their decision to participate in the war. 1161 Soldiers Are Many, Chaplains Are Few, by Lieut. Robert Sherry. AMERICA (New York), Feb, 13, 1943, v,68,no.19;515-516. Discusses the need for more Catholic Chaplains in the armed feroes. 1162 Spiritual Life and the Soldier, by Lieut. Col. C. F. Von Rem Bussche, QUARTERMASTEM REVIEW (Washington), Jan.- 'cbf 1943, v.22,no,2:50,110,111. Shows how religion aids the morale of the soldier. 1163 The Synagogue Does Its Share, by Rabbi Jacob D. Schwarz, SYNAGOGUE (Cincinnati), March 1943, v.10,no•7:3-5• Discusses projects housed in the synagogue, home hospitality, financial contributions to war agencies, cooperation with agencies outside the synagogue, contacts maintained with members in service, and personal service by the rabbi. B. Morale and Recreation 1164 The Army — It is America; Absenteeism Not Confined to factories, by Lieut. C-en/ Ben Lear, VITAL SPEECHES OF THE DAY (New Aork), May 1, 1943, v.9,no,14:421-424, Asks public support in overcoming various typos of ''’absen- teeism," or non-cooperation with the war effort. Discusses * physical unfitness of one-third of the young men for army life, 1165 The Army Life, by Private E. J. Kahn, With a Foreword by Major General E. H. Harding. New York, Simon and Schuster, 1942. xv, 154p. ■ • Sugg.cations* for adjustment -to Army life. •1166 Army Morale and' Its to Discipline and Efficiency, by C. W, Valentine*. FIGHTING FORCES (London), April 1943, v. 2p, no. 1:2 2 -2 9. •Discusses the intelligence of the civilian army, criticisms of sokne regulations and restrictions, and the value of "dis- cipline- for the sake of discipline." XXII. WELFARE (cont.) 1167 .Cryptic Nostalgia, /by Lieut. Commander C. L. Kittson, Lieut t Commander Hi"It. Harris and others. WAR MEDICINE (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v. 3,no. 1» ST'-UTM, i • Describes the .symptoms and treatment -of a form of home- sickness-easily confused with simple schizophrenia or mental deficiency. Differs from, ordinary homesickness in that there 4 is no overt sign of emotion and no insight on the part of the patient. 1168 The Disney Studio ft war, by Thornton Delchanty. THEATRE ARTS (Hew York), Jan. 1943, v.27,no.1*31-39., illus. » Enumerates some of the many useful activities in the Disney studio: Washington looks to him for the building of public morale and providing training and instruction to soldiers and sailors by the use of Disney’s animated graphic art, etc, 1169 Drinking Among Servicemen, by Edward B. Dunford. 'SCCLAL * PROGRESS (Crawfordsvilie, Ind,), March 1943, v.33,no.7*13-15. Gives a critical analysis of the report issued by/- the Office of War information in January, in reference to drinking in and around Army Camps. 1170 Exploring the Wartime Morale of High-School Youth, by 'Lee J.' Cronbach. Standord, Stanford University Press, 1343. 79p* (Applied Psychology Monographs no.l). Published for the American Association for Applied psychology this study surveys only one aspect of tho morale problem — the optimism of high-school students as indicated by their tendency to accept or rcjoct various predictions about the future in wartime. ' - t 1171 Films for the Community in ■ Wartime, by Mary: Losey, Hew York, National Board of Review of Motion Pictures, 1943. 73p. An annotated list of the representative typos of war films available in'this country. 1172 From Ireland to Australia, by Robert Lewis. FOREIGN SERVICE (Kansas City, Fo.), Fob. 1943, v.of,no.6;8-9., photos, • • Describes the recreational activities provided by the service- men’s clubs of the Red Cross in tho British Isles, Iceland, . New Caledonia, and Australia. ’ 1173 Das Geheimnis dcr Japanischen Erfolgc, Gchultze. DEUTSCHE 12EHR (-Bgr 1 in) , May 1, 1942, v.46,no. 18 j 2 74-2 75. (The Lfy-stcry of Japan’s Success.—) Surveys development of Japanese Navy since 1880, the principles involved in Japanese morals, training, and resources. 1174 Das Geheimnis. SIGNAL (Berlin), Hay 1942, v.3,no.lr:12-18. (The Mystery.—) An analysis of the various*clements that make up the fighting spirit of the German soldier, such as tradition, discipline, and tho N0w Spirit. ■ r ) XXII. WELFARE (c ont.) 1175 Goman Psychological uc. rfarc; A Review of the Survey Published' by the Committee>for National Morale, by Maxwell Gitolson, M. D. DISEASE'S OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM (Galveston), April 1941-3, v,4,no.4* 125-128. Secs that the psychological phase of German rearmament began in 1919; and that German psychologicalwarfaro is a blend of borrowings from applied psychology of Britain and the United States. 1176 How Brave Is the Jap? by Frederic S. Harquardt. CCACHET (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.13,no.4*50-54. Discusses the source of the Japanese fearlessness of death and his refusal to be captured in battle alive* 1177 How Do the Germans Feel Nov/? by Nerner Knop. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 22, 1943, v.215,no.4&:9-10,96,98., photos. Discusssion of the change that has taken place in the morale of captive Germans in English prison camps during three years of war, 1178 A List of U. S. Vfar Information Films, U. S. Office of v.ar Information, Bureau of Motion Pictures, Washington, U. S. Govt, Print. Off,, April 1943, 28p. Lists films issued by a variety of government agencies, with brief annotations as to their contents. Tells how and where these may be rented or bought. 1179 Mail Means Morale, by Helen Furnas. LIBERTY (New York), April 3, 1943, v.20,no.14:26-27,54. Discusses the importance of mail for maintaining the morale of .soldiers’ overseas and indicates the advantages of send- - ing V mail. 1180 The Morale of the Nazi Soldier, by Jan Vpltin. ESQUIRE (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.19,no.2;35,lCO,lOl* Stressed that Nazi morale is extremely vulnerable because it depends on continuous demonstrations of victory and force. 1181 Nucstra f6- on la; Victoria Americana, [by] General Miguel ■ Ydigoras Fuentes. REVISTA MI LI TAR (Ej'ercito de Guatemala, Guatemala City), July-Aug. 1942, v.19,no.7 and 8*177-183. (Cur Faith, in American Victory.—) Bases belief in American triumph on historical military success of the United States, on the present unity of the American peoplb, and on the mechanical aptitude of the nation. XXIX. VIE LEAPS (cent.) 1182 Personal Problems and 1-ora lo, by John B. ..under the Editorship, of Franc,is T* Spaulding, Doan of tho School of Edu- cation, Harvard University. At Present$-Col., fray of the United States, Chief of the Education Branch, Special'Service Division, far Department. Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1943# vii, 435p.> illus. Contains chapters on civilians’ contribution to wartime economies and morale and chapters directly related to serv- . - ing-with the armed forces and auxiliaries. 1183 Prelude to Victory, by James B. Heston; London, ’ Till icon * Hoincmann, 1942, 15 Ip,. Under the main headings "The Price of Freedom," "Mho is the Enemy?" and "Vhcre Are ’To Going?" the author discusses •: - • various "illusions" of the •‘-meric an people Believes it is necessary to put the war effort into high gear and to define tho objectives for which we are fighting# 1184 The Road to Victory, by Francis J. Spellman, Archbishop of New York, Military Vicar of the Armed Forces of the United States. New York, Charles Scribner’s Sons. 1942. lolp. A discussion of tho moral and 'spiritual issues involved in the present war, 1185 Sea-Going Clergymen, by • Tm. N. Thomas. TRIDENT* MAGAZINE (lynchburg, Va.), Christmas Issue, 1942 j 25,4-4-45# Describes the Church Pennant as tho only flag that flies * above the National Ensign, carried by American ' '.on of !7ar. Relates experiences of a Fighting Navy’s Sky pilots and tho opportunities of clergymen with a love for*, the sea. 1186 Some aspects of Morale, by Lieut-. Col.' H. C. Tostmorland. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Feb. 1943, v.45,no.2:194-198. . Discusses the morale of the British people and various fac- tors which affect morale on the battle field and the home front* * 1187 Surprise Proof Morale, by "Take On." JOURNAL OF ROYAL . -ARTJ.LIERY (London), April 194-3, v. 12Q,no.2:lo5-llo. Explains and illustrates through first hand account* why surprise,oybattlefront.is"the arch enemy of morale# 1188 Talk on Guadalcanal, by* Ira "Volfert. ' NATION (New York), , Jan# 23, 1943, v. 156,no*4.;117-ll9. Contrasts of attitudes toward political questions, strikes and labor problems, of soldiers who had not been in battle and of those recovering from exhausting fighting on Guadal- canal. XXII. .ELFARE (cent/. 1189 Temperance and a Total Aar Effort, Broadcast by Right Hon. A. L. Mackenzie King. Ottawa, Edmond Cloutier, 1902. Appeals to tho provinces to aid the federal government in the curtailment of the consumption of alcoholic beverages, which is a deterrent to the war effort. 1190 The Theatre and the Armed Forces. THEATRE ARTS (Hew York), March 1943, v.27,ho„3s149-168.- * - Describes a much varied program for the diversion and relaxa- tion of army men.' 1191 k'hat Is the Church Doing? by Henry P. Van Dusen. Now York, Charles Scribner's Sons, 1943. 194p. Presents evidence -that the Christian faith lives on in the European nations which have been overrun by tho ITazis. Tells of the work of the churches in prison camps. Red Cross, U. S, 0. and Other Organizations 1192 Aid To Foreign Countries, FOREIGN AAR'RELIEF (The American National Red Cross, ->ashington), Sept. 1, 1939-Dec. 31, 1942. 9-27. Outlines activities and help to foreign countries since the British people started preparations against air-raids in 1939. Describes Red Cross aid to Great Britain, Russia, Greece, Poland, Yugoslavia, France, Norway and the Low Countries, Finland, Spain, the Middle ast and other Coun- tries. Also tells of repatriation and relief of American citizens, 1193 Tho Chinese Red Cross: Organization and Activities. CHINA AT AAR (Chungking), March 1943, v.10,no.3;35-38. Contains information on the personnel and wartime activities of the Chinese Red Cross. Scscrj_hcs the work of the medical relief oorps, truck ambulance convoys, the medical corps, and pictures medical relief, and hospitals in Chungking. 1194 Great Aar Record of Cross, by James Fraser. CANADIAN NATIONAL MAGAZINE (Canadian National Railways, Montreal), March 1943, v.29,no.3:6,12. Discusses the highlights of the war program of the Canadian Red Cross, which ministers not only to members of the armed forces but to civilians as well. 1195 Medical Social Service in “artime Aith the Army‘and Navy, by Lena R. Waters*. HOSPITALS (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.17,no,2: 58-61. Describes the social service work undertaken by the Red Cross in military hospitals at home and abroad* XXII. WELFARE (cont.) •1196) "Rainbow Corner," by C. Patrick Thompson. THIS "VEER (Boston), Jan. 3, 1943:9. Describes the facilities and services of the newly opened American Red Cross Center for service men In London. 1197 Red Cross Activities and Medicine, by Albert McCown, M* D. JOURNAL OF THE INDIANA STATE MEDICAL ASSOCIATION (Indianapolis), March 1943, v.36,no.3:157-158. Discusses the services of the Red Cross in which the medical profession participates, either by counsel or through direct service. 1198 Red Cross Activities, by Field Marshal Sir Philip Chetwode. FIGHTING FORCES'(London), Dec. 1942, v.19,no.5:236-238, An outline of the work of the war organization of the British ' Red Cross Society and the Order of St. John of Jerusalem. 1199 The Red Cross, On the Job 24 Hours a Day. HIGHJAY TRAVELER (Cleveland), Feb,.-March 1943, v. 15,no, lj 8-11,30-33., photos. Describes the establishing of servicemens clubs by the Red Cross in North Africa end London, and its program of re- creation and medical-social service- for Army men in hospitals. 1200 The Rod Cross Service to the Armed Forces, by Elizabeth Glover. VIRGINIA PUBLIC WELFARE '(State Dept, of Public Welfare, Richmond), Jan. 1943, v.21,no.1;3-4, Tells of the program of the Red Cross to help servicemen and their families make adjustment? to problems caused by the war. 12q1 Services tc the Armed Forces, by Lora Kelly. RED CROSS COURIER 4 (Washington), March 1943, v.22,no.9*20-22,25. • Discusses the work of the Red Cross in establishing roadside recreation huts along the Alcan Highway, and activities of its clubs in the Middle East. 12q2 ....Services to the Armed Forces. Washington, The American • National. Red Cross, 1942. 46p. ([its] ARC 296 rev. Nov. 1942) PART FOUR: THEATRES OF WAR: CAMPAIGNS AND BATTLES XXIII. WORLD BATTLEFRONLS: • GENERAL ' 12p3 Allied Offensives Under Wav, by Donald W. Mitchell CUIIREITT HISTORY (Mew York) . March 1943, v.4 ,no. 19:14-21. Surveys the campaigns in the Pacific, in Tunisia, in Axis Europe and on the Russian Front and finds that Germany*s only present success is in submarine warfare. 1204 America's Battlofrouts Where Our Fighting Forces' Are, by Frederick Gruin. Illustrated by Graphic Associates. Few York, Foreign Policy- Association, 1943.' 19p., maps. (ll/iad- 1 ine Bocks T’o, 33) Gives for each region constituting an American batilefront the following facts: area, population, date of arrival of American troops, and the record of our troops there, par- trcuiarly in establishing military bases. 12Co Cubans Position in the Present War, by His Excellency Dr. Aureiio F. Concheso. ARMY IT'D NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no.15:23,172. Discusses Cuba*s war against the Axis, her cooperation * with the United States and Cubans' strained economic situa- tion due to the shipping shortage. 1206 Europa w/ter 1942. ’ NORSK SJOMANNSPORBTJMD IfEDLSMSBLAD (Brooklyn, N. Y.), Feb. 1942, v. 32,no,2 j 14-16. (Europe Meets 1942.—) up Germany*s gains to date but points out that she has not been victorious in spite of her boasts because she has not won over the workers in • - the countries which she has occupied, 1207 Experiences in the Theater of Operations, by Louis J. Claterbos. MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), April 1943, v.35,no.210:184-189., ' illus. Tells of experience as Engineer on the staff of Brig, Gen,' R■ L. Maxwell, Chief of the Forth African Military Mission. Describes operations and general military activities at Hawaii, Cairo-Palestine*-Eritrea and concludes with a den- ser ipt ion of his homeward voyage. 1208 From Stalingrad to Dakar. STATESMAN AND NATION (London), Nov.-28, 1942, v. 24*no.. 614:349-350. Reviews the battle of Stalingrad and analyzes the signifi- cance of the great sea and airport, Dakar, coming., over to the United Nations. Mentions the' danger of delay in helping the Fighting French to get together and bo recognized as the * - provisional government of a France in the process of libera- . • tion. . * XXIII. WORLD BATTLEFRONTS: GENERAL (cont.) I2f9 Journey Among Warriors, by Eve Curie. Garden City,' Doubleday, Doran, 1943. vii, 5olp. A report of a 40,000-mile trip covering the' battlefields of Africa, the Hear East, Russia, and China. As a well- " known writer and as the daughter of the distinguished French scientists, Miss Curie was given unusual.opportunity to observe conditions at the front and also behind the lines. 1210 The New World United for Victory, by Nelson A. Rockefeller. ARMY AND,NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, y.80,no-.15: 72,176. * Reports the'hemisphere *s first year of war as marked by great progress in creating a powerful American front against the Axis ambitions for world power. 1211 Outline of Military Operations, Nov. 24-Dec. 7, 1942. BULLETIN OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS (London), Dec. 12, 1942, v.19, no.25:1136-1144. This feature appearing in each issue of the Bulletin of inter- national News summarizes current.developments on each of the principal fronts. 1212 Lcs Ret'raites Allemandes. ’FRANCE LIBRE (London), Feb. 15, 1943, v.5,no.28:245-252. (The German Retreats.—) Analysis of the causes' and military implications of. the German retreats of 1942-1943. 1213 Russia and Tunisia. TIME AND TIDE (London), Feb. 2o, 1943, v.24,no.8:140-141. Describes, the fighting on the Russian front and discusses the prospccts of Russian success on that front. .Reviews the latest, .campaigns in Tunisia and strategy in that area. -.1214 The Sea War Extends: Disaster in tine Far East. SECOND GREAT WAR (London), Deo. 15, 1943, no.47:1895-1900., photos. Describes naval operations in .the Mediterranean, in Northern waters around Iceland, in the Black Sea, the Atlantic and the Pacific during the second half of*. 1941. Discusses the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor,.loss of the ’Prince of Wales* and the ’Repulse* and the surrender of Hongkong. 1215 Victories and Problems, by Julys Menken. '• NATIONAL REVIEW (London), March'1943, v.12o,no.721:21o-217. Describes the campaigns in Russia, and the Southwest Pacific. ’•Discusses some of the problems involved in the strategy in the Southwest Pacific. 1216 The War. at Sea, by Rear-Admiral H. G. Thursfield*. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Feb. 1943, v.45,no.2:139-146. Considers the Nazi U-boat menace and discusses events pertaining to the war at sea — the Indian Ocean, the Mediterranean, and the Pacific. XXIII. WORLD 3ATTLEFR0NTS: ‘GENERAL (cont.) 1217 The War On Land, by Lieut. Col. H. de Watteville, Gen. Sir. R. Gordon-FinPayson and; Maj. Gen. E. 0. Lewin. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Nov* 1942, v-* 45, no. 1; 23-34, Reviews .events in Europe, biie Middle East, and the Far East Gj-TfCO ill.* Ct Gl-iHiT1 i.0 JT XXIV. VIES TERN EUROPE AND I HE ATLANTIC 1213 Air Force Targets in Romany. Pt. XXI, Hamburg. ENGINEER (Lone1 Oli) P .'iuc If, 1941, \r. 171,no.4457:385. , illus,, maps. 1219 Air Force Targets in Germany, Pt... XXII. Rhineland Power Stations. ENGINEER (London), Aug-. 22, 1941, v. 172 ,no.44-67; 117., illus., maps. 1220 Air Force Targets in Germany. Pt. XXIII, The Port of Stettin. ENGINEER (London), Oct. 17, 1941, v. 172,no.4475:251-. , illus., maps,. 1221 Air Force Targets in Germany, Pt. XXIV. Karlsruhe. E: GIHEER (London), Hot. 14, 1941, xn 172,no.4479:326., illus., maps, 1222 Air Force Targets in Germany, pt. XIX. Bremerhaven and the North German Seaports. ENGINEER (London), April 4, 1941, v. 171, no.447:223,224., illus., maps. 1223 Aus dem Foldzug in Norwegen. MILITAERHISSENSCrAFTLICHE RUNDSCHAU (Berlin), 1942, no.2:125-136, (The Campaign in Norway.—) Tells of the attack on Norway from the sea, the air and the land, the resistance it en- countered, and the territory involved. 1224 Bataille d»Amiens, 1940, [par] J. P. Petges. New York, Editions de la Maison Francaiso, 1943. 152n. ) 3 (The Battle of Amiens, 1940.--) An account of the battle as told by a French soldier who took part in it. 1225 The' Belgian Army in Britain. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Fob. • 1943, v.45,no.2:235-238. Discusses the growth of the Belgian Army and the administra- tion, training, housing, and hospitalization of Belgian troops'in Britain after the fall'of Belgium. 1226 Britain in the World Front, [by] R. Palme Dutt. New York, International Publishers, 1943, 284p, Analyzes the problems which tlx British face in every phase of the war effort, and sots about answering questions as to how the war can be won most speedily. Discusses India and other Colonial problems and the character and aims of the United Nations.' XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC (oont.) 1227 Britain1s Air Defenses, by Maj. Gen. P. J. Mackcsy. ‘COAST ARTILLERY JOURNAL , (Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v.86,no.1: 34-37., photos. Tolls of the part played by antiaircraft units in the Battle of Britain, with particular reference to the utilization of women* 1223 The British Achievement — No Apologies. ROUND TABLE (London), Oct. 1942, v.32,no.129j24-3o. Says.England, single handed, saved Europe from the Carman threat in. 1917, and was victorious again in X94f\, when re- sisting the air attacks of the Nazis. Believes it/ is time for the British to proclaim their own achievements* 1229 Dress Rehearsal; The Story of Dieppe, by Quentin Reynolds. New York, Random House, 194-3. (Second Printing). 277p., illus. -a An account .of the raid on.Dieppe by an eye-witness. Mr. Reynolds believes that this raid was a dress rehearsal for a large scale invasion of Europe. Der Durchbruch im [by] E. Nurawski. Berlin, Gorhc.srd Stalling Vcrlag, 1940. 343p., maps, illus. (The .Break Through in the West-.—) A chronicle of the German campaign in Holland, Belgium and France, Consists of of- ficial reports of the High Command, of Hitler and general accounts. 1231 Endurance on a Neutral Front; An Address on Sweden and the War, by Sven Dahlman, First Sc Cretan/- of the Legation of 'Sweden in Washington, D. C. Reprinted From the Larch 1943 Issue of THE AMERICAN'SWEDISH MONTHLY. 8p. A condensed version of'the address delivered by the First Secretary of the Swedish Legation on January 2o, 1943, 1232 Enemy in Sight* by Stanley Rogers. New York, Thomas Y. Crowell. .. 1943. 2 50p. , illiis. Story of the Battle of the Atlantic — tales of convoys, personal accounts of rescued seamen, and records' of great naval engagements in-which battleships were lost. 1233- Das Englischo Expeditionshcer- in Frankroich 1939 '' 4-0, by Gaul. MI LI TAERWIS SEN S CHAFTLI CHE RUNDSCHAU (Berlin), 1942, no.2: 165-183. (The British Expeditionary Force in Franco 1939/'194-0.—) Strategic details on offensive and defensive warfare waged by the British army in Northern France and Belgium, the ro- rotreat and Dunkerque. . ' 5 * 1234 Esta Noche es cl Ruhr. NORTE (New York), April 1943, v.3, no.6:9-11. (Tonight It’s the Ruhr.—) Description of a bombing flight over the Ruhr Valley. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND TEE ATLANTIC (cent.) 1235 Europe's Civil War Armies (II.) ' CHRISTIAN SCIENCE WEEKLY MAGAEINE SECTION (Boston). Dec. 12, 1942:8,16., illus* Die'6us3cs the police forces of Germany that control the home front during the war and the Italian, French, and the Spanish police forces. 1236 50 Facts About Britain at War. . New York, British Information Services, [1942], 8p. Information grouped under the headings: Home Front, the Fighting Fronts, and Aid to Russia, 1237 First to Fight, by Peter Jordan. Preface' by Capt. L. D. Gammanc, M P- London, A, R. Poster, 1943f 48p., illus, maps* Text and drawings tell the story of Polish resistance to Gorman invasion; of tho exploit <$f the submarine Orzel; of the participation by Polish airman in the Battle of Britain; and of the continued fight of the Poles at homo and abroad against the aggressor. 1238 From "Non-Belligerence" to Ncutrali4$r? by Dudley Heathcote. FREE EUROPE (London), Dec. 4, 1942, *v.6,no.80:186. Discusses the possible reaction of Spain to an invasion by hitler’s troops. 1259 Germany's Problem in Norway, by R. B. Nyquist. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Feb. 5, .1943, v.20,no.5;40-41. Describes defenses in Norway and Germany's problems in setting up those defenses. 1240 Hitler Attacks Norway, by Herman It* Lchmkuhl. Foreword by Admiral Sir Edward Evans, K.C.B. Published by the Royal Norwegian Govornment Information Office and Distributed for Thorn by Hoddcr and Stoughton, London, April 1943. 99p., illus. The most complete account to date of the German occupation of .Norway and of the two months of stubborn resistance which seriously disturbed Hitler's tine table. 12.41 Hitler’s Fortress Awn it s tho Hour, by Raymond Daniell. NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE (New York), April 18, 1943, scction6:5-7. Believes that Europe, referred to as Hitler's fortress is now divided and in secret mutiny Sixys that Spring, once Hitler's favorite season for attack, now £inds him besieged within his own walls. 1242 Hitler’s New Years -SPECTATOR (London), Jan. 1943, no.5975: 3-4. ' , Indicates what Hitler can expect on the military and on the economic front in 1943. XXIV. WESTERN EUROPE AND THE ATLANTIC (cont.) 1243 Holland at War, by H* S, Hallo. BALTIMORE ENGINEER (Baltimore), March 1943, v. 17,no.9*1-7. The Secretary of the Netherlands Embassy discusses Dutch participation in the war through, the Netherlands Navy and merchant marine, the -Naval and Air Force training schools, the industries in Dutch Guiana and in the Dutch Test Indies, and the resistance to the Nazis and Japanese in Holland and the East Indies. 1244 El Humanitarismo de la Guerra Britdnica dc Sombre, por Dr. Paul Eartig. Madrid, Spain, Blass, S. A., Tipografica/ 1942. 61p. (Sumanitarianism of Great Britain’s War of Hunger#--) Denounces Britain’s policy of blockade and describes Germany’s efforts tc counteract it.- 1245 Kampf urn die Erzbahn, [by] Hermann Langs. Leipzig, V# Hare and Koehler, 1941. 239p., illus. (The Fight for the Ore Route.—) The experiences of a group of German sailors and mountain troops in the Battle of yarvil;. 1246 King Haakon VII in the ":istory of Norway* by Wilhelm Foilhau. 1942, the Third of August, London, on the Occasion of His Majesty’s Seventieth Birthday. London and Hereford, Printed by the Hereford Times Ltd., 1942. 72p. 1247 Krieg in Norwegen, [by] W.Brandt* Zurich, Europa Vorlag, 1942. 156p., map. (War in Norway.—) Describes the battle of Norway from the point of view of a Norwegian who participated in the entire campaign against the German invaders. Contains a description of the Norwegian armed forces and the Norwegian „ campaign plan. 1248 Narvik, by J. M. Torris. Preface du General . M* 3. Bcthouart. New York, Brentr.nc ’ s, 1943. 31Sp., maps. (Narvik. Preface by General M. E. Bcthouart,—) The story of the' fight'at Narvik, April 1940, in which the 6th of 1.1 nine Chasseurs fighting with the Poles, Spanish exiles, Norwegians and British Navy, expelled the Germans from the port. . • - ? 1249 The New Westcrr/Npont; A Geographical Approach, by Griffith Taylor. Toronto, The Canadian Institute of International • Affairs, 1942. 27p., illus., map. (Contemporaiy Affairs no,14) Surveys the terrain of various sections of the coast of Europe for "the establishment of a second front. Tho geologi- cal, as well as the geographical features are considered. XXIV, WESTERN EUROPE /JIB THE ATLANTIC (cont.) 1250 Norway's Part in the World Strife, by Jorgen ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington) - Dec. 7, 1942, v. 80,no. 15 :44,169, Tells the story of Norway since the German invasion* Describes the silent resistance and grim endurance of the Norwegian people, and how powerful.her merchant marine was in 1940. 1251 No Second Front — A Hitler Victory, by Johannes Steel* SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New,York), April 1943, v.11,no*12:2c. Believes that.the absence of a second front in Western Europe constitutes hitler’s greatest strategic and politi- cal victory in 1943 and discusses whether it would have been possible to- invade the continent successfully in 1942 or the spring of 1943* 1252 The Official Story of the Civil Defense of Britain: Fron;t Line, Issued for the British Information Services* New • York, Macmillan, 1943, 159p., illus, ■ The story of Britain through the days of the German Luftwaffe, when 190,000 Bombs wore dropped on it and when more than 40,000 men, women and children were killed. 1253 Our Big Chance in Europe. NEW MASSES (New York), April 6, 1943, v.47,no.1:8-9, Believes that immediate military intervention in Europe is necessary not only to fulfil our political commitments but to prevent Hitler from strengthening his coastal fortifi- cations and regrouping his forces, thereby achieving a stalc- ment in the war. 1254 The Siege of nFostung Europe,," by A. B. Fimcr, CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Jan. 22, 1943, v.20,no*2S2C-21. Discusses the economic side in the Allied siege against the Fortress of Europe. Shows that shortages of rubber, oil, copper, have been largely overcome by Germany and that her most serious shortages are coal, steel, transport, and man- power. 1255 Spain -- What Next? by Will -'etch. TRIDENT (London), April 1943, v.5,no.48:132-134. Speculates on Spain's true position in the war at this time. • Feels -that Franco could not afford to involve Spain in war against the Allies, yet the breaking.of the agreements of the international protectorate of Tangiors, and the recruiting of -the,.Spanish "Blue Division" to fight for Germany on the . 'Russian Front, puts Spain in ,a doubtful light. 1256 Swedes Eye Axis and Keep Powder Dry,' by Maurice Feldman. AMERICA (New York), Fob. 27, 1943," v. 68,no.21:570-571. Discusses Sweden*s military and civilian defense and economic preparedness in case of German invasion. XX1VV WESTERN EtFKGPE ‘AND: THE ATLANTIC (cent.-) 1257 Thirty Questions Ifbpvfef Belgium. London, Lined Ins -P rage r, 1942..* 63'p., illus. * . Answers questions -about'Belgium*s resistance to German ag- gression and her present status under Gorman occupation. 1258 Those Dauntless Dutchmen, by E. Ralph Emmett. FLYING ACES (Now York) , May 1943, v. 44, no. 2 :28-29, 66-67. Discusses the Activities1 of Dutch fliers who nro survivors from attacks orr Holland and the Dutch East Indies and arc now operating’ with the R.A.F* and the air forces of the D’nited States. XXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT 1259 Assault Methods of Soviet Engineers,' by A; Khrenov. ' MILITARY ENGINEER (Washington), March 1945, v.35,no.2q9:123-125. Describes the procedure followed by Soviet engineers in clearing the way for the infantry and tanks through the enemy*s system of obstacles and fortifications. Explains their assault operations and coordination of effort. 1260 The Autumn, 1942, Campaign in Russia, by Col. Conrad H. Lanza. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), March.1943, v.33,no.3: 186-194., maps. • ~ : ■ - - Explains the Russian strategic plan and follows its opera- tions in the offensive east and west of Rzhov, the middle Don and minor offensives.’ Comments on the success of the campaign and the proportion bit casualties. 1261 .-La BatsJLla do St a ling rad o Super a a Todas las dc la Kistoria cn Enoa-rnizamiento* y cn Dens idgS '&g Medio s Empleados. MULTDO "(Madrid)-, Oct. 4, 1942,^.3^0.126:165-167. (The Battle of Stalingrad"-Surpasses All in hpstorv in the Extent of Its Carnage and the Concentration of Weapons Employed)— D'cscribes til) military, political and economic i significance of siege of Stalingrad. 1262 The Bear That Walks Like a Fanj A Diplomatic and Military Analysis of Soviet Russia,'by Stanley J. Marks. -Philadelphia, Dorrnr.ee, 1943., xii, 339p.*, fronti's.- 1263 Behind the Red Army, by Anna Louise Strong. SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), April 1943,♦ v.11,no.12:16-31. Shelve that the Red Army faces an enemy greater than that which all the Allies together faced in 1914-1918 and mentions the * mass heroism of the Russian pooplc and their capacity for individual initiative and flexible and resourceful thinking ■ * ’ ,as factors which have aided in military succoss. ‘ ? *' *' ,.•* * y ' J • . ' * y 9 XXV. RUSSIA AND TE, . ASTELA EUROPEAN FRONT (feoht.'l 1264 Behind the Soviet Victoriesby Hon. Joseph E. Davies.- SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), March 1943, V. 11,no.11:8-9,33. Hornier United States Ambassador to Moscow analyses the strategy, leadership and national morale that emplain the Red Army’s successes. 1265 Circassia - Fey to Conquest, by Brian 0- Lisle. ’ARMY CRDHANCE (Army Ordnance Ass»n, Washington), Jan.-Feb. 1943, v*24,no«136: 89-93., map. Raises the question as to whether the Caucasian oil fields constitute the weak spot in Russia’s strategic position. 1266 Contro 11 Hemico Originario. CERARHIA (Milano, Italy), July 1942, v.21,no.7; (Against the Original Enemy.—) -Axis interpretation of the War against the Soviet union. 1267f.Critical Sbudy of the Russian Campaign; The Second Great War; A Standard History, edited by Sir John Hammerton. (The Amalga- mated Press, Londpn), Nov. 1942, no.4$:1829-1868. 1268 Defense and Attack in Russia, by Rowland Wood. FACTS (Chicago, 111.), March 1943, v.2,no.3;46-50. Says that the Russian campaign will meet its fiercest ob- stacles in the line of fortifications built by the Germans a.t the Russian Front. 1269 Division Azul, [by] Tomds Borras. ABC (Madrid), Special Issue-1943:3o-31. (The Blue Division,—) Tribute to the fighting' quality of the Spanish volunteers with the Axis in Russia. 1270 Encirclement of Leningrad and the- Capture of Kiev. SECOND GREAT WAR (London), Nov.- 1942, no.46:1833-1841. Describes military strategy and drives against Leningrad and Kiev in Russia. 1271 El Final Tra'gico de l'a Division Azul. - NORTE (Hew York), Sept, 1942, v.2,no,llj18-19. (Tragic End of the Blue Division.—) Eato of the Spanish Fascist volunteers serving with the Germans on the Soviet Front. 12 72 El Fracas'o Alemdn Frente a Stalingrado, ppr Salvador De Madariaga. HOY (Santiago do- Chile) , Dec. 3, 194-2, v. 12, no.5 76:54-55. . r ■ (The German Failure at Stalingrad.—) Analysis of the significance of .the Gertnan failure in relation to the military situation of all Europe.- XXV.' RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cent.) 1273 Germany in Russia, by Stratcgicue,-.pseud. SPECTATOR (London), Jan. 1, 1943,no.5975:5-S. Discusses the defeat of. Hitler’s plans in Russia and stresses details of Russian military strategy* 1274 Germany*s "Magic Circle” Strategy, by Max Berner* ESQUIRE (New York), March 1943, v.19,no.3:30-31* Describes why Germany*s planned strategy of encirclement failed in Russia, 1275 Germany’s Retreat in Russia, by President Dr. Edvard Bones'. ■ CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), March 5, 1943, v.2o,no.5: 6D-66. Believes that 'the German retrea.t in Russia is the "beginning of the end." Shews that 'Gorman leaders have discontinued their boastings of victory and are now admitting that they have passed from an offensive to a definite .defensive warfare* 1276 The Glory of Unconquerable.Russia, by Admiral William H* Standlcy, U.'S.N* ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec* 7, 1942, v,80, no.15:38. Expresses conviction that Russia will continue to fight until * every foot of Soviet soil is cleaned of Hitler’s invaders and until Europe has been liberated and freed from Nazi aggres- s ion. 1277 The Great Battle of Stalingrad, by Mikhail Bragin. COMMUNIST (New York), March 1943, v.22,no.3:222-228. Describes the campaign, and seige of Stalingrad. Tells how f victory was won and,-how the Germans we re driven out. 1278 Guard Well Your Flanks* by Major General Tagartki'ladze,' Rod Army. CAVALRY-,(JOURNAL (Washington), March-April„ 1943, v*52,no.2j 42-45. ■ ‘a Emphasizes the importance of flank operations in offensive ‘ action; outlines measures to be ‘taken for securing the flank. Illustratesythese with an account of the latest offensive operation of a division in the Don, River bend. 1279 ■ Last of Sevastopol, Ft. I, by Boris Voyctekhov* SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), May 8, 1943,?y.215,no.45:9-11,63-64., illus. . The story of the last days of the siege of. Sevastopol as , y told, by an'eyewitness. 1280 Marshal Offensive, by Major-General Sir Charles Gwynn. FORTNIGHTLY' (London), Fob. 1943, no.914,new series:111-114. A military appraisal of the offensive- against the German 6th Army at Stalingrad. XXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cent,' 1281 Moscow- Dateline, 1941-1943, by Henry C. Cnssidy. Boston, boughton Mifflin, 1943. ix, 374p., index. The political and military events of this period arc thorough- ly covered by the author who had first-hand information of what was going on in Russia. 1282 Moscow *41, by Alexander Werth. London, Banish Hamilton, 1942, T-68p. ■ rites a day-by-day account of life in Moscow in the summer and r.utumn of 1941 and gives an account of men and women at the front, -analyzes carefully the forces which are impelling Russixt to resist so heroically the German invasion' and stresses the r.eod -for large-scale British and American need. 1283 Notes' or. ‘Two Moscow Campaigns, by Lieut. Gen. Dr. M. Fukiel, * K.C.B. ARMY QUARTERLY (London), Nov. 1942, v. 45, no. 1; 79-85. Compares the Gorman campaign of June 1941 with Napoleon*s campaign against Russia in 1912. Discusses origin of the campaigns, the anticipations of each leader, and the general cone.options of war and operational plans. (Continued) 1284 On the Petsamo Road; Notes of a Y * 1289 Russiaj by Borne.rd Pares'./ Ncijr Ybrk, Penguin Books, 1943. 245p., map, reading list. •" . 'Traces the political development of Russia, through the period of militant communism and civil war, 1914-1017; through the period of compromise and irony, 1921-1928; through the period 1928-1939, with,itd industrial planning and collectivist agriculture; and .finally treats of Russia’s war policy and of her importance to the United Rations, 1290 Russia FightsJ by Michael MacAlpino. London, Lawrence and is hart, 1941, 72 p. Tolls what makes the defense of Russia a "Peopled war;” unity behind the Government; no rifth Column, activities; confidence of the masses in the Armed Forces; and the willingness of every man, woman and child not merely to ”stay- put f5 but to fight, 1291 The Russian Front Through Gorman Eyes, by Ft Schut2o' THE C OH TEMP CRAPY REVIEVT (London), Dec/ 1942, no, 924; 341-345. Reveals the attitude of the German officials and the German people toward the current war with Russia. / 1292 The Russian "Miracle,” by Donald FT. Mitchell. NATION (New York)o March 6, 1943, v.156,no.10:335-336, Describes the victories on the Russian front and estimates German losses, ( 1293 The Russian Miracle, by Hans Heymann. TOMCRRCFf (New York), April 1943, v.2,no,8*4-8. Examines factors which wi11 enable Soviet Russia to survive this war and halt Hitler long enough to assure his downfall, 12 94 Russian Offensive — German Crisis, by Max "-erner. NIX REPUBLIC (New York), Jan. 25, 1943, 'v.108,no.4:105-107, Methods used by the Russian army to attain its strategic goals; aspects of the- German crisis in the Russian war; con- clusions drawn from a study of the conditions of the two armies. 1295 Russia’s Battle of Decision, by Max Corner. NET.r REPUBLIC (New York) , Feb’. 15,% 1943, v. 108,no. 7:202-2o3.. Ascribes the German defeats in Russia to Hitler’s poor generalship. 1296 The Soviet Offensive, by Col. F. Moravcc. CENTRAL EUROPEAN OBSERVER (London), Jan. 22, 1943, v.2o,no,2;19~2o. Describes Germany’s military position as a result of the Russian offensive, and her problem of strategic reserves. XXV. RUSSIA AND THE EASTERN EUROPEAN FRONT (cont.) 1297 Tho Soviet Offensive Shifts North, by Capt. Sergei N* rournakoff, SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), April 1943, v.11,no.12•lo-ll. Gives a summary of operations on the Russian front from February to March 1943. 1298 Los Soviets Estaban Preparados, by Anna 'Louise Strong. Havana, Editorial "paginas," 1942. 194p. (The Soviets A ere Prepared.—) 0onspUcrs the unity of the Russian people, her political and military preparations, tho quality of her leaders, her justification for invading Poland, and her absorption of the Baltic States* 1299 To the Red Army, by Joseph Stalin. ‘ SOVIET RUSSIA TODAY (New York), April 1943, v.11,no*12;26*27. Gives a text of Stalin1s order of the day on the 25th anniversary of the Red Amy and Navy. Reviews the successes of the Red Armed Forces in World War II and warns of the grim struggle that still lies ahead* 1300 The Triumph of Stalingrad, by Albert Parry. NET3MAP MAGAZINE (Chicago), Jan. 1943, v.5,no.3 :3-l0. Describes the' strategical and tactical aspects of tho battle of Stalingrad. 1301 Two Great Offensives Against Moscow, October and November 1941. SECOND GRE;T WAR. (London), Nov. 1942, no.46*1843-1855., illus. Describes German military tactics in the offensives against Moscow in 1941 end Russian moves to defend the city. 13p2 The War Comes First; a Selection of Articles From the Soviet Press Depicting the Mobilisation of the Civilian Front in the War Defence-Against Hitlerite Germany. With Preface by Ivor Montagu* London, Labour Monthly, 1942, 60p. XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN 13c3 African Aftermath. ECONOMIST (London), Hov. 21, 1942, v. 143, no.5178:638. Describes the effect of the North African campaign on the attitude of Russia toward the Allies. 'Says persistent clamor for a second front in Europe diminished when full extent of campaign became known and confidence in Allies’ ability to wage modem war was established. 1304 The African Prelude, by Strategicus pseud. SPECTATOR (London), Feb. 19, 1943,’ no.5§82L165-166. Discusses the military significance of tho battle in Tunisia as a prelude to invasion of the European continent and the strategic connection of the battles of Tunisia and Russia. 1XVI, AFRICA, THE WE/JR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) .1306* Aftc'r Three and Years of War, b-*' Col. TLLodzimierz Ona'cewxcz. • POLIS' .REV-IEyT - (Polish Information Center, New York), April 19, 1943, v. 3,no, 15 :3-6,10,14. Narrative description of Poland’s military efforts since September 1, 1939. • ■■ . - • i , 1306 El Asalto' a Euro pa Dcsdc cl Sur Constituye una Emprcsa Auy Seria y Dific.il, MUNDO (Madrid), Oct* 18, 1942, v.3,no# 126; 264-267. , • Glssault on Europe from the South Constitutes a Serious and Difficult Undertaking.—) Lists the geographic and strategic difficulties-of using Africa as a base of attack on Europe. 13c7 Assault on Africa,- by-Fred Tapper, Jr. FLYING (Chicago), June 1943, v.32,no,6:31-33,174., photos. Tells how carrier-based airplanes, covering the November landing operations on the West coast of North Africa, neutralized strong opposition which might otherwise.' have made -this expedition an extremely costly affair. 1308 I'he Barbary States pf Northern Africa, the Battleground of ’ Centuries. NEWSMAP MAGAZINE (Chicago), Nov. 1942, v.5,no.l* 3-7. A descriptive- article valuable for understanding the North African campaign. Complete with maps and illustrations. 13f9 Battle Lines in Tunisia, by Donald ¥, Mitchell. NATION (New York), March 20, 1943, v.156,no.12:403-4C5, Discusses the Battle for Tunisia and stresses that no ade- quate plans were made for dealing "with the major problems which followed occupation. 1310 The Battle of El Alamein, by Capt. H. A. DeWcerd. INFANTRY ■ JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v,52,no.4:8-17., illus. Discusses Axis and British tactics in the battle of'El Alamein and*tells how the British Eighth Army, under General Montgomery, was able to drive the Afrika Korps, under Rommel, out of Egypt* 1311 The Battle of Egypt; the Official Record in ricturcs and Map. Gt, Brit* Ministry of Information. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1943. 32p., illus., map, * The story of The Battle of Egypt, which began, at 9:30-p*m. on Friday, October 23, 1942, and which resulted in the destruc- tion of the greater part of Rommel’s panzer divisions, is graphically told by means of text, map and official photo- graphs . XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cent.) ,1312 'The Belgian Campaign, in Ethiopia. L Treck of 2.,500 Miles through Swamps and Be sort Wastes, by George Weller* New York, Belgian information Center,* 1941., 24p., illus,, maps. An account of Belgium*s participation in General 17aveil»s campaign against Italy in Ethiopia. The troops utilized by the Belgians were brought from the Belgian Congo, over- land . 1313 The Belgian Congo War Effort, by Pierre Ry demons. BELGIUM (New York), March 1943, v.4;no*2:55~57. Discusses the military contributions of the Congo, the con- tribution of raw materials and transport, and' other aid the Belgian Congo has given to the war effort'. 1314 Bir Hakcim; 26 mai - 10 Juin, 1942.. A la M&noire dcs Soldats Morts Pour la France d Bir Hakeim. London, Publications dc v la France Combattanto, 1942? 28p., illus., map. (no.52) (Bir Hakeim; 26 Map-10 June, 1942. To the Memory of the Soldiers Who Died for France at Bir Hakeim.—) An account of the heroic resistance of the Fighting French at Bir Hakeim. » *4 1315 Bridge of A sia, by Rosita Forbes. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Dec. 1942, no.912, new series;373-381. Importance to Britain of holding the Middle Fast, Review ' of political and religious situation in Palestine and Syria, 1316 Britain and Russia Take Control in Persia, SECOND GREAT WAR (London), Nov. 1942, no.46;1858-1863. Describes the advance of British and Russian troops into Irani the*terms of the peace, abdication of the Shah, and • vital supply routes to Russia through Iran. 1317 The Campaign in Greece and Crete, Issued for the War Cfficc by the Ministry of Information. London, H. M, Stationery Off.’, 1942 . 64p. , maps. Concludes that by delaying the enemy-., the' campaign in Greece and Crete, through a tactical defeat, may well come to be considered a strategic victory. "* • 1318 Can We Be Beaten in North Africa? NEWSIIAP MAGAZINE (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v.5,no.4:11-14., photos, maps. Tells what the United Nations have accomplished by their invasion of North Africa, describes the isolation of our North APricap. armies, and the possibility of a German attack through Spain. XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND TEE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) 1319 Ging Homines Guidcnt l*A.friquc Franca iso dans sa Luttc Four la Liberation do la pa'trie. JEUNESSE -VAINCRE (Rabat, Fr . Morroco), - Jan. 10, 1943, v.4,iio.2:3., illus. (Five Man Lead French Africa in the Struggle for the Libera- tion of the Fatherland.—) Survey of the scope of command of Generals’' Giraud, Nogucs, Chatcl, Bcrgcrct, and Boisson. 132p El Congo Bclga y su Aportaci6n al Lsfuerzo do Guerra, por'Hubert Pieriot. COMENTARICS Y DCCUMENTOS DE LI GUERRA (Mexico, D*F.), Jan. 15, 1943, v.4,no.71;684-687. (Belgian Congo and* It-s "Contribution to the Mar Effort.—) 1321 ’Crusader}’ [by] Alexander Clifford. was the Code-name for the Eighth Army’s Offensive in Libya During the E'inter of 1941. ..London, Gcqrge G. Xiarrap, 1942. 19pp., illus. For two full years the author covered the war in t he Middle' east, including Egypt, Cyrenaica, Greece, Syria, and Persia. This book tells* the story o'f the Persian-British occupation and the desert fighting in Cyrenaica which developed the new techniques of tank warfare# 1322 The Defense of Malta, by Lieut.-Gen* Sir Million G, S. Dobbic'. JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL UNITED SERVICE INSTITUTION (London), Nov. 1942, v.87,110.548:283-293. Discusses the strategic importance of Malta, its size and density of the population, food supply, defenses, and factors which have contributed to the successful resistance of the island. 1323 Le Dernier Bastion do Rommel, [by] Pierre Barret". JEUNESSE (Rabat, Fr. Morocco), Dec. 20, 1942, v.3,no.49*4#- ■ (Rommel’s Lust Stronghold.—) Analysis of the strategic aspects of the allied campaign to take Tunis. 1324 The Deftert Vlas Tougher Than Rommel, by Edmund Stevens. : SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadelphia), tTay 8, 1945, v.215,no.45: 18-19,86,88., illus. The story behind the defeat of Rommel by the British 8th Army, — tells of the battle of supplies, water, and ammuni- tion and of the superb generalship of General Sir Bernard Law Montgomery. 1325 Epst of Malta, 'TOst of Stfez. — The Admiralty Account of the Naval War in the Eastern Mediterranean Sept. 1939 to March 1941; Prepared for the Admiralty by the Ministry of'Informa- tion. London, H. M. Stationery Off., 1943. 63p., illus., maps. Tells of how the attic Fleet under the command of Admiral Cunningham, swept the central Mediterranean froc of Italian battleships. XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND TIE MEDITERRANEAN (oont.) 1326 Economic Problems of French North Africa, by Jean Gottmann. GEOGRAP HI CAL REV IEW (Bur 1 ingt on, Vt. ) , April 1943, v.33,no.2; 175-196., maps, chart. Discusses the changes in the economic geography of the United Nations, brought about by the opening of the North African front and the- occupation of French Morocco and Algeria, by Allied forces. 1327 The Eisenhower-Darlan Understanding, by John Earle Uhl or. CATHOLIC WORLD (New York), Fcb. 1943, v.156,no.935:523-529. Feels that the understanding with Durian was justified as he possessed the necessary influence to win over the Mohammedan soldiers that make up the French North African army# 1328 En el Iran Ha Sido Proclamado el Ssta.do do Sitio. HONDO (Madrid), Oct. 4, 1942, v.3,no.126;170-171. (State of Siege Has Been Proclaimed in Iran.—) Describes popular opposition to MUSsian domination in Northeast Iran. 1329 Fighting Yugoslavia; The Struggle of the Slovones, by Boris Furlan. New York, Yugoslav Information Center, [1942?], 38p# (Processed). A brief historical a.ccount of the region now known as Yugoslavia which tells of the unremitting pressure by the Germans, Italians and Magyars. Describes the German technique of terror in the present occupation. 1330 Final d e la Bata 11a de Africa. NORTE (New York), Fay 1943, v.3,no.7:7-11. (Finale of the Battle of Africa.—) Summitry of military events in North Africa. 1331 "The Finest Air Striking Force in the WorldThe Great Libyan Victory. ROYAL AIR FCRCE QUARTERLY (London), March 1943/ v.14, no. 2•85-89. Pictures the cooperation of the Allied air force in the Eighth Army*s advance against Germany in the battle of Libya, and the defeat of the Luftwaffe. 1332 "The Flames and Smoke of Toulon," by Peter Matthews. FREE EUROPE (London), Dec. 4, 1942, v.6,no,80:180. Discusses the importance of the sacrifice of the French fleet at Toulon. 1333 P'rce French Africa, by Andr6 Daguerre. London, Oxford Univer- sity Press, 1942, 38p., maps. (Fighting Franco, no.3) Contains specific information as to the economic and strategic value of Free French Africa to the Allies. 1134 French West Africa Today, by Major G. M. Coombs. AFRICAN WORLD (London), F0b. 6, 1943, v.162,no.2100;84-85. Describes the resources available to the United Nations in French West Africa. Discuses also the strategic importance of Dakar. / % XXVI, AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AMD THE MEDITERRANEAN (coht.)‘ . 1135 . The': Greatest March in Military story. SPHERE (London), Feb. 27, 1942, v.172,no.2249*268-269. Describes the advance of the British Eighth Army from El Agheila to Tripoli and Tunisia* 1136 La Guerra en los Balkanes, La Campana Alemani en '.Yugceslavia y Grecian by Conrad H. Lanza Fa* ' REVISTA MILITAR DSL PERU (Lima), Sept. 1942, v*'39,no* 9* 57-82* (War in the Balkans. The- German Campaign in Yugoslavia and Greece.—) A strategic review. 1137 In Our Corner: Africa, by xi&y Tucker. AMERICA!1 LAC-IfIT MAGAZINE (New York), Fob. 1943, v.34,no.2:8-9,36,38., photos. Describes the-diplomatic background of the invasion of Africa, 1138 Italia Espera una Invasion Aliada. ' TEMAS ELEGIDOS (Buenos Aires), Tcb. 1943, v.4,no,2:138-141. (Italy Hopes for An Invasion.*—) The author of "Agent in Italy” states his belief that the Italians hope for Allied victory and suggests the kind of propaganda to be used in preparing the people, 1139 Italy on the Edge, by Lisa Sergio. TOMORROW- (New York), June 1943, v.2,no.10:4-8. States that Italy is no longer the ”soft under-belly" of tho Axis, and that the people of Italy will not be interested in aiding the United Nations unless they have the assurance that the United Nations will rid than of the present regime. 1140 It‘s a Long Way to Addis, by Carol BirkTby. London, Frederick Muller, 1942. xii, 308. A full length account of the Abyssinian campaign, by the first war correspondent of the South African Press associa- tion. 1141 Kashmir and the War, by Sir William Barton. ASIATIC REVIEW (London), Jan. 1943, v.39,no.137:107-109. .. Discusses the financial and military aid Kashmir lias given to,the Allied war effort. 1142 Liberation of Italy, by Albert Parry. FACTS (Chicago, 111), March 1943, v.12,no.3*7-12. ' ’ Asserts that the Allies will meet few obstacles when invading . t Italy, if they choose to follow ’’Garibaldi1 s path.” Itiis further suggested to include in tho spearhead detachments of. the. Free Italian Legion. 1143 MaAta Invicta, by "Bartimeus,” pseud.- London, Ax.the and Windus;,- 1943. , 31p># (Malta Unconquered.—c) Tells the story of the bombings of "Malta beginning on June 11, .194-0, and oft he morale of the people and of their manner of living under almost continual bombardment since that .date. XXVI. AFRICA, TEE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) 1144 Malta: Isle of Fortitude, by Salvatore Co sentino. FACTS (Chicago), Feb. 1943, v,2,no.2:72-76. Discusses the heroic defense of the strategic Island of Malta against repeated air attacks. 1145 The Mediterranean Campaigns, by Admiral Sir Herbert Hichmond. FORTNIGHTLY (London), Dec. 1942, no.912, new series;398-401. Review of developments in the Mediterranean since the launch- ing of the attack by the army of the Nile on October 23, and observations oh possible future*moves by Germany and Italy. 1146 Mediterranean Prospects, by H.'G. Thursficld. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Dec. 1942, v. 119,no.718*485-489. Discusses the object of the United Nations operations in North Africa, and' the importance of a re-establishment of command of the sea to final victory, as well as prospects for ”opening up” the Mediterranean. 1147 Mountain Jaegers, In the Conquest of Crete, May 194-1* FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), March 1943, v.33,no*3*164-169., maps* This article is based on information taken from Militar vrissenschaftlichc Rundschaui Outlines the strategy employed in Crete by several fighting units and the use made of mountain Jaeger Platoons in that action. 1148 North Africa -- An American Front, -by A. Th. Plyzoidcs* WORLD AFFAIRS INTERPRETER (Los Angeles), Spring 1943, v.l4,no.l: 67-80. Explains why Americans landed in North Africa and what we ’ propose to do there in the immediate and more remote future. 1149 North Africa and France, by Pierre Maillaud. SPECTATOR (Now York), Jan. 22; 1943, no,5978:70-71. Discusses the North African problem, the principles and people- involved, and just what makes for the prevailing con- fusion. Attempts to define*the basic elements of disagree- ment. ' * < 1150 North Africa, by Alan Houghton Brodrick, ’ London, Oxford University Press,! 1942. 98p, , illus., maps. A brief study of the culture, resources and strategic im- portance "of North Africa, Maps show motor roads, railroad and proposed railroads. 1151 Occupation of Algiers .4 Minutes Early, by Comdr. Anthony Kimmins, R. N. *L0G (San Francisco), Jan, 1943, v.38,no.1; 23-26.', illus. v < A first-hand account of the coordination of forces responsible for the successful invasion coup. XXVI, AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) 1152 On Taking the Initiative, by H. G, Thursfield# NATIONAL REVIE1" (London), Jan 191-3, v. 12c,no.719•31-39. Discusses the number and types of sea and air craft used in the Anglo-American offensive in North Africa and indicates to what extent the protection of the convoy has depleted Allied shipping -in other areas. 1153 On the North African Front. • MEDICAL ECONOMICS (Rutherford, N, J.), April 1943, v.20,no.7:38-42,93,95,97., photos. Describes the mobility that military medicine in Africa has achieved. 1154 Our African Battlefield,- by Charles Sweeny. SATURDAY EVENING POST (Philadclphai), March 27, 1943, v.215,no.39:16-17,83-85.- Discusses the strategic importance of Africa in global war. Describes the rivers, railways, and means of communications that contribute to the success of the Allied campaign. -1155 Palestine at bar, by Albert K. Epstein. Preface by Solomon Goldman. Washington, The Zionist Organization of America [1943]. 31p. Tells the part the Jews in Palestine have played in the war effort of the Waited Nations* 1156 Pantellerin -- Italy's Malta, by L. F. Gray. TRIDENT (London), Feb. 1943, v.5,no.46*46-47. Discusses the importance of Pantelleria as part of Italy's defenses. 1157 Political Developments in French North Africaj A-Gay-to-Day Record. BULLETIN OF INTERNATIONAL NEWS (London), Jan. 9, 1943, v.20,no.1:13-16. •Covers the period from December 24, 1942 through January 4, 1943. 1158 La Reussite Marocaine, par Laurent de Mcauce, LA FRANCE LIBRE (London), Dec. 15,' 1942, v.5,no,26# (The Moroccan Success.—) history, economics, and 'strategic signifance of Morocco in the North African campaign* 1159 La. Revanche d'Afriquc, [by] Laurent de Mcauce. FRANCE LIBRE (London), April 15, 1943, v.5,nof3os4ol-406. (Revenge in Africa.—) Reviews the role of tho French army in the North African campaign. 1160 • Dor "Riogel vor Afrika," by Wilhelm Rossbach. MILITAER- WCCHENBLATT (Berlin), July 24, 1942,-v.l2?',no.4:92-96. (The "Bolt Before Africa )Says that the Blocln.de of * Malta has boon the reason for Rommel's advance in Africa. XXVI. AFRICA, THE REAR EAST, AND THE MEDITERRANEAN (cont.) llffil Scaled and Delivered ; A Book on the Abyssinian Campaign, by C-. L Steer; - London, Hodder*and Stoughton, July 1942. 257p., maps. An account of the expulsion of the Italians from Abyssinia by a relatively small force of British troops collaborating with the natives. ' The author accompanied Haile Selassie when ho left England by air for the Sudan in Juno 194f and' followed his fortunes until he rc-cntcrod his capital of Addis Ababa on May 5, 1941. 1162 Setting the Stage for Action in Most Africa. VfAR ILLUSTRATED (London), Nov. 13, 1942, v.6,no,141:326., map, photos. Describes conditions in Liberia and discusses the strategic importance of vJcst Africa, 1163 Showdown in Africa: U. S. Troops Prove Their Mettle. UNITED STATES NEWS C Ashing ton) , March 5, 1943, v. 14, no. In. 16-17. Describes the basic strategy of the North African campaign, American leadership, manpower, weapons and fighting experience. 1164 Solo una Gran Batalin Aeronavnl Despejard la Situaci6n Creada en el Norte de Africa. MUNDC (Madrid), Nov. 22, 1942, v.3, no,13o:44 8—449. (only a Great Aero-Naval Battle Till Clear ITp the Situation Created in North Africa.—) 1165 Statements of General Giraud Regarding Problems in French North Africa. BULLETIN (U. S. DCpt. of State, Washington), Feb, 6, 1943, v.8,no.189:118-119. Explains the necessity of retaining some of the so-called "Men of Vichy" in administrative positions. 1166 Strategic Transformation, by Jules Menken. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Dec. 1942, v.119,no.718:475-484. Account of the battle of North Africa, and its importance to the strategic situation. T1167 La Suerta de Dakar Puede Influir en el Curso de los Aeontecimion- tos kilitarcs Durante 1943. MUNDC (Madrid), Wet. 25, 1942, v.3, no.129:288-229. * • • (The Fate of Dakar Can Influence the Military Developments of 1943.--) History and geography of Dakar and the potential strategic influence of the port. •1168 Der Suez-Fanal im T’eltkrieg Xmd in dcr Nachkriegszeit fby] Hartmann Froiheer von Richthofen, Berlin, Vorlag ‘ arl Siegis- mund, 1938. 89p. (The Suez Canal During the World Sic.r and Postwar Periods.—) Gives the historical background of the Canal beginning with 1869; its part in World War no. 1, and the implications of the British Turkish Suez Canal Convention of August 26, 1936. }QtVI, AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE AIEDITERRANEAN (cont.) 1169 The Truth About Toulon, by J. C. Eernand-Laurent. CCLLIER*S ‘ ( New York),'May 8, 1945, v. Ill, no. 19: 11,2.8,29. The story of how the Nazis, with the French fleet in their hands at had to witness its tragic destruction, 1170 Tunis Expedition, by Darryl F. Zanuck, Col., Signal Corps. With a Foreword by Damon Runyon. New York, Random House, 1943. 160p., illus. Colonel Zanuck, head of the unit that set out to film America’s fight in North Africa, tells how he and his men did their job. Thousands of feet of official motion pictures of the war in North Africa have already boon released for public exhibition and this is only a fragment of the complete record made at great personal risk by the men of the Signal Corps, 1171 Tunisia, by L, F, Gray. THE TRIDENT (London), Dec, 1942, v.4, • no-. 44:92 6-92 8. Pictures the geography and peoples of ‘Tunisia, with relation to their importance in the conduct of the wa.r, 1172 The Tunisian Campaign, by Jules Menken. NATIONAL REVIEW • (London), April 1943, v.120,no.722:309-317, Describes Tunisia, strategic problems of Central and Northern Tunisia, its road system, Goman strategy in Tunisia, and factors essential to Allied success there. 1173 Turkey’s Heritage — Freedom, by Mehm'ct Aga Cglu. TCMCRRCvT (New York), Feb. 1943, v -2,no.6:28-31. Discusses the historical background of Turkey and its implications for the present day. 1174 TJcbcr Schicksal und Vcrbleib dor Italionischen rstafrika- Scestrcitkraftc, by Heinz Bongartz. Ml LI TAER1' TO 0 HEN B LA TT (Berlin), June 19$ 1942, v.126,no.51*1471-1473. (The Destiny and the Hhereabouts of the Italian Fleet in East Africa,.—) An account of what happened during: the defense of Massaua. 1175 Victory' in Africa.' TIME AND TIDE (London), April 17, 1943, v.24,no.16:413-415, Analyzes the situation in Africa before the United Nations captured Tunisia. 1176 Voice of Victory; The of Egypt. New York, British Infomation Services, 1943. 32p. , illus. The British War Office official account of the Battle- of Egypt in which General Sherman tanks went into action. Con- tains ninety action pictures taken in the midst of battle. The attack began October 23, 1942. XXVI. AFRICA, THE NEAR EAST, AND THE MEDI (cent.) 1177 Voina yylfrike, [by] p. Lisovslcii. MCRCVC’E KHOZIAISTVC I .MIROVAIA. PCLITIKA (Moscow), Aug 1942, no.8;47-5 5. (The k'ar in Africa.--) Surveys the course of the war in North Africa, the development of communication in Trench equatorial Africa, the strategic aims of Hitler, and the strategic position of Madagascar. 1178 k'ar Command, by Paul Schubert. TRIDENT MAGAZINE'(Lynchburg, Va.), Christmas Issue, 1942:9,36-37. Analyzes the pattern of attack employed in the North African invasion. &ays the only successful kind of attack is the coordinated sea, air and land forces used together as a term. 1179 Kar in the Sun, by James Lansdale Nodson. London, Victor Gollancz, 1942. 392p. Recounts the authors experiences with the eighth Army in Africa with the Navy in the Mediterranean, and with the R.A.F. in Egypt and Libya. A critical appraisal of the British Mar effort. 1180 k'-r Resources in Africa, by Hendrick Lee. EDITORIAL RESEARCH REPORTS ("Washington) , Dec. 4, 1942, v.2,no. 19: 333-346. States that the principal 1 value of the present occupation of French North Africa to the Allies, lies in the strategic importance of the area as a base for future military opera- tions against the continent of Europe. Stresses alst> that region’s importance,as a storehouse of raw materials. 1181 A Year of'Battle, by'Alan Moorchead. London, Hamish Hamilton, 1943. 256p., endtpaper maps. The leading chronicler of the,war in the Middle &?.st here presents an account of the second Libyan Campaign which ended with the retreat of.the Eighth Army to Gazala. XXVII. INDIA AID THE MALAY PENINSULA 1182 A1 Noroeste dc 1 a India Fay un Torritcrio quc Nunc a ha Fodido Scr Co'nquistado ni Ccupado. MUNDC (Madrid), Nov. 8, 1942, v..3,no.131:371-373. (To the Northeast of India, There is .a Territory Which Has Never Been Conquered or Occupied.—) Discusses the political and strategic significance of Afganistan* 1183 Assembling and Testing P-40s in Burra, by Byron A. Glover. AVIATION (New York), Dec. 1942, v.12,no.42;96-lPl,32r,325., illus. Tells of difficulties due to climate and unskilled native labor in assembling and testing fighting planes in Burma. XXVII. INDIA AMD THE MALAY PENINSULA (cent.) 1184 Burma and Cur Pacific Strategy, by Donald' IT. Mitchell. NATION (New York), Feb. 6, 1943, v. 156,no. 6:189-190. Discusses the military problems to be considered in r.n attempt to regain .Burma. Presents the advantages of having Burma on the side of the Nnit-ed Nations. 1185 Burma Front, by Maurice Collis. GEOGRAPHICAL MACfAZINU (London), Spring Number, March 1943, v.15,no.11:519-527., map, illus. A former qivil administrator in Burma depicts the physical background against which recent Allied and Japanese opera- tions have been staged. 1186 Burma -— Key To The Far 2ast* by Alfred Wagg,. .ENGLISH SPEAKING WORLD (London), Fob*-March.1943, v.24,no.ll:2c0-2 r3, Stresses the importance of Burma in getting supplies to China* Another reason for,the retaking of Burma ‘is the oil needed for American aircraft operating from China* 1187 Burma. Since the Aar, by A. K. Seymour. ROYAL CENTRAL ASIAN JOURNAL (London), Jan. 1D43, v.3r,pt.1:37-52* Discusses .the geographical factors and material and political changes in.Burma prior to 1939; the impact of the war on Burma; the attitude of the Burmese; actions taken By ' Burma prior to the war with Japan;, and the Japanese invasion. 1188 Japan Bricht das Tor Nach Indian auf, by Cbcrstlcutnant A* von Olberg.' DEUTSCHE LEER (Berlin), May 29, 1942, v.46,no.22* 340-342. (japan Breaks Open the Gate to India.—) Describes the process by which Japan conquered Burma, important as a jumping-off point for India. . . ’ A . i* .1189 ,Retreat.in the East, by 0..D* Gallagher. London, George G. Harrah, 1942. 19op., illus. The facts behind the.disasters in Malaya* and Burma: a talc of governmental incompetence and civilian self-interest: a story of" heroism on the part of the armed forces. 1190 Retreat with Stilwcll, by Jack Bolden. New' York, Alfred A. t . Knopf, 1943. .36(3p., fotitis, .map. : '■ An account of the loss of Burma by an American correspondent .who saw every phase of the. fighting and who accompanied . General Stilwcll on his retreat into India. 1191 Singapore Is Silent, by Goergc Holler. N0w York, Harcourt, Brace and Co., 1943. 312p., map. Tells the first-hand experiences of a- Chicago Nows correspondent in the Malayah campaign. Described the methods of Jungle warfare. Concludes that America must win back Singapore and maintain a strong line of bases in the Gricnt after the war. XXVII. INDIA AND THE MALAY PENINSULA (oont.) 1192 La. Victoirc dc Singapour. CAHIERS FRANCC—ALLEPMND S (Berlin, Germany), Feb . 1942, v.9,no.2•41-44. (The Victory of Singapore,--) Tribute to the martial spirit • of Japan and am interpretation of the military and cultural significance of the fall of Singapore. 1193 Far in China and India Pivots on Burma. Road, by H. C. Quaritch Wales. AMERICP* (New York), Feb. 27, 1943, v, 68,no.21; • 568-569. Discusses the strategic importance of the Burma road to the war in China and India. XXVII1. JAPAN AND THE SINC-JAPANESE NAR 1194 The /onerican Approach to Japan, by Capt. Norman Me.cyil'lan. AERONAUTICS (London), April 1943, v.8,no,3:28-32., map. Discusses air routes to Japan, possible bombings there, and the use of aircraft in a future invasion of Japan. 1195 China, but Not Cathay, by Hsiao- Ch’ion. London, The Pilot Press, Cct. 1942, 135p., illus. An account of contemporary life in China, It gives a realistic impression of China at war and at work. 1196 The China. Front and the Future of Asia. AMERASIA (New York), Jr.n. 1943, v, 6,no. 12;459-470. Discusses the controversial viewpoints expressed by pin Yutang, Pearl Buck, General Smuts, Henry A. ’Talla.ee and Wendell Willkic on the question of the China, front and whether it should be immediately strengthened by the United Nations. 1197 China, in the A ir, by V.‘ L. G. -FLIGHT (London) , parch 4, 1943, v.43,no 1784:230-233., illus. Shows how China endeavors to use her air force with maximum effect. Demoonstrates that up-to-date Allied aircraft types arc needed for a more offensive air policy. 1198 China.1 s Fight for Freedom, by His .Excellency Dr, Wei Tao-ming. ARMY PAID-NAVY JOURNAL (We.shington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.8f,no.l5; 25. Tells of China.’s struggle and resistance since Japan attacked Manchuria, eleven years ago. Pledges continued devotion to the cause of the United Nations until freedom and democracy will have been won. 1199 China’s Last Lifeline. FORTUNE (New York), May 1943, v.27, no.5:106-110,142,144,14-6,149-150. , illus. Discusses the formation of the China Natione.l Avia.tion Cor- poration, its function during the *3fs, its air routes, and work of a military nature during war. Describes its activities during the raid on Shanghai in 1937, its work in the c vacua.- tion of foreigners during the war, and maintenance of schedules during war. XXVIII. JAPAN AND THE SINC-JAPANESE TEAR (cont,) 12r7 How.vie Con Help China Fight, by Donald R. Stevenson, COLLIER'S (New York), May 15, 1943, v. Ill,no.2o:2a, 82-84'. An appraisal of China’s war needs and some suggestions for filling them. 12C8 In Peace Japan Breeds 'Jar, by Gustav Eckstein. New Yerk, Harper and Brothers, 1943. 326p, The book attempts to show that war with Japan has been ' inevitable ever since the Exclusion Ret of July 1, 1924. The Japanese mores, traditions, religion, Emperor worship, women, and the influence of the Geisha system and of centuries of isolation arc discussed. 12r9 Japan Is First U« S. Foe, by Madame Chiang Kai-Shek* VITAL SPEECHES F. THE DAY (New York) , March 1, 1932, v.9,no,lr:3r1-303. Sppech delivered by Madam© Chiang Kai-Shek, in the House of Representatives, Washington, D. C. Fcbruo.ry 18, 1943, in which Madame Chiang pleaded for more aid to China and warned this country against Japan as the first enemy< 12lr Japan’s Fatal Weakness, by James R Young, AMERICAN LEGICN MAGAZINE (New York), Fob. 1943, v.34,no.2:14,48-52f Describes Japan’s lack of industrial capacity which makes rep la cernent s si aw* 1211 Japan’s Nightmare, by Henry C. irolfe. ' HARPER’3 MAGAZINE (New York), Jan. 1943, v.186,no.1112:187-191. States that the Japanese live in constant fear of an air attack by the United States. Following the opening of a second front in Europe the Russians should bo convinced that it is tc their interest to open a second front against Japan. 1212 Japan’s Secret Plans, FREE Kv REA (New York), Jan* 1945, v.2, no.1;1,3,6. Discusses Japan’s one^hundred-year plan for invading United States and other countries, 1213 Japan’s Car Resources, by Kanwar Jogondra Singh. INDIAN REVIEW (Madras), Jan. 1943, v*44,no.1;15-16. Earns India in particular and the Allied Nations generally, against the false belief in Japan’s lack of resources. Says that reliable observers find that of all major countries Japan is, in relation to its economic capacity and eventual war re- quirements, the best stocked, 1214 El Jap6n Treno on la Actualidad Plantcados Cuatro Grandes Problemas Estrat6gicos. MUNDC (Madrid), act. 4, 1942, v.3,no,126; 162-164,167. (japan Nov; raccs Four Great Strategic Problems.—) Japan must now fix the ratio of her forces on the Indian, Chinese, South Pacific, and Maritime fronts. XXVIII. JAPAN AND THE. SINC-JAPANESE WAR (cont.) 1215 land of Fiv.c Fithouts, by Lieut. George Uhlmann. FAR EASTERN SURVEY (Now Y ork) , Hay 3, 1943, v. 12 ,no. 9 j 86-89. Describes government, economic and financial conditions, the relation between soldier and civilian, treatment of prisoners, and relations with the Kuomintang in the sections of China held by the 18th Group Army, the Chinese guerillas. 1216 Some Aspects of Japan’s Supply Problems Since the Outbreak of . the. Far, by N. A. J. dc Voogd. ASIATIC REVINT (London), Jan. 1943, v.39,no.137*1C3-1C6* Discusses thedally necessities now available to the Japanese, war industry, transport, and concludes that we cannot starve the Japanese people by a blocko.de but that by attacking her . transport .facilities and cutting off her supply of essential .raw materials we may weaken her war effort. 1217 Soviet-Japanese Peace Aids United Nations, by Lawrence K. Rosinger. F‘ REIGN P». LICY BULLETIN (Foreign Policy Association, New York), April 9, 1943, v.22,no.25jl-2. Explains that the Russians, by remaining neutral with respect to Japan, are able to devote their maximum energy to the . Western front, ‘while immobilizing large bodies of Japanese troops in Manchuria aid Korea. 1218 Strategy and Logistics of the War in China, by Col. Conrad H. Lanza. AMERICA (New York), April 17, 1943, v.69,no.2:33-35. Attributes China’s neglect to build a big army and navy to her reliance, since 1894, on the help of foreign nations. Reviews the first war in modern times (1894)N between China and Japan and shows hcv; Russia, France and Germany then inter- vened in China’s be aIf, though it was prompted by their self- interest. 1219 To jo’s Nightmare, AMERICAN MAGAZINE (New York), April 1943, vf 135,no,4*41,51. 53-54,57. An American missionary tells of guerrilla warfare in China. XXIX, PACIFIC A. General 122r Americans in Brittle — No. 1* Campaign in the Java Son, by Fletcher Pratt. HARPER»S MAGAZINE (New York) , Nov. 1942, v.185,no.lllr:561-574* A narrative prepared with the cooperation of the Navy Depart- ment is the first of a series of full accounts of great en- • gagemenRs in which American forces have been involved in this war. ; r 1221 Americans in Battle -« No. -2; The First Great Raids, by Fletcher Pratt. ‘ HARPER * S MAGAZINE (Now York), Jan. 1943, v.186,no.1112: 133-142, XXIX* PACIFIC (cont.) 1222 Americans in Battle — No. 3: Campaign in the Coral Sea, by Fletcher Pratt. HARPER*S MAGAZINE (New York), March 191-3, v. 186,:io. 1114:356-368., naps. 1223 The Conference of the Institute of Pacific Relations. BULLETIN F INTERNATICNAL NE17S (The Royal Institute cf International Affairs, London), March 2r, 1943, v.2 ,no.6:239-252, Describes the proceedings of this conference, organized to discuss present and future problems of the Far areas and what steps can be taken by the United Nations, particularly those with major interests in the Pacific area, to aid in the better prosecution of the war, etc. 1224 The First of the Pacific Naval 1"ar, by Col, Clyde H- Metcalf, U.S.H.C. w--*MRINI> CSRPS GAZETTE Washington), 1 arch- April 1943, v.27,no.1:21-25. A brief account of outstanding events and main trends of naval war in the Pacific from Pea.rl Harbor to one year later, compiled from naval communiques raid other published accounts. on Nouvelle Saledonie, 1225 La France Combn.tt.nnte dans lc Pacifique/ct dans les Nouvellcs Hebrides, pr-r M* Dojean. [n.p.] [n.d.] 4p., map. (The Fighting French in the Pacific; ‘in New Caledonia; and in the New Hebrides.—) Describes the- strategic and economio importance of these islands which the fighting French have made available to the Allies* 1226 From Perry to Pearl Harbor; the Struggle for Supronjacv in the Pacific, by Edwin A* Folk, Garden City, N. Y* Do&bloday, 1943. 362p. An account of the relations between the United‘States and Japan from 1853 to the attack on Pearl Harbor• Places the emphasis on the rise of Japanese and American sea power and the conflict that developed in the Pacific as a' result of Japan1s insistence on the dominant role in Asia, 1227 Das Glcichgewicht im Stillcn "zoan: Die Scemacht dor TjSA, by Kontcradmiral Gadow. DEUTSCHER YiEHR (Berlin), Jan. 3r, 1943, v.46,no,5j65-67., photos. (The Equilibrium in the Pacific: The Seapower of the U.S.A.—) A Gorman estimate of United States naval' strength. Casts dount on our ability to fight a two-ocean war* 1228 New Psxific Strategy, by Alexander Kirr.lfy. ASIA AND THE AMERICAS (New York), Larch 1943, v. 43, no. 3:172-175. An associate member of the United States Naval Institute surveys the strategic situation in the Pacific and discusses the use of various ship types and air power. Concludes Japan’s land forces have not yet suffered a serious loss and require careful watching. XXIX. PACIFIC (cont.) 1229 Netherlands Subs Sink 200,000 Ton's. KNICKERB0C7AR WEEI LY March 1, 1943-, v. 3,no. 1:12-14. Describes notions of Pet her lends submarines in the Pacific area. > • " ‘ fy / 1230. Al Cumplirsc el Primer Ano do Guerra en el Pacifico, cl Jap6n . ha Realizado on Gran' Parte su plan do Campa’na* LiUIIDC (Madrid), 6, 194-3, v, 3,no, 135:522-524. (On the Completion of the First Yqc.t of ’hr in the Pacific, ( Japan has Already Realized the Major Part of Its plan of Campaign —) Reviews the principal events in the first year of the pacific war. 1231 Pacific Anniversary, by Tahu Hole. NATIONAL REVIEW (London), Dec. 1942, v.119,no,718:490-494. Reviews the war in the Pacific. 1232 Polgoda Veiny nn Tikhom Okcane, [by] L. Ivanov. MCRCVOE ■ KOZIOISTVC I MIROVAIA POLIT’IKA (Moscow), July 1942, v. 7:34-46. (A Half Year of 'Jar in the Pacific Ocean*—) Surveys the approximate naval and military strength of the combatants in the Pacific 'Tar, 'Japanese tactics, the course of the war up until summer 1942.. 1253 Ship Losses in the Pacific, by Joel D. Thacker. MARINE CORPS GAZETTE (Washington), March-April 1943, v.27,no.1:26-27. Contains tables showing Japanese and United States naval losses in the various phases of the first year’s Battle of the Pacific, Figures arc based on official Navy Depart- ment announcements and include United States ships scuttled or destroyed to prevent their capture -by the -Japanese. 1234 Twenty-seven Minutes cf Roaring Glory-, by J. A. Greenberg. SEAPOWER (Now York), March 1943, v.3,no.3:7-9., illus. Relates the exploits of the U.S.'S. Boise, in sinking five _ Jap ships. 1235 The War in the Pacific, by Admiral H. E. Yurnoll, U.S.N. TRIDENT MAGAZINE (Lynchburg, Va.), Christmas issue, 1942*10-11, 37-40, ‘ Indicates the Pacific as the United States* major war area and discusses the influence 'of geography:-mountains, river and barriers on land battles. 1236 War in the. Western Pacific, by H. E. Yarnell, ANNALS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY OF POLITICAL AND - SOCIAL SCIENCE (Philadelphia), March 1943, v.226-62-72. Describes, geography of the Pacific theater of the war. Gives reasons for Jap success and for Allied failuro so far. Specu- lates on future Japanese operations, discusses details of a possible Pacific naval campaign to defeat Japan. XXIX, PACIFIC (cont.) B. Forth Pacific 1237 Aleutir.n Islands: A List of References, Compiled*by Grace HadIcy Fuller Under the Direction of Florence S. Heilman, Chief Bibliog- rapher. 'Washington, U.' S. Library; of Congress, Division of Bibliography, 1943, 21p. (Mimeo.) 1238 Bataan: One Year After, by Manuel L. Quezon, PHILIPPINES C'.'ashington) , April 9, 1943, v, 3,no.2:1-2. Recalls happenings- during the fall of Bataan and Corrogidor and traces the enlightened policy of the United States toward the Philippines,- which resulted in the will, to fight against ’ the Japanese on. the part of Filipino soldiers, 1239 Battle for Bataan, by Clark Lee, INFANTRY JOURNAL (Washington), April 1943, v*52,no.4;lU-23,, illus. Discusses details of the battle for Bataan. 124-0 The Epic cf Corregidor — Bataan* Dec. 24, 1941 - Nay 4, 1942, by Lieut. Com. T. C. Parker, IT*S.N* UNITED STATES .AVAL- INSTITUTE PROCEEDINGS (Annapolis), Jan. 1943, v.69,no.1:9-22, A detailed account based on first-hand experience, of the campaign in the Philippines following Pearl Harbor. 1241 The Filipino Soldier in Bataan, by Major General Basilic J. Valdes, Chief* of Staff, Philippine Array, PHILIPPINES (office of the Philippine Resident Commissioner to the United States, . Washington), Aug. 1942, 2jno.1$4j5* Praises the performance of the Philippine soldier and in- dicates that the Philippines could be successfully defended giydn air support. 1242 i Was on Corrogidor; Experiences of an'Ameriorin Official»s Wife in the War-torn Philipp’ines, by Ames Willoughby,’ hew *- York, harper, 1943. 249p. ,.<- Rersonal experiences of the wife of the Financial 'Advisor to the High Commissioner of the Philippine Islands, 1243 Dor Eampf urn die Philippines, I. Bis zur Flucht MacArthurs/- by A. von Obcrg. DEUTSCHE VEER (Berlin), May 15, 1942, v.46, no.2c:307-309.• (The battle, for the* Philippines, I. Until 11a ©Arthur*s Flight,—) Describes the military events in the Philippines from the be- ginning cf the attack until the flight of MaoArthur* 1244 Dcr Eampf um die Philippines, II. von Manila bis Corrogidor by A. vonpolberg. ■ DEUTSCHE WE HR (Berlin) , May 22, 1942, v.46, no.21*323-325., map. (The- Fight for the Philippines: n. Prom Manila to Corregi- '■ * dor.—) The battle of Corrogidor from a German standpoint. - • Claims that after the fall of Manila, most cf the ...Japanese troops in the Philippines were transferred, and a small number overcame the Americans on Bataan. Criticizes MacArthur*s military ability. - • w tv nr»n\ XXIX. PACIFIC (cont.) 124-5 Last Mr.n Off ■■P.kc Island, by "'alter L. J. Baylor, Lieut. Col. U.S.M.C.j A First-Person Narrative as' Told to Cecil Carnes. Indianapolis, Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1943. 367p., illus. Ordered to -Midway Island to install radio communications, Colonel Baylor left Wake just before it vras captured. He ' is the only man who fought at Wake, Midway and Guadalcanal. Mis story records the -heroism of the ifarines. 4 1246 Philippine Campaign, by Col. C. Stanton Babcock. CAVALRY JOURNAL (Washington), March-April, 1943, v.52,no.2;7-lC. This account by a former attache of the United States Embassy in Tokyo of the land operations in the Philippines, is based on information drawn entirety from Japanese sources: • official bulletins, news reports, speeches, radio commentaries, magazine articles, and personal experience. 1247 Philippines in -the War, by Manuel L. Quezon. ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dec. 7, 1942, v.80,no.15:105. Describes the battle of the Philippines when 92,000 Filipino soldiers sprang to MacArthur*s small army of 14,000 troops to stagger the Japanese. Appraises the American administra- tion in the Philippines. 1248 The Philippine Scouts: United States Army Troops Extraordinary, by James K. Eyre, Jr. MILITARY ENGINEERING (Washington), April 1943, v. 35,no.21o;192-197., illus. Traces the origin of the organization of the Philippine Scouts.in 19Ol. Describes their tolor and courage and out- standing fighting- qualities in this war. 1249 Remember Dutch Harbor, (2 pts.) by Corey Ford. C0LLIER*S (New York), May 18, 1943, v.Ill,nos.18-19:13,66,70;16-17, 40,47. • . These two articles, deal with warfare in the Aleutians. . State that the Japanese attack of last June was part of a vaist invasion scheme. Tell how it was planned and haw our Armed Forces smashed it. 1250 Short Cut to Tokyo; The Battle for the Aleutians, by Corey- Ford. New York, Charles Scribner's, 1943. 14op., end-paper maps. A story of the Japanese invasion by way of the Aleutians that failed largely because of the readiness and bravery of Navy patrol planes and Army bombers. Tells also the history and topography of the Aleutians, of prehistoric peoples, and of Japanese poachers. 1251 South From Corregidor, [by] Lieut Com, John Morrill, U.S.N., „ and Pete Martin. New York,. Simon and Schuster, 1943. 252p., frontis, map. ; Tells of the experiences of author during the last days on Corregidor and of his escape with seventeen other men of the Navy mine sweeper “Quail" which reached Darwin, Australia aft.cr 31 days of traveling, through Japanese infested ocas. XXIX, PACI FI C (oo nt.) 1252 Stepping Stones to Japan, by Howard Snyder. OUR NAVY (pew York), ilid-Feb. , 1943, v.37,nc, 18:8-11,76. , photos, maps. Gives geographical information concerning the Aleutians and the Japanese-heId Carolines, Marshalls, and Narines, with emphasis on their strategic importance, 1253 Tar Discovers Alaska, by Joseph Driscoll. Philadelphia, New York, London, J. B. Lippincott, 1943. 351p., illus., end- paper maps. The author, assigned by the New York Herald Tribune to re- port on Alaska at Tar, gives a, comprehensive picture cf that region, stressing its economic and strategic importance to the United States, 1254 The vrar in Alaska,' by Eileen Hb ring ton. ALASLA LIFE (Seattle), March 1943, v.6,no.5:19-2o. Reviews the war in Alaska from November 1942 to January 1943. C. South and ‘Test Pacific 1255 Australia Juega on los Momentos Actuates un Papel do Maxima Importancia on cl Pacixico. MUNDO (Madrid), Nov, 8, 1942, v.3,no.131:365-367. (At the Present Time Australia Plays a Role of Greatest Importance in the Pacific.—) Discusses the significance of Australia, in Allied Tar Strategy, 1256 Conquest of Guadalcanal. INFORMATION BULLETIN (tj,. S* Bureau of Naval Personnel, 'Washington), March 1943, no..312:3-5,45-47,, illus. ' ; Describes four phases cf the battles for Guadalcanal, end- ing in the shattering of organized resistance on the part of the Japanese, .1257 The Convoy cf the Bismarck Sea, by ’ Hi G. Thuraf iold. NATIONAL REVIET (London), April 1943, v.120,no.722:318-323. Describes the annihilation of the Ja.panese convoy 'enroute from Rabaul to Lao, New Guinea, on March 1-3, 1943. 1258 The Great To fid Tar; Lessens from Papua, by Cyril Falls. ’ ILLUSTRATED LONDON NETS (London), Jan..23, 1943, v.2q2,iio.5414: 90. Discusses the military significance of the campaign in Pa.pua, the narrow strip of territory* at the eastern end of the island of New Guinea. 1259 .Japans Aufmarsch vor Australian, by A. von Olberg. . DEUTSCHE TEHR (Berlin), May 1, 1942, v.46,no,18:276-278., map. (Japan’s Advance on Australia.—) Surveys Japan’s conquests in the Southwest Pacific and gradual approach to Australia, military operations in Java, New Guinea, the Solomon Islands, ,ctc. XXIX. PACIFIC (cont.) 1260 The Job Australia Is Being. Issued by: Australian Nows and Information Buroau, New York, 1942. 48p,, illus. Contains Information and statistics on Australia’s war- effort at home and on the fighting, fronts. Gives sene figures shewing the cost in money and living standards to the people, notably the willingness of the trade unionists to make sacrifices. 1261 Marine Airiften on'Guadalcanal, by Maj.' Gen. Ralph J. Mitchell. FLYING (Chicago), April 1945, v.32,no..4j23-24,163-164. Describes actions of the marines in the Guadalcanal campaign, the magnitude of the operation and some specific incidents. 1262 Meet New Zealand. Wellington, Whitcom.be and Tombs, 1942. 36p., illus. A booklet prepared by an American resident of New Zealand which gives miscellaneous information about the country and the people intended tc orient the /noricon soldier in 'his now environment» 1263 New Guinea Gambados, by Philip Harkins. ESAUIkE (Now York), April 1943, v.19,no.4:32-33,96. • Describes the Jap attack on New Guinea, and the attempt of Australian soldiers to defend the area. 1264 On Guadalcanal vrith the Marines, by Lieut. Donald E. McCafferty of the U, S. Marines, as told to Alan Kynd. LIBERTY (New York), • Jan. 30, 1943, v.2o,no.5:10-11,66-68. (to be cont.) illus. --A first-hand account cf fighting in the Solomons by a . ■ marine'dive bomber. 1266 Our Bovs in .Australia, by Noel Monks. LIBERTY (New York), Feb. 2o, 1943, v,2o,no.8j24-25,49. , Describes the reception and social life of American troops in Australia. 1266 Out There, by George Johnston. LIFE (New York), Jan* 4, 1943, v. 14,no.1:22-24., illus. Describes the warfare in New Guinea as a return to the tactics cf attrition. 1267 Prelude in Papua, by Donald Cowic. NINETEENTH CENTURY AND AFTER (London), Jon. 1943, v.133,no.791s38-43. Explains the strategy of early campaigns in the Solomon Islands. 1268 The Load Back to Java, by Maj. Gen. L. H Van Oyen. ' KNICKER- BOCKER WEEKLY (Now York),. March 15, 1943, v.3,no,3:4-5. •The Commend or, Netherlands Indies Army Air For cc,discus ses plans that are being laid to win back the Netherlands East v Indies and the training program organized here in the United States for Netherlands and Indonesian fliers. - XXIX. PACIFIC (cont.) 1269 The Solomon islands, by Col. Conrad H. Lanza. FIELD ARTILLERY JOURNAL (Washington), Feb. 1943, v.33,no.2;lol-108. Deals with military'- action in the Solomon Island area. Dis- cusses the Coral Sea Campaign, the intermediate period, the recapture of the South Solomons by United States forces, the Japanese counter attack and the battle of Santa Cruz Islands, 1270 Southwest Passage; The Yanks in the Pacific, by John Lardner. Philadelphia, J. P. Lippincott, 1943. 302p., illus, maps. An account of the first round of the battle which the Americans fought in the Pacific. 1271 Tahiti: Terre Francaisc- Combattante [par] Doctour E, do Curton, M6dccin du Corps dc Sant 6 Colonial, Ancien Gouvcrncur dcs Etablissenents Francais d’0c6anie, London, Publications de * la France Combattante, 1942, (Brochure No, lQl) lo2p., illus., maps, (Tahiti; Land cf Fighting Franco.—) Tells of the history, geography, resources, military- participation and strategic importance of the islands in French Oceania. 1272 Through New Guinea Runs Australia’s Front Line. 'TIE FAR ILLUSTRATED (London), 30, 1942, v,6,no.140:294. Describes the scone of the fighting in New Guinea, population, natural resources, terrain, and the defenses. 1273 Under Fire on Guadalcanal, by Patrick Maitland, HARPER’S MAGAZINE (New York), Feb. 1943, v.186,no.1113;267-277. Covers the period from September 14 through September 25, 1942. XXX* FANAME, CARIBBEAN, AND SOUTHEAST PACIFIC 1274 Goo strategic dos Pr.nanakr.riaIs. DEUTSCHE DEER (Berlin), May 15, 1942, v.46,no,20* p.311. Geo strategy of the Panama Canal. Discusses the military value of the Panama Canal to the United States and its significance in the imperialist expansion of the vnited States, 1275 Islands on Guard, by Helen Follott; With Maps by F. A. Fannie' end Photographs. Nov/ Yorl:, Charles Scribner’s, 1943. 170p., illus., maps. Tells the story of the important group of 'est Indian Islands guarding the approach to the Panama Canal. Docent developments in the Dutch Islands,' Martinique, Trinidad, and the Virgin Islands are described. XXX, PANAMA, CARIBBEAN, AND SOUTHEAST PACIFIC (cont.) 1276 The Panama Canal 'and the Panama- Canal Zone; A Selected List of References, Compiled by Ann Duncan Brown Under the Direction of Florence S’s Heilman, Chief Bibliographer, Washington, U, S, Library of Congress, 1943* 57p, 1277 Panama Roads and Bridges Built at Top Speed to Aid in Defense’ cf Canal. CONSTRUCTION METHODS (New York), Feb, 1943, v*25, no.2j46-47,lo5., illus. Discusses;the 1 rans*-Isthbiian Project, the Chorrora-Ric - Hate road, and the Chargres River Bridge constructed for the defense of the Panama Canal. * * Tj" 4 1278 Panama’s Importance in World War, by Excellency Senor Ingenioro Ernesto Jaen Cuardia. ' ARMY AND NAVY JOURNAL (Washington), Dee. 7, 1T42, v.80,no.15j24,163. • • Reviews the history and geographic layout of the ; opublic of Panama and discusses Panama’s cooperation.with the United States in the defense of the Isthmian Canal.